Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form 10-K

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20132014

OR
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File No. 001-07511
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Massachusetts 04-2456637
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One Lincoln Street
Boston, Massachusetts
 02111
(Address of principal executive office) (Zip Code)
617-786-3000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
(Title of Each Class) (Name of each exchange on which registered)
Common Stock, $1 par value per share New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, without par value per share New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, without par value per shareNew York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, without par value per shareNew York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  x   No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ¨  No  x 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x   No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x  No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
    Large accelerated filer  x
 
Accelerated filer  ¨
 
Non-accelerated filer  ¨
 
Smaller reporting company  ¨
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  ¨  No  x
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the per share price ($65.21)67.26) at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 28, 2013)30, 2014) was approximately $29.06$28.43 billion.
The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of January 31, 20142015 was 431,634,583.412,280,622.
Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference into Parts of this Report on Form 10-K, to the extent noted in such Parts, as indicated below:
(1) The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 20142015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 29, 201430, 2015 (Part III).
 




STATE STREET CORPORATION
Table ofOf Contents

   
PART I  
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
   
 
   
PART II  
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
   
PART III  
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
   
PART IV  
Item 15
   
 
 





PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS
GENERAL
State Street Corporation, the parent company, is a financial holding company organized in 1969 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For purposes of this Form 10-K, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The parent company provides financial and managerial support to our legal and operating subsidiaries. Through our subsidiaries, including our principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank and Trust Company, referred to as State Street Bank, we provide a broad range of financial products and services to institutional investors worldwide.
As of December 31, 20132014, we had consolidated total assets of $243.29274.12 billion, consolidated total deposits of $182.27209.04 billion, consolidated total shareholders' equity of $20.3821.47 billion and 29,43029,970 employees. Our executive offices are located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (telephone (617) 786-3000). We operate in more than 100 geographic markets worldwide, including the U.S., Canada, Europe, the Middle East and Asia.
We make available on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.comwww.statestreet.com\stockholder, free of charge, all reports we electronically file with, or furnish to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after those documents have been filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These documents are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We have included the website addresses of State Street and the SEC in this report as inactive textual references only. Information on those websites is not part of this Form 10-K.
We have Corporate Governance Guidelines, as well as written charters for the ExecutiveExamining and Audit Committee, the Examining & AuditExecutive Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee, the RiskNominating and CapitalCorporate Governance Committee, the Risk Committee and the Nominating and Corporate GovernanceTechnology Committee of our Board of Directors, or Board, and a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers, a Standard of Conduct for Directors and a Standard of Conduct for our employees. Each of these documents is posted on the "Investor Relations" section of our website.website under "Corporate Governance."
We provide additional disclosures required by applicable bank regulatory standards, including supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to regulatory capital (including market risk associated with our trading activities,activities), and summary results of semi-annual State Street-run stress tests which we conduct under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, on the “Investor Relations” section of our website.website under "Filings and Reports."

BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
Overview
We are a leader in providing financial services and products to meet the needs of institutional investors worldwide, with $27.43$28.19 trillion of assets under custody and administration and $2.35$2.45 trillion of assets under management as of December 31, 2013.2014. Our clients include mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers.
We conduct our business primarily through State Street Bank, which traces its beginnings to the founding of the Union Bank in 1792. State Street Bank's current charter was authorized by a special Act of the Massachusetts Legislature in 1891, and its present name was adopted in 1960. State Street Bank operates as a specialized bank, referred to as a trust and custody bank, that services and manages assets on behalf of its institutional clients.
Additional Information
Additional information about our business activities is provided in the sections that follow. For information about our management of credit and counterparty risk; liquidity risk; operational risk; market risk associated with our trading activities; market risk associated with our non-trading, or asset-and-liability management, activities, primarily composed of interest-rate risk; and capital, as well as other risks inherent in our businesses, refer to “Risk Factors” included under Item 1A, the “Financial Condition” section of Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or Management's Discussion and Analysis, included under Item 7, and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K.

3


LINES OF BUSINESS
We have two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management.
Investment Servicing
Our Investment Servicing line of business performs core custody and related value-added


3



functions, such as providing institutional investors with clearing, payment and settlement services. Our financial services and products allow our large institutional investor clients to execute financial transactions on a daily basis in markets across the globe. As most institutional investors cannot economically or efficiently build their own technology and operational processes necessary to facilitate their global securities settlement needs, our role as a global trust and custody bank is generally to aid our clients to efficiently perform services associated with the clearing, settlement and execution of securities transactions and related payments.
Our investment servicing products and services include: custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics.
We provide mutual fund custody and accounting services in the U.S. We offer clients a broad range of integrated products and services, including accounting, daily pricing and fund administration. We service U.S. tax-exempt assets for corporate and public pension funds, and we provide trust and valuation services for daily-priced portfolios.
We are a service provider outside of the U.S. as well. In Germany, Italy, France and Luxembourg, we provide depotbank services (a fund oversight role created by regulation) for retail and institutional fund assets, as well as custody and other services to pension plans and other institutional clients. In the U.K., we provide custody services for pension fund assets and administration services for mutual fund assets. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we serviced approximately $1.26$1.43 trillion of offshore assets in funds located primarily in Luxembourg, Ireland and the Cayman Islands and Canada.Islands. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we serviced $1.15$1.34 trillion of assets under administration in the Asia/Pacific region, and in Japan, we serviced approximately 97%94% of the trust assets serviced by non-domestic trust banks.
We are an alternative asset servicing provider worldwide, servicing hedge, private equity and real estate funds. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we had approximately $1.25$1.32 trillion of alternative assets under administration.
Investment Management
We provide our Investment Management services through State Street Global Advisors, or SSgA. SSgASSGA. SSGA provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSgASSGA offers active and passive asset management strategies for managing financial assets,across equity, fixed-income and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equities and fixed-income securities. SSgA also offers exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand.
Additional information about our lines of business is provided under “Line of Business Information” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 2524 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K.
COMPETITION
We operate in a highly competitive environment and face global competition in all areas of our business. Our competitors include a broad range of financial institutions and servicing companies, including other custodial banks, deposit-taking institutions, investment management firms, insurance companies, mutual funds, broker/dealers, investment banks, benefits consultants, business service and software companies and information services firms. As our businesses grow and markets evolve, we may encounter increasing and new forms of competition around the world.
We believe that many key factors drive competition in the markets for our business. For Investment Servicing, quality of service, economies of scale, technological expertise, quality and scope of sales and marketing, required levels of capital and price drive competition, and are critical to our servicing business. For Investment Management, key competitive factors include expertise, experience, availability of related service offerings, quality of service and performance, and price.

4


Our competitive success may depend on our ability to develop and market new and innovative services, to adopt or develop new technologies, to bring new services to market in a timely fashion at competitive prices, to continue and expand our relationships with existing clients, and to attract new clients.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
State Street is registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, which we refer to as the Federal Reserve, as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act


4



of 1956. The Bank Holding Company Act with certain exceptions, limits the activities in which we and our non-banking subsidiaries may engage to those that the Federal Reserve considers to be closely related to banking, or to managing or controlling banks. These limits also apply to non-banking entities that we are deemed to “control” for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act, which may include companies of which we own or control more than 5% of a class of voting shares. The Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company to terminate any activity, or its ownership or control of a non-banking subsidiary, if the Federal Reserve finds that the activity, ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a banking subsidiary or is inconsistent with sound banking principles or statutory purposes. The Bank Holding Company Act also requires a bank holding company to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it acquires substantially all the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank.
The parent company is qualified as, and has elected to become, a financial holding company, which increases to some extent the scope of activities in which it may engage. A financial holding company and the entities under its control are permitted to engage in activities considered “financial in nature” as defined by the Bank Holding Company Act and the Federal Reserve’s implementing rules and interpretations, and therefore State Street may engage in a broader range of activities than permitted for bank holding companies and their subsidiaries that have not elected to become financial holding companies. Financial holding companies may engage directly or indirectly in activities that are defined to be financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, provided that the financial holding company gives the Federal Reserve after-the-fact notice of the new activities. Activities defined to be financial in nature include, but are not limited to, the following: providing financial or investment advice; underwriting; dealing in or making markets in securities; making merchant banking investments, subject to significant limitations; and any activities previously found by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking. In order to maintain our status as a financial holding company, we and each of our depository institution subsidiaries must be well capitalized and well managed, as defined in applicable regulations and determined in part by the results of regulatory examinations, and must comply with Community Reinvestment Act obligations. Failure to maintain these standards may ultimately permit the Federal Reserve to take enforcement actions against us and restrict our ability to engage in activities defined to be financial in nature. Currently,
under the Bank Holding Company Act, we may not be able to engage in new activities or acquire shares or control of other businesses.
The Dodd-Frank Act, which became law in July 2010, has had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on the regulatory structure of the financial markets and supervision of bank holding companies, banks and other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things: established the Financial Stability Oversight Council, or FSOC, to monitor systemic risk posed by financial institutions; enacted new restrictions on proprietary trading and private-fund investment activities by banks and their affiliates, commonly known as the “Volcker rule” (refer to our discussion of the Volcker rule provided below under “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” in this “Supervision and Regulation” section); created a new framework for the regulation of derivatives and the entities that engage in derivatives trading; altered the regulatory capital treatment of trust preferred and other hybrid capital securities; revised the assessment base that is used by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, to calculate deposit insurance premiums; and required large financial institutions to develop plans for their resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or other specifically applicable insolvency regime) in the event of material financial distress or failure.
Another aspect of the Dodd-Frank Act is its adoption of capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including us. We are required by the Federal Reserve to conduct periodic stress testing of our business operations and to develop an annual capital plan as part of the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review process. That process is used by the Federal Reserve to evaluate our management of capital, the adequacy of our regulatory capital and the potential requirement for us to maintain capital levels above regulatory minimums. Before making any capital distribution, including stock purchases and dividends, we must receive no objection to our capital plan from the Federal Reserve. This could require us to revise our stress-testing or capital management approaches, resubmit our capital plan or postpone, cancel or alter our planned capital actions. In addition, changes in our strategy, merger or acquisition activity or unanticipated uses of capital could result in a change in our capital plan and its associated capital actions, and may require resubmission of the capital plan to the Federal Reserve for its non-objection. For additional information regarding capital planning and stress test requirements and restrictions on dividends, refer to “”Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends” in this “Supervision and Regulation” section and “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common


5



Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities” in Part II of this Form 10-K.
In addition, regulatory change is being implemented internationally with respect to financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the implementation of the Basel III capital and liquidity standardsfinal rule (refer to “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” below in this “Supervision and Regulation” section and “Financial Condition - Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of Basel III) and the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive, or AIFMD, the European Market Infrastructure Resolution, or EMIR, anticipated revisions to the European collective investment fund, or UCITS, directive, revisions to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive, or MIFID, and ongoing review of European Union data protection regulation.
Many aspects of our business are subject to regulation by other U.S. federal and state governmental and regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations (including securities exchanges), and by non-U.S. governmental and regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations. Some aspects of our public disclosure,

5


corporate governance principles and internal control systems are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations and rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.
Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards
Like other U.S. bank holding companies, we and our depository institution subsidiaries are subject to the current U.S. minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratio guidelines, referred to as Basel I.III. As noted above, the status of our parent company as a financial holding company also requires that we and our depository institution subsidiaries maintain specified regulatory capital ratio levels. As of December 31, 2013,2014, our regulatory capital levels on a consolidated basis, and the regulatory capital levels of State Street Bank, our principal banking subsidiary, exceeded the currently applicable minimum capital requirements under Basel IIII and the requirements we must meet for the parent company to qualify as a financial holding company.
In 2004, the Basel Committee released an enhanced capital adequacy framework, referred to as Basel II. Basel II requires large and internationally active banking organizations, such as State Street, which generally rely on sophisticated risk management and measurement systems, to better align the use of those systems with their determination of regulatory capital requirements. In 2007, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued final rules to implement the Basel II framework in the U.S. The framework does not supersede or change the existing prompt corrective action and leverage capital requirements applicable to banking organizations in the U.S., and explicitly reserves the regulators' authority to require organizations to hold additional capital where appropriate.
In 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel Committee, reached an agreement on the Basel III capital standards, which are designed to increase the quality and quantity of regulatory capital and enhance the risk coverage of the regulatory capital framework. Basel III also introduces an internationally-agreed-upon leverage ratio that serves to supplement the risk-based capital ratios.
In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule implementing Basel III in the U.S. The U.S. Basel III final rule replacesreplaced the existing Basel I- and Basel II-based capital regulations in the United States. As an “advanced approaches” banking organization (refer to the “Financial Condition - Capital” section of Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of advanced approaches), State Street became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule beginning on January 1, 2014. However, certain
aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the new minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratios, capital buffers, regulatory adjustments and deductions and revisions to the calculation of risk-weighted assets under the so-called “standardized approach,” will commence at a later date or be phased in over several years.
Among other things, the U.S. Basel III final rule introduces a minimum common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, raises the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4% to 6%, and, for advanced approaches banking organizations such as State Street, imposes a minimum supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, the numerator of which is tier 1 capital and the denominator of which includes both on-balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet exposures. In addition to the supplementary leverage ratio, State Street is subject to a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, which differs from the supplementary leverage ratio primarily in that the denominator of the tier 1 leverage ratio is quarterly average on-balance sheet assets.
The U.S. Basel III final rule also introduces a capital conservation buffer and a countercyclical capital buffer that add to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. Specifically, the final rule limits a banking organization’s ability to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if it fails to maintain a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of more than 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets and, if deployed during periods of excessive credit growth, a common equity tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets, above each of the minimum common equity tier 1, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios. Banking regulators have initially set the countercyclical capital buffer at zero.
To maintain the status of our parent company as a financial holding company, we and our insured depository institution subsidiaries are required to be “well-capitalized” by maintaining capital ratios above the minimum requirements. Effective beginning on January 1, 2015, the “well-capitalized” standard for our banking subsidiaries will bewas revised to reflect the higher capital requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule.
In addition to introducing new capital ratios and buffers, the U.S. Basel III final rule revises the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and provides for the phase-out of existing capital instruments that do not satisfy the new criteria. For example, existing trust preferred capital securities are being phased out from tier 1 capital over a two-year period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on January 1, 2016, and subsequently, the qualification of these securities as tier 2 capital will be phased out over a multi-year transition period beginning on


6



January 1, 2016 and ending on January 1, 2022. We had trust preferred capital securities of $950$475 million outstanding as of December 31, 2013.2014.

6


Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, certain new items will beare deducted from common equity tier 1 capital and certain existing regulatory capital deductions will be modified.were modified as compared to the previously applicable capital regulations. Among other things, the final rule requires significant investments in the common stock of unconsolidated financial institutions, as defined, and certain deferred tax assets that exceed specified individual and aggregate thresholds to be deducted from common equity tier 1 capital. As an advanced approaches banking organization, after-tax unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, which are excluded from tier 1 capital under Basel I and Basel II, will be included inflow through to and affect State Street’s and State Street Bank's common equity tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.
Beginning onOn January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replacereplaced the existing Basel I-based approach for calculating risk-weighted assets with the U.S. Basel III standardized approach that, among other things, modifies certain existing risk weights and introduces new methods for calculating risk-weighted assets for certain types of assets and exposures. The final rule also revised the existing Basel II-based advanced approaches capital rules to implement Basel III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. In December 2013, the Federal Reserve made certain technical revisions to the new market risk capital rule, to which
On February 21, 2014, we became subject beginning on January 1, 2013.
We are currently in the qualification, or parallel run, period that must be completed prior to our full implementation of the Basel III advanced approaches capital rules. During this qualification period, we must demonstrate to the satisfaction ofwere notified by the Federal Reserve that we had completed our models, systemsparallel run period. Consequently, since the second quarter of 2014, we are required to use the advanced approaches framework as provided in the Federal Reserve's July 2013 Basel III final rule in the determination of our risk-based capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act applies a "capital floor" to advanced approaches banking organizations, such asState Street and processes for calculating capital comply with the qualitative and quantitative requirements inState Street Bank. As of January 1, 2015, the Basel III advanced approachesstandardized approach acts as that capital rules.
While we are in the qualification period, we must report our risk-based capital calculations under the Basel III advanced approaches capital rules to the Federal Reserve. Upon completion of the qualification period and with the approval of the Federal Reserve, we will begin to use the Basel III advanced approaches capital rules to calculate our risk-based capital ratios. However, under the U.S. banking regulators’ implementation of a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, we will be subject to a capital floor which is currently based on Basel I and will, beginning in 2015, be based on the U.S. Basel III standardized approach.floor. As a result, we will beare required to calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both the Basel III advanced approach and either the Basel I or Basel III standardized approach, as applicable, and we will beare subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios calculated under the standardized approach and those calculated under the advanced approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.
On February 21, 2014, we were notified by the Federal Reserve that we have completed our parallel run period and will be required to begin using the advanced approaches framework as provided in the Federal Reserve's July 2013 Basel III final rule in the determination of our risk-based capital requirements. Pursuant to this notification, we will use the advanced approaches framework to calculate and publicly disclose our risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. Under the July 2013 Basel III final rule, we must meet the minimum risk-based capital ratios under both the advanced approaches and generally applicable risk-based capital frameworks in Basel III and Basel I, respectively.
In addition to the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for large bank holding companies, including State Street. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to addressaddressed this requirement by, among other things, implementingproposing to implement the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for “global
systemically important banks,” or G-SIBs. Specifically, on December 9, 2014, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rulemaking to establish a risk-based capital surcharge for U.S. G-SIBs, such as State Street. Under the proposed rule, a G-SIB’s capital conservation buffer would be increased by the amount of the capital surcharge, using the higher surcharge as determined under two proposed methods. The first proposed method would consider a G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity, whereas the second proposed method would replace substitutability with use of short-term wholesale funding. If the rulemaking is finalized as proposed,
the capital surcharge could be higher for U.S. G-SIB's than the capital surcharge as determined under the framework proposed by the Basel Committee. Under the proposed rule, the capital surcharge would be phased in beginning in 2016 and would become fully effective on January 1, 2019. State Street is assessing the impact of the capital surcharge that would result if the proposed rule were implemented and the effects of maintaining capital levels necessary to meet the surcharge could be material.
In November 2014, the Financial Stability Board, or FSB, has identified 29 institutions worldwide aspublished a consultative document with a proposal to enhance the total loss-absorbing capacity, or TLAC, of G-SIBs in resolution. The proposal calls for G-SIBs to maintain TLAC in excess of prescribed minimum thresholds. TLAC would include regulatory capital and assignedliabilities that can be written down or converted into equity during resolution. At a minimum, each G-SIB a common equity tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0%would need to 2.5%hold TLAC in an amount equivalent to between 16% and 20% of its risk-weighted assets (plus applicable regulatory buffers) or at least twice the respective G-SIB's risk-weighted assets. We have been identified as a G-SIB with a capital surcharge of 1.0%. This surcharge is subject to change from time to time by the FSB. The FSB has stated that it intends to update its list of G-SIBs annually.
The Federal Reserve has also indicated that it may introduce a requirement that certain large bank holding companies maintain a minimum amount of long-term debt at the holding company level to facilitate their orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. Depending on the ultimate regulation, our parent company could be required to issue additional long-term debt to comply with this requirement. If issued, this additional long-term debt will likely increase our interest expense and reduce our net interest revenue. We cannot predict the magnitude or the timing of the impact at this time.
The following table presents our tier 1 common ratio as of December 31, 2013, calculated using Basel I standards, and our estimated tier 1 common ratios as of December 31, 2013, calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule under both the standardized approach and the advanced approach. These estimatedrelevant Basel III tier 1 common ratios are preliminary, reflect tier 1 common equity calculated under the Basel III final rule as applicable on itsleverage ratio requirement. The proposal states that G-SIBs will not be expected to meet TLAC requirements before January 1, 2014 effective date, and are based on our present understanding of the final rule's impact. As indicated above, under the Basel III final rule, the more stringent of the Basel III tier 1 common ratios calculated by

7


us under the standardized and advanced approaches will apply in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.
December 31, 2013 
Currently Applicable Regulatory Requirements(1)
 
Basel III Final Rule Standardized Approach (Estimated)(2)
 
Basel III Final Rule Advanced Approach (Estimated)(2)
(Dollars in millions)   
Tier 1 capital $13,895
 $13,216
 $13,216
Less:      
   Trust preferred capital securities 950
 475
 475
   Preferred stock 491
 491
 491
Plus:      
   Other 
 87
 87
Tier 1 common capital $12,454
 $12,337
 $12,337
Total risk-weighted assets 
 $80,126
 $121,562
 $104,919
Tier 1 common ratio 15.5% 10.1% 11.8%
Minimum tier 1 common ratio requirement, assuming full implementation on January 1, 2019   4.5
 4.5
Capital conservation buffer, assuming full implementation on January 1, 2019   2.5
 2.5
Minimum tier 1 common ratio requirement, including capital conservation buffer, assuming full implementation on January 1, 2019(3)
   7.0
 7.0
(1) Using Basel I standards, the tier 1 common ratio was calculated by dividing (a) tier 1 risk-based capital, calculated in conformity with Basel I, less non-common elements including qualifying trust preferred capital securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, or tier 1 common capital, by (b) total risk-weighted assets, calculated in conformity with Basel I.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, for purposes of the calculations in conformity with the Basel III final rule, capital and total risk-weighted assets under both the standardized approach and the advanced approach were calculated using our estimates, based on the provisions of the final rule2019. The FSB is expected to affect capitalfinalize its proposal in 2014. The tier 1 common ratio was calculated by dividing (a) tier 1 common capital, as described in footnote (1), but with tier 1 risk-based capital calculated in conformity with the final rule, by (b) total risk-weighted assets, calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule. These estimated Basel III tier 1 common ratios are preliminary, reflect tier 1 common equity calculated under the Basel III final rule as applicable on its January 1, 2014 effective date, and are based on our present understanding of the final rule's impact.
• Under both the standardized and advanced approaches, tier 1 risk-based capital decreased by $679 million, as a result of applying the estimated effect of the Basel III final rule to Basel I tier 1 risk-based capital of $13.90 billion as of December 31, 2013.
• Under both the standardized and advanced approaches, estimated tier 1 common capital used in the calculation of the tier 1 common ratio was $12.34 billion, reflecting the adjustments to Basel I tier 1 risk-based capital described in the first bullet above. Tier 1 common capital used in the calculation was therefore calculated as adjusted tier 1 risk-based capital of $13.22 billion less non-common elements of capital, composed of trust preferred capital securities of $475 million, preferred stock of $491 million, and other adjustments of $87 million as of December 31, 2013, resulting in estimated tier 1 common capital of $12.34 billion. As of December 31, 2013, there was no qualifying minority interest in subsidiaries.
• Under the standardized approach, total risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of the estimated tier 1 common ratio increased by $41.44 billion as a result of applying the provisions of the Basel III final rule to Basel I total risk-weighted assets of $80.13 billion as of December 31, 2013. Under the advanced approach, total risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of the estimated tier 1 common ratio increased by $24.79 billion as a result of applying the provisions of the final rule to Basel I total risk-weighted assets of $80.13 billion as of December 31, 2013.
The primary differences between total risk-weighted assets under Basel I and total risk-weighted assets under the Basel III final rule include the following: under Basel I, credit risk is quantified using pre-determined risk weights and asset classes, and in part, uses external credit ratings, while the Basel III final rule, specifically the standardized and advanced approaches, introduces a broader range of pre-determined risk weights and asset classes, uses certain alternatives to external credit ratings, includes additional adjustments for operational risk (under the advanced approach) and counterparty credit risk, and revises the treatment of equity exposures. In particular, asset securitization exposures receive higher risk weights under both the standardized and advanced approaches in the Basel III final rule compared to Basel I.
(3) The minimum tier 1 common ratio requirement does not reflect the countercyclical capital buffer under the Basel III final rule, or the capital buffer for large bank holding companies identified as G-SIBs prescribed by the Basel Committee (G-SIBs are described earlier in this “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” section); such countercyclical capital buffer, which is initially set at zero, would be established by banking regulators under certain economic conditions, andlate 2015. U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued a proposal to implement the prescribed capital buffer for systemically important financial institutions.TLAC requirements.
The estimated Basel III tier 1 common ratio as of December 31, 2013 presented above, calculated under the advanced approach in conformity with the Basel IIISupplementary Leverage Ratio Framework
On April 8, 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule reflects calculations and determinations with respect to our capital and related mattersenhancing the supplementary leverage ratio, or SLR, standards for U.S. G-SIB’s, such as of December 31, 2013, based on State Street, and external data, quantitative formulae, statistical models, historical correlations and assumptions, collectively referred totheir insured depository institution subsidiaries, such as “advanced systems,” in effect and used by State Street for those purposesBank. We refer to this final rule as the eSLR final rule. Under the eSLR final rule, upon implementation on January 1, 2018, State Street Bank must maintain an SLR of at least 6% to be well capitalized under the time we filed this Form 10-K. Significant components of these advanced systems involve the exercise of judgment by usU.S. banking regulators’ prompt corrective action provisions. The eSLR final rule also provides that if State Street maintains an SLR greater than 5%, it is not subject to limitations on distributions and our regulators, and our advanced systems may not accurately represent or calculate the scenarios, circumstances, outputs or other results for which they are designed or intended.discretionary bonus


87



Due
payments under the eSLR final rule, but could continue to the influencebe under other provisions of changes in these advanced systems, whether resulting from changes in data inputs, regulation or regulatory supervision or interpretation, State Street-specific or market activities or experiences or other updates or factors, we expect that our advanced systems and our capital ratios calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule, will change and may be volatile over time, and that those latter changes or volatility could be material as calculated and measured from period to period.including risk-based capital ratio requirements.
Supplementary Leverage Ratio
In July 2013,On September 3, 2014, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or NPR, which proposes to enhance leverage ratio standards for the largest, most systemically significant U.S. banking organizations. The July 2013 NPR applies to any U.S. bank holding company with at least $700 billion in consolidated total assets or at least $10 trillion in total assets under custody, referred to as a covered bank holding company, and any insured depository institution subsidiary of such bank holding company. We expect the standards to apply to State Street and State Street Bank based on our total assets under custody.
Under Basel I, the tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average on-balance sheet assets. The Basel III final rule provides for a leverage ratio similar to Basel I, as well as a supplementary leverage ratio for advanced approaches banking organizations. This supplementary leverage ratio adds certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as those related to derivative contracts and unfunded lending commitments, tomodifying the definition of the denominator of the ratio calculation.
UnderSLR in a manner consistent with recent changes agreed to by the July 2013 NPR, as a covered bank holding company, we would be requiredBasel Committee. The revisions to maintain a supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, which is 2% above the similar minimum Basel III supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% referenced earlier in this “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards”
section. Failure to exceed the 5% supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio would subject us to restrictions on our capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. In addition to this leverage buffer for covered bank holding companies, the July 2013 NPR would require insured depository institution subsidiaries of covered bank holding companies, like State Street Bank, to maintain a 6% supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio to be considered “well capitalized.” We are one of eight large U.S. banking organizations to which the July 2013 NPR would apply, and the July 2013 NPR would notSLR apply to all banking organizations subject to the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule, such as State Street. Specifically, the SLR final rule modifies the methodology for including off-balance
sheet assets, including credit derivatives, repo-style transactions, and commitments and guarantees, in the denominator of the SLR, and requires banking organizations to calculate their total leverage exposure using daily averages for on-balance sheet assets and the average of three month-end calculations for off-balance sheet exposures. Certain public disclosures required by the SLR final rule must be provided beginning with which we compete. If finalized as currently proposed, the new supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio requirements will befirst quarter of 2015, and the minimum SLR requirement using the SLR final rule’s denominator calculations is effective beginning on January 1, 2018. TheJuly 2013 NPR is a proposed rule and subject to interpretation, regulatory guidance, industry and other comment and issuance in the form of a final rule.
Separately, in January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized its revisions to the denominator of the Basel III supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio. The revised denominator differs from the denominator of the supplementary leverage ratio in the July 2013 NPR and the U.S. Basel III final rule in several important respects that could adversely affect the calculation of our ratio, including the treatment of derivative contracts, securities financing transactions and certain off-balance sheet exposures. U.S. banking regulators may issue rules to implement these revisions.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio
In addition to capital standards, the Basel III final rule introduced two quantitative liquidity standards: the liquidity coverage ratio, or LCR, and the net stable funding ratio, or NSFR.
The LCR requires banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets to withstand a short-term liquidity stress period of thirty days. It is intended to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of internationally active banking organizations, improve the banking industry's ability to absorb shocks arising from financial and economic stress, and improve the measurement and management of liquidity risk. In October 2013,On September 3, 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued an NPRa final rule to implement the Basel Committee's LCR in the U.S. Among other things, the proposed
The LCR standard would require covered banking organizations, which includes us and State Street Bank, to maintainmeasures an amount ofinstitution's high-quality liquid assets, or HQLAs, equal to or greater than 100% of the banking organization’s totalHQLA, against its net cash outflows overoutflows. The LCR will be phased in, as originally proposed, beginning on January 1, 2015, at 80%, with full implementation beginning on January 1, 2017.
Beginning with January 2015, State Street is required to report its LCR to the Federal Reserve on a 30-calendar-day standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario.
The U.S. LCR proposal is more stringent in certain respects than the Basel Committee’s versionmonthly basis. Daily reporting of the LCR and includes a generally narrower definition of HQLAs, a different methodology for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-calendar-day stress scenario, and a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. The October 2013 NPR is a proposed rule and may be modified before being finalized. At such time asto the Federal Reserve issues awill be required beginning with July 2015.
The LCR final rule regardingis largely similar to the LCR,proposed rule issued by U.S. banking regulators in
October 2013; however, the specifications of suchfinal rule such ascontains several changes and clarifications, including revisions to the eligibility of assets as HQLAs, the calculation of net outflows, including the treatmentdefinition of operational deposits and more favorable foreign exchange netting treatment, both of which we expect to benefit our LCR ratio, and the timingexclusion as operational deposits of indeterminate maturities, could havedeposits from non-regulated funds, which we expect to negatively affect our LCR ratio.
Compliance with the LCR has required that we maintain an investment portfolio that contains an adequate amount of HQLA. In general, HQLA investments generate a material effectlower investment return than other the types of investments, resulting in a negative impact on our business activities, includingnet interest revenue and our net interest margin.  In addition, the managementlevel of HQLA we are required to maintain under the LCR is dependent upon our client relationships and

9


compositionservices we provide, which may change over time.  For example, if the percentage of our investment securities portfolio andoperational deposits relative to non-operational deposits increases, we would expect to require less HQLA in order to maintain our ability to extend committed contingent credit facilitiesLCR.  Conversely, if the percentage of non-operational deposits increases relative to our clients.operational deposits, we would expect to require additional HQLA in order to maintain our LCR.
In October 2014, the Basel Committee issued final guidance with respect to the NSFR. The NSFR requireswill require banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile in relationrelative to the composition of their assets and off-balance sheet activities. The NSFR is defined as the amountlimits over-reliance on short-term wholesale funding, encourages better assessment of available stable funding relative to the amount of required stable funding. This ratio should be equal to at least 100% on an ongoing basis. The amount of available stable funding refers to the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be reliable over a one-year horizon. The amount of stable funding required of banking organizations is a function of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of their assetsrisk across all on- and off-balance sheet exposures. In January 2014,exposures, and promotes funding stability. The final guidance establishes a one-year liquidity standard representing the Basel Committee proposed revisions to the original December 2010 versionproportion of the NSFR. Many of the proposed changes relate to the prescribed availablelong-term assets funded by long-term stable funding, factors and required stable funding factors used to calculate the NSFR. The Basel Committee continues to contemplate the introduction ofwith the NSFR including any final revisions, asscheduled to become a minimum standard bybeginning on January 1, 2018.
We are reviewing the specifics of the final guidance and will evaluate the U.S. implementation of this standard to analyze its impact and develop strategies for compliance. U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued an NPRa proposal to implement the NSFR.
In addition to the LCR and NSFR, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it may introduce additional regulatory measures related to short-term wholesale funding in the form of securities financing transactions, such as repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing and lending transactions and margin loans.
Failure to meet current and future regulatory capital requirements could subject us to a variety of enforcement actions, including the termination of State Street Bank's deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on our business, including those that are described above in this “Supervision and Regulation” section.
For additional information about our regulatory capital position and our regulatory capital adequacy, as well as current and future regulatory capital


8



requirements, refer to “Financial Condition - Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K.
Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, or CCAR, framework. Under the Federal Reserve’s capital plan final rule, we must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by us and by the Federal Reserve.
The capital plan must include a description of all of our planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument,instruments, any capital distribution, such as payments of dividends on, or purchases of, our stock, and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could affect our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the minimum ratios under the U.S. Basel III final rule that are phased in over the planning horizon, and above a tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio of 5%, and serve as a source of strength to our U.S. depository institution subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. The capital plan requirements mandate that we receive no objection to our plan from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with a capital plan for which we have received no objection from the Federal Reserve, we must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, we would not meet our regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution.
In addition to its capital planning requirements, the Federal Reserve has the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations it supervises, including us and State Street Bank, if, in the Federal Reserve’s opinion, the payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. All of these policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends and purchase our stock, or require us to provide capital assistance to State Street Bank and any other banking subsidiary.
We expect that, by March 31, 2014,2015, the Federal Reserve will either provide a notice of non-objection or object to our 20142015 capital plan, which we submitted to the Federal Reserve in January 2014.2015.
In October 2012, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule to implement its capital stress-testing requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act that require us to conduct semi-annual State Street-run stress tests. Under this rule, we are required to publicly disclose the summary results of our State Street-run stress tests under the severely adverse economic scenario. In September 2013,2014, we provided summary results of our 20132014 semi-annual State Street-run

10


stress tests on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website. The rule also subjects us to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve.
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires State Street Bank to conduct an annual stress test. State Street Bank submitted its 20142015 annual State Street Bank-run stress test to the Federal Reserve in January 2014.2015.
The Volcker Rule
The Volcker rule became effective on July 21, 2012, and inIn December 2013, U.S. regulators issued final regulations to implement the Volcker rule. The Volcker rule will, over time, prohibit “bankingbanking entities, including us and our subsidiaries,affiliates, from engaging in certain prohibited “proprietary trading”proprietary trading activities, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations, subject to specified exemptions.exemptions for market making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging, underwriting and certain other activities. The Volcker rule will also require banking entities to either restructure or divest of certain investmentsownership interests in, and relationships with, “coveredcovered funds” as (as such terms are defined in the final Volcker rule regulations.regulations).
The classificationVolcker rule became effective on July 21, 2012, and the final implementing regulations became effective on April 1, 2014. In the absence of an applicable extension of the Volcker rule’s general conformance period, a banking entity must bring its activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker rule and its final implementing regulations by July 21, 2015. In December 2014, the Federal Reserve issued an order, the 2016 conformance period extension, extending the Volcker rule’s general conformance period until July 21, 2016 for investments in and relationships with covered funds and certain foreign funds that were in place on or prior to December 31, 2013, referred to as legacy covered funds. Under the 2016 conformance period extension, all investments in and relationships related to investments in a covered fund made or entered into after that date by a banking entity and its affiliates, and all proprietary trading activities of those entities, must be in conformance with the Volcker rule and its final implementing regulations by July 21, 2015. The Federal Reserve stated in the 2016 conformance period extension that it intends to grant a final one-year extension of the general conformance period, to July 21, 2017, for banking


9



entities to conform ownership interests in and relationships with legacy covered funds.
Whether certain types of investment securities or structures, such as collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, constitute covered funds, as “covered funds” remainsdefined in the final Volcker rule regulations, and do not benefit from the exemptions provided in the Volcker rule, and whether a banking organization's investments therein constitute ownership interests remain subject to (1) market, and ultimately regulatory, interpretation, based onand (2) the specific terms and other characteristics relevant to such investment securities and structures.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, we held an aggregate of approximately $5.77$4.54 billion of investments in CLOs. As of the same date, these investments had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $122$97 million, composed of gross unrealized gains of $141$105 million and gross unrealized losses of $19$8 million. In the event that we or our banking regulators conclude that such investments in CLOs, or other investments, are “coveredcovered funds, we may be required to divest of such investments. If other banking entities reach similar conclusions with respect to similar investments held by them, the prices of such investments could decline significantly, and we may be required to divest of such investments at a significant discount compared to the investments' book value. This could result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations in the period in which such a divestment occurs or on our consolidated financial condition.
Banking entities subject to the Volcker rule have until July 21, 2015 to bring all of their activities and investments into conformity with the Volcker rule, subject to possible extensions. The final Volcker rule regulations also require banking entities to establish extensive programs to ensure compliance with the restrictions of the Volcker rule.
We are reviewing our activities that are affected by the final Volcker rule regulations and are taking steps to bring those activities into conformity with the Volcker rule. The final Volcker rule regulations also require banking entities to establish extensive programs designed to ensure compliance with the restrictions of the Volcker rule. We are also in the process of establishing the necessary compliance programsprogram to comply with the final Volcker rule regulations. GivenSuch compliance program will restrict our ability in the complexityfuture to service certain types of the new framework, while we anticipate that the final rule will have some impact on our investment managementfunds, in particular covered funds for which SSGA acts as an advisor and custody operations, we have not completed a full evaluationcertain types of the impact of the finaltrustee relationships. Consequently, Volcker rule regulations. The impactcompliance will entail both the cost of the Volcker rule on us will ultimately depend on the interpretationa compliance program and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.loss of certain revenue and future opportunities.
Enhanced Prudential Standards
The Dodd-Frank Act established a new regulatory framework to regulate banking organizations designated as “systemically important financial institutions,” or SIFIs, and has subjected them to heightened prudential standards, including heightened capital, leverage, liquidity and risk management requirements, single-counterparty credit limits and early remediation requirements. Bank
holding companies with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, which includes us, became automatically subject to the systemic-risk regime in July 2010.
The FSOC, established by the Dodd-Frank Act as discussed earlier, can recommend prudential standards, reporting and disclosure requirements to the Federal Reserve for SIFIs, and must approve any finding by the Federal Reserve that a financial institution poses a grave threat to financial stability and must undertake mitigating actions. The FSOC is also empowered to designate systemically important payment, clearing and settlement activities of financial institutions, subjecting them to prudential supervision and regulation, and, assisted by the new Office of Financial Research within the U.S. Department of the Treasury, also established by the Dodd-Frank Act, can gather data and reports from financial institutions, including us.
In December 2011,February 2014, the Federal Reserve issued proposed rules to implementapproved a final rule implementing certain of the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards for large bank holding companies such as State Street. Among other provisions,Under the proposed rules would require usfinal rule, we will have to implementcomply with various liquidity-related risk management standards and corporate governance measuresmaintain a liquidity buffer of unencumbered highly liquid assets based on the results of internal liquidity stress testing. This liquidity buffer is in addition to other liquidity requirements, such as the LCR and, limitwhen implemented, the NSFR. The final rule also establishes requirements and responsibilities for our aggregaterisk committee and mandates risk management standards. We became subject to these new standards on January 1, 2015. Final rules on single counterparty credit exposure to any unaffiliated counterparty (together with that counterparty’s subsidiaries) to 25% of our capital stocklimits and surplus, as defined.an early termination framework have not yet been promulgated. Refer to the risk factor titled “We assume significant credit risk to counterparties, many of which are major financial institutions. These financial institutions and other counterparties may also have substantial financial dependencies with other financial institutions and

11


sovereign entities. This credit exposure and concentration could expose us to financial loss” included under "Risk Factors" under Item 1A of this Form 10-K. In addition, the proposed rules would create a new early-remediation regime to address financial distress or material management weaknesses determined with reference to four levels of early remediation, including heightened supervisory review, initial remediation, recovery, and resolution assessment, with specific limitations and requirements tied to each level.
The systemic-risk regime also provides that, for institutions deemed to pose a grave threat to U.S. financial stability, the Federal Reserve, upon an FSOC vote, must limit that institution’s ability to


10



merge, restrict its ability to offer financial products, require it to terminate activities, impose conditions on activities or, as a last resort, require it to dispose of assets. Upon a grave-threat determination by the FSOC, the Federal Reserve must issue rules that require financial institutions subject to the systemic-risk regime to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15 to 1 if the FSOC considers it necessary to mitigate the risk.risk of the grave threat. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish further standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures.
Resolution Planning
As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve jointly issued a final rule pursuant to which we are required to submit annually to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a plan for our rapid and orderly resolution under the Bankruptcy Code (or other specifically applicable insolvency regime) in the event of material financial distress or failure, referred to as a “resolutionresolution plan. The FDIC also issued a final rule pursuant to which State Street Bank is required to submit annually to the FDIC a plan for resolution in the event of its failure. We and State Street Bank submitted our most recent annual resolution plans to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC on OctoberJuly 1, 2013.2014. In August 2014, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC announced the completion of their reviews of resolution plans submitted in 2013 by 11 large, complex banking organizations, including State Street, under the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act, and informed each of these organizations of specific shortcomings with their respective 2013 resolution plans. If we fail to meet regulatory expectations to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in the submission of our 2015 resolution plan, we could be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or be required to divest certain of our assets or operations.
Orderly Liquidation Authority
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, including bank holding companies such as State Street, and certain covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to a new orderly liquidation authority. The U.S. Treasury Secretary, in consultation with the President, must first make certain extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinations, and action must be recommended by two-thirds of the FDIC Board and two-thirds of the Federal Reserve Board. Absent such actions, we, as a bank holding company, would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
The orderly liquidation authority went into effect in July 2010, and rulemaking is proceeding in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others planned but not yet proposed. If we were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would be appointed as our receiver, which would give the FDIC considerable powers to resolve us, including: (1) the power to remove officers and directors responsible for our failure and to appoint new directors and officers; (2) the power to assign assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; (3) the ability to differentiate among creditors, including by treating junior creditors better than senior creditors, subject to a minimum recovery right to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and (4) broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership to creditors not transferred to a third party or bridge financial institution.
In December 2013, the FDIC released its proposed single-point-of-entry strategy for resolution of a SIFI under the orderly liquidation authority. The FDIC’s release outlines how it would use its powers under the orderly liquidation authority to resolve a SIFI by placing its top-tier U.S. holding company in receivership and keeping its operating subsidiaries open and out of insolvency proceedings by transferring the operating subsidiaries to a new bridge holding company, recapitalizing the operating subsidiaries and imposing losses on the shareholders and creditors of the holding company in receivership according to their statutory order of priority.
Derivatives
Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes a new regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, reporting and record-keeping. In addition, certain swaps and other derivativesderivative activities are required to be “pushed out”pushed out of insured depository institutions and conducted in separately capitalized non-bank affiliates. Title VII also requires certain persons to register as a “majormajor swap participant”participant, a swap dealer or a “swapsecurities-based swap dealer. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or CFTC, the SEC and other U.S. regulators have adopted and are still in the process of adopting regulations to implement Title VII. Through this rulemaking process, the CFTC has established,these regulators collectively have adopted or proposed, among other things, regulations relating to reporting and record-keeping obligations, margin and capital requirements, the scope of registration and the central clearing and exchange trading requirements and what swaps are required to be

12


centrally cleared and exchange-traded.for certain over-the-counter derivatives. The CFTC has also issued rules to enhance the oversight of clearing and trading


11



entities. The SEC isCFTC, along with other regulators, including the Federal Reserve, are also in the process of proposing and finalizing similar regulations.additional rules, such as with respect to margin requirements for uncleared derivatives transactions.
State Street Bank has registered provisionally with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a provisionally-registeredprovisionally registered swap dealer, State Street Bank is subject to significant regulatory obligations regarding its swap activity and the supervision, examination and enforcement powers of the CFTC and other regulators. In December 2013, the CFTC granted State Street Bank a limited-purpose swap dealer designation. Under this limited-purpose designation, interest-rate swap activity engaged in by State Street Bank’s Global Treasury group is not subject to certain of the swap regulatory requirements otherwise applicable to swaps entered into by a registered swap dealer, subject to a number of conditions. For all other swap transactions, our swap activities remain subject to all applicable swap dealer regulations.
Money Market Funds
In 2012,July 2014, the FSOC proposed several recommendations for money market mutual fund reform, which included requiringSEC adopted amendments to the regulations governing money market funds to useaddress potential systemic risks and improve transparency for money market fund investors. Among other things, the amendments require a floating net asset value mandating a capital bufferfor institutional prime money market funds (i.e., money market funds that are either not restricted to natural person investors or not restricted to investing primarily in U.S. government securities) and requiring a hold-back on redemptions for certain shareholders, and the FSB endorsed recommendations proposed by the International Organization of Securities Commissions, or IOSCO, including requiringpermit (and in some cases require) all money market funds to adoptimpose redemption fees and gates under certain circumstances. As a floating net asset value. In June 2013, the SEC proposed U.S.result of these reforms, which would require certain SEC-registered money market funds may be required to transact attake certain steps that will affect their structure and/or operations, which could in turn affect the floating net asset value or, alternatively, allowliquidity, marketability and return potential of such funds to continue to transact at a stable share price but impose liquidity fees and investor redemption gates in times of stress. Reforms proposedfunds. Full conformance with these amendments is required by the SEC would also create additional disclosure and reporting requirements for the funds. October 14, 2016.
Money market reforms are also being considered in Europe. The timing and content of final newthose regulations in the U.S. or Europe remainremains uncertain. The requirementsSEC's July 2014 amended regulations, and standards provided for in any new regulations, including those of the nature described in the FSOC or IOSCO recommendations or in the proposed SEC reforms, have the potential to significantlyreforms in Europe, could alter the business models of money market fund sponsors and asset managers, including many of our servicing clients and SSgA,SSGA, and may result in reduced levels of investment in money market funds. These effects couldAs a result, these requirements may have an adverse impactsimpact on our business, our operations or our consolidated results of operations.
Subsidiaries
The Federal Reserve is the primary federal banking agency responsible for regulating us and our
subsidiaries, including State Street Bank, with respect to both our U.S. and non-U.S. operations.
Our banking subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by various regulatory authorities. State Street Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, its deposits are insured by the FDIC and it is subject to applicable federal and state banking laws and to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, as well as by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, and the regulatory authorities of those states and countries in which State Street Bank operates a branch. Our other subsidiary trust companies are subject to supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve or by the appropriate state banking regulatory authorities of the states in which they are organized and operate. Our non-U.S. banking subsidiaries are subject to regulation by the regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of December 31, 2013,2014, the capital of each of these banking subsidiaries exceeded the minimum legal capital requirements set by those regulatory authorities.
We and our subsidiaries that are not subsidiaries of State Street Bank are affiliates of State Street Bank under federal banking laws, which impose restrictions on various types of transactions, including loans, extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases by or from State Street Bank, on the one hand, to us and those of our subsidiaries, on the other. Transactions of this kind between State Street Bank and its affiliates are limited with respect to each affiliate to 10% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus, as defined by the aforementioned banking laws, and to 20% in the aggregate for all affiliates, and in some cases are also subject to strict collateral requirements. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, effective in July 2012, derivatives, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between State Street Bank and its affiliates became subject to these restrictions. The Dodd-Frank Act also expanded the scope of transactions required to be collateralized. In addition, the Volcker rule generally prohibits similar transactions between the parent company or any of its affiliates and “covered funds”covered funds for which we or any of our affiliates serve as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor and other “covered funds”covered funds organized and offered pursuant to specific exemptions in the final Volcker rule regulations.


12



Federal law also requires that certain transactions with affiliates be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions involving other non-affiliated companies. Alternatively, in the

13


absence of comparable transactions, the transactions must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies. State Street Bank is also prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or lease or sale of property or furnishing of services. Federal law provides as well for a depositor preference on amounts realized from the liquidation or other resolution of any depository institution insured by the FDIC.
SSgAOur subsidiaries, SSGA Funds Management, Inc., or SSgASSGA FM, and State Street Global Advisors Limited, or SSgASSGA Ltd., act as investment advisers to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. SSgASSGA FM, incorporated in Massachusetts in 2001 and headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. SSgA1940 and is registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading adviser and pool operator. SSGA Ltd., incorporated in 1990 as a U.K. limited company and domiciled in the U.K., is also registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. SSgASSGA Ltd. is also authorized and regulated by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, or FCA, and is an investment firm under the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive. SSgASSGA FM and SSgASSGA Ltd. each offer a variety of assetinvestment management solutions, including active, enhanced and passive equity, active and passive fixed-income, cash management, multi-asset class solutions and real estate. In addition, a major portion of our investment management activities are conducted by State Street Bank, which is subject to supervision primarily by the Federal Reserve with respect to these activities.
Our U.S. broker/dealer subsidiary is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC, is subject to regulation by the SEC (including the SEC’s net capital rule) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a self-regulatory organization. The U.K. broker/dealer business operates through our subsidiary, State Street Global Markets International Limited, which is registered in the U.K. as a regulated securities broker, is authorized and regulated by the FCA and is an investment firm under the Market in Financial Instruments Directive. It is also a member of the London Stock Exchange. In accordance with the rules of the FCA, the U.K.
broker/dealer publishes information on its risk management objectives and on policies associated with its regulatory capital requirements and resources. Many aspects of our investment management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investment holder, rather than our shareholders.
Our activities as a futures commission merchant are subject to regulation by the CFTC in the U.S. and various regulatory authorities internationally, as well as the membership requirements of the applicable clearinghouses. In addition, we have a subsidiary registered with the CFTC as a swap execution facility, and our U.S. broker/dealer subsidiary also offers a U.S. equities alternative trading system registered with the SEC.
These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from conducting our investment management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, and examination authority. Our business related to investment management and trusteeship of collective trust funds and separate accounts offered to employee benefit plans is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or ERISA, and is regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor.
Our businesses, including our investment management and securities and futures businesses, are also regulated extensively by non-U.S. governments, securities exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. For instance, among others, the FCA, the Prudential Regulatory Authority or PRA, the London Stock Exchange, and the Euronext.LiffeBank of England regulate our activities in the U.K.; the Federal Financial SupervisoryCentral Bank of Ireland regulates our activities in Ireland; the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier regulates our activities in Luxembourg; the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority and Deutsche Borse AGthe Australian Securities and Investments Commission regulate our activities in Germany;Australia; and the Financial Services Agency and the Bank of Japan the Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, including the Tokyo Stock Exchange, regulate our activities in Japan. We have established policies, procedures, and systems designed to comply with the requirements of these organizations. However, as a global financial services institution, we face complexity and costs related to regulation.
The majority of our non-U.S. asset servicing operations are conducted pursuant to the Federal Reserve's Regulation K through State Street Bank’s Edge Act subsidiary or through international branches of State Street Bank. An Edge Act corporation is a corporation organized under federal law that conducts foreign business activities. In general, banks may not


13



make investments in their Edge Act corporations (and similar state law corporations) that exceed 20% of their capital and surplus, as defined, and the investment of any amount in excess of 10% of capital and surplus requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.
In addition to our non-U.S. operations conducted pursuant to Regulation K, we also make new investments abroad directly (through us or through our non-banking subsidiaries) pursuant to the Federal Reserve's Regulation Y, or through international bank branch expansion, which are not subject to the investment limitations applicable to Edge Act subsidiaries.

14

TableAdditionally, Massachusetts has its own bank holding company statute, under which State Street, among other things, may be required to obtain prior approval by the Massachusetts Board of ContentsBank Incorporation for an acquisition of more than 5% of any additional bank's voting shares, or for other forms of bank acquisitions.
Anti-Money Laundering and Financial Transparency

We and certain of our subsidiaries are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which contains anti-money laundering, or AML, and financial transparency provisions and requires implementation of regulations applicable to financial services companies, including standards for verifying client identification and monitoring client transactions and detecting and reporting suspicious activities. AML laws outside the U.S. contain similar requirements. We have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. Compliance with applicable AML and related requirements is a common area of review for financial regulators, and our level of compliance with these requirements could result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions or difficulties in obtaining approvals, restrictions on our business activities or harm to our reputation.
We are also subject to the Massachusetts bank holding company statute. Requirements of the statute include, among other things, prior approval by the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation for our acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of any additional bank and for other forms of bank acquisitions.
Deposit Insurance
FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits.
The FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF, is funded by assessments on insured depository institutions. The FDIC assesses DIF premiums based on an insured depository institution's average consolidated total assets, less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the
assessment period. For larger institutions, such as State Street Bank, assessments are determined based on regulatory ratings and forward-looking financial measures to calculate the assessment rate, which is subject to adjustments by the FDIC, and the assessment base.
The Dodd-Frank Act also directed the FDIC to determine whether and to what extent adjustments to the assessment base are appropriate for “custody banks.” During 2011, theThe FDIC has concluded that certain liquid assets could be excluded from the deposit insurance assessment base of custody banks that satisfy specified institutional eligibility criteria. This has the effect of reducing the amount of DIF insurance premiums due from custody banks. State Street Bank is a custody bank for this purpose. The custody bank assessment adjustment may not exceed total transaction account deposits identified by the institution as being directly linked to a fiduciary or custody and safekeeping asset.
Prompt Corrective Action
The FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 requires the appropriate federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. While these regulations apply only to banks, such as State Street Bank, the Federal Reserve is authorized to take appropriate action against a parent bank holding company, such as our parent company, based on the under-capitalized status of any banking subsidiary. In certain instances, we would be required to guarantee the performance of the capital restoration plan for our under-capitalized banking subsidiary.
Support of Subsidiary Banks
Under Federal Reserve guidelines, which were codified in the Dodd-Frank Act,regulations, a bank holding company such as our parent company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its banking subsidiaries. This requirement was added to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act by the Dodd-Frank Act and means that we are expected to commit resources to State Street Bank and any other banking subsidiary in circumstances in which we otherwise might not do so absent such a requirement. In the event of bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a banking subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and will be entitled to a priority payment.
Insolvency of an Insured U.S. Subsidiary Depository Institution
If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an FDIC-insured U.S. subsidiary depository institution, such as State Street Bank, upon its insolvency or certain other events, the FDIC


14



has the ability to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors, enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms or repudiate or disaffirm contracts or leases to which the depository institution is a party.
Additionally, the claims of holders of deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution and, under current interpretation, depositors in non-U.S. offices, in the liquidation or other resolution of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, such persons would

15


be treated differently from and could receive, if anything, substantially less than the depositors in U.S. offices of the depository institution.

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND GOVERNMENT POLICIES
Economic policies of the U.S. government and its agencies influence our operating environment. Monetary policy conducted by the Federal Reserve directly affects the level of interest rates, which may affect overall credit conditions of the economy. Monetary policy is applied by the Federal Reserve through open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in reserve requirements for depository institutions, and changes in the discount rate and availability of borrowing from the Federal Reserve. Government regulation of banks and bank holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors of the banks, rather than for the shareholders of the institutions and therefore may, in some cases, be adverse to the interests of those shareholders. We are similarly affected by the economic policies of non-U.S. government agencies, such as the European Central Bank, or ECB.
STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES
The following information, included under Items 6, 7 and 8 of this Form 10-K, is incorporated by reference herein:
“Selected Financial Data” table (Item 6) - presents return on average common equity, return on average assets, common dividend payout and equity-to-assets ratios.
“Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential” table (Item 8) - presents consolidated average balance sheet amounts, related fully taxable-equivalent interest earned and paid, related average yields and rates paid and changes in fully taxable-equivalent interest revenue and interest expense for
each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
“Investment Securities” section included in Management's Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and note 43, “Investment Securities,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - disclose information regarding book values, market values, maturities and weighted-average yields of securities (by category).
Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Loans4, “Loans and Leases,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - discloses our policy for placing loans and leases on non-accrual status.
“Loans and Leases” section included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and note 54, “Loans and Leases,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - discloses distribution of loans, loan maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates.
“Loans and Leases” and “Cross-Border Outstandings” sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) - discloses information regarding cross-border outstandings and other loan concentrations of State Street.
“Credit Risk Management” section included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and note 54, “Loans and Leases,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - present the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, and a description of factors which influenced management’s judgment in determining amounts of additions or reductions to the allowance, if any, charged or credited to results of operations.
“Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential” table (Item 8) - discloses deposit information.
Note 9,8, “Short-Term Borrowings,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - discloses information regarding short-term borrowings of State Street.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 
Forward-Looking Statements
This Form 10-K, as well as other reports submitted by us under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, registration statements filed by us under the Securities Act of 1933, our annual report to shareholders and other public statements we may make, contain statements (including statements in the Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K) that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. securities laws, including statements about industry, regulatory, economicour goals and market trends, management's expectations aboutregarding our business, financial and capital condition, results of operations,


15



strategies, financial portfolio performance, capital,dividend and stock purchase programs, expected outcomes of legal proceedings, market growth, acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures and new technologies, services and opportunities, as well as regarding industry, regulatory, economic and earnings, management's confidence in our strategiesmarket trends, initiatives and developments, the business environment and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts.
Terminology such as “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “objective,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “seek,” “may,” “will,” “trend,” “target,” “strategy” and

16


“goal, “goal,” or similar statements or variations of such terms, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such terms.
Forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which change over time, are based on management's expectations and assumptions at the time the statements are made, and are not guarantees of future results. Management's expectations and assumptions, and the continued validity of the forward-looking statements, are subject to change due to a broad range of factors affecting the national and global economies, regulatory environment and the equity, debt, currency and other financial markets, as well as factors specific to State Street and its subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. Factors that could cause changes in the expectations or assumptions on which forward-looking statements are based cannot be foreseen with certainty and include, but are not limited to:
the financial strength and continuing viability of the counterparties with which we or our clients do business and to which we have investment, credit or financial exposure, including, for example, the direct and indirect effects on counterparties of the sovereign-debt risks in the U.S., Europe and other regions;
increases in the volatility of, or declines in the level of, our net interest revenue, changes in the composition or valuation of the assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition (and our ability to measure the fair value of investment securities) and the possibility that we may change the manner in which we fund those assets;
the liquidity of the U.S. and international securities markets, particularly the markets for fixed-income securities and inter-bank credits, and the liquidity requirements of our clients;
the level and volatility of interest rates, the valuation of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies in which we record revenue or accrue expenses and the performance and volatility of securities, credit, currency and other markets in the U.S. and internationally;
the credit quality, credit-agency ratings and fair values of the securities in our investment securities portfolio, a deterioration or downgrade of which could lead to other-than-temporary impairment of the respective securities and the recognition of an impairment loss in our consolidated statement of income;
our ability to attract deposits and other low-cost, short-term funding, the relative portion of our deposits that are determined to be operational under regulatory guidelines and our ability to deploy deposits in a profitable manner consistent with our liquidity requirements and risk profile;
the manner and timing with which the Federal Reserve and other U.S. and foreign regulators implement changes to the regulatory framework applicable to our operations, including implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act, changes to the Basel III capital frameworkfinal rule and European legislation such(such as the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive and Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities Directives, with respect toDirectives); among other consequences, these regulatory changes impact the levels of regulatory capital we must maintain, ouracceptable levels of credit exposure to third parties, margin requirements applicable to derivatives, and restrictions on banking and financial activitiesactivities. In addition, our regulatory posture and related expenses have been and will continue to be affected by changes in regulatory expectations for global systemically important financial institutions applicable to, among other things, risk management, capital planning and compliance programs, and changes in governmental enforcement approaches to perceived failures to comply with regulatory initiatives in the U.S. and internationally, including regulatory developments that result in changes to our structure or operating model, increased costs or other changes to how we provide services;legal obligations;
adverse changes in the regulatory capital ratios that we are required or will be required to meet, whether arising under the Dodd-Frank Act or the Basel III capital and liquidity standards,final rule, or due to changes in regulatory positions, practices or regulations in jurisdictions in which we engage in banking activities, including changes in internal or external data, formulae, models, assumptions


16



or other advanced systems used in the calculation of our capital ratios that cause changes in those ratios as they are measured from period to period;
increasing requirements to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve or our other U.S. and non-U.S. regulators for the use, allocation or distribution of our capital or other specific capital actions or programs, including acquisitions, dividends and equitystock purchases, without which our growth plans, distributions to shareholders, equity purchaseshare repurchase programs or other capital initiatives may be restricted;
changes in law or regulation, or the enforcement of law or regulation, that may adversely affect our business activities or those of our clients or our counterparties, and the products or services that we sell, including additional or increased taxes or assessments thereon, capital adequacy requirements, margin requirements and changes that expose us to risks related to the adequacy of our controls or compliance programs;
financial market disruptions or economic recession, whether in the U.S., Europe, Asia or other
regions;
our ability to promote a strong culture of risk management, operating controls, compliance oversight and governance that meet our expectations and those of our clients and our regulators;
the results of, and costs associated with, governmentgovernmental or regulatory inquiries and investigations, litigation and similar claims, disputes, or proceedings;

17


delays or difficulties in the execution of our previously announced Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, which could lead to changes in our estimates of the charges, expenses or savings associated with the planned program and may cause volatility of our earnings;
the potential for losses arising from our investments in sponsored investment funds;
the possibility that our clients will incur substantial losses in investment pools for which we act as agent, and the possibility of significant reductions in the liquidity or valuation of assets underlying those pools;
our ability to anticipate and manage the level and timing of redemptions and withdrawals from our
collateral pools and other collective investment products;
the credit agency ratings of our debt and depository obligations and investor and client perceptions
of our financial strength;
adverse publicity, whether specific to State Street or regarding other industry participants or industry-wide factors, or other reputational harm;
our ability to control operational risks, data security breach risks and outsourcing risks, and our
ability to protect our intellectual property rights, the possibility of errors in the quantitative models we use to manage our business and the possibility that our controls will prove insufficient, fail or be
circumvented;
our ability to expand our use of technology to enhance the efficiency, accuracy and reliability of our operations and our dependencies on information technology and our ability to control related risks, including cyber-crime and other threats to our information technology infrastructure and systems and their effective operation both independently and with external systems, and complexities and costs of protecting the security of our systems and data;
our ability to grow revenue, controlmanage expenses, attract and retain highly skilled people and raise the capital necessary to achieve our business goals and comply with regulatory requirements;requirements and expectations;
changes or potential changes to the competitive environment, including changes due to regulatory and technological changes, the effects of industry consolidation and perceptions of State Street as a suitable service provider or counterparty;
changes or potential changes in how and in what amountsthe amount of compensation we receive from clients compensate us for our services, and the mix of services provided by us that clients choose;
our ability to complete acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures, including the ability to obtain regulatory approvals, the ability to arrange financing as required and the ability to satisfy closing conditions;
the risks that our acquired businesses and joint ventures will not achieve their anticipated financial and operational benefits or will not be integrated successfully, or that the integration will take longer than anticipated, that expected synergies will not be achieved or unexpected negative synergies or liabilities will be experienced, that client and deposit retention goals will not be met, that other regulatory or operational challenges will be experienced, and that disruptions from the transaction will harm our relationships with our clients, our employees or regulators;
our ability to recognize emerging needs of our clients and to develop products that are responsive to such trends and profitable to


17



us, the performance of and demand for the products and services we offer, and the potential for new products and services to impose additional costs on us and expose us to increased operational risk;
changes in accounting standards and practices; and
changes in tax legislation and in the interpretation of existing tax laws by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities that affect the amount of taxes due.
Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed in our forward-looking statements and from our historical financial results due to the factors discussed in this sectionItem 1A Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Form 10-K (including in the Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K) or disclosed in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements should not be relied on as representing our expectations or beliefs as of any date subsequent to the time this Form 10-K is filed with the SEC. We undertake no obligation to revise our forward-looking statements after the time they are made. The factors discussed above and in this section generallyItem 1A are not intended to be a complete summarystatement of all risks and uncertainties that may affect our businesses. We cannot anticipate all developments that may adversely affect our business or operations or our consolidated results of operations andor financial condition.
Forward-looking statements should not be viewed as predictions, and should not be the primary basis on which investors evaluate State Street. Any investor in State Street should consider all risks and uncertainties disclosed in our SEC filings, including our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in particular our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, or registration statements filed under the Securities Act of 1933, all of which are

18


accessible on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov or on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com.
Risk Factors
In the normal course of our business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks. The following is a discussion of various risk factors applicable to State Street. Additional information about our risk management framework is included under “Risk Management” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K. Additional risks beyond those described in Management's Discussion and Analysis or in the following discussion may be inherent in our activities or operations as currently conducted, or as we may conduct them in the future, or in the markets in which we operate or may in the future operate.
Credit and Counterparty, Liquidity and Market Risks
We assume significant credit risk to counterparties, many of which are major financial institutions. These financial institutions and other counterparties may also have substantial financial dependencies with other financial institutions and sovereign entities. This credit exposure and concentration could expose us to financial loss.
The financial markets are characterized by extensive interdependencies among numerous parties, including banks, central banks, broker/dealers, collective investment funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. These financial institutions also include collective investment funds, such as mutual funds, UCITs and hedge funds that share these interdependencies. Many financial institutions, including collective investment funds also hold, or are exposed to, loans, sovereign debt, fixed-income securities, derivatives, counterparty and other forms of credit risk in amounts that are material to their financial condition. As a result of our own business practices and these interdependencies, we and many of our clients have concentrated counterparty exposure to other financial institutions and collective investment funds, particularly large and complex institutions, sovereign issuers, mutual funds and sovereign issuers.UCITs and hedge funds. Although we have procedures for monitoring both individual and aggregate counterparty risk, significant individual and aggregate counterparty exposure is inherent in our business, as our focus is on servicing large institutional investors.investors.
From time to time,In the normal course of our business, we assume concentrated credit risk at the individual obligor, counterparty or group level. Such concentrations may be material and can from time to timeoften exceed 10% of our consolidated total shareholders' equity. Our material counterparty exposures change daily, and the counterparties or groups of related counterparties to which our risk exposure exceeds


18



10% of our consolidated total shareholders' equity are also variable during any reported period; however, our largest exposures tend to be to other financial institutions.
Concentration of counterparty exposure presents significant risks to us and to our clients because the failure or perceived weakness of our counterparties (or in some cases of our clients' counterparties) has the potential to expose us to risk of financial loss. Changes in market perception of the financial strength of particular financial institutions or sovereign issuers can occur rapidly, are often based on a variety of factors and are difficult to predict.
Since mid-2007, the continued instabilitya variety of the financial markets has resulted ineconomic, market and other factors have contributed to many financial institutions becoming significantly less creditworthy, as reflected in the credit downgrades of numerous large U.S. and non-U.S. financial institutions in recent years. Also, credit downgrades to several sovereign issuers (including the U.S., Austria, France, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal and Spain) and other issuers have stressed the perceived creditworthiness of financial institutions, many of which invest in, accept collateral in the form of, or value other transactions based on the debt or other securities issued by sovereign or other issuers. Unemployment levels and deflationary and recessionary pressures in key global economies, while other economies including the U.S. and U.K. appear to be experiencing improving economic conditions, have resulted in substantial easing of monetary policy in Europe and Japan which contributed to economic and market uncertainty, low interest rates and pressures on currency exchange rates in 2014 and will likely have similar impacts in 2015. Substantial changes in commodity prices, particularly oil, and a slowing of demand in China, are also contributing to economic and market risks. Further economic, political or market turmoil or developments including with respect to federal budget or federal debt-ceiling concerns in the U.S. or the reduction in levels of quantitative easing in the U.S. and other developed countries, may lead to stress on sovereign issuers, and increase the potential for sovereign defaults or restructurings, additional credit-rating downgrades or the departure of sovereign issuers from common currencies or economic unions. These same factors may contribute to increased risk of default or downgrading for financial and corporate issuers or other market risk associated with excess levels of liquidity. As a result, we may be exposed to increased counterparty risks, either resulting from our role as principal or because of commitments we make in our capacity as agent for some of our clients.
The degree of client demand for short-term credit tends to increase during periods of market turbulence, which may expose us to further counterparty-related risks. For example, investors in collective investment vehicles for which we act as custodian may experience significant redemption
activity due to adverse market or economic news that was unanticipated by the fund's manager.news. Our relationship with our clients and the nature of the settlement process and limitations in our systemsfor some types of payments may result in the extension of short-term credit in such circumstances. For some types of clients, we provide credit to allow them to leverage their portfolios, which may expose us to potential loss if the client experiences investment losses or other credit difficulties.
In addition to our exposure to financial institutions, we are from time to time exposed to concentrated credit risk at thean industry or country level, potentially exposing us to a single market or political event or a correlated set of events. This concentration risk also applies to groups of unrelated counterparties that may have similar investment strategies involving one or more particular industries, regions, or other characteristics. These unrelated counterparties may concurrently experience adverse effects to their performance, liquidity or reputation due to events or other factors affecting such investment strategies. Though potentially not material individually (relative to any one such counterparty), our aggregated credit exposures to such a group of counterparties could similarly expose us to a single market or political event or a correlated set of events.
We are also generally not able to net exposures across counterparties that are affiliated entities and may not be able in all circumstances to net exposures to the same legal entity across multiple products. As a

19


consequence, we may incur a loss in relation to one entity or product even though our exposure to an entity's affiliates or across product types is over-collateralized.
Our use of unaffiliated subcustodians also exposes us to operational risk, credit risk and risks of the legal systems of the jurisdictions in which the subcustodians operate, each of which may be material. These risks are amplified due to changing regulatory requirements with respect to our financial exposures in the event those subcustodians are unable to return a client’s assetsassets. We are also expose usexposed to credit exposuresettlement risks, particularly in our payments and foreign exchange activities. Those activities may lead to those subcustodians.losses in the event of a counterparty breach. Due to our membership in several industry clearing or settlement exchanges, we may be required to guarantee obligations and liabilities, or provide financial support, in the event that other members do not honor their obligations or default. Moreover, not all of our counterparty exposure is secured, and when our exposure is secured, the realizable value of the collateral may have declined by the time we exercise our rights against that collateral. This risk may be particularly


19



acute if we are required to sell the collateral into an illiquid or temporarily-impaired market.
On behalf of clients enrolled in our securities lending program, we lend securities to banks, broker/dealers and other institutions. In most circumstances, we indemnify our clients for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. Borrowers are generally required to provide collateral equal to a contractually-agreed percentage equal to or in excess of the fair value of the loaned securities. As the fair value of the loaned securities changes, additional collateral is provided by the borrower or collateral is returned to the borrower. In addition, our clients often purchase securities or other financial instruments from financial counterparties, including broker/dealers, under repurchase arrangements, frequently as a method of reinvesting the cash collateral they receive from lending their securities. Under these arrangements, the counterparty is obligated to repurchase these securities or financial instruments from the client at the same price (plus an agreed rate of return) at some point in the future. The value of the collateral is intended to exceed the counterparty's payment obligation, and collateral is adjusted daily to account for shortfall under, or excess over, the agreed-upon collateralization level. As with the securities lending program, we agree to indemnify our clients from any loss that would arise on a default by the counterparty under these repurchase arrangements if the proceeds from the disposition of the securities or other financial assets held as collateral are less than the amount of the repayment obligation by the client's counterparty. In such instances of counterparty default, for both securities lending and repurchase agreements, we, rather than our client, are exposed to the risks associated with collateral value.
We also engage in certain off-balance sheet activities that involve risks. For example, we provide benefit-responsive contracts, known as wraps, to defined contribution plans that offer a stable value option to their participants. During the financial crisis, the book value of obligations under many of these contracts exceeded the market value of the underlying portfolio holdings. Concerns regarding the portfolio of investments protected by such contracts, or regarding the investment manager overseeing such an investment option, may result in redemption demands from stable value products covered by benefit-responsive contracts at a time when the portfolio's market value is less than its book value, potentially exposing us to risk of loss. Similarly, we provide credit facilities in connection with the remarketing of U.S. municipal obligations, potentially exposing us to credit exposure to the municipalities issuing such bonds and to their increased liquidity demands. In the current economic environment,
where municipal creditsmunicipalities are subject to increased investor concern, the risks associated with such businesses increase. Further, our off-balance sheet activities also include our agreement, described above, to indemnify our clients for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities.
Under evolving regulatory restrictions on credit exposure, which are anticipated to include a broadening of the measurebroader or more prescriptive measures of credit exposure, we may be required to limit our exposures to specific issuers or groups, including financial institutions and sovereign issuers, to levels that we may currently exceed. These credit exposure restrictions under such evolving regulations may adversely affect our businesses, may require that we expand our credit exposure to a broader range of issuers, including issuers that represent increased credit risk and may require that we modify our operating models or the policies and practices we use to manage our consolidated statement of condition.
Although our overall business is subject to these interdependencies, several of our business units are particularly sensitive to them, including our Global Treasury group, that, among other responsibilities, manages our investment portfolio, our currency trading business, our securities finance business, and our investment management business. Given the limited number of strong counterparties in the current market, we are not able to mitigate all of our and our clients' counterparty credit risk.
Our investment securities portfolio, consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in interest rate, market and credit risks.
Our investment securities portfolio represented approximately 48%41% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2013,2014, and the gross interest revenue associated with our investment portfolio represented approximately 22%20% of our consolidated total gross revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013.2014 and has represented as much as 30% of our consolidated gross revenue in the fiscal years since 2007. As such, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are materially exposed to the risks associated with our investment portfolio, including, without limitation, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit performance, credit ratings, our access to liquidity, foreign exchange markets, mark-to-market valuations, and our ability to profitably reinvest repayments of principal with respect to these securities. The low interest-rate environment that has persisted since the financial crisis began in mid-2007, and may continue in 20142015 and beyond, limits our ability to achieve a net interest margin consistent with our historical averages.


20



Our investment securities portfolio represents a greater proportion of our consolidated statement of condition and our loan and lease portfolios represent a smaller proportion (approximately 6%7% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2013)2014), in comparison to many other major financial institutions. In some respects, the accounting and regulatory treatment of our investment securities portfolio may be less favorable to us than a more traditional held-for-investment lending portfolio or a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities.portfolio. For example, under the U.S. Basel III final rule issued in July 2013, after-tax changes in the fair value of investment securities classified as available for sale will beare included in tier 1 capital. Since loans held for investment are not subject to a fair-value accounting framework, changes in the fair value of loans (other than incurred credit losses) are not similarly included in the determination of tier 1 capital under the U.S. Basel III final rule. Due to this differing treatment, we may experience increased variability in our tier 1 capital relative to other major financial institutions whose loan-and-lease portfolios represent a larger proportion of their consolidated total assets than ours.
Our investment portfolio continues to have significant concentrations in certain classes of securities, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, and securities with concentrated exposure to consumers. These classes and types of securities experienced significant liquidity, valuation and credit quality deterioration during the financial disruption that began in mid-2007. We also hold non-U.S. mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities with exposures to European countries, whose sovereign-debt markets have experienced increased stress since 2011 and may continue to experience stress in the future. For further information, refer to the risk factor titled “Our businesses have significant European operations, and disruptions in European economies could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.”
Further, we hold a portfolio of U.S. state and municipal bonds. In view of the budget deficits that a number of states and municipalities currently face, the risks associated with this portfolio have increased.are significant.
If market conditions similar to those experienced in 2007 and 2008 were to recur, our investment portfolio could experience a decline in liquidity and market value, regardless of our credit view of our portfolio holdings. For example, we recorded significant losses not related to credit in connection with the consolidation of our off-balance sheet asset-backed commercial paper conduits in 2009 and the repositioning of our investment portfolio in 2010 with
respect to these asset classes. In addition, in general, deterioration in the credit quality, ofor changes in management's expectations regarding repayment timing or in management's investment intent to hold securities to maturity, in each case with respect to our portfolio holdings, could result in other-than-temporary impairment. Similarly, if a material portion of our investment portfolio were to experience credit deterioration below investment grade, our capital ratios as calculated pursuant to the Basel III final rule could be adversely affected. This risk is greater with portfolios of investment securities than with loans or holdings of U.S. Treasury securities.
Our investment portfolio is further subject to changes in both U.S. and non-U.S. (primarily in Europe) interest rates, and could be negatively affected by changes in those rates, whether or not expected, particularly by a quicker-than-anticipated increase in interest rates. In addition, while approximately 89%rates or by monetary policy that results in persistently low or negative rates of interest. This has been the case, for example, with respect to recent ECB monetary policy, including negative interest rates in some jurisdictions, with associated negative effects on our net interest revenue and net interest margin. The effect on our net interest revenue has been exacerbated by the effects of the carrying value ofrecent strong U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the securities inEuro. If ECB monetary policy continues to pressure European interest rates downward and the U.S. dollar remains strong or strengthens, the negative effects on our investment portfoliowas composed of securities rated “AAA”net interest revenue likely will continue or “AA” as of December 31, 2013, if a material portion of our investment portfolio were to experience credit-rating declines below investment grade, our capital ratios as calculated pursuant to the Basel III regulatory capital and liquidity standards could be adversely affected. This risk is greater with portfolios of investment securities than with loans or holdings of U.S. Treasury securities.increase.
Our business activities expose us to interest-rate risk.
In our business activities, we assume interest-rate risk by investing short-term deposits received from our clients in our investment portfolio of longer- and intermediate-term assets. Our net interest revenue isand net interest margin are affected by the levels of interest rates in global markets, changes in the relationship between short- and long-term interest rates, the direction and speed of interest-rate changes, and the asset and liability spreads relative to the currency and geographic mix of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These factors are influenced, among other things, by a variety of economic and market forces and expectations, including monetary and other policies and activities of central banks, such as the Federal Reserve, that we do not control. Our ability to anticipate changes in these changesfactors or to hedge the related on- and off-balance sheet exposures can significantly influence the success of our asset-and-liability management activities and the resulting level of our net interest revenue.revenue and net interest margin. The impact of changes in interest rates and related factors will depend on the relative duration and fixed-


21



or floating-rate nature of our assets and liabilities. Sustained lower interest rates, a flat or inverted yield curve and narrow interest-rate spreads generally have a constraining effect on our net interest revenue. For additional information about the effects on interest rates on our business, refer to “Financial Condition - Market Risk Management - Asset-and-Liability Management Activities” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K.10-K.
If we are unable to continuously attract deposits and other short-term funding, our consolidated financial condition, including our regulatory capital ratios, our consolidated results of operations and our business prospects, could be adversely affected.
Liquidity management, including on an intra-day basis, is critical to the management of our consolidated statement of condition and to our ability to service our client base. We generally use our liquidity to:
meet clients' demands for return of their deposits;
extend credit to our clients in connection with our custody business; and
meet clients' demands for return of their deposits; and

21


managefund the pool of long- and intermediate-term assets that are included in the investment securities carried in our consolidated statement of condition.
Because the demand for credit by our clients is difficult to predict and control, and may be at its peak at times of disruption in the securities markets, and because the average maturity of our investment securities portfolio is longer than the contractual maturity of our client deposit base, we need to continuously attract, and are dependent on access to, various sources of short-term funding. During periods of market uncertainty,disruption, the level of client deposits held by us has in recent years tended to increase; however, since such deposits are considered to be transitory, we have historically deposited so-called excess deposits with U.S. and non-U.S. central banks and in other highly liquid but low-yielding instruments. These levels of excess client deposits, as a consequence, have increased our net interest revenue but have adversely affected our net interest margin.
In managing our liquidity, our primary source of short-term funding is client deposits, which are predominantly transaction-based deposits by institutional investors. Our ability to continue to attract these deposits, and other short-term funding sources such as certificates of deposit and commercial paper, is subject to variability based on a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securitiesfinancial markets, the relative interest rates
that we are prepared to pay for these deposits and the perception of safety of these deposits or short-term obligations relative to alternative short-term investments available to our clients, including the capital markets.
In addition, we may be exposed to liquidity or other risks in managing asset pools for third parties that are funded on a short-term basis, or for which the clients participating in these products have a right to the return of cash or assets on limited notice. These business activities include, among others, securities finance collateral pools, money market and other short-term investment funds and liquidity facilities utilized in connection with municipal bond programs. If clients demand a return of their cash or assets, particularly on limited notice, and these investment pools do not have the liquidity to support those demands, we could be forced to sell investment securities at unfavorable prices, damaging our reputation as an asset manager and potentially exposing us to claims related to our management of the pools.
The availability and cost of credit in short-term markets are highly dependent on the markets' perception of our liquidity and creditworthiness. Our efforts to monitor and manage our liquidity risk, including on an intra-day basis, may not be successful or sufficient to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other event-driven reductions in liquidity. As a result of such events, among other things, our cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing our net interest revenue, or we may need to dispose of a portion of our investment securities portfolio, which, depending on market conditions, could result in a loss from such sales of investment securities being recorded in our consolidated statement of income.
Our business and capital-related activities, including our ability to return capital to shareholders and purchase our capital stock, may be adversely affected by our implementation of the revised regulatory capital and liquidity standards that we must meet under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives, or in the event our capital plan or post-stress capital ratios are determined to be insufficient as a result of regulatory capital stress testing.
In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule implementing the Basel III capital standards in the U.S. The U.S. Basel III final rule replacesreplaced the existing Basel I- and Basel II-based capital regulations. As a so-called “advanced approaches” banking organization, we became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule on January 1, 2014. We
On January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule replaced the existing Basel I-based approach for calculating risk-weighted assets with the U.S. Basel


22



III standardized approach that, among other things, modifies certain existing risk weights and introduces new methods for calculating risk-weighted assets for certain types of assets and exposures. The final rule also revised the Basel II-based advanced approaches capital rules to implement Basel III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.
On February 21, 2014, we were notified by the Federal Reserve that we had completed our parallel run period. Consequently, since the second quarter of 2014, we are currentlyrequired to use the advanced approaches framework as provided in the qualification, or parallel run, periodFederal Reserve's July 2013 Basel III final rule in the determination of our risk-based capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act applies a "capital floor" to advanced approaches banking organizations, such asState Street and State Street Bank. As of January 1, 2015, the Basel III standardized approach acts as that must be completed priorcapital floor. As a result, we are required to calculate our full implementation ofrisk-based capital ratios under both the Basel III advanced approaches capital rules. During the parallel run period, we must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve that our models, systemsapproach and processes for calculating capital comply with the qualitative and quantitative requirements in the Basel III standardized approach, and we are subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios calculated under the standardized approach and those calculated under the advanced approachesapproach in the assessment of our capital rules.adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.
During or subsequent to this qualification period,In implementing certain aspects of these capital regulations, we are making interpretations of the regulatory intent. The Federal Reserve may determine that we are not in compliance with certain aspects of the advanced approaches capital rules and may require us to take certain actions to come into compliance that could adversely affect our business operations, our regulatory capital structure, our capital ratios or our financial performance, or otherwise restrict our growth plans or strategies. In addition, banking regulators could change the Basel III capital standardsfinal rule or their interpretations as they apply to us, including changes to these standards or interpretations made in regulations implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect us and our ability to comply with the Basel III advanced approaches capital rules.final rule.
On February 21, 2014, we were notified by the Federal Reserve that we have completed our parallel run period and will be required to begin using the advanced approaches framework as provided in the Federal Reserve's July 2013 Basel III final rule in the determination of our risk-based capital requirements. Pursuant to this notification, we will use the advanced approaches framework to calculate and publicly disclose our risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. Under the July 2013 Basel III final rule, we must meet the

22


minimum risk-based capital ratios under both the advanced approaches and generally applicable risk-based capital frameworks in Basel III and Basel I, respectively.
Our current assessment of the implications of the U.S. Basel III final rule indicates a potential impact which could be material to our businesses and our profitability, as well as to our regulatory capital ratios. The U.S. Basel III final rule requires us to apply the “Simplified Supervisory Formula Approach,” referred to as the SSFA, to determine the risk weights of securitization exposures, such as asset-backed securities, carried in our investment securities portfolio. In contrast, the existing capital rules provided for a ratings-based approach under which external credit ratings were used to determine the risk weight of securitization exposures. The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits the use of external credit ratings in federal regulations, resulting in the elimination of the ratings-based approach by the U.S. Basel III final rule. Currently, our investment securities portfolio contains significant holdings of mortgage- and asset-backed securities that are highly rated by credit rating agencies, for which the SSFA would apply higher regulatory risk weights compared to Basel I and Basel II. At the same time, certain of our securitization exposures with lower credit ratings would receive lower regulatory risk weights under the SSFA compared to Basel I and Basel II.
Based on the composition of our investment portfolio with respect to the types of securities and related external credit ratings as of December 31, 2013, application of the SSFA would materially increase our total risk-weighted assets relative to those calculated under Basel I and Basel II, and correspondingly decrease our regulatory risk-based capital ratios. As a result, we are re-evaluating the composition of our investment portfolio in order to maintain an investment strategy appropriately aligned with the capital requirements under Basel III. This re-evaluation could result in the reinvestment of cash flows from our portfolio securities into different types of investments, which could materially and adversely affect our consolidated results of operations by reducing our net interest revenue and which could increase the amount of credit risk inherent in our consolidated statement of condition.
There remains considerable uncertainty with respect to multiple provisions of the U.S. Basel III final rule, and the timing and manner in which they will be applied to us. Models implemented under the U.S. Basel III final rule, particularly those implementing the Basel III advanced approaches capital rules, remain subject to regulatory review and approval. In addition, the U.S. Basel III final rulealso contains additional new requirements, such as a supplementary leverage ratio,the SLR and LCR, and further capital and liquidity requirements are under consideration by U.S. and international banking regulators, such as a liquidity coverage and a net stable funding ratio,an NSFR, each of which has the potential to have significant effects on our capital and liquidity planning and activities.
For example, the specification of the various elements of the U.S. liquidity coverage ratioLCR in the final rule, when adopted, such as the eligibility of assets as high-quality liquid assets, the calculation of net outflows, including the treatment of operational deposits, and the timing of indeterminate
maturities, could have a material effect on our business activities, including the management and composition of our investment securities portfolio and our ability to extend committed contingent credit facilities to our clients. The full effects of the Basel III final rule, and of other regulatory initiatives related to capital or liquidity, on State Street and State Street Bank are therefore subject to further evaluation and also to further regulatory guidance, action or rule-making. In general, as an identified “global systemically important bank,” or
As a G-SIB, we generally expect to be held to the most stringent provisions under the U.S. Basel III final rule. For example, on December 9, 2014, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rulemaking to establish a risk-based capital framework.surcharge for U.S. G-SIBs, such as State Street. Under the proposed rule, a G-SIB’s capital conservation buffer would be increased by the amount of the capital surcharge, using the higher surcharge as determined under two proposed methods. The first proposed method would consider a G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity, whereas the second proposed method would replace substitutability with the use of short-term wholesale funding. If the rulemaking is finalized as proposed, the capital surcharge could be higher than the capital surcharge as determined under the framework proposed by the Basel Committee. Under the proposed rule, the capital surcharge would be phased in beginning in 2016 and would become fully effective on January 1, 2019. State Street is assessing the impact of the capital surcharge that would result if the proposed rule were implemented, and the effects of maintaining capital levels necessary to meet the surcharge could be material.
In addition, in November 2014, the FSB published a consultative document with a proposal to enhance the TLAC of G-SIBs in resolution. The proposal calls for G-SIBs to maintain TLAC in excess of prescribed minimum thresholds. TLAC would include regulatory capital and liabilities that can be written down or converted into equity during resolution. At a minimum, each G-SIB would need to hold TLAC in an amount equivalent to between 16% and 20% of its risk-weighted assets (plus applicable regulatory buffers) or at least twice the relevant Basel III tier 1 leverage ratio requirement. The proposal states that G-SIBs will not be expected to meet TLAC requirements before January 1, 2019. The FSB is expected to finalize its proposal in late 2015. U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued a proposal to implement TLAC requirements.
We are also required by the Federal Reserve to conduct periodic stress testing of our business operations and to develop an annual capital plan as part of the Federal Reserve's Comprehensive Capital


23



Analysis and Review process, whichprocess. That process is used by the Federal Reserve to evaluate our management of capital, the adequacy of our regulatory capital and the potential requirement for us to maintain capital levels above regulatory minimums. The planned capital actions in our capital plan, including common stock purchases and dividends, may be objected to by the Federal Reserve, potentially requiring us to revise our stress-testing or capital management approaches, resubmit our capital plan or postpone, cancel or alter our planned capital actions. In addition, changes in our business strategy, merger or acquisition activity or unanticipated uses of capital could result in a change in our capital plan and its associated capital actions, and may require resubmission of the capital plan to the Federal Reserve for approval.its non-objection. We are also expect to be subject to asset quality reviews and stress testing by the ECB and may in the future to be subject to similar reviews and testing by other regulators, such as the ECB.regulators.
Our implementation of the new capital and liquidity requirements, including our capital plan, may not be approved or may be objected to by the Federal Reserve, and the Federal Reserve may impose capital requirements in excess of our expectations or require us to maintain levels of liquidity that are higher than we may expect, and which may adversely affect our consolidated revenues. In the event that our implementation of new capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act or other regulatory initiatives or our current capital structure are determined not to conform with current and future capital requirements, our ability to deploy capital in

23


the operation of our business or our ability to distribute capital to shareholders or to purchase our capital stock may be constrained, and our business may be adversely affected. Likewise, in the event that regulators in other jurisdictions in which we have banking subsidiaries determine that our capital or liquidity levels do not conform with current and future regulatory requirements, our ability to deploy capital, our levels of liquidity or our business operations in those jurisdictions may be adversely affected.
For additional information about the above matters, refer to “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” included under Item 1, and “Financial Condition - Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, of this Form 10-K.
Fee revenue represents a significant majority of our consolidated revenue and is subject to decline, among other things, in the event of a reduction in, or changes to, the level or type of investment activity by our clients.
We rely primarily on fee-based services to derive our revenue. This contrasts with commercial banks that may rely more heavily on interest-based sources of revenue, such as loans. During 2014, total fee revenue represented approximately 78% of our total consolidated revenue. Fee revenue generated by our investment servicing and investment management businesses is augmented by trading services, securities finance and processing fees and other revenue.
The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients. For example, reductions in the level of economic and capital markets activity tend to have a negative effect on our fee revenue, as these often result in reduced asset valuations and transaction volumes. They may also result in investor preference trends towards asset classes and markets deemed more secure, such as cash or non-emerging markets, with respect to which our fee rates are often lower.
In addition, our clients include institutional investors, such as mutual funds, collective investment funds, hedge funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers. Economic, market or other factors that reduce the level or rates of savings in or with those institutions, either through reductions in financial asset valuations or through changes in investor preferences, could materially reduce our fee revenue and have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.
Our businesses have significant European operations, and disruptions in European economies could
have a materialan adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Since 2011, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and other European economies have experienced, and in the future may experience, difficulties in financing their deficits and servicing their outstanding debt. Eurozone instability and sovereign debt concerns, and the downgraded credit ratings of associated sovereign debt and European financial institutions, have contributed to the volatility in the financial markets. This reduced confidence has led to support for Greece, Ireland, Portugal, and Spain by Eurozone countries and the International Monetary Fund. The ECB has also purchased European sovereign debt to support these markets and to weaken the euro.Euro relative to the currencies of significant trading


24



partners of the Eurozone economy and, in the second half of 2014, announced operational details of possible asset-backed securities and covered bond purchase programs. Numerous European governments, notably Italy and Spain, have also adopted austerity and other measures in an attempt to contain the spread of sovereign-debt concerns.
Disagreement among Eurozoneconcerns and overall slow economic growth. Current political attitudes towards such economic support and the European Union in these and other European countries remains asappear to be diverging, creating the potential for an increasingly complex political environment in which actions to support European economies need to be resolved. In mid-2014 geopolitical pressure also rose due to the management of currentconflict between the Ukraine and Russia, with governments globally imposing trade restrictions which affected the global and European sovereign-debt concernseconomy, the Russian currency and their impact on EuropeanRussian financial institutions. The decline in the market value of sovereign debt,markets and the requirement as part of certain rescue packages for creditors to agree to material restructuring of outstanding sovereign debt, have weakened the capital position of many European financial institutions. These institutions have been, and may in the future be, required to raise additional capital to improve their capital positions.
These political disagreements, along with the interdependencies among European economies and financial institutions and the substantial refinancing requirements of European sovereign issuers have exacerbatedcreate ongoing concern regarding deflationary pressures in Europe, persistent high levels of unemployment in certain countries and the stability of the euro,Euro, European financial markets generally and certain institutions in particular. Given the scope of our European operations, clients and counterparties, disruptions in the European financial markets, the failure to resolve fully and contain sovereign-debt concerns, continued recession in significant European economies, the possible attempt of a country to abandon the euro,Euro, the failure of a significant European financial institution, even if not an immediate counterparty to us, or persistent weakness in the euro,Euro and the consequences of prolonged negative interest rates, could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
TheRecent conditions since 2007 in the global economy and financial markets have adversely affected us, and they have increased the uncertainty and unpredictability we face in managing our businesses.
Our businesses have been significantly affected by global economic conditions since 2007 and their impact on financial markets. Global credit and other financial markets have at timesrecently suffered from substantial volatility, illiquidity and disruption. The resulting economic pressure and lack of confidence in the financial stability of certain countries, and in the financial markets generally, have adversely affected our business, as well as the businesses of our clients and our significant counterparties. This environment, and the potential for continuing or additional disruptions, and the regulatory and enforcement environment that has subsequently arisen have also affected overall
confidence in financial institutions, have further exacerbated liquidity and pricing issues within the fixed-income securities markets, have increased the uncertainty and unpredictability we face in managing our businesses, and have had an adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
While global economies and financial markets showed some signs of stabilizing during 2013 and 2014, numerous global financial services firms and the sovereign debt of some nations experienced credit downgrades and recessionary issues. The occurrence of additional disruptions in global markets, continued uncertainty with respect to federal budget and federal debt-ceiling concerns in the U.S., continued economic or political uncertainty in Europe, or the worsening of economic conditions, could further adversely affect our businesses and the financial services industry in general, and also increase the difficulty and unpredictability of aligning our business strategies, our infrastructure and our operating costs in light of current and future market and economic conditions.
Market disruptions can adversely affect our consolidated results of operations if the value of assets under custody, administration or management decline, while the costs of providing the related services remain constant due to the high fixed costs associated with this business. These factors can reduce the profitability of our asset-based fee revenue and could also adversely affect our transaction-based revenue, such as revenues from securities finance and foreign exchange activities, and the volume of transactions that we execute for or with our clients. Further, the degree of volatility in foreign exchange rates can affect our foreign exchange trading revenue.

24


In general, increased currency volatility tends to increase our market risk but also increases our foreign exchange revenue. Conversely, periods of lower currency volatility tend to decrease our market risk but also decrease our foreign exchange revenue.
In addition, as our business grows globally and as a greatersignificant percentage of our revenue is earned (and of our expenses paid) in currencies other than U.S. dollars, our exposure to foreign currency volatility could affect our levels of consolidated revenue, our consolidated expenses and our consolidated results of operations, as well as the value of our investment in our non-U.S. operations and our investment portfolio holdings. For example, during the second half of 2014, the effects of a stronger U.S. dollar, particularly relative to the Euro, reduced our servicing fee and management fee revenue and also reduced our expenses. The extent to which changes in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies


25



affects our consolidated results of operations, including the degree of any offset between increases or decreases to both revenue and expenses, will depend upon the nature and scope of our operations and activities in the relevant jurisdictions during the relevant periods, which may vary from period to period.
As our product offerings expand, in part as we seek to take advantage of perceived opportunities arising under various regulatory reforms and resulting market changes, the degree of our exposure to various market and credit risks will evolve, potentially resulting in greater revenue volatility. We also will need to make additional investments to develop the operational infrastructure and to enhance our compliance and risk management capabilities to support these businesses, which may increase the operating expenses of such businesses or, if our risk management resources fail to keep pace with product expansion, result in increased risk of loss from such businesses.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us or may only be available on unfavorable terms.
We may need to raise additional capital in order to maintain our credit ratings in response to regulatory changes, including capital rules, or for other purposes, including financing acquisitions and joint ventures. However, our ability to access the capital markets, if needed, will depend on a number of factors, including the state of the financial markets. In the event of rising interest rates, disruptions in financial markets, negative perceptions of our business or our financial strength, or other factors that would increase our cost of borrowing, we cannot be sure of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. Any diminished ability to raise additional capital, if needed, could adversely affect our business and our ability to implement our business plan, capital plan and strategic goals, including the financing of acquisitions and joint ventures.
Any downgrades in our credit ratings, or an actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength, could adversely affect our borrowing costs, capital costs and liquidity and cause reputational harm.
Major independent rating agencies publish credit ratings for our debt obligations based on their evaluation of a number of factors, some of which relate to our performance and other corporate developments, including financings, acquisitions and joint ventures, and some of which relate to general industry conditions. We anticipate that the rating agencies will review our ratings regularly based on our consolidated results of operations and
developments in our businesses. One or more of the major independent credit rating agencies have in the recent past downgraded, and may in the future downgrade, our credit ratings, or have negatively revised their outlook for our credit ratings. In November 2013, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded the long-term senior and subordinated debt ratings for State Street Bank.
The current market environment and our exposure to financial institutions and other counterparties, including sovereign entities, increase the risk that we may not maintain our current ratings, and we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to maintain our current credit ratings. Downgrades in our credit ratings may adversely affect our borrowing costs, our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. A failure to maintain an acceptable credit rating may also preclude us from being competitive in certainvarious products.
Additionally, our counterparties, as well as our clients, rely on our financial strength and stability and evaluate the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual or perceived, including the effects of market or regulatory developments, our announced or rumored business developments or consolidated results of operations, a decline in our stock price or a reduced credit rating, our counterparties may be less willing to enter into transactions, secured or unsecured, with us; our clients may reduce or place limits on the level of services we provide them or seek other service providers; or our prospective clients may select other service providers,all of which may have other adverse effects on our reputation.
The risk that we may be perceived as less creditworthy relative to other market participants is higher in the current market environment, in which the consolidation, and in some instances failure, of financial institutions, including major global financial institutions, have resulted in a smaller number of much larger counterparties and competitors. If our counterparties perceive us to be a less viable counterparty, our ability to enter into financial transactions on terms acceptable to us or our clients, on our or our clients' behalf, will be materially compromised. If our clients reduce their deposits with us or select other service providers for all or a portion of the services we provide to them, our revenues will decrease accordingly.
Operational, Business and Reputational Risks
We face extensive and changing government regulation in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, which may increase our costs and expose us to risks related to compliance.


2526



Most of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by multiple regulatory bodies, and many of the clients to which we provide services are themselves subject to a broad range of regulatory requirements. These regulations may affect the scope of, and the manner and terms of delivery of, our services. As a financial institution with substantial international operations, we are subject to extensive regulation and supervisory oversight, both in and outside of the U.S. This regulation and supervisory oversight affects, among other things, the scope of our activities and client services, our capital and organizational structure, our ability to fund the operations of our subsidiaries, our lending practices, our dividend policy, our common stock purchase actions, the manner in which we market our services, and our interactions with foreign regulatory agencies and officials.
In particular, State Street is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities in which we (and non-banking entities that we are deemed to control under that Act) may engage in activities the Federal Reserve considers to be closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks. Financial holding company status expands the activities permissible for a bank holding company to those that are deemed to be “financial in nature” by the Federal Reserve. State Street elected to become a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. Financial holding company status requires State Street and its banking subsidiaries to remain well capitalized and well managed and to comply with Community Reinvestment Act obligations. Currently, under the Bank Holding Company Act, we may not be able to engage in new activities or acquire shares or control of other businesses.
Several other aspects of the regulatory environment in which we operate, and related risks, are discussed below. Additional information is provided in “Business - Supervision and Regulation” included under Item 1 of this Form 10-K.
The Dodd-Frank Act, which became law in July 2010, has had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on the regulatory structure of the global financial markets and has imposed, and is expected to continue to impose, significant additional costs on us. While U.S. banking regulators have finalized many regulations to implement various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, they plan to propose or finalize additional implementing regulations in the future. In light of the further rule-making required to fully implement the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the discretion afforded to federal regulators, the full
impact of this legislation on us, our business strategies and financial performance is not known at this time and may not be known for a number of years. Several elements of the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the Volcker rule and enhanced prudential standards for financial institutions designated as “systemically important financial institutions,” or SIFIs, impose or are expected to impose significant additional operational, compliance and risk management costs both in the near-term, as we develop and integrate appropriate systems and procedures, and on a recurring basis thereafter, as we monitor, support and refine those systems and procedures.
A number of regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act that are not yet final are anticipated to be finalized in 2014,2015 or 2016, with compliance dates soon thereafter, and, as a result of and together with regulatory change in Europe, the costs and impact on our operations of the post-financial crisis regulatory reform are accelerating. We may not anticipate completely all areas in which the Dodd-Frank Act or other regulatory initiatives could affect our business or influence our future activities or the full effects or extent of related operational, compliance, risk management or other costs.
The FDIC and the Federal Reserve jointly issued a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act pursuant to which we are required to submit annually to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a plan, known as a resolution plan, for our rapid and orderly resolution under the Bankruptcy Code (or other specifically applicable insolvency regime) in the event of material financial distress or failure. The FDIC also issued a final rule pursuant to which State Street Bank is required to submit annually to the FDIC a plan for resolution in the event of its failure. We and State Street Bank submitted our most recent annual resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC on OctoberJuly 1, 2013.2014. Subsequently, in August 2014, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC announced the completion of their reviews of resolution plans submitted in 2013 by 11 large, complex banking organizations, including State Street, under the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act, and informed each of these organizations of specific shortcomings with their respective 2013 resolution plans. If the FDIC and the Federal Reserve should determine that one or more of our 2014, 2015 or any subsequent resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution under the Bankruptcy Code, or we otherwise fail to meet regulatory expectations to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve or the FDIC with respect to one or more of such resolution plans, we could be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or be required to divest certain of our assets or operations.


27



Other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations, such as new rules for swap market participants, additional regulation of financial system utilities, the designation of non-bank institutions as SIFIs, and further requirements to facilitate orderly liquidation of large institutions, could adversely affect certain of our business operations and our competitive position, and could also negatively affect the operational and competitive positions of our clients. The final effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will depend largely on the scope and timing of the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act by regulatory bodies, which in many cases have been delayed, and the exercise of discretion by these regulatory bodies.
The breadth of our business activities, together with the scope of our global operations and varying business practices in relevant jurisdictions, increase the complexity and costs of meeting our regulatory compliance obligations, including in areas that are receiving significant regulatory scrutiny. We are, therefore, subject to related risks of non-compliance, including fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions or difficulties in obtaining approvals, limitations on our business activities, or reputational harm, any of which may be significant. For example, the global nature of our client base requires us to comply with complex regulations relating to money laundering and anti-terrorist monitoring of our clients. The same applies with respect to anti-corruption laws and related requirements. Regulatory scrutiny of compliance with these and other regulations is increasing and our operations are subject to regulations from multiple jurisdictions. The overall evolving regulatory landscape in each jurisdiction in which we operate, including requirements or restrictions on our service offerings or opportunities for new service offerings, particularly when applied on a cross-border basis, is not

26


necessarily consistent with the requirements or regulatory objectives of other jurisdictions in which we have clients or operations. This evolving regulatory landscape may interfere with our ability to conduct our operations, with our pursuit of a common global operating model or with our ability to compete effectively with other financial institutions operating in those jurisdictions or which may be subject to different regulatory requirements than apply to us.
In particular, non-U.S. regulation and initiatives may be inconsistent or conflict with current or proposed regulations in the U.S., which could create increased compliance and other costs that would adversely affect business, operations or profitability.
Our designation under the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. as a SIFI, and our identification by the Financial Stability BoardFSB as a G-SIB, to which certain regulatory capital surcharges may apply, will subject us to incrementally higher
capital and prudential requirements, and may result in increased scrutiny of our activities and potential further regulatory requirements or increased regulatory expectations than those applicable to some of the financial institutions with which we compete as a custodian or asset manager. This increased scrutiny also has significantly increased, and may continue to increase, our expenses associated with regulatory compliance, including personnel and systems, as well as implementation and related costs to enhance our programs.
We are further affected by other regulatory initiatives, including, but not limited to, the implementation of the Basel III capital and liquidity standards,final rule, including the proposed revisions to the U.S. leverage ratioNSFR and Basel III supplementary leverage ratio, andSLR, the implemented Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive, or AIFMD, and the European Market Infrastructure Resolution, or EMIR, anticipatedwhich is currently in an implementation phase, proposed revisions to the European collective investment fund, or UCITS, directiveproposed revisions to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and ongoing review ofanticipated revisions to the European Union data protection regulation. ProposedRecent, proposed or potential regulations in the U.S. and Europe with respect to money market funds, short-term wholesale funding, such as repurchase agreements or securities lending, or other “shadow banking” activities, could also adversely affect not only our own operations but also the operations of the clients to which we provide services. In Europe, the AIFMD increases the responsibilities and potential liabilities of custodians to certain of their clients for asset losses, and proposed revisions to the regulations affecting UCITS are anticipated to incorporate similar, potentially more strict, standards.
EMIR requires the reporting of all derivatives to a trade repository, the mandatory clearing of certain derivatives trades via a central counterparty and risk mitigation techniques for derivatives not cleared via a central counterparty. EMIR will impact our business activities, and increase costs, in various ways, some of which may be adverse. Further, the European Commission's proposal to introduce a proposed financial transaction tax or similar proposals elsewhere, if adopted, could materially effectaffect the location and volume of financial transactions or otherwise alter the conduct of financial activities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
The Dodd-Frank Act and these other international regulatory changes could limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, increase our regulatory capital requirements, alter the risk profile of certain of our core activities and impose additional costs on us, otherwise adversely affect our business,


28



our consolidated results of operations or financial condition and have other negative consequences, including a reduction of our credit ratings. Different countries may respond to the market and economic environment in different and potentially conflicting manners, which could increase the cost of compliance for us.
The evolving regulatory environment, including changes to existing regulations and the introduction of new regulations, may also contribute to decisions we may make to suspend, reduce or withdraw from existing businesses, activities or initiatives. In addition to potential lost revenue associated with any such suspensions, reductions or withdrawals, any such suspensions, reductions or withdrawals may result in significant restructuring or related costs or exposures.
If we do not comply with governmental regulations, we may be subject to fines, penalties, lawsuits, delays, or difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals or restrictions on our business activities or harm to our reputation, which may significantly and adversely affect our business operations and, in turn, our consolidated results of operations. The willingness of regulatory authorities to impose meaningful sanctions, and the level of fines and penalties imposed in connection with regulatory violations, have increased substantially since the financial crisis. Regulatory agencies may, at times, limit our ability to disclose their findings, related actions or remedial measures. Similarly, many of our clients are subject to significant regulatory requirements and retain our services in order for us to assist them in complying with those legal requirements. Changes in these regulations can significantly affect the services that we are asked to provide, as well as our costs.
In addition, adverse publicity and damage to our reputation arising from the failure or perceived failure to comply with legal, regulatory or contractual requirements could affect our ability to attract and retain clients. If we cause clients to fail to comply with these regulatory requirements, we may be liable to them for losses and expenses that they incur. In recent years, regulatory oversight and enforcement have increased substantially, imposing additional costs and increasing the potential risks associated with our operations. If this regulatory trend continues, it could adversely affect our operations and, in turn, our consolidated results of operations.operations and financial condition.

27


Our calculations of credit, market and operational risk exposures, total risk-weighted assets and capital ratios for regulatory purposes depend on data inputs, formulae, models, correlations, and assumptions that are subject to changes over
time, which changes, in addition to our consolidated financial results, could materially change our risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios from period to period.
To calculate our credit, market and operational risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios for regulatory purposes, the Basel III capital and liquidity standards involvefinal rule involves the use of current and historical data, including our own loss data and claims experience and similar information from other industry participants, market volatility measures, interest rates and spreads, asset valuations, credit exposures, and the creditworthiness of our counterparties. These calculations also involve the use of quantitative formulae, statistical models, historical correlations and significant assumptions. We refer to the data, formulae, models, correlations, and assumptions, as well as our related internal processes, as our “advanced systems.” While our advanced systems are generally quantitative in nature, significant components involve the exercise of judgment by us and by our regulators based, among other factors, on our and the financial services industry's evolving experience. Any of these judgments or other elements of our advanced systems may not, individually or collectively, accuratelyprecisely represent or calculate the scenarios, circumstances, outputs or other results for which they are designed or intended.
In addition, our advanced systems are subject to update and periodic revalidation in response to changes in our business activities and our historical experiences, forces and events experienced by the market broadly or by individual financial institutions, changes in regulations and regulatory interpretations and other factors, and are also subject to continuing regulatory review and approval. For example, a significant operational loss experienced by another financial institution, even if we do not experience a related loss, could result in a material change in our advanced systems and a corresponding material change in our risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios compared to prior periods. Due to the influence of changes in our advanced systems, whether resulting from changes in data inputs, regulation or regulatory supervision or interpretation, State Street-specific or more general market, or individual financial institution-specific, activities or experiences, or other updates or factors, we expect that our advanced systems and our credit, market and operational risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios calculated under the Basel III capital and liquidity standardsfinal rule will change, and may be volatile, over time, and that those latter changes or volatility could be material as calculated and measured from period to period.


29



Our businesses may be adversely affected by regulatory enforcement and litigation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to various regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries, investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses or markets in which we are involved or may be specifically directed at us. In regulatory enforcement matters, claims for disgorgement, the imposition of penalties and the imposition of other remedial sanctions are possible.
From time to time, our clients, or the government on their or its own behalf, make claims and take legal action relating to, among other things, our performance of our fiduciary or contractual responsibilities. Often, the announcement or other publication of such a claim or action, or of any related settlement, may spur the initiation of similar claims by other clients or governmental parties. In any such claims or actions, demands for substantial monetary damages may be asserted against us and may result in financial liability, changes in our business practices or an adverse effect on our reputation or on client demand for our products and services. In regulatory settlements since the financial crisis, the fines imposed by regulators have increased substantially and may exceed in some cases the profit earned or harm caused by the regulatory or other breach.
We are currently subject to both regulatory inquiries and civil litigation with respect to the provision of foreign exchange execution services to institutional investors that are also custody clients. TheseWe recorded total accruals of $185 million for 2014 with respect to certain of these matters, and these regulatory matters and litigation have the potential to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for theany future period in which the relevant matter is resolved or anany additional accrual is determined to be required, on our consolidated financial condition or on our reputation.
The potential exposure from such matters if any, is difficult to estimate because the basis on which some claims may be brought remains uncertain or the legal theories being applied are untested in the courts. For additional information concerning these matters, refer to the risk factor titled “We face litigation and governmental and client inquiries in connection with our execution of indirect foreign exchange trades with custody clients; these issues have adversely affected our revenue from such trading and may cause our revenue from such trading to decline in the future.”
In many cases, we are required to self-report inappropriate or non-compliant conduct to the authorities, and our failure to do so may represent an independent regulatory violation. Even when we promptly bring the matter to the attention of the
appropriate authorities, we may nonetheless experience regulatory fines, liabilities to clients, harm to our reputation or other adverse effects in connection with self-reported matters.
Our operations are subject to regular and ongoing inspection by our bank and other financial market regulators in the U.S. and internationally. As a result of such inspections, regulators may identify areas in which we may need to take actions, which may be significant, to enhance our regulatory compliance or risk management practices. Such remedial actions may entail significant cost, management attention, and systems development and such efforts may affect our ability to expand our business until such remedial actions are completed. Our failure to implement enhanced compliance and risk management procedures in a manner and in a timeframe deemed to be responsive by the applicable regulatory authority could adversely impact our relationship with such regulatory authority and could lead to restrictions on our activities or other sanctions.
Further, we may become subject to regulatory scrutiny, inquiries or investigations associated with broad, industry-wide concerns, and potentially client-related inquiries or claims, whether or not we engaged in the relevant

28


activities, and could experience associated increased costs or harm to our reputation. For example, we are a major foreign exchange dealer and also publish a commonly used foreign exchange benchmark. Many participants in the foreign exchange industry are presently experiencing increased regulatory scrutiny concerning alleged potentialhave settled governmental allegations of manipulation in foreign exchange markets, particularly with respect to published benchmarks. This industry scrutinybenchmarks, and others are expected to be facing similar inquiries or related civil litigation. We are enhancing our monitoring with respect to foreign exchange transactions and communications by foreign exchange traders. We are also undertaking an internal review of communications and have been advising certain U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies of the results of such review. Our business may result inbecome subject to material governmental review, proceedings or actions or the assertion of material claims, against us, regulatory actions or investigations orand the industry may become subject to increased regulation, any of which maycould decrease the volume and profitability of our foreign exchange trading activities. Our revenue worldwide from direct foreign exchange sales and trading services totaled $361 million in 2014, $304 million in 2013 and $263 million in 20122012.
Separately, we are responding to subpoenas from the Department of Justice and $352 millionthe SEC for information regarding our solicitation of asset servicing business of public retirement plans. We have retained counsel to conduct a review of these matters, including our use of consultants and


30



lobbyists in 2011.our solicitation of business of public retirement plans and, in at least one instance, political contributions by one of our consultants during and after a public bidding process.
In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal and regulatory matters, we cannot provide assurance as to the outcome of any pending or potential matter or, if determined adversely against us, the costs associated with any such matter, particularly where the claimant seeks very large or indeterminate damages or where the matter presents novel legal theories, involves a large number of parties or is at a preliminary stage. We may be unable to accurately estimate our exposure to litigation risk when we record balance sheet reserves for probable and estimable loss contingencies. As a result, any reserves we establish to cover any settlements, judgments or regulatory fines may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure. The resolution of certain pending or potential legal or regulatory matters could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the period in which the relevant matter is resolved or an accrual is determined to be required, on our consolidated financial condition or on our reputation.
We face litigation and governmental and client inquiries in connection with our execution of indirect foreign exchange trades with custody clients; these issues have adversely affected our revenue from such trading and may cause our revenue from such trading to decline in the future.
Our custody clients are not required to execute foreign exchange transactions with us. To the extent they execute foreign exchange trades with us, they generally execute a greater volume using our direct methods of execution at negotiated rates or spreads than they execute using our “indirect” methods at rates we establish. Where our clients or their investment managers choose to use our indirect foreign exchange execution methods, generally they elect that service for trades of smaller size or for currencies where regulatory or operational requirements cause trading in such currencies to present greater operational risk and costs for them. Given the nature of these trades and other features of ourthe indirect foreign exchange service,trading in which we engage, we generally charge higher rates for indirect execution than we charge for other trades, including trades in the interbank currency market.
In October 2009, the Attorney General of the State of California commenced an action under the California False Claims Act and California Business and Professional Code related to services State Street provides to certain California state pension plans. The California Attorney General asserts that
the pricing of certain foreign exchange transactions for these pension plans was governed by the custody contracts for these plans and that our pricing was not consistent with the terms of those contracts and related disclosures to the plans, and that, as a result, State Street made false claims and engaged in unfair competition. The Attorney General asserts actual damages of approximately $100$100 million for periods from 2001 to 2009 and seeks additional penalties, including treble damages. This action is in the discovery phase.
We provide custody services to and engage in principal foreign exchange services totrading with government pension plans in other jurisdictions. Since the commencement of the litigation in California, attorneys general and other governmental authorities from a number of jurisdictions, as well as U.S. Attorney's offices, the U.S. Department of Labor and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,SEC, have requested information or issued subpoenas in connection with inquiries into the pricing of our indirect foreign exchange services.trading. We continue to respond to such inquiries and subpoenas. Given that many of these inquiries are ongoing, we can provide no assurance that litigation or regulatory proceedings or actions will not be brought against us or as to the nature of the claims that might be alleged. Such litigation, proceedings or proceedingsactions may be brought on theories similar to those advanced in California or Washington or on alternative theories of liability.
We offerengage in indirect foreign exchange services such as those we offer to the California pension plans totrading with a broad range of custody clients in the U.S. and internationally. We have responded and are responding to information requests from a number of clients concerning our indirect foreign exchange rates. In February 2011, a putative class action was filed in federal court in Boston seeking unspecified damages, including treble damages, on behalf of all custodial clients that executed certain foreign exchange transactions with State Street from 1998 to 2009. The putative class action alleges, among other things, that the rates at which State Street executed foreign currency trades constituted an unfair and deceptive practice under Massachusetts law and a breach of the duty of loyalty. Two other putative class actions are currently pending in federal court in Boston alleging various violations of ERISA on behalf of all ERISA plans custodied with us that executed indirect foreign exchange transactionstrades with State Street from 1998 onward. The complaints allege that State Street caused class members to pay unfair and

29


unreasonable rates for indirect foreign exchange transactionstrades with State Street. The complaints seek unspecified damages, disgorgement of profits, and other equitable relief. Other claims may be asserted in the future, including in response to developments in the actions discussed above or governmental proceedings.


31



We cannot provide any assurance as to the outcome of the pending proceedings, or whether other proceedings might be commenced against us by clients or government authorities. For example, the New York Attorney General and the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, each of which has brought indirect foreign exchange-related legal proceedings against one of our competitors, have made inquiries to us about our indirect foreign exchange execution methods. We expect that plaintiffs will seek to recover their share of all or a portion of the revenue that we have recorded from providing indirect foreign exchange services.trades.
The following table summarizes our estimated total revenue worldwide from indirect foreign exchange trading services for the years ended December 31:
(In millions)2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 Revenue from indirect foreign exchange trading
Revenue from indirect foreign exchange trading$285
 $248
 $331
 $336
 $369
 $462
2008 $462
2009 369
2010 336
2011 331
2012 248
2013 285
2014 246
We believe that the amount of our revenue from such servicestrading has been of a similar or lesser order of magnitude for many years prior to 2008. Our revenue calculations related to indirect foreign exchange servicestrading reflect a judgment concerning the relationship between the rates we charge for indirect foreign exchange execution and indicative interbank market rates near in time to execution. Our revenue from foreign exchange trading generally depends on the difference between the rates we set for those indirect trades and indicative interbank market rates onat the date trades settle.time of settlement of the trade.
We cannot predict the outcome of any pending matters or whether a court, in the event of an adverse resolution, would consider our revenue to be the appropriate measure of damages. In each of the third and fourth quarters of 2014, we announced charges (due to legal accruals recorded in those quarters) reflecting our intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect foreign exchange client activities. With respect to those legal accruals: (1) we are engaged in discussions with some, but not all, of the governmental agencies and civil litigants that we have described in connection with these matters regarding potential settlements of their outstanding or potential claims; (2) there can be no assurance that we will
reach a settlement in any of these matters, that the cost of such settlements would not materially exceed such accruals, or that other claims will not be asserted; and (3) we do not currently intend to seek to negotiate settlements with respect to all outstanding and potential claims, and our current efforts, even if successful, will not address all of our potential material legal exposure arising out of our indirect foreign exchange client activities. The resolution of pending matters or the resolution of any that may be initiated, filed or threatened could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, our consolidated financial condition and our reputation.
The heightened regulatory and media scrutiny on indirect foreign exchange services has resulted in pressure on our pricing of these services, and clients have reducedreducing the volume of indirect foreign exchange trades, executed through these services, each of which has had and is anticipated to continue to have an adverse impact on our revenue from, and the profitability of, these services.our indirect foreign exchange trading. Some custody clients or their investment managers have elected to change the manner in which they execute foreign exchange with us or have decided not to use our foreign exchange execution methods. We do not expect the market, regulatory and other pressures on our indirect foreign exchange services to decrease in 2014.2015. We intend to continue to offer our custody clients a range of execution options for their foreign exchange needs; however, the range of services, costs and profitability vary by service options.execution option. We cannot provide assurance that clients or investment managers who choose to use less or none of our indirect foreign exchange services,trading, or to use alternatives to our existing indirect foreign exchange services,trading, will choose the alternatives offered by us. Accordingly, our revenue earned from providing these foreign exchange trading services may decline further.
We may not be successful in implementing our announced multi-year program to transform our operating model or our other strategic initiatives.
In order to maintain and grow our business, we must continuously make strategic decisions about our current and future business plans, including plans to target cost initiatives and enhance operational efficiencies, our plans for entering or exiting business lines or geographic markets, our plans for acquiring or disposing of businesses and our plans to build new systems and other infrastructure, to engage third-party service providers and to address staffing needs. In late 2010, we announced a multi-year program to enhance service excellence and innovation, increase efficiencies and position us for accelerated growth. We continued our implementation of this program during 2013, and it is targeted for completion at the end of 2014.
Operating model transformations, including this program, entail significant risks. The program, and any future strategic or business plan we implement, may prove to be inadequate for the achievement of the stated objectives, may result in increased or unanticipated costs or risks, may result in earnings volatility, may take longer than anticipated to implement, may involve elements reliant on the performance of third parties and may not be successfully implemented.
In particular, elements of the program include investment in new technologies, such as private processing clouds, to increase global computing capabilities, and also the development of new, and the evolution of existing, methods and tools to accelerate the pace of innovation, the introduction of new services and solutions, the use of service providers associated with components of our technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support, and the enhancement of the security of our systems. The transition to new operating models and

30


technology infrastructure may cause disruptions in our relationships with clients, employees and vendors and may present other unanticipated technical, operational or other hurdles.
The success of the program and our other strategic plans could also be affected by market disruptions and unanticipated changes in the overall market for financial services and the global economy. We also may not be able to abandon or alter these plans without significant loss, as the implementation of our decisions may involve significant capital outlays, often far in advance of when we expect to generate any related revenues or cost expectations. Accordingly, our business, our consolidated results of operations and our consolidated financial condition may be adversely affected by any failure or delay in our strategic decisions, including the program or elements thereof. For additional information about the program, see “Consolidated Results of Operations - Expenses” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
We may incur losses arising from our investments in sponsored investment funds, which could be material to our consolidated results of operations in the periods incurred.
In the normal course of business, we manage various types of sponsored investment funds through SSgA.SSGA. The services we provide to these sponsored investment funds generate management fee revenue, as well as servicing fees from our other businesses. From time to time, we may invest cash in the funds, which we refer to as seed capital, in order for the funds to establish a performance history for newly launched strategies. These funds may meet the definition of variable interest entities, as defined by GAAP, and if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these funds, we include themmay be required to consolidate these funds in our consolidated financial statements.statements under GAAP. The funds follow specialized


32



investment company accounting rules which prescribe fair value for the underlying investment securities held by the funds.
In the aggregate, we expect any financial losses that we realize over time from these seed investments to be limited to the actual fair value of the amount invested in the consolidated fund, which is based on the fair value of the underlingunderlying investment securities held by the funds. However, in the event of a fund wind-down, gross gains and losses of the fund may be recognized for financial accounting purposes in different periods during the time the fund is consolidated but not wholly owned. Although we expect the actual economic loss to be limited to the amount invested, our losses in any period for financial accounting purposes could exceed the value of our economic interests in the fund and could exceed the value of our initial seed capital investment.
The net assets of any consolidated fund are solely available to settle the liabilities of the fund and to settle any investors’ ownership redemption requests, including any seed capital invested in the fund by State Street. We are not contractually required to provide financial or any other support to any of our sponsored investment funds and are subject to regulatorsregulations that prohibit or limit our ability to do so. In addition, neither creditors nor equity investors in the sponsored investment funds have any recourse to State Street’s general credit.
In instances where we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the sponsored investment fund, we do not include the funds in our consolidated financial statements. Our risk of loss associated with these unconsolidated funds primarily represents our seed capital investment, which could become realized as a result of poor investment performance. However, the amount of loss we may recognize during any period would be limited to the carrying amount of our investment.
Our reputation and business prospects may be damaged if our clients incur substantial losses in investment pools in which we act as agent or are restricted in redeeming their interests in these investment pools.
We manage assets on behalf of clients in several forms, including in collective investment pools, money market funds, securities finance collateral pools, cash collateral and other cash products and short-term investment funds. In addition to the impact on the market value of client portfolios, at various times since 2007, the illiquidity and volatility of both the global fixed-income and equity markets have negatively affected the investment performance of certain of our products and our ability to manage client inflows and outflows from our pooled investment vehicles.
Our management of collective investment pools on behalf of clients exposes us to reputational risk and in some cases, operational losses. If our clients incur substantial investment losses in these pools, particularly in money market funds (where there is a general market expectation that net asset value will not drop below $1.00 per share) or other constant-net-asset-value products, receive redemptions as in-kind distributions rather than in cash, or experience significant under-performance relative to the market or our competitors' products, our reputation could be significantly harmed, which harm could significantly and adversely affect the prospects of our associated business units. Because we often implement investment and operational decisions and actions over multiple investment pools to achieve scale, we face the risk that losses, even small losses, may have a significant effect in the aggregate.

31


Within our assetinvestment management business, we manage investment pools, such as mutual funds and collective investment funds that generally offer our clients the ability to withdraw their investments on short notice, generally daily or monthly. This feature requires that we manage those pools in a manner that takes into account both maximizing the long-term return on the investment pool and retaining sufficient liquidity to meet reasonably anticipated liquidity requirements of our clients. The importance of maintaining liquidity varies by product type, but it is a particularly important feature in money market funds and other products designed to maintain a constant net asset value of $1.00.
During the market disruption that accelerated following the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers, the liquidity in many asset classes, particularly short- and long-term fixed-income securities, declined dramatically, and providing liquidity to meet all client demands in these investment pools without adversely affecting the return to non-withdrawing clients became more difficult. For clients that have invested directlyIn 2008, we imposed restrictions on cash redemptions from the agency lending collateral pools, as the per-unit market value of those funds' assets had declined below the constant $1.00 the funds employ to effect purchase and redemption transactions. Both the decline of the funds' net asset value below $1.00 and the imposition of restrictions on redemptions had a significant client, reputational and regulatory impact on us, and the recurrence of such or indirectlysimilar circumstances in certainthe future could adversely impact our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. During this period, we also continued to process purchase and redemption of units of the collateral pools and have sought to terminate their participation in lending programs, we have required, in accordance withat $1.00 although the applicable client arrangements, that these withdrawals fromfair market value of the collateral pools' assets were less than $1.00. Our willingness in the future to continue to process purchases and redemptions from collateral pools takeat $1.00 when the formfair market value of partial in-kind distributionsour collateral pools' assets is less than $1.00 could expose us to significant liability. Our unwillingness in the future to continue to process


33



purchases and redemptions from collateral pools at $1.00 when the fair market value of the collateral pools' assets are less than $1.00 could similarly expose us to significant liability.
In the case of SSgASSGA funds that engage in securities lending, we implemented limitations, which were terminated in 2010, on the portion of an investor's interest in such fund that may be withdrawn during any month.
If higher than normal demands for liquidity from our clients were to return to post-Lehman-Brothers-bankruptcy levels or increase, managing the liquidity requirements of our collective investment pools could become more difficult. If such liquidity problems were to recur, our relationships with our clients may be adversely affected, and, we could, in certain circumstances, be required to consolidate the investment pools into our consolidated statement of condition; levels of redemption activity could increase; and our consolidated results of operations and business prospects could be adversely affected. In addition, if a money market fund that we manage were to have unexpected liquidity demands from investors in the fund that exceeded available liquidity, the fund could be required to sell assets to meet those redemption requirements, and selling the assets held by the fund at a reasonable price, if at all, may then be difficult.
In 2008, we imposed restrictions on cash redemptions from the agency lending collateral pools, as the per-unit market value of those funds' assets had declined below the constant $1.00 the funds employ to effect purchase and redemption transactions. Both the decline of the funds' net asset value below $1.00 and the imposition of restrictions on redemptions had a significant client, reputational and regulatory impact on us, and the recurrence of such or similar circumstances in the future could adversely impact our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2010, in order to increase participants' control over the degree of their participation in the lending program, we divided certain agency lending collateral pools into liquidity pools, from which clients could obtain cash redemptions, and duration pools, which are restricted and operate as liquidating accounts. We believe that our practice of effecting purchases and redemptions of units of the collateral pools, and other constant-net-asset-value products, at $1.00 per unit, notwithstanding that the underlying portfolios have a market value of less than $1.00 per unit, complied and continue to comply with the terms of our unregistered cash collateral pools and was in the best interests of participants in the agency lending program.
Participants in the agency lending program who received units of the duration pool, or who previously received in-kind redemptions from the agency lending collateral pools, could seek to assert claims against us in connection with either their loss of liquidity or unrealized mark-to-market losses. If such claims were successfully asserted, such a resolution could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations in future periods.
While it is currently not our intention, and we do not have contractual or other obligations to do so, we have in the past guaranteed, and may in the future guarantee, liquidity to investors desiring to make withdrawals from a fund or otherwise take actions to mitigate the impact of market conditions on our clients and if permitted by applicable laws. Making a significant amount of such guarantees could adversely affect our own consolidated liquidity and financial condition. Because of the size of the investment pools that we manage, we may not have the financial ability or regulatory authority to support the liquidity or other demands of our clients. The extreme volatility in the equity markets has led to the potential for the return on passive and quantitative products to deviate from their target returns.
Any decision by us to provide financial support to an investment pool to support our reputation in circumstances where we are not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so could result in the recognition of significant losses, could adversely affect the regulatory view of our capital levels or plans and could, in certain situations, require us to consolidate the investment pools into our consolidated statement of condition. Any failure of the pools to meet redemption requests, or under-performance of our pools relative to similar products
offered by our competitors, could harm our business and our reputation.

32


The potential reputational impact from any decision to support or not to support a fund, and from restrictions on redemptions, is most acute in connection with money market funds and other cash products that employ a constant net asset value of $1.00 for purposes of effecting subscriptions and redemptions. The continued useTo some degree investors in such cash products rely upon an implicit assumption that the sponsors of constant-net-asset-value funds, such as money market funds, or the impositioninvestment vehicle will support the $1.00 valuation of further conditions ona cash fund. While there can be no assurance that we will not change our policy in the future, we have disclosed in the offering documents for such cash products that we do not intend to support the $1.00 valuation of such products. If such cash funds is currently under active considerationwere in both the U.S.future to have valuations of less than $1.00, such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and Europe. The adoption of certain of the proposals under discussion could expose us to increased risk of loss or could makeour clients that invested in such products less attractive, potentially affecting our revenue from cash pools that we manage or service.funds.
Our businesses may be negatively affected by adverse publicity or other reputational harm.
Our relationship with many of our clients is predicated on our reputation as a fiduciary and a service provider that adheres to the highest standards of ethics, service quality and regulatory compliance. Adverse publicity, regulatory actions or fines, litigation, operational failures or the failure to meet client expectations or fiduciary or other obligations could materially and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain clients or our sources of funding for the same or other businesses. For example, as discussed earlier in this “Risk Factors” section, we have experienced adverse publicity with respect to our indirect foreign exchange services,trading, and this adverse publicity has contributed to a shift of client volume to other foreign exchange execution methods. Similarly, as discussed earlier in this “Risk Factors” section, regulatory and reputational issues in our transition management business in the U.K. in 2010 and 2011 adversely affected our revenue from that business in 2012, 2013 and 2013.2014. Preserving and enhancing our reputation also depends on maintaining systems, procedures and controls that address known risks and regulatory requirements, as well as our ability to timely identify, understand and mitigate additional risks that arise due to changes in our businesses and the marketplaces in which we operate, the regulatory environment and client expectations.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, our risk management policies and procedures may be inadequate, and operational risk could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations.
We may fail to identify and manage risks related to a variety of aspects of our business, including, but


34



not limited to, operational risk, interest-rate risk, foreign exchange risk, trading risk, fiduciary risk, legal and compliance risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. We have adopted various controls, procedures, policies and systems to monitor and manage risk. While we currently believe that our risk management process is effective, we cannot provide assurance that those controls, procedures, policies and systems will always be adequate to identify and manage the internal and external, including service provider, risks in our various businesses. Risks that individuals, either employees or contractors, consciously circumvent established control mechanisms to, for example, exceed trading or investment management limitations, or commit fraud, are particularly challenging to manage through a control framework. The financial and reputational impact of control failures can be significant. Persistent or repeated issues with respect to controls may raise concerns among regulators regarding our culture, governance and control environment. While we seek to contractually limit our financial exposure to operational risk, the degree of protection that we are able to achieve varies, and our potential exposure may be greater than the revenue we anticipate that we will earn from the client relationship.
In addition, our businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to identify or fully understand the implications of changes in our businesses or the financial markets and fail to adequately or timely enhance our risk framework to address those changes. If our risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, regulatory or industry requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual mandates or expectations.
Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities. As a leading provider of services to institutional investors, we provide a broad array of services, including research, investment management, trading services and investment servicing that expose us to operational risk. In addition, these services generate a broad array of complex and specialized servicing, confidentiality and fiduciary requirements, many of which involve the opportunity for human, systems or process errors. We face the risk that the control policies, procedures and systems we have established to comply with our operational requirements will fail, will be inadequate or will become outdated. We also face the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, employee supervision or monitoring mechanisms, service-provider processes or other
systems or controls, which could materially affect our future consolidated results of operations. Given the volume and magnitude of transactions we process on a daily basis, operational losses represent a potentially significant financial risk for our business. Operational errors that result in us remitting funds to a failing or bankrupt entity may be irreversible, and may subject us to losses.
We may also be subject to disruptions from external events that are wholly or partlypartially beyond our control, which could cause delays or disruptions to operational functions, including information processing and financial market settlement functions. In addition, our clients, vendors and counterparties could suffer from such events. Should these events affect us, or the clients, vendors or counterparties with which we conduct business, our consolidated

33


results of operations could be negatively affected. When we record balance sheet accruals for probable and estimable loss contingencies related to operational losses, we may be unable to accurately estimate our potential exposure, and any accruals we establish to cover operational losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.
The quantitative models we use to manage our business may contain errors that result in inadequate risk assessments, inaccurate valuations or poor business decisions, and lapses in disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could occur, any of which could result in material harm.
We use quantitative models to help manage many different aspects of our businesses. As an input to our overall assessment of capital adequacy, we use models to measure the amount of credit risk, market risk, operational risk, interest-rate risk and business risk we face. During the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we sometimes use models to measure the value of asset and liability positions for which reliable market prices are not available. We also use models to support many different types of business decisions including trading activities, hedging, asset-and-liability management and whether to change business strategy. In all of these uses, the underlying model or model assumptions, or inadequate model assumptions, could result in unanticipated and adverse consequences, including material loss and material non-compliance with regulatory requirements or expectations. Because of our widespread usage of models, potential limitations in models pose an ongoing risk to us.
We also may fail to accurately quantify the magnitude of the risks we face. Our measurement


35



methodologies rely on many assumptions and historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, and the historical correlations on which we rely may not continue to be relevant. Consequently, the measurements that we make for regulatory purposes may not adequately capture or express the true risk profiles of our businesses. Moreover, as businesses and markets evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect this evolution. While our risk measures may indicate sufficient capitalization, they may underestimate the level of capital necessary to conduct our businesses.
Additionally, our disclosurecontrols and procedures may not be effective in everycircumstance, and, similarly, it is possible we may identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in internal control over financial reporting. Any such lapses or deficiencies may materially and adversely affect our business and consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial condition, restrict our ability to access the capital markets, require us to expend significant resources to correct the lapses or deficiencies, expose us to regulatory or legal proceedings, subject us to fines, penalties or judgments or harm our reputation.
Cost shifting to non-U.S. jurisdictions may expose us to increased operational risk and reputational harm and may not result in expected cost savings.
We actively strive to achieve cost savings by shifting certain business processes and business support functions to lower-cost geographic locations, such as Poland, India and China. We may accomplish this shift by establishing operations in lower-cost locations, by outsourcing to vendors in various jurisdictions or through joint ventures. This effort exposes us to the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control or effective management within these operations. In addition, we are exposed to the relevant macroeconomic, political and similar risks generally involved in doing business in those jurisdictions. The increased elements of risk that arise from conducting certain operating processes in some jurisdictions could lead to an increase in reputational risk. During periods of transition, greater operational risk and client concern exist with respect to maintaining a high level of service delivery. The extent and pace at which we are able to move functions to lower-cost locations may also be affected by regulatory and client acceptance issues. Such relocation of functions also entails costs, such as technology, and real estate and restructuring expenses, that may offset or exceed the expected financial benefits of the lower-cost locations. In addition, the financial benefits of lower-cost locations may diminish over time.
Development of new products and services may impose additional costs on us and may expose us to increased operational risk.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to develop and market new and innovative services and to adopt or develop new technologies that differentiate our products or provide cost efficiencies, while avoiding increased related expenses. The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources, including regulatory approvals. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry, our ability to access technical and other information from our clients and the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in a timely manner at competitive prices. Our failure to manage these risks and uncertainties also exposes us to enhanced risk of operational lapses which may result in the recognition of financial statement liabilities. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives, vendor relationships and shifting market preferences may also determine if such initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our clients. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, as well as on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
We depend on information technology, and any failures of or damage to, attack on or unauthorized access to our information technology systems or facilities, or those of third parties with which we do business, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could result in significant limits on our ability to conduct our operations and activities, costs and reputational damage.
Our businesses depend on information technology infrastructure, both internal and external, to, among other things, record and process a large volume of increasingly complex transactions and other data, in many currencies, on a daily basis, across numerous and diverse markets and jurisdictions. DuringSince 2012, and 2013, several financial services firms have suffered successful cyber-attacks launched both domestically and from abroad, resulting in the disruption of services to clients, loss or misappropriation of sensitive or private data and reputational harm. We also have been subjected to cyber-attack, and although we have not suffered a material breach of our systems, it is possible that we could suffer such a breach in the future. We may not


36



implement effective systems and other measures to effectively prevent or mitigate the full diversity of cyber-threats or improve and adapt such systems and measures as such threats evolve and advance.
Our computer, communications, data processing, networks, backup, business continuity or other operating, information or technology systems and facilities, including those that we outsource to other providers, may fail to operate properly or become disabled, overloaded or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could adversely affect our ability to process transactions, provide services or maintain systems availability, maintain compliance and internal controls or otherwise appropriately conduct our business activities. For example, there could be sudden increases in transaction or data volumes, electrical or telecommunications outages, cyber-attacks or employee or contractor error or malfeasance. In addition, updates to these systems and facilities often involve implementation, integration and security risks.
The third parties with which we do business, or which facilitate our business activities or with whom we otherwise engage or interact, including financial intermediaries and technology infrastructure and service providers, are also susceptible to the foregoing risks (including regarding the third parties with which they are similarly interconnected or on which they otherwise rely), and our or their business operations and activities may therefore be adversely affected, perhaps materially, by failures, terminations, errors or malfeasance by, or attacks or constraints on, one or more financial, technology, infrastructure or infrastructuregovernment institutions or intermediaries with whom we or they are interconnected or conduct business.

34


In particular, we, like other financial services firms, will continue to face increasing cyber-securitycyber threats, including computer viruses, malicious code, distributed denial of service attacks, phishing attacks, information security breaches or employee or contractor error or malfeasance that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our, our clients' or other parties' confidential, personal, proprietary or other information or otherwise disrupt, compromise or damage our or our clients' or other parties' business assets, operations and activities. Our status as a global systemically important financial institution may enhance the risk that we are targeted by such cyber-security threats. We therefore could experience significant related costs and exposures, including lost or constrained ability to provide our services or maintain systems availability to clients, regulatory inquiries, enforcements, actions and fines, loss of confidential, personal or proprietary information, litigation, damage to our reputation or property and enhanced competition.
Due to our dependence on technology and the important role it plays in our business operations, we must persist in improving and updating our information technology infrastructure. Updating these systems and facilities can require significant resources and often involves implementation, integration and security risks that could cause financial, reputational and operational harm. However, failing to properly respond to and invest in changes and advancements in technology can limit our ability to attract and retain clients, prevent us from offering similar products and services as those offered by our competitors and inhibit our ability to meet regulatory requirements.
Any theft, loss or other misappropriation of the confidential information we possess could have an adverse impact on our business and could subject us to regulatory actions, litigation and other adverse effects.
Our businesses and relationships with clients are dependent on our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our and our clients' trade secrets and confidential information (including client transactional data and personal data about our employees, our clients and our clients' clients). Unauthorized access to such information may occur, resulting in its theft, loss or other misappropriation. Any theft, loss or other misappropriation of confidential information could have a material adverse impact on our competitive position, our relationships with our clients and our reputation and could subject us to regulatory inquiries, enforcement and fines, civil litigation and possible financial liability or costs.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property, and we are subject to claims of third-party intellectual property rights.
Our potential inability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology effectively may allow competitors to duplicate our technology and products and may adversely affect our ability to compete with them. To the extent that we do not protect our intellectual property effectively through patents or other means, other parties, including former employees, with knowledge of our intellectual property may leave and seek to exploit our intellectual property for their own or others' advantage. In addition, we may infringe on claims of third-party patents, and we may face intellectual property challenges from other parties. We may not be successful in defending against any such challenges or in obtaining licenses to avoid or resolve any intellectual property disputes. Third-party intellectual rights, valid or not, may also impede our deployment of the full scope of our products and service capabilities in all jurisdictions in which we operate or


37



market our products and services. The intellectual property of an acquired business may be an important component of the value that we agree to pay for such a business. However, such acquisitions are subject to the risks that the acquired business may not own the intellectual property that we believe we are acquiring, that the intellectual property is dependent on licenses from third parties, that the acquired business infringes on the intellectual property rights of others, or that the technology does not have the acceptance in the marketplace that we anticipated.
Competition for our employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled people we need to support our business.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities in which we engage can be intense, and we may not be able to hire people or retain them, particularly in light of challenges associated with evolving compensation restrictions applicable, or which may become applicable, to banks and some asset managers and that potentially are not applicable to other financial services firms in all jurisdictions. The unexpected loss of services of key personnel, both in business units and control functions, could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, their knowledge of our markets, operations and clients, their years of industry experience and, in some cases, the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Similarly, the loss of key employees, either individually or as a group, cancould adversely affect our clients' perception of our ability to continue to manage certain types of investment management mandates or to provide other services to them.
We are subject to intense competition in all aspects of our business, which could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.
The markets in which we operate across all facets of our business are both highly competitive and global. These markets are changing as a result of new and evolving laws and regulations applicable to financial services institutions. Regulatory-driven market changes cannot always be anticipated, and may adversely affect the demand for, and profitability of, the products and services that we offer. In addition, new market entrants and competitors may address changes in the markets more rapidly than we do, or may provide clients with a more attractive offering of products and services, adversely affecting our business. We have also experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience, pricing pressure in many of our core businesses.businesses, particularly
our custodial and investment management services. Many of our businesses compete with other domestic and international banks and financial services companies, such as custody banks, investment advisors, broker/dealers, outsourcing companies and data processing companies. Further consolidation within the

35


financial services industry could also pose challenges to us in the markets we serve, including potentially increased downward pricing pressure across our businesses.
Some of our competitors, including our competitors in core services, have substantially greater capital resources than we do.do or are not subject to as stringent capital or other regulatory requirements as are we. In some of our businesses, we are service providers to significant competitors. These competitors are in some instances significant clients, and the retention of these clients involves additional risks, such as the avoidance of actual or perceived conflicts of interest and the maintenance of high levels of service quality and intra-company confidentiality. The ability of a competitor to offer comparable or improved products or services at a lower price would likely negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. Many of our core services are subject to contracts that have relatively short terms or may be terminated by our client after a short notice period. In addition, pricing pressures as a result of the activities of competitors, client pricing reviews, and rebids, as well as the introduction of new products, may result in a reduction in the prices we can charge for our products and services.
Acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures and divestitures pose risks for our business.
As part of our business strategy, we acquire complementary businesses and technologies, enter into strategic alliances and joint ventures and divest portions of our business. In 2013, we continued the integration of prior acquisitions, including our 2012 acquisition of Goldman Sachs Administration Services, or GSAS. We undertake transactions of varying sizes to, among other reasons, expand our geographic footprint, access new clients, technologies or services, develop closer or more collaborative relationships with our business partners, efficiently deploy capital or leverage cost savings or other business or financial opportunities. We may not achieve the expected benefits of these transactions, which could result in increased costs, lowered revenues, ineffective deployment of capital, regulatory concerns, exit costs or diminished competitive position or reputation.
Transactions of this nature also involve a number of risks and financial, accounting, tax, regulatory, managerial, operational, cultural and employment challenges, which could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. For example, the businesses that we


38



acquire or our strategic alliances or joint ventures may under-perform relative to the price paid or the resources committed by us; we may not achieve anticipated cost savings; or we may otherwise be adversely affected by acquisition-related charges. Further, past acquisitions including our acquisition of GSAS, have resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other significant intangible assets in our consolidated statement of condition. These assets are not eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital under current requirements and proposals.applicable requirements. In addition, we may be required to record impairment in our consolidated statement of income in future periods if we determine that the value of these assets has declined. In the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded a $9 million impairment for that reason.
Through our acquisitions or joint ventures, we may also assume unknown or undisclosed business, operational, tax, regulatory and other liabilities, fail to properly assess known contingent liabilities or assume businesses with internal control deficiencies. While in most of our transactions we seek to mitigate these risks through, among other things, due diligence and indemnification provisions, these or other risk-mitigating provisions we put in place may not be sufficient to address these liabilities and contingencies.
Various regulatory approvals or consents are generally required prior to closing of these transactions, which may include approvals of the Federal Reserve and other domestic and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. These regulatory authorities may impose conditions on the completion of the acquisition or require changes to its terms that materially affect the terms of the transaction or our ability to capture some of the opportunities presented by the transaction. Any such conditions, or any associated regulatory delays, could limit the benefits of the transaction. Acquisitions or joint ventures we announce may not be completed if we do not receive the required regulatory approvals, if regulatory approvals are significantly delayed or if other closing conditions are not satisfied.
The integration of our acquisitions results in risks to our business and other uncertainties.
The integration of acquisitions presents risks that differ from the risks associated with our ongoing operations. Integration activities are complicated and time consuming and can involve significant unforeseen costs. We may not be able to effectively assimilate services, technologies, key personnel or businesses of acquired companies into our business or service offerings as anticipated, alliances may not be successful, and we may not achieve related revenue growth or cost savings. We also face the risk of being unable to retain, or cross-sell our products or services to, the clients of acquired
companies or joint ventures. Acquisitions of investment servicing businesses entail information technology systems conversions, which involve operational risks and may result in client dissatisfaction and defection. Clients of investment servicing businesses that we have acquired may be competitors of our non-custody businesses. The loss of some of these clients or a significant reduction in the revenues generated from them, for competitive or other reasons, could adversely affect the benefits that we expect to achieve from these acquisitions or cause impairment to goodwill and other intangibles.

36


With any acquisition, the integration of the operations and resources of the businesses could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of our and the acquired company's ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures or policies that could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients or employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts may also divert management attention and resources.
Long-term contracts expose us to pricing and performance risk.
We enter into long-term contracts to provide middle office or investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing services to clients, primarily for conversions, including services related but not limited to certain trading activities, cash reporting, settlement and reconciliation activities, collateral management and information technology development. We also enter into longer-term arrangements with respect to custody, fund administration and depository services. These arrangements generally set forth our fee schedule for the term of the contract and, absent a change in service requirements, do not permit us to re-price the contract for changes in our costs or for market pricing. The long-term contracts for these relationships require, in some cases, considerable up-front investment by us, including technology and conversion costs, and carry the risk that pricing for the products and services we provide might not prove adequate to generate expected operating margins over the term of the contracts.
The profitability of these contracts is largely a function of our ability to accurately calculate pricing for our services, efficiently assume our contractual responsibilities in a timely manner, control our costs and maintain the relationship with the client for an adequate period of time to recover our up-front investment. Our estimate of the profitability of these arrangements can be adversely affected by declines in the assets under the clients' management, whether due to general declines in the securities markets or client-specific issues. In addition, the profitability of


39



these arrangements may be based on our ability to cross-sell additional services to these clients, and we may be unable to do so.
Performance risk exists in each contract, given our dependence on successful conversion and implementation onto our own operating platforms of the service activities provided. Our failure to meet specified service levels or implementation timelines may also adversely affect our revenue from such arrangements, or permit early termination of the contracts by the client. If the demand for these types of services were to decline, we could see our revenue decline.
Changes in accounting standards may be difficult to predict and may adversely affect our consolidated financial statements.
New accounting standards, or changes to existing accounting standards, resulting both from initiatives of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, or their convergence efforts with the International Accounting Standards Board, as well as changes in the interpretation of existing accounting standards, by the FASB or the SEC or otherwise reflected in GAAP, potentially could affect our consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. These changes are difficult to predict, and can materially affect how we record and report our consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and other financial information. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the revised treatment of certain transactions or activities, and, in some cases, the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for prior periods.
Changes in tax laws, rules or regulations, challenges to our tax positions with respect to historical transactions, and changes in the composition of our pre-tax earnings may increase our effective tax rate and thus adversely affect our consolidated financial statements.
Our businesses can be directly or indirectly affected by new tax legislation, the expiration of existing tax laws or the interpretation of existing tax laws worldwide. The U.S. federal government, Massachusetts, other state governments, including Massachusetts, and jurisdictions around the world continue to review proposals to amend tax laws, rules and regulations applicable to our business that could have a negative impact on our after-tax earnings. In addition,For example, the expiration at the end of 20132014 of certainprovisions of the U.S. tax laws that favorably affected the taxation of our non-U.S. operations could begin tonegatively affect the results of those operationsour effective tax rate beginning in 2014.2015. Although these U.S. tax laws have previously expired and been re-enacted,re-
enacted, it is uncertain whether they will be re-enacted again.
In the normal course of our business, we are subject to review by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities. A review by any such authority could result in an increase in our recorded tax liability. In addition to the aforementioned risks, our effective tax rate is dependent on the nature and geographic composition of our pre-tax earnings and could be negatively affected by changes in these factors.
The quantitative models we use to manage our business may contain errors that result in inadequate risk assessments, inaccurate valuations or poor business decisions.

37


We use quantitative models to help manage many different aspects of our businesses. As an input to our overall assessment of capital adequacy, we use models to measure the amount of credit risk, market risk, operational risk, interest-rate risk and business risk we face. During the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we sometimes use models to measure the value of asset and liability positions for which reliable market prices are not available. We also use models to support many different types of business decisions including trading activities, hedging, asset-and-liability management and whether to change business strategy. In all of these uses, errors in the underlying model or model assumptions, or inadequate model assumptions, could result in unanticipated and adverse consequences. Because of our widespread usage of models, potential errors in models pose an ongoing risk to us.
Additionally, we may fail to accurately quantify the magnitude of the risks we face. Our measurement methodologies rely on many assumptions and historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, and the historical correlations on which we rely may not continue to be relevant. Consequently, the measurements that we make for regulatory and economic capital may not adequately capture or express the true risk profiles of our businesses. Additionally, as businesses and markets evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect this evolution. While our risk measures may indicate sufficient capitalization, we may in fact have inadequate capital to conduct our businesses.
We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen events, including terrorist attacks, natural disasters, the emergence of a pandemic or acts of embezzlement.
Acts of terrorism, natural disasters or the emergence of a pandemic could significantly affect our business. We have instituted disaster recovery and continuity plans to address risks from terrorism, natural disasters and pandemic; however, anticipating or addressing all potential contingencies is not possible for events of this nature. Acts of terrorism, either targeted or broad in scope, or natural disasters could damage our physical facilities, harm our employees and disrupt our operations. A pandemic, or concern about a possible pandemic, could lead to operational difficulties and impair our ability to manage our business. Acts of terrorism, natural disasters and pandemics could also negatively affect our clients, counterparties and service providers, as well as result in disruptions in general economic activity and the financial markets.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

38


ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
We occupy a total of approximately 8.37.8 million square feet of office space and related facilities worldwide, of which approximately 7.46.9 million square feet are leased. Of the total leased space, approximately 3.32.7 million square feet are located in eastern Massachusetts. An additional 1.51.7 million square feet are located elsewhere throughout the U.S. and in Canada. We lease approximately 1.91.8 million square feet in the U.K. and elsewhere in Europe, and approximately 700,000 square feet in the Asia/Pacific region.
Our headquarters is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts, a 36-story office building. Various divisions of our two lines of business, as well as support functions, occupy space in this building. We lease the entire 1,025,000 square feet of the building, and a related underground parking garage, at One Lincoln Street, under 20-year non-cancelablenon-cancellable capital leases expiring in 2023. A portion of the lease


40



payments is offset by subleases for approximately 129,000127,000 square feet of the building.
In 2012,2014, construction begancompleted on the Channel Center, a build-to-suit office building located in Boston, designed to consolidate our staff from various eastern Massachusetts locations. We expect to beginbegan leasing space in February and the entire 500,000 square feet of this building beginning in early 2014.was leased by mid September. We occupy three buildings located in Quincy, Massachusetts, one of which we own and two of which we lease. The buildings, containing a total of approximately 1.1 million square feet (720,000 square feet owned and 380,000 square feet leased), function as State Street Bank's principal operations facilities.
We occupy other principal properties located in Missouri, New Jersey, New York, California and Ontario, composed of five leased buildings containing a total of approximately 938,0001.0 million square feet, under leases expiring from June 2015 to MarchAugust 2025. Significant properties in the U.K. and Europe include nineeight buildings located in England, Scotland, Poland, Ireland, Luxembourg, Germany, France and Italy, containing approximately 1.31.2 million square feet under leases expiring from January 2019 through August 2034.
Principal properties located in China and Australia consist of three buildings containing approximately 420,000379,000 square feet under leases expiring from September 20152020 through May 2021.
We believe that our owned and leased facilities are suitable and adequate for our business needs. Additional information about our occupancy costs, including our commitments under non-cancelable leases, is provided in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information required by this Item is provided under "Legal and Regulatory Matters" in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The following table presents certain information with respect to each of our executive officers as of February 20, 2015.
NameAgePosition
Joseph L. Hooley57
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Joseph C. Antonellis60
Vice Chairman
Michael W. Bell51
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey N. Carp58
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Gunjan Kedia44
Executive Vice President
John L. Klinck, Jr.51
Executive Vice President
Andrew Kuritzkes54
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Sean P. Newth39
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
Peter O'Neill56
Executive Vice President
Christopher Perretta57
Executive Vice President
James S. Phalen64
Vice Chairman
Scott F. Powers55
President and Chief Executive Officer of State Street Global Advisors
Alison A. Quirk53
Executive Vice President
Michael F. Rogers57
President and Chief Operating Officer
Wai-Kwong Seck59
Executive Vice President
All executive officers are appointed by the Board and hold office at the discretion of the Board. No family relationships exist among any of our directors and executive officers.
Mr. Hooley joined State Street in 1986 and currently serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer in March 2010 and Chairman of the Board in January
2011. He served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from April 2008 until December 2014. From 2002 to April 2008, Mr. Hooley served as Executive Vice President and head of Investor Services and, in 2006, was appointed Vice Chairman and Global Head of Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading. Mr. Hooley was elected to serve on the Board of Directors effective October 22, 2009.


41



Mr. Antonellis joined State Street in 1991 and has served as head of all Europe and Asia/Pacific Global Services and Global Markets businesses since March 2010. Prior to this, in 2003, he was named head of Information Technology and Global Securities Services. In 2006, he was appointed Vice Chairman with additional responsibility as head of Investor Services in North America and Global Investment Manager Outsourcing Services.
Mr. Bell joined State Street in 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Bell served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Manulife Financial Corporation, a leading Canada-based financial services group with principal operations in Asia, Canada and the U.S., from 2009 to 2012. From 2002 to 2009, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer at Cigna Corporation, a global health services organization where he had previously served in several senior management positions, including as President of Cigna Group Insurance.
Mr. Carp joined State Street in 2006 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer. Later in 2006, he was also appointed Secretary. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Carp served as executive vice president and general counsel of Massachusetts Financial Services, an investment management and research company. From 1989 until 2004, Mr. Carp was a senior partner at the law firm of Hale and Dorr LLP, where he was an attorney since 1982. Mr. Carp served as State Street's interim Chief Risk Officer from February 2010 until September 2010.
Ms. Kedia joined State Street in 2008 as an executive vice president and is responsible for the Investment Servicing business in the Americas for mutual funds, insurance and institutional clients. Prior to joining State Street, Ms. Kedia previously was an executive vice president, global product management at Bank of New York Mellon. Additionally, Ms. Kedia was a partner with McKinsey & Company focusing on financial institutions and an associate with PriceWaterhouseCoopers.
Mr. Klinck joined State Street in 2006 and has served as Executive Vice President and global head of Corporate Development and Global Relationship Management since March 2010, prior to which he served as Executive Vice President and global head of Alternative Investment Solutions. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Klinck was with Mellon Financial Corporation, a global financial services company, from 1997 to 2006. During that time, he served as vice chairman and president of its Investment Manager Solutions group and before that as chairman for Mellon Europe, where he was
responsible for the company’s investor services business in the region.
Mr. Kuritzkes joined State Street in 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Kuritzkes was a partner at Oliver, Wyman & Company, an international management consulting firm, and led the firm’s Public Policy practice in North America. He joined Oliver, Wyman & Company in 1988, was a managing director in the firm’s London office from 1993 to 1997, and served as vice chairman of Oliver, Wyman & Company globally from 2000 until the firm’s acquisition by MMC in 2003. From 1986 to 1988, he worked as an economist and lawyer for the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
Mr. Newth joined State Street in 2005 and has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller since October 2014. Prior to that, he held several senior positions in State Street's Accounting Department, including Director of Accounting Policy from 2009 to 2014 and Deputy Controller beginning in April 2014. Before joining State Street, Mr. Newth served in various transaction services, accounting advisory and assurance roles at KPMG, from 1997 to 2005.
Mr. O'Neill has served as Executive Vice President and head of Global Markets and Global Services in Europe, the Middle East and Africa since November 2012 and prior to that he served as head of Global Markets and Global Services in the Asia/Pacific region. He joined State Street in 1985 and has held several senior positions during his tenure, including his appointment in January 2000 as managing director of State Street Global Markets in Europe. This role was expanded in June 2006 to include responsibility for Investor Services for the U.K., Middle East and Africa.
Mr. Perretta joined State Street in 2007 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining State Street, from 2002 to 2007, Mr. Perretta was the chief information officer for General Electric Commercial Finance, where he had previously served in several senior management positions. Prior to that, Mr. Perretta was an associate partner at Arthur Anderson Consulting (now Accenture).
Mr. Phalen joined State Street in 1992 and in 2014 began serving as head of the Office of Regulatory Initiatives. He was appointed Vice Chairman in March 2014. Mr. Phalen served as Executive Vice President and head of Global Operations, Technology and Product Development from 2010 to 2014. Prior to that, starting in 2000, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CitiStreet, a global benefits provider and retirement plan record keeper. In February 2005, he was


42



appointed head of Investor Services in North America. In 2006, he was appointed head of international operations for Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading, based in Europe. From January 2008 until May 2008, he served on an interim basis as President and Chief Executive Officer of SSGA, following which he returned to his role as head of international operations for Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading.
Mr. Powers joined State Street in 2008 as President and Chief Executive Officer of State Street Global Advisors. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Powers served as Chief Executive Officer of Old Mutual US, the U.S. operating unit of London-based Old Mutual plc, an international savings and wealth management company, from 2001 through 2008.
Ms. Quirk joined State Street in 2002, and since January 2012 has served as Chief Human Resources and Citizenship Officer. She has served as Executive Vice President and head of Global Human Resources since March 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Quirk served as Executive Vice President in Global Human Resources and held various senior roles in that group.
Mr. Rogers joined State Street in 2007 as part of our acquisition of Investors Financial Services Corp., and was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in December 2014. In that role, he is responsible for State Street Global Markets, State Street Global Services Americas, Information Technology, Global Operations, and Global Exchange, State Street’s data and analytics business. Prior to that, Mr. Rogers served as head of Global Markets and Global Services - Americas since November 2011 and served as head of Global Services, including alternative investment solutions, for all of the Americas since March 2010. Mr. Rogers was previously head of the Relationship Management group, a role which he held beginning in 2009. From State Street's acquisition of Investors Financial Services Corp. in July 2007 to 2009, Mr. Rogers headed the post-acquisition Investors Financial
Services Corp. business and its integration into State Street. Before joining State Street at the time of the acquisition, Mr. Rogers spent 27 years at Investors Financial Services Corp. and its predecessorsin various capacities, most recently as President beginning in 2001.
Mr. Seck joined State Street in 2011 as executive vice president and head of Global Markets and Global Services across Asia Pacific. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Seck was chief financial officer of the Singapore Exchange for eight years. Previously he held senior-level positions in the Monetary Authority of Singapore, the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation, Lehman Brothers and DBS Bank.
PART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol STT. There were 3,049 shareholders of record as of 20January 31, 2015. The information required by this item concerning the market prices of, and dividends on, our common stock during the past two years is provided under “Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)” included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
In March 2014, our Board of Directors approved a new common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase by us of up to $1.70 billion of our common stock from April 1, 2014 through March 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $470 million remaining under that program.


43



The following table presents purchases of our common stock and related information for each of the months in the quarter ended December 31, 2014. All shares of our common stock purchased during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 werepurchased under the above-described Board-approved program. We may employ third-party broker/dealers to acquire shares on the open market in connection with our common stock purchase programs.
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands) Total Number of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Average Price Paid Per Share Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Yet to be Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program
Period:        
October 1 - October 31, 2014 2,786
 $70.35
 $196
 $684
November 1 - November 30, 2014 2,108
 76.64
 162
 522
December 1 - December 31, 2014 668
 78.48
 52
 470
Total 5,562
 $73.71
 $410
 $470
Additional information about our common stock, including Board authorization with respect to purchases by us of our common stock, is provided under “Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
As a bank holding company, our parent company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank, and its non-banking subsidiaries. The right of the parent company to participate as a shareholder in any distribution of assets of State Street Bank upon its liquidation, reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims by creditors of State Street Bank, including obligations for federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and deposit liabilities.
Payment of dividends by State Street Bank is subject to the provisions of the Massachusetts banking law, which provide that State Street Bank's Board of Directors may declare, from State Street Bank's "net profits," as defined below, cash dividends annually, semi-annually or quarterly (but not more frequently) and can declare non-cash dividends at any time. Under Massachusetts banking law, for purposes of determining the amount of cash dividends that are payable by State Street Bank, “net profits” is defined as an amount equal to the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.
No dividends may be declared, credited or paid so long as there is any impairment of State Street
Bank's capital stock. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock.
Under the Federal Reserve Act's Regulation H: Membership of State Banking Institutions in the Federal Reserve System, the approval of the Federal Reserve would be required for the payment of dividends by State Street Bank if the total amount of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year, including any proposed dividend, would exceed the total of its net income for such calendar year as reported in State Street Bank's Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a Bank with Domestic and Foreign Offices Only - FFIEC 031, commonly referred to as the “Call Report,” as submitted through the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and provided to the Federal Reserve, plus its “retained net income” for the preceding two calendar years. For these purposes, “retained net income,” as of any date of determination, is defined as an amount equal to State Street Bank's net income (as reported in its Call Reports for the calendar year in which retained net income is being determined) less any dividends declared during such year. In determining the amount of dividends that are payable, the total of State Street Bank's net income for the current year and its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years is reduced by any net losses incurred in the current or preceding two-year period and by any required transfers to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock.
Prior Federal Reserve approval also must be obtained if a proposed dividend would exceed State Street Bank's “undivided profits” (retained earnings) as reported in its Call Reports. State Street Bank may


44



include in its undivided profits amounts contained in its surplus account, if the amounts reflect transfers of undivided profits made in prior periods and if the Federal Reserve's approval for the transfer back to undivided profits has been obtained.
Under the prompt corrective action, or PCA, provisions adopted pursuant to the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, State Street Bank may not pay a dividend when it is deemed, under the PCA framework, to be under-capitalized, or when the payment of the dividend would cause State Street Bank to be under-capitalized. If State Street Bank is under-capitalized for purposes of the PCA framework, it must cease paying dividends for so long as it is deemed to be under-capitalized. Once earnings have begun to improve and an adequate capital position has been restored, dividend payments may resume in accordance with federal and state statutory limitations and guidelines.
In 2014, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.16 per share, totaling approximately $490 million. In 2013, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.04 per share, totaling approximately $463 million. Currently, any payment of future common stock dividends by our parent company to its shareholders is subject to the review of our capital plan by the Federal Reserve in connection with its CCAR process. Information about dividends declared by our parent company and dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided under “Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. Future dividend payments of State Street Bank and our non-banking subsidiaries cannot be determined at this time. In addition, refer to “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital
Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends” included under Item 1 of this Form 10-K and the risk factor titled “Our business and capital-related activities, including our ability to return capital to shareholders and purchase our capital stock, may be adversely affected by our implementation of the revised regulatory capital and liquidity standards that we must meet under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives, or in the event our capital plan or post-stress capital ratios are determined to be insufficient as a result of regulatory capital stress testing” included under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
Information about our equity compensation plans is included under Item 12, and in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION
The graph presented below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on State Street's common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index, the S&P Financial Index and the KBW Bank Index over a five-year period. The cumulative total shareholder return assumes the investment of $100 in State Street common stock and in each index on December 31, 2009 at the closing price on the last trading day of 2009, and also assumes reinvestment of common stock dividends. The S&P Financial Index is a publicly available measure of 85 of the Standard & Poor's 500 companies, representing 25 diversified financial services companies, 21 insurance companies, 22 real estate companies and 17 banking companies. The KBW Bank Index seeks to reflect the performance of banks and thrifts that are publicly traded in the U.S., and is composed of 24 leading national money center and regional banks and thrifts.


45





 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
State Street Corporation$100
 $107
 $114
 $101
 $120
 $190
S&P 500 Index100
 115
 132
 135
 157
 208
S&P Financial Index100
 112
 126
 104
 135
 183
KBW Bank Index100
 123
 152
 117
 153
 211

46



ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
Total fee revenue$8,031
 $7,590
 $7,088
 $7,194
 $6,540
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
 2,333
 2,699
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(1)
4
 (9) 23
 67
 (286)
Total revenue10,295
 9,884
 9,649
 9,594
 8,953
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3) 
 25
Expenses:         
Compensation and employee benefits4,060
 3,800
 3,837
 3,820
 3,524
Information systems and communications976
 935
 844
 776
 713
Transaction processing services784
 733
 702
 732
 653
Occupancy461
 467
 470
 455
 463
Claims resolution
 
 (362) 
 
Securities lending charge
 
 
 
 414
Acquisition and restructuring costs, net(2)
133
 104
 225
 269
 252
Other1,413
 1,153
 1,170
 1,006
 823
Total expenses7,827
 7,192
 6,886
 7,058
 6,842
Income before income tax expense2,458
 2,686
 2,766
 2,536
 2,086
Income tax expense(3)
421
 550
 705
 616
 530
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
 $1,556
Adjustments to net income(4)
(64) (34) (42) (38) (16)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
 $1,540
PER COMMON SHARE:         
Earnings per common share:         
Basic$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
 $3.11
Diluted4.57
 4.62
 4.20
 3.79
 3.09
Cash dividends declared1.16
 1.04
 .96
 .72
 .04
Closing market price (at year end)$78.50
 $73.39
 $47.01
 $40.31
 $46.34
AT YEAR END:         
Investment securities$112,636
 $116,914
 $121,061
 $109,153
 $94,130
Average total interest-earning assets209,054
 178,101
 167,615
 147,657
 126,256
Total assets274,119
 243,291
 222,582
 216,827
 160,505
Deposits209,040
 182,268
 164,181
 157,287
 98,345
Long-term debt10,042
 9,699
 7,429
 8,131
 8,550
Total shareholders' equity21,473
 20,378
 20,869
 19,398
 17,787
Assets under custody and administration (in billions)28,188
 27,427
 24,371
 21,807
 21,527
Assets under management (in billions)2,448
 2,345
 2,086
 1,845
 2,010
Number of employees29,970
 29,430
 29,650
 29,740
 28,670
RATIOS:         
Return on average common shareholders' equity9.8% 10.5% 10.3% 10.0% 9.5%
Return on average assets0.86
 1.03
 1.06
 1.10
 1.02
Common dividend payout24.83
 21.97
 22.43
 18.83
 1.29
Average common equity to average total assets8.5
 9.7
 10.1
 10.9
 10.8
Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent basis1.16
 1.37
 1.59
 1.67
 2.24
Common equity tier 1 ratio(5)
12.5
 15.5
 17.1
 16.8
 18.1
Tier 1 capital ratio(5)
14.6
 17.3
 19.1
 18.8
 20.5
Total capital ratio(5)
16.6
 19.7
 20.6
 20.5
 22.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio(5)
6.4
 6.9
 7.1
 7.3
 8.2
(1) Amount for 2012 reflected a $46 million loss from the sale of our Greek investment securities; amount for 2010 included a net loss of $344 million related to a repositioning of our investment portfolio.
(2) Amounts for 2012 and 2011 reflected acquisition costs of $66 million and $71 million, respectively, offset by indemnification benefits of $40 million and $55 million, respectively, for the assumption of income tax liabilities related to the 2010 acquisition of the Intesa securities services business.
(3) Amount for 2013 included a $71 million out-of-period benefit to adjust deferred taxes. Amounts for 2012 and 2011 reflected the net effects of certain tax matters ($7 million benefit and $55 million expense, respectively) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition. Amounts for 2011 and 2010 reflected discrete tax benefits of $103 million and $180 million, respectively, attributable to costs incurred in terminating former conduit asset structures.
(4) Amounts for 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 represented preferred stock dividends and the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method. Amount for 2010 represented the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method.
(5) Ratios for 2014 were calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Ratios for 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were calculated in conformity with the provisions of Basel I. Ratios for 2014 are not directly comparable to ratios for prior years. Refer to note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

3947



ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGSSTATE STREET CORPORATION
InMANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Table Of Contents

48



ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
State Street Corporation, or the ordinary courseparent company, is a financial holding company headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Our principal banking subsidiary is State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street Bank. As of December 31, 2014, we had consolidated total assets of $274.12 billion, consolidated total deposits of $209.04 billion, consolidated total shareholders' equity of $21.47 billion and 29,970 employees. With $28.19 trillion of assets under custody and administration and $2.45 trillion of assets under management as of December 31, 2014, we are a leading specialist in meeting the needs of institutional investors worldwide.
We have two lines of business:
Investment Servicing provides services for mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
Investment Management, through State Street Global Advisors, or SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers active and passive asset management strategies across equity, fixed-income and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand.
For financial and other information about our lines of business, refer to “Line of Business Information” included in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Certain previously reported amounts presented in this Form 10-K have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., referred to as GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in its application of certain accounting policies that materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses.
The significant accounting policies that require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that are difficult, subjective or complex about matters that are uncertain and may change in subsequent periods consist of accounting for fair value measurements; other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; and contingencies. These significant accounting policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and underlying estimates and assumptions could be subject to revision as new information becomes available. Additional information about these significant accounting policies is included under “Significant Accounting Estimates” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Certain financial information provided in this Form 10-K, including this Management's Discussion and Analysis, is prepared on both a GAAP, or reported basis, and a non-GAAP, or operating basis, including certain non-GAAP measures used in the calculation of identified regulatory capital ratios. We measure and compare certain financial information on an operating basis, as we believe that this presentation supports meaningful comparisons from period to period and our subsidiaries are involvedthe analysis of comparable financial trends with respect to State Street's normal ongoing business operations. We believe that operating-basis financial information, which reports non-taxable revenue, such as interest revenue associated with tax-exempt investment securities, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, facilitates an investor's understanding and analysis of State Street's underlying financial performance and trends in disputes, litigationaddition to financial information prepared and regulatory inquiries and investigations, both pending and threatened. These matters, if resolved adversely against us or settled, may resultreported in monetary damages, fines and penalties or require changes in our business practices. The resolution or settlement of these matters is inherently difficult to predict. Based on our assessment of these pending matters, we do notconformity with GAAP.
We also believe that the amountuse of any judgment, settlementcertain non-GAAP measures in the calculation of identified regulatory capital ratios is useful in understanding State Street's capital position and is of interest to


49


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

investors. Operating-basis financial information should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, financial information prepared in conformity with GAAP. Any non-GAAP, or operating-basis, financial information presented in this Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, is reconciled to its most directly comparable GAAP-basis measure.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis contains statements that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. securities laws. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations about financial performance, capital, market growth, acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures, new technologies, services and opportunities and earnings, management's confidence in our strategies and other action arising from any pending mattermatters that do not relate strictly to historical facts. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially. We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to reflect events after the time we file this Form 10-K with the SEC. Additional information about forward-looking statements and related risks and uncertainties is likelyprovided in “Risk Factors” included under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
We provide additional disclosures required by applicable bank regulatory standards, including supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to regulatory capital (including market risk associated with our trading activities), and summary results of semi-annual State Street-run stress tests which we conduct under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act. These additional disclosures are accessible under "Filings and Reports" on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com/stockholder. We have a material adverseincluded our website address in this report as an inactive textual reference only. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
TABLE 1: OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)     
Total fee revenue$8,031
 $7,590
 $7,088
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 23
Total revenue10,295
 9,884
 9,649
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3)
Total expenses7,827
 7,192
 6,886
Income before income tax expense2,458
 2,686
 2,766
Income tax expense(1)
421
 550
 705
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Adjustments to net income:     
Dividends on preferred stock(2)
(61) (26) (29)
Earnings allocated to participating securities(3)
(3) (8) (13)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
Earnings per common share:     
Basic$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
Diluted4.57
 4.62
 4.20
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):     
Basic424,223
 446,245
 474,458
Diluted432,007
 455,155
 481,129
Cash dividends declared per common share$1.16
 $1.04
 $.96
Return on average common equity9.8% 10.5% 10.3%
(1) 2013 included an out-of-period income tax benefit of $71 million to adjust deferred taxes. Amount for 2012 reflected the net effect onof certain tax matters ($7 million benefit) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition.
(2) 2014 included $35 million and $26 million related to Series D and Series C preferred stock, respectively. Amount for 2013 included $26 million related to Series C preferred stock. Amount for 2012 included $8 million related to Series C preferred stock and $21 million related to Series A preferred stock. Refer to note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding our preferred stock dividends.
(3) Refer to note 23 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The following “Highlights” and “Financial Results” sections provide information related to significant events, as well as highlights of our consolidated financial condition.  However,results for 2014 presented in Table 1: Overview of Financial Results. More detailed information about our consolidated financial results, including comparisons of our financial results for 2014 to those for 2013, is provided under “Consolidated Results of Operations,” which follows these sections.


50


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Highlights
Total asset servicing and asset management fees increased 6% and 9%, respectively, in 2014 compared to 2013, mainly the result of net new business installed and stronger global equity markets.
Diluted earnings per common share, EPS, decreased 1% to $4.57 in 2014 from $4.62 in 2013, primarily driven by increased fee revenue.
In 2014, we purchased approximately 23.8 million shares of our common stock at an adverse outcomeaverage per-share cost of $69.48 and an aggregate cost of approximately $1.65 billion. We have approximately $470 million under our current $1.70 billion common stock purchase program effective through March 2015.
Additional information with respect to our common stock purchase program is provided under "Financial Condition - Capital" in certainthis Management's Discussion and Analysis.
We completed our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program at the end of 2014, achieving, over the course of the program, greater than $625 million of total pre-tax savings on an annual basis with full effect in 2015, based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal.
Additional information with respect to the program is provided under "Consolidated Results of Operations - Expenses" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
For the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $115 million to increase our legal accrual associated with indirect foreign exchange matters. This accrual reflects a $65 million additional accrual that we announced on February 20, 2015. The effects of the additional accrual are reflected in the financial and other information reported in this Form 10-K. The additional accrual announced on February 20, 2015 reflects continued negotiations in connection with our intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect foreign exchange client activities. The total legal accrual associated with these matters described below could haveas of the time of the filing of this Form 10-K is $185 million, all of which is included in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Financial Results
Total revenue increased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to the increase in fee revenue of 6% compared to 2013, partially offset by a material adverse effectdecline in processing fees and other revenue and net interest revenue.
Total expenses in 2014 increased 9% compared to 2013, primarily driven by increases in other expenses, compensation and employee benefit expenses and transaction processing services.
In 2014, we secured an estimated $1.14 trillion of new business in assets to be serviced; of that total, approximately $767 billion was installed prior to December 31, 2014, with the remaining balance expected to be installed in 2015.
The new business not installed, totaling $406 billion by December 31, 2014, which consisted of $371 billion from 2014 and $35 billion from 2013, was not included in our assets under custody and administration as of that date, and had no impact on our servicing fee revenue in 2014, as the assets are not included until their installation is complete and we begin to service them. Once installed, the assets generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods in which the assets are serviced.
We achieved net new assets to be managed of approximately $28 billion in 2014, including approximately $15 billion of new asset management business, that was awarded to SSGA but not installed as of December 31, 2014. This new business had no impact on our management fee revenue in 2014, but will be reflected in assets under management in future periods after installation and will generate management fee revenue in subsequent periods.
Return on average common shareholders' equity in 2014 decreased to 9.8% from 10.5% in 2013. The decrease was primarily driven by an increase in preferred stock dividends in 2014 compared to 2013 as well as a decrease in net income in 2014 compared to 2013.
Our effective tax rate in 2014 was 17.2% compared to 20.5% in 2013, which included the impact of an out-of-period income tax benefit. In addition to that out-of-period benefit, the decline was also attributable to the expansion of our tax-exempt investment securities portfolio, an increase in renewable


51


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

energy investments and a greater benefit from our non-U.S. operations.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section discusses our consolidated results of operations for the period2014 compared to 2013, as well as 2013 compared to 2012, and should be read in which such matter is resolved or an accrual is determined to be required, on our consolidated financial condition or on our reputation.
We evaluate our needs for accruals of loss contingencies related to legal proceedings on a case-by-case basis. When we have a liability that we deem probable and can be reasonably estimated as ofconjunction with the date of our consolidated financial statements we accrueand accompanying notes included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Total Revenue
TABLE 2: TOTAL REVENUE
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Fee revenue:         
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 6 % 9 %
Management fees1,207
 1,106
 993
 9
 11
Trading services:      

  
Foreign exchange trading607
 589
 511
 3
 15
Brokerage and other trading services477
 505
 525
 (6) (4)
Total trading services1,084
 1,094
 1,036
 (1) 6
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 22
 (11)
Processing fees and other174
 212
 240
 (18) (12)
Total fee revenue8,031
 7,590
 7,088
 6
 7
Net interest revenue:      
  
   Interest revenue2,652
 2,714
 3,014
 (2) (10)
   Interest expense392
 411
 476
 (5) (14)
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
 (2) (9)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 23
    
Total revenue$10,295
 $9,884
 $9,649
 4
 2
Fee Revenue
Servicing and management fees collectively composed approximately 79% of our total fee revenue in 2014, compared to approximately78% in 2013. The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients, and is generally affected by changes in worldwide equity and fixed-income security valuations and trends in market asset class preferences.
 Generally, servicing fees are affected by changes in daily average valuations of assets under custody
and administration. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets serviced, the level of transaction volumes, changes in service level, the nature of services provided, balance credits, client minimum balances, pricing concessions, the geographical location in which services are provided and other factors, may have a significant effect on our servicing fee revenue.
Generally, management fees are affected by changes in month-end valuations of assets under management.Management fees for our estimatecertain components of managed assets, such as ETFs, are affected by daily average valuations of assets under management. Management fee revenue is more sensitive to market valuations than servicing fee revenue, since a higher proportion of the loss. We considerunderlying services provided, and the associated management fees earned, are dependent on equity and fixed-income security valuations. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets managed and other factors, may have a loss probablesignificant effect on our management fee revenue. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and establish an accrualthe investment strategies employed, management fees may reflect other factors as well, including performance fee arrangements, discussed later in this section, as well as our relationship pricing for clients using multiple services.
Asset-based management fees for actively-managed products are generally charged at a higher percentage of assets under management than for passive products. Actively-managed products may also include performance fee arrangements which are recorded when the performance period is complete. Performance fees are generated when the performance of certain managed portfolios exceeds benchmarks specified in the management agreements. Generally, we makeexperience more volatility with performance fees than with more traditional management fees.
In light of the above, we estimate, using relevant information as of December 31, 2014 and assuming that all other factors remain constant, that: (1) a 10% increase or intenddecrease in worldwide equity valuations, over the relevant periods on which our servicing and management fees are calculated, would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of approximately 2%; and (2) a 10% increase or decrease in worldwide fixed income security valuations, over the relevant periods for or on which our servicing and management fees are calculated, would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of approximately 1%.
See Table 3: Daily, Month-end and Year-end Indices for selected equity market indices. While the specific indices presented are indicative of general market trends, the asset types and classes relevant to make an offer


52


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

individual client portfolios can and do differ, and the performance of associated relevant indices can therefore differ from the performance of the indices presented.
Daily averages and the averages of month-end indices demonstrate worldwide changes in equity
markets that affect our servicing and management fee revenue. Year-end indices affect the values of assets under custody and administration and assets under management as of those dates. The index names listed in the table are service marks of their respective owners.

TABLE 3: DAILY, MONTH-END AND YEAR-END INDICES
 Daily Averages of Indices Averages of Month-End Indices Year-End Indices
 2014 2013 % Change 2014 2013 % Change 2014 2013 % Change
S&P 500®
1,931
 1,644
 17% 1,944
 1,652
 18% 2,059
 1,848
 11 %
NASDAQ®
4,375
 3,541
 24
 4,415
 3,575
 23
 4,736
 4,177
 13
MSCI EAFE®
1,888
 1,746
 8
 1,891
 1,754
 8
 1,775
 1,916
 (7)
FEE REVENUE
Table 2: Total Revenue provides the breakout of fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Servicing Fees
Servicing fees increased 6% in 2014 compared to subsequent adjustment2013 primarily as a result of additional information. stronger global equity markets and the positive revenue impact of net new business (revenue added from new servicing business installed less revenue lost from the removal of assets serviced).
Servicing fees in 2013 increased 9% from 2012, mainly due to stronger equity markets, the impact of net new business and revenue added from acquired businesses, partially offset by the impacts of the weaker euro and client de-risking.
Servicing fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 42% of total servicing fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The resolutionincreases in total assets under custody and administration for year-end 2014 compared to year-end 2013 resulted primarily from stronger global equity markets and net shareholder subscriptions
experienced by our custody clients, partially offset by losses of proceedingsassets serviced. Asset levels as of December 31, 2014 did not reflect the estimated $406 billion of new business in assets to be serviced awarded to us in 2014 and prior periods but not installed prior to December 31, 2014. This new business will be reflected in assets under custody and administration in future periods after installation and will generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods.
With respect to these new assets, we will provide various services, including accounting, bank loan servicing, compliance reporting and monitoring, custody, depository banking services, foreign exchange, fund administration, hedge fund servicing, middle-office outsourcing, performance and analytics, private equity administration, real estate administration, securities finance, transfer agency, and wealth management services.
The value of assets under custody and administration is a broad measure of the relative size of various markets served. Changes in the values of assets under custody and administration from period to period do not necessarily result in proportional changes in our servicing fee revenue.

TABLE 4: COMPONENTS OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Mutual funds $6,992
 $6,811
 $5,852
 $5,265
 $5,540
 3 % 6%
Collective funds 6,949
 6,428
 5,363
 4,437
 4,350
 8
 12
Pension products 5,746
 5,851
 5,339
 4,837
 4,726
 (2) 5
Insurance and other products 8,501
 8,337
 7,817
 7,268
 6,911
 2
 5
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 3
 7

53


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 5: COMPOSITION OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Equities $15,876
 $15,050
 $12,276
 $10,849
 $11,000
 5 % 10%
Fixed-income 8,739
 9,072
 8,885
 8,317
 7,875
 (4) 3
Short-term and other investments 3,573
 3,305
 3,210
 2,641
 2,652
 8
 8
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 3
 7
TABLE 6: GEORGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In billions)          
North America $21,217
 $20,764
 $18,463
 $16,368
 $16,486
Europe/Middle East/Africa 5,633
 5,511
 4,801
 4,400
 4,069
Asia/Pacific 1,338
 1,152
 1,107
 1,039
 972
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
(1) Geographic mix is based on the location in which the assets are serviced.
Management Fees
Through SSGA, we provide a broad range of investment management strategies, specialized investment management advisory services and other financial services for corporations, public funds, and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers a broad array of investment management strategies, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equity and fixed-income securities. SSGA also offers ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the reasonably estimable loss (or range thereof) are inherently difficult to predict, especially investment strategies employed, management fees reflect other factors as well, including our relationship pricing for clients who use multiple services, and the benchmarks specified



in the early stagesrespective management agreements related to performance fees.
Management fees increased in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily as a result of proceedings. Even if a loss is probable,stronger global equity markets, net inflows and the positive revenue impact of the excess of revenue added from newly installed assets to be managed over the revenue lost from liquidations of managed assets.
Management fees increased in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to many complex factors, such as speedthe impact of discoverystronger equity markets, net new business and higher performance fees.
Management fees generated outside the timingU.S. were approximately 37% of court decisions or rulings, a loss or rangetotal management fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012.


54


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 7: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY ASSET CLASS AND INVESTMENT APPROACH(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Equity:              
   Active $39
 $42
 $45
 $46
 $54
 (7)% (8)%
   Passive 1,436
 1,334
 1,047
 893
 912
 8
 12
Total Equity 1,475
 1,376
 1,092
 939
 966
 7
 11
Fixed-Income:             
   Active 17
 16
 17
 16
 14
 6
 4
   Passive 302
 311
 325
 271
 373
 (3) (5)
Total Fixed-Income 319
 327
 342
 287
 387
 (2) (5)
Cash(2)
 399
 385
 369
 380
 422
 4
 (1)
Multi-Asset-Class Solutions:             
   Active 30
 23
 23
 15
 16
 30
 17
   Passive 97
 110
 94
 70
 70
 (12) 8
Total Multi-Asset-Class Solutions 127
 133
 117
 85
 86
 (5) 10
Alternative Investments(3):
             
   Active 17
 14
 18
 17
 12
 21
 8
   Passive 111
 110
 148
 137
 137
 1
 (5)
Total Alternative Investments 128
 124
 166
 154
 149
 3
 (4)
Total $2,448
 $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
 4
 5
(1) As of December 31, 2013, the presentation was changed to align with the reporting of core businesses, which were revised for comparative purposes for 2012, 2011 and 2010.
(2) Includes both floating- and constant-net-asset-value portfolios held in commingled structures or separate accounts.
(3) Includes real estate investment trusts, currency and commodities, including SPDR® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
TABLE 8: EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS BY ASSET CLASS(1)(2) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Alternative Investments(3)
 $38
 $39
 $79
 $68
 $61
 (3)% (11)%
Cash 1
 1
 1
 2
 1
 
 
Equity 388
 325
 227
 184
 175
 19
 22
Fixed-income 39
 34
 30
 20
 15
 15
 27
Total Exchange-Traded Funds $466
 $399
 $337
 $274
 $252
 17
 17
(1) Exchange-traded funds are a component of assets under management presented in the preceding table.
(2) Includes SPDR® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
(3) Decline in alternative investments from 2012 to 2013 was mainly attributable to Gold exchange-traded fund outflows and market impact.
TABLE 9: GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In billions)          
North America $1,568
 $1,456
 $1,288
 $1,190
 $1,332
Europe/Middle East/Africa 559
 560
 480
 428
 452
Asia/Pacific 321
 329
 318
 227
 226
Total $2,448
 $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
(1) Geographic mix is based on client location or fund management location. As of December 31, 2013, the presentation was changed to align with the reporting of core businesses, which were revised for comparative purposes for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

55


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The increase in total assets under management as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 resulted primarily from net market appreciation in the values of the assets managed and net new business of approximately $28 billion, partially offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The net new business of approximately $28 billion was primarily
composed of approximately $34 billion from ETFs and approximately $19 billion of net inflows into money market funds, primarily offset by net outflows of approximately $25 billion from long-term institutional portfolios.


TABLE 10: ACTIVITY IN ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT CATEGORY
(In billions)Equity Fixed-Income Cash Multi-Asset-Class Solutions Alternative Investments Total
Balance as of December 31, 2011$939
 $287
 $380
 $85
 $154
 $1,845
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
226
 144
 
 26
 15
 411
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(216) (102) 
 (31) (20) (369)
Long-term institutional flows, net10
 42
 
 (5) (5) 42
ETF flows, net22
 9
 
 
 10
 41
Cash fund flows, net
 
 (3) 
 
 (3)
Total flows, net32
 51
 (3) (5) 5
 80
Market appreciation(2)
123
 11
 (9) 36
 6
 167
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(2) (7) 1
 1
 1
 (6)
Total market/foreign exchange impact121
 4
 (8) 37
 7
 161
Balance as of December 31, 20121,092
 342
 369
 117
 166
 2,086
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
256
 70
 
 32
 13
 371
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(283) (71) 
 (28) (21) (403)
Long-term institutional flows, net(27) (1) 
 4
 (8) (32)
ETF flows, net33
 4
 
 
 (25) 12
Cash fund flows, net
 
 17
 
 
 17
Total flows, net6
 3
 17
 4
 (33) (3)
Market appreciation(2)
291
 (4) (1) 12
 (5) 293
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(13) (14) 
 
 (4) (31)
Total market/foreign exchange impact278
 (18) (1) 12
 (9) 262
Balance as of December 31, 20131,376
 327
 385
 133
 124
 2,345
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
285
 80
 
 43
 13
 421
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(297) (103) 
 (35) (11) (446)
Long-term institutional flows, net(12) (23) 
 8
 2
 (25)
ETF flows, net31
 5
 
 
 (2) 34
Cash fund flows, net
 
 19
 
 
 19
Total flows, net19
 (18) 19
 8
 
 28
Market appreciation(2)
113
 27
 
 (9) 11
 142
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(33) (17) (5) (5) (7) (67)
Total market/foreign exchange impact80
 10
 (5) (14) 4
 75
Balance as of December 31, 2014$1,475
 $319
 $399
 $127
 $128
 $2,448
(1) Amounts represent long-term portfolios, excluding ETFs.
(2) Amounts represent aggregate impact on each product category for the period.
The net new business of approximately $28 billion for 2014 presented in the preceding table did not include approximately $15 billion of new asset management business, which was awarded to SSGA, but not installed as of December 31, 2014. This new business will be reflected in assets under management
in future periods after installation, and will generate management fee revenue in subsequent periods.
Total assets under management as of December 31, 2014 included managed assets lost but not yet liquidated. Lost business occurs from time to time and it is difficult to predict the timing of client


56


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

behavior in transitioning these assets. This timing can vary significantly.
Trading Services
TABLE 11: TRADING SERVICES REVENUE  
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Foreign exchange trading:         
Direct sales and trading$361
 $304
 $263
 19 % 16 %
Indirect foreign exchange trading246
 285
 248
 (14) 15
Total foreign exchange trading607
 589
 511
 3
 15
Brokerage and other trading services:         
Electronic foreign exchange services181
 218
 196
 (17) 11
Other trading, transition management and brokerage296
 287
 329
 3
 (13)
Total brokerage and other trading services477
 505
 525
 (6) (4)
Total trading services revenue$1,084
 $1,094
 $1,036
 (1) 6
Trading services revenue is composed of revenue generated by foreign exchange, or FX, trading, as well as revenue generated by brokerage and other trading services. We primarily earn FX trading revenue by acting as a principal market maker. We offer a range of FX products, services and execution models. Most of our aggregate accrualsFX products and execution services can be grouped into three broad categories, which are further explained below: “direct sales and trading,” “indirect FX trading” and “electronic FX services.” With respect to electronic FX services, we provide an execution venue, but do not act as agent or principal.
We also offer a range of brokerage and other trading products tailored specifically to meet the needs of the global pension community, including transition management and commission recapture. In addition, we act as distribution agent for legal loss contingenciesthe SPDR® Gold ETF. These products and regulatory matters totaled approximately $119 million.services are generally differentiated by our role as an agent of the institutional investor. Revenue earned from these services is recorded in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue.
FX trading revenue is influenced by three principal factors: the volume and type of client FX transactions and related spreads; currency volatility; and the management of market risk associated with currencies and interest rates. Revenue earned from direct sales and trading and indirect FX trading is recorded in FX trading revenue.
Total FX trading revenue increased 3% compared to 2013, primarily the result of higher client volumes. Total FX trading revenue increased 15% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of higher client volumes, currency volatility and spreads.
We enter into FX transactions with clients and investment managers that contact our trading desk directly. These trades are all executed at negotiated rates. We refer to this activity, and our principal market-making activities, as “direct sales and trading” and it includes many transactions for funds serviced by third party custodians or prime brokers, as well as those funds under custody at State Street.
Alternatively, clients or their investment managers may elect to route FX transactions to our FX desk through our asset-servicing operation; we refer to this activity as “indirect FX trading,” and, in all cases, State Street is the fund's custodian. We execute indirect FX trades as a principal at rates disclosed to our clients. We calculate revenue for indirect FX trading using an attribution methodology. This methodology takes into consideration estimated mark-ups/downs and observed client volumes. Direct sales and trading revenue is all other FX trading revenue other than the revenue attributed to indirect FX trading.
Our clients that utilize indirect FX trading can, in addition to executing their FX transactions through dealers not affiliated with us, transition from indirect FX trading to either direct sales and trading execution, including our “Street FX” service, or to one of our electronic trading platforms. Street FX, in which State Street continues to act as a principal market maker, enables our clients to define their FX execution strategy and automate the FX trade execution process, both for funds under custody at State Street as well as those under custody at another bank.
Our direct sales and trading revenue increased 19% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase primarily resulted from higher client volumes, partially offset by lower currency volatility and spreads. Our estimated indirect FX trading revenue decreased 14% in 2014, compared to 2013. The decline mainly resulted from lower client volumes and spreads.
We continue to expect that some clients may choose, over time, to reduce their level of indirect FX trading transactions in favor of other execution methods, including either direct sales and trading transactions or electronic FX services which we provide. To the extent that clients shift to other execution methods that we have established accrualsprovide, our FX trading revenue may decrease, even if volumes remain consistent.


57


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Total brokerage and other trading services revenue declined 6% for 2014 compared to 2013. Our clients may choose to execute FX transactions through one of our electronic trading platforms. These transactions generate revenue through a “click” fee. Revenue from such electronic FX services declined 17% in our consolidated statement of condition2014 compared to 2013, mainly due to declines in client volumes.
The 3% increase in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue for probable loss contingencies, such accruals may not be sufficient2014 compared to cover our ultimate financial exposure2013 was primarily due to an increase in currency management revenue, partially offset by declines in distribution fees associated with any settlements or judgments. We may be subject to proceedings in the future that, if adversely resolved, would have a material adverse effect on our businesses or on our future consolidated financial statements. Except where otherwise noted below, we have not established accruals withSPDR® Gold ETF, which resulted from outflows as average gold prices declined during the period. With respect to the claims discussedSPDR® Gold ETF, fees earned by us as distribution agent are recorded in other trading, transition management and dobrokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue, and not believe that potential exposure is probablein management fee revenue.
Our revenue from transition management and can be reasonably estimated.
The following discussion provides information with respect to significant legalrelated expenses in 2014 and 2013 were adversely affected by compliance issues in our U.K. business, the reputational and regulatory matters.impact of which may continue to adversely affect our transition management revenue in future periods.
SSgA
We have previously reported on two related ERISA class actions by investorsTrading services revenue increased 6% in unregistered SSgA-managed collective trust funds2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of higher client volumes, currency volatility and common trust funds which challenge the division of our securities lending-related revenue between those funds and State Street in its role as lending agent. In January 2014, we filed a motion to approve a $10 million class settlement of the collective trust fund litigation. A final fairness hearing has been scheduled for May 2014. The common trust fund class action remains pending. We have accrued $15 million in connection with these matters, including the proposed class settlement.spreads.
Securities Finance
Our securities finance business consists of three components: (1) an agency lending program for SSGA-managed investment funds with a broad range of investment objectives, which we refer to as the SSGA lending funds, (2) an agency lending program for third-party investment managers and asset owners, which we refer to as the agency lending funds and (3) security lending transactions which we enter into as principal, which we refer to as our enhanced custody business.
Two related participants inSee Table 2: Total Revenue, for the comparison of securities finance revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Securities finance revenue earned from our agency lending activities, which is composed of our split of both the spreads related to cash collateral and the fees related to non-cash collateral, is principally a function of the volume of securities on loan, the interest-rate spreads and fees earned on the underlying collateral, and our share of the fee split.
 As principal, our enhanced custody business borrows securities from the lending program have brought suit againstclient and then lends such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. Our involvement as principal is utilized when the lending
client is unable to, or elects not to, transact directly with the market and requires us challenging actions takento execute the transaction and furnish the securities. In our role as principal, we provide support to the transaction through our credit rating. While we source a significant proportion of the securities furnished by us in responseour role as principal from third parties, we have the ability to theirsource securities through our assets under custody and administration, from clients who have designated State Street as an eligible borrower.
Securities finance revenue increased 22% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was mainly the result of growth in our enhanced custody business and the impact of higher lending volumes associated with our agency lending program. Revenues from our enhanced custody business totaled approximately $121 million and $61 million, respectively, in 2014 and 2013.
Securities finance revenue declined 11% in 2013 from 2012 mainly a result of lower spreads and a slight decline in average lending volumes.
Market influences may continue to affect client demand for securities finance, and as a result our revenue from, and the profitability of, our securities lending activities in future periods. In addition, recently effective regulatory changes may affect the volume of our securities lending activity and related revenue and profitability in future periods.
Processing Fees and Other
Processing fees and other revenue includes diverse types of fees and revenue, including fees from our structured products business, fees from software licensing and maintenance, equity income from our joint venture investments, gains and losses on sales of leased equipment and other assets, and amortization of our tax-advantaged investments.
Processing fees and other revenue declined 18% in 2014 compared to 2013, as shown in Table 2: Total Revenue. The decrease was mainly due to higher amortization of tax-advantaged investments, partially offset by higher revenue from our investment in bank-owned life insurance.
Processing fees and other revenue declined 12% in 2013 compared to 2012. The decline was primarily due to both the fair-value adjustments related to our withdrawal from our fixed-income trading initiative and the program. We believe that certain withdrawalsgain from the sale of a Lehman Brothers-related asset, both recorded in 2012, as well as hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2013. The decline in processing fees and other revenue was partially offset by these participants were inconsistentan increase in revenue associated with the redemption policy applicable to the agency lending collateral pools and, consequently, redeemed their remaining interests through an in-kind distribution that reflected the assets these participants would have received had they actedour investment in accordance with the collateral pools' redemption policy. In taking these actions, we believe that we acted in the best interests of all participants in the collateral pools. The two participants have asserted damages ofbank-owned life insurance for $120 million, an amount that plaintiffs have stated was the difference between the amortized cost and market value of the assets that State Street proposed to distribute to the plans in-kind on or about August 2009. While management does not believe that such difference is an appropriate measure of damages, we have been informed that the participants liquidated these securities in June 2013 and we estimate the loss on those sales to be approximately $11 million. We have accrued $10 million in connection with this matter.compared to 2012.
Foreign Exchange
We offer our custody clients and their investment managers the option to route foreign exchange transactions to our foreign exchange desk through our asset servicing operation. We record as revenue an amount approximately equal to the difference between the rates we set for those trades and indicative interbank market rates at the time of settlement of the trade. As discussed more fully below, claims have been asserted on behalf of certain current and former custody clients, and future claims may be asserted, alleging that our indirect foreign exchange rates (including the differences between those rates and indicative interbank market rates at the time we


4058


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

executed
Net Interest Revenue
See Table 2: Total Revenue, for the trades) were not adequately disclosed or were otherwise improper,breakout of interest revenue and seeking to recover, among other things, the full amount of the revenue we obtained from our indirect foreign exchange trading with them.
In October 2009, the Attorney General of the State of California commenced an action under the California False Claims Act and California Business and Professional Code related to services State Street provides to California state pension plans. The California Attorney General asserts that the pricing of certain foreign exchange transactions for these pension plans was governed by the custody contracts for these plans and that our pricing was not consistent with the terms of those contracts and related disclosures to the plans, and that, as a result, State Street made false claims and engaged in unfair competition. The Attorney General asserts actual damages of approximately $100 million for periods from 2001 to 2009 and seeks additional penalties, including treble damages. This action is in the discovery phase.
We provide custody and principal foreign exchange services to government pension plans in other jurisdictions. Since the commencement of the litigation in California, attorneys general and other governmental authorities from a number of jurisdictions, as well as U.S. Attorney's offices, the U.S. Department of Labor and the SEC, have requested information or issued subpoenas in connection with inquiries into the pricing of our foreign exchange services. We continue to respond to such inquiries and subpoenas.
We offer indirect foreign exchange services such as those we offer to the California state pension plans to a broad range of custody clients in the U.S. and internationally. We have responded and are responding to information requests from a number of clients concerning our indirect foreign exchange rates. In February 2011, a putative class action was filed in federal court in Boston seeking unspecified damages, including treble damages, on behalf of all custodial clients that executed certain foreign exchange transactions with State Street from 1998 to 2009. The putative class action alleges, among other things, that the rates at which State Street executed foreign currency trades constituted an unfair and deceptive practice under Massachusetts law and a breach of the duty of loyalty.
Two other putative class actions are currently pending in federal court in Boston alleging various violations of ERISA on behalf of all ERISA plans custodied with us that executed indirect foreign exchange transactions with State Street from 1998 onward. The complaints allege that State Street caused class members to pay unfair and unreasonable rates for indirect foreign exchange transactions with State Street. The complaints seek unspecified damages, disgorgement of profits, and other equitable relief.
We have not established an accrual with respect to any of the pending legal proceedings related to our indirect foreign exchange services. We cannot provide any assurance as to the outcome of the pending proceedings, or whether other proceedings might be commenced against us by clients or government authorities. We expect that plaintiffs will seek to recover their share of all or a portion of the revenue that we have recorded from providing indirect foreign exchange services.
The following table summarizes our estimated total revenue worldwide from indirect foreign exchange trading servicesinterest expense for the years ended December 31:31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Net interest revenue is defined as interest revenue earned on interest-earning assets less interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets, which principally consist of investment securities, interest-bearing deposits with banks, repurchase agreements, loans and leases and other liquid assets, are financed


primarily by client deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest margin represents the relationship between annualized fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue and average total interest-earning assets for the period. Revenue that is exempt from income taxes, mainly that earned from certain investment securities (state and political subdivisions), is adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis using a federal statutory income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit.

(In millions)2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008
Revenue from indirect foreign exchange trading$285
 $248
 $331
 $336
 $369
 $462
TABLE 12: AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES - FULLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate Average
Balance
 Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate
(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent basis)                 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$55,353
 $196
 .35% $28,946
 $125
 .43% $26,823
 $141
 .53%
Securities purchased under resale agreements4,077
 38
 .94
 5,766
 45
 .77
 7,243
 51
 .71
Trading account assets959
 1
 .13
 748
 
 
 651
 
 
Investment securities116,809
 2,317
 1.98
 117,696
 2,429
 2.06
 113,910
 2,689
 2.36
Loans and leases15,912
 266
 1.67
 13,781
 253
 1.84
 11,610
 254
 2.19
Other interest-earning assets15,944
 7
 .05
 11,164
 4
 .04
 7,378
 3
 .04
Average total interest-earning assets$209,054
 $2,825
 1.36
 $178,101
 $2,856
 1.60
 $167,615
 $3,138
 1.88
Interest-bearing deposits:                 
U.S.$21,296
 $21
 .10% $8,862
 $10
 .12% $9,333
 $19
 .20%
Non-U.S.109,003
 78
 .07
 100,391
 83
 .08
 89,059
 147
 .16
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,817
 
 
 8,436
 1
 .01
 7,697
 1
 .01
Federal funds purchased20
 
 
 298
 
 
 784
 1
 .09
Other short-term borrowings4,177
 5
 .12
 3,785
 59
 1.57
 4,676
 71
 1.52
Long-term debt9,309
 245
 2.63
 8,415
 232
 2.75
 7,008
 222
 3.17
Other interest-bearing liabilities7,351
 43
 .59
 6,457
 26
 .40
 5,898
 15
 .26
Average total interest-bearing liabilities$159,973
 $392
 .25
 $136,644
 $411
 .30
 $124,455
 $476
 .39
Interest-rate spread    1.11%     1.30%     1.49%
Net interest revenue—fully taxable-equivalent basis  $2,433
     $2,445
     $2,662
  
Net interest margin—fully taxable-equivalent basis    1.16%     1.37%     1.59%
Tax-equivalent adjustment  (173)     (142)     (124)  
Net interest revenue—GAAP basis  $2,260
     $2,303
     $2,538
  
We believe that
Net interest revenue decreased 2%, and on a fully taxable-equivalent basis remained relatively flat, in 2014 compared to 2013. The comparisons were generally the amountresult of lower yields on interest-earning assets, as lower global interest rates affected our revenue from such services has beenfloating-rate assets, partially offset by the benefit of a similar or lesser orderhigher levels of magnitude for many years priorinterest-earning assets and lower rates on interest paid.
Net interest revenue declined 9% in 2013 compared to 2008. Our revenue calculations2012. The overall decrease was primarily due to the impact of lower yields on interest-earning assets related to indirect foreign exchange trading services reflect a judgment concerning the relationship between thelower global interest rates, we charge for indirect foreign exchange execution and indicative interbank market rates near in time to execution. Our revenue from foreign exchange trading generally depends on the difference between the rates we set for indirect trades and indicative interbank market rates on the date trades settle.partially offset by lower funding costs.
We cannot predict the outcome of any pending matters or whether a court,Changes in the eventcomponents of an adverse resolution, would considerinterest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are discussed in more detail below. Additional detail about the components of interest revenue and interest expense


59


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Average total interest-earning assets were higher for 2014 compared to 2013, the result of our revenue to be the appropriate measureinvestment of damages.
Shareholder Litigation
Three shareholder-related complaints are currently pending in federal court in Boston. One complaint purports to be a class action on behalfelevated levels of State Street shareholders. The two other complaints purport to be class actions on behalf of participants and beneficiaries in the State Street Salary Savings Program whoclient deposits invested in the program's State Street common stock investment option. The complaints allege various violationsinterest-bearing deposits with banks, higher levels of the federal securities laws, common lawcash collateral (included in other interest-earning assets in Table 12: Average Balances and ERISAInterest Rates - Fully Taxable-Equivalent Basis) provided in connection with our public disclosures concerningenhanced custody business, and higher average loans and leases.
The higher level of investment in interest-bearing deposits with banks resulted from continued higher levels of client deposits, discussed further below, while the increase in average loans and leases resulted from growth in mutual fund lending and our continued investment in senior secured bank loans.
During the past year, our clients have continued to place elevated levels of deposits with us, as low global interest rates have made deposits attractive relative to other investment options. The portion of these client deposits characterized by us as transient in nature has generally been placed with various central banks globally, while deposits we characterize as more stable have generally been invested in our investment securities portfolio and used to support growth in other client-related activities.
A portion of the increase in client deposits in 2014 was driven by higher levels of Euro denominated deposits, as clients placed these deposits with us due to the negative interest rate environment in Europe.  We have characterized these additional deposits as transient in nature and, accordingly, have generally invested these deposits with central banks. The effects of the recent stronger U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the Euro, has exacerbated the associated negative effect on our asset-backednet interest revenue.  If European Central Bank, or ECB, monetary policy continues to pressure European interest rates downward and the U.S. dollar remains strong or strengthens, the negative effects on our net interest revenue likely will continue or increase.
Our average other interest-earning assets, largely associated with the enhanced custody business, composed approximately 8% of our average total interest-earning assets for 2014, compared to approximately 6% of our average total interest-earning assets for 2013, as this business continued to grow. While the enhanced custody business supports our overall profitability by generating securities finance fee revenue, it puts downward pressure on our net interest margin, as interest on the cash collateral we provide is earned at a lower rate compared to our investment securities portfolio.
Subsequent to the commercial paper conduit program,consolidation in 2009, we have recorded aggregate discount accretion in interest revenue of $2.02 billion ($119 million in 2014, $137 million in 2013, $215 million in 2012,$220 million in 2011,$712 million in 2010, and$621 million in 2009). The timing and ultimate recognition of any applicable discount accretion depends, in part, on factors that are outside of our control, including anticipated prepayment speeds and credit quality. The impact of these factors is uncertain and can be significantly influenced by general economic and financial market conditions. The timing and recognition of any applicable discount accretion can also be influenced by our ongoing management of the risks and other characteristics associated with our investment securities portfolio, including sales of securities which would otherwise generate interest revenue through accretion.
Depending on the factors discussed above, among others, we anticipate that, until the former conduit securities remaining in our investment portfolio mature or are sold, discount accretion will continue to contribute, though generally in declining amounts, to our net interest revenue. Assuming that we hold the remaining former conduit securities to maturity, all else being equal, we expect the remaining former conduit securities carried in our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014 to generate discount accretion in future periods of approximately $387 million over their remaining terms, with approximately half of this discount accretion to be recorded over the next four years.
Interest-bearing deposits with banks averaged $55.35 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $28.95 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013. While these deposits reflected our maintenance of cash balances at the Federal Reserve, the ECB and other non-U.S. central banks to satisfy regulatory reserve requirements, the above-described amounts also reflect the additional impact of continued elevated levels of client deposits and our foreign exchange trading business. A fourthinvestment of the excess deposits with central banks.
Certain client deposits were characterized as transient in nature and were placed with various central banks globally. If client deposits remain at or close to current elevated levels, we expect to continue to invest them in either money market assets, including central bank deposits, or in investment securities, depending on our assessment of the underlying characteristics of the deposits.
 Average investment securities decreased to $116.81 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $117.70 billion for 2013 as we continue to reposition our investment portfolio in light of the liquidity requirements of the liquidity coverage ratio.


60


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

41
Detail with respect to our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is provided in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Loans and leases averaged $15.91 billion for the year ended 2014, up from $13.78 billion in 2013. The increase was mainly related to mutual fund lending and our continued investment in senior secured bank loans. Mutual fund lending and senior secured bank loans averaged approximately $9.12 billion and $1.40 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $8.16 billion and $170 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.
Average loans and leases also include short-duration advances.
TABLE 13: U.S. AND NON-U.S. SHORT-DURATION ADVANCES
Years Ended December 31, 
(In millions)2014 2013 2012
Average U.S. short-duration advances$2,355
 $2,356
 $1,972
Average non-U.S. short-duration advances1,512
 1,393
 1,393
Average total short-duration advances$3,867
 $3,749
 $3,365
      
Average short-durance advances to average loans and leases24% 27% 29%
The decline in proportion of the average daily short-duration advances to average loans and leases is primarily due to growth in the other segments of the loan and lease portfolio. Short-duration advances provide liquidity to clients in support of their investment activities.
Although average short-duration advances for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, such average advances remained low relative to historical levels, mainly the result of clients continuing to hold higher levels of liquidity.
Average other interest-earning assets increased to $15.94 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $11.16 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increased levels were primarily the result of higher levels of cash collateral provided in connection with our enhanced custody business.
Aggregate average interest-bearing deposits increased to $130.30 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $109.25 billion for year ended 2013. The higher levels were primarily the result of increases in both U.S. and non-U.S. transaction accounts and time deposits. Future transaction account levels will be influenced by the underlying asset servicing business, as well as
market conditions, including the general levels of U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates.
Average other short-term borrowings increased to $4.18 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $3.79 billion for the year ended 2013. The increase was the result of a higher level of client demand for our commercial paper. The decline in rates paid from 1.6% in 2013 to 0.1% in 2014 resulted from a reclassification of certain derivative contracts that hedge our interest-rate risk on certain assets and liabilities, which reduced interest revenue and interest expense.
Average long-term debt increased to $9.31 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $8.42 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase primarily reflected the issuance of $1.5 billion of senior and subordinated debt in May 2013, $1.0 billion of senior debt issued in November 2013, and $1.0 billion of senior debt issued in December 2014. This is partially offset by the maturities of $500 million of senior debt in May 2014 and $250 million of senior debt in March 2014.
Average other interest-bearing liabilities increased to $7.35 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $6.46 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily the result of higher levels of cash collateral received from clients in connection with our enhanced custody business.
Several factors could affect future levels of our net interest revenue and margin, including the mix of client liabilities; actions of various central banks; changes in U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates; changes in the various yield curves around the world; revised or proposed regulatory capital or liquidity standards, or interpretations of those standards; the amount of discount accretion generated by the former conduit securities that remain in our investment securities portfolio; and the yields earned on securities purchased compared to the yields earned on securities sold or matured.
Based on market conditions and other factors, we continue to reinvest the majority of the proceeds from pay-downs and maturities of investment securities in highly-rated securities, such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities, municipal securities, federal agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. and non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The pace at which we continue to reinvest and the types of investment securities purchased will depend on the impact of market conditions and other factors over time. We expect these factors and the levels of global interest rates to influence what effect our reinvestment program will have on future levels of our net interest revenue and net interest margin.


61


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

complaint,
Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net
We regularly review our investment securities portfolio to identify other-than-temporary impairment of individual securities. Additional information about investment securities, the gross gains and losses that compose the net gains from sales of securities and other-than-temporary impairment is provided in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
TABLE 14: INVESTMENT SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES), NET
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
(In millions)     
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities$15
 $14
 $55
Net impairment losses:     
Gross losses from other-than-temporary impairment(1) (21) (53)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(10) (2) 21
Net impairment losses(1)
(11) (23) (32)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net$4
 $(9) $23
      
(1) Net impairment losses, recognized in our consolidated statement of income, were composed of the following:
     
Impairment associated with expected credit losses$(10) $(11) $(16)
Impairment associated with management’s intent to sell impaired securities prior to recovery in value
 (6) 
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows(1) (6) (16)
Net impairment losses$(11) $(23) $(32)
From time to time, in connection with our ongoing management of our investment securities portfolio, we sell available-for-sale securities to manage risk, to take advantage of favorable market conditions, or for other reasons. In 2014, we sold approximately $9.77 billion of such investment securities, compared to approximately $10.26 billion in 2013, and recorded net realized gains of $15 million and $14 million, respectively, as presented in the preceding table.
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
We recorded a purported shareholder derivative actionprovision for loan losses of $10 million in 2014, compared to $6 million in 2013 and a negative provision of $3 million in 2012. The provisions in 2014 and 2013 were recorded in connection with our exposure to non-investment-grade borrowers composed of senior secured bank loans, which we purchased in connection with our participation in loan syndications in the non-investment-grade lending market. The increase in the provision in the year-to-year comparison reflected growth of the portfolio. Additional information about these senior secured bank loans is provided under
“Financial Condition - Loans and Leases” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis, and in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
EXPENSES
TABLE 15: EXPENSES  
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 %  Change 2014 vs. 2013 %  Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Compensation and employee benefits$4,060
 $3,800
 $3,837
 7 % (1)%
Information systems and communications976
 935
 844
 4
 11
Transaction processing services784
 733
 702
 7
 4
Occupancy461
 467
 470
 (1) (1)
Claims resolution
 
 (362)    
Acquisition costs58
 76
 26
 

  
Restructuring charges, net75
 28
 199
 

  
Other:      
  
Professional services440
 392
 381
 12
 3
Amortization of other intangible assets222
 214
 198
 4
 8
Securities processing costs68
 52
 24
 

  
Regulatory fees and assessments74
 72
 61
 

  
Other(1)
609
 423
 506
 44
 (16)
Total other1,413
 1,153
 1,170
 23
 (1)
Total expenses$7,827
 $7,192
 $6,886
 9
 4
Number of employees at year-end29,970
 29,430
 29,660
    
(1) Included in other for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a $185 million legal accrual in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities. For additional information, refer to note 21 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was primarily the result of costs for additional staffing to support new business, higher incentive compensation, the impact of merit increases and promotions, and higher regulatory compliance costs, partially offset by savings generated from the completion of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses in 2014 included approximately $53 million of costs related to our Business Operations and Information


62


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Technology Transformation program, which was completed at the end of 2014, compared to approximately $84 million in 2013. The 2014 expenses also included $84 million of net severance costs associated with staffing realignment.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses declined 1% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of lower staffing levels, including savings related to the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, and lower benefit costs, partially offset by expenses to support new business and acquisitions and higher incentive compensation.
Information systems and communications expenses increased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was mainly associated with higher infrastructure costs related to the completion of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.
Additional information with respect to the impact of the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program on behalffuture compensation and employee benefits and information systems and communications expenses is provided in the following “Restructuring Charges” section.
Expenses for transaction processing services increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase primarily reflected higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the investment servicing business.
Transaction processing services expenses increased 4% in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily as a result of State Street, was dismissedhigher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in September 2013. We have accrued $12.5the asset servicing business.
Other expenses increased 23% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to a legal accrual of $185 million in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities, higher levels of professional services associated with regulatory compliance requirements, a charitable contribution to the State Street Foundation, as well as the impact of the Lehman Brothers-related gains and recoveries recorded in 2013. The legal accrual is more fully discussed under "Legal and Regulatory Matters" in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The decline in other expenses for 2013 compared to 2012 was mainly the result of credits of $85 million related to gains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets in 2013.
Excluding these matters.recoveries from other expenses for 2013, and excluding the credits of $14 million from
Transition Management
In January 2014,
other expenses for 2012, other expenses for 2013 of $1.24 billion ($1.15 billion plus $85 million) increased 5% compared to other expenses of $1.18 billion ($1.17 billion plus $14 million) for 2012.
Our compliance obligations have increased significantly due to new regulations in the U.S. and internationally that have been adopted or proposed in response to the financial crisis. As a systemically important financial institution, we entered intoare subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards. Our status as a settlementG-SIB has also resulted in heightened prudential and conduct expectations of our U.S. and international regulators with the U.K. Financial Conduct Authorityrespect to our capital and liquidity management and our compliance and risk oversight programs. These heightened expectations have increased our regulatory compliance costs, including personnel and systems, as well as significant additional implementation and related costs to enhance our programs. We anticipate that these evolving and increasing regulatory compliance requirements and expectations will continue to affect our expenses. Our employee compensation and benefits, information systems and other expenses could increase, as we further adjust our operations in response to new or proposed requirements and heightened expectations.
Claims Resolution
As a result of the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, we had various claims against Lehman Brothers entities in bankruptcy proceedings in the U.S. and the U.K. We also had amounts asserted as owed, or return obligations, to Lehman Brothers entities. The various claims and amounts owed arose from transactions that existed at the time Lehman Brothers entered bankruptcy, including prime brokerage arrangements, foreign exchange transactions, securities lending arrangements and repurchase agreements.
In 2014, we received distributions totaling approximately $21 million from the Lehman Brothers estates, compared to approximately $186 million from the Lehman Brothers estates in 2013. Of the distributions received in both 2014 and 2013, approximately $11 million and $101 million, respectively, was related to recoveries of specific claims and applied to reduce remaining Lehman Brothers-related assets, primarily prime brokerage claim-related receivables, recorded in our having charged six clientsconsolidated statement of condition; the remaining $10 million and $85 million received in 2014 and 2013, respectively, was recorded as a credit to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.


63


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Restructuring Charges
Information with respect to our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and our 2012 expense control measures, including charges, employee reductions and related accruals, is provided in the following sections.
Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation Program
In November 2010, we announced a global multi-year Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program. The program included operational, information technology and targeted cost initiatives, including plans related to reductions in both staff and occupancy costs.
We completed our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program at the end of 2014, achieving, over the course of the program, greater than $625 million of total pre-tax savings on an annual basis with full effect in 2015, based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal.
The majority of the annual savings have affected compensation and employee benefits

expenses. These savings have been modestly offset by increases in information systems and communications expenses.
With respect to our business operations, we standardized certain core business processes, primarily through our execution of the State Street Lean methodology, and we drove automation of these business processes. We created a new technology platform, including transferring certain core software applications to a private cloud, and we expanded our use of third-party service providers associated with components of our U.K.information technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support.
We incurred aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of approximately $440 million over the four-year period ending December 31, 2014 and we have recorded these restructuring charges in our consolidated statement of income.

TABLE 16: PRE-TAX AGGREGATE RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRANSFORMATION PROGRAM
(In millions)
Employee-Related
Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Information
Technology Costs
 Total
2010$105
 $51
 $
 $156
201185
 7
 41
 133
201227
 20
 20
 67
201313
 13
 (1) 25
201438
 21
 
 59
Total$268
 $112
 $60
 $440
Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Real estate
consolidation costs resulted from actions taken to reduce our occupancy costs through the consolidation of leases and properties. Information technology costs included transition managementfees related to the above-described expansion of our use of third-party service providers.
We originally identified a total of 1,574 positions as part of this initiative. As of December 31, 2014, we substantially completed these reductions.
2012 Expense Control Measures
In December 2011, in connection with expense control measures designed to better align our expenses to our business during 2010strategy and 2011 amountsrelated outlook for 2013, we identified additional targeted staff reductions. As a result of these actions, we have
recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of $133 million in excess2012, $3 million in 2013 and $16 million in 2014 in our consolidated statement of income. Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Costs for asset and other write-offs were primarily related to contract terminations. We originally identified involuntary terminations of 960 employees (630 positions after replacements).  As of March 31, 2014, we substantially completed these reductions.
The restructuring charge accrual associated with the contractual terms. We agreed toBusiness Operations and have paid a fine of £22.9 million, or approximately $37.8 million, which we had fully accruedInformation Technology Transformation program and the 2012 expense control measures as of December 31, 2013.2014 and 2013 was $71 million and $106 million, respectively.




64


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was $421 million in 2014 compared to $550 million in 2013. Our effective tax rate for 2014 was 17.2% compared to 20.5% in 2013, which included the impact of an out-of-period income tax benefit. The SECdecline in the 2014 effective tax rate was primarily attributable to an expansion of our municipal securities portfolio, increased investments in alternative energy projects and greater benefits from our non-U.S. operations, net of the U.S. Attorney2013 out-of-period benefit.
Additional information regarding income tax expense, including unrecognized tax benefits, and tax contingencies are conducting separate investigations into this matter. As of December 31, 2013,provided in additionnotes 22 and 11, to the above-described settlement, we had remaining accrualsconsolidated financial statements under Item 8 of approximately $13this Form 10-K.
LINE OF BUSINESS INFORMATION
We have two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. Given our services and management organization, the results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry. Information about our two lines of business, as well as the revenues, expenses and capital allocation methodologies associated with them, is provided in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The amounts in the “Other” columns were not allocated to our business lines. The “Other” column for 2014 included net costs of $219 million for othercomposed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $133 million;
Net severance costs associated with the reimbursementstaffing realignment of $84 million; and
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $2 million.
The “Other” column for 2013 included costs of $180 million composed of the affected clientsfollowing -
Net acquisition and indemnification costs.restructuring costs of $104 million;
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $65 million; and
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of $11 million.
The “Other” column for 2012 included net losses of $27 million composed of the following -
Net realized loss from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities of $46 million;
A benefit related to claims associated with the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy of $362 million;
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $225 million; and
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $118 million.
Prior reported results reflect reclassifications, for comparative purposes, related to management changes in methodologies associated with allocations of revenue and expenses reflected in line-of-business results for 2014.



65


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 17: INVESTMENT SERVICING LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS
 
Investment
Servicing
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)       
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 6%
Trading services1,039
 1,027
 938
 1
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 22
Processing fees and other179
 206
 235
 (13)
Total fee revenue6,784
 6,411
 5,992
 6
Net interest revenue2,188
 2,221
 2,464
 (1)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 69
  
Total revenue8,976
 8,623
 8,525
 4
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3)  
Total expenses6,648
 6,190
 6,058
 7
Income before income tax expense$2,318
 $2,427
 $2,470
 (4)
Pre-tax margin26% 28% 29%  
Average assets (in billions)$234.2
 $203.2
 $190.1
  
Investment ServicingPART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
State StreetOur common stock is namedlisted on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol STT. There were 3,049 shareholders of record as of January 31, 2015. The information required by this item concerning the market prices of, and dividends on, our common stock during the past two years is provided under “Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)” included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
In March 2014, our Board of Directors approved a defendantnew common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase by us of up to $1.70 billion of our common stock from April 1, 2014 through March 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $470 million remaining under that program.


43



The following table presents purchases of our common stock and related information for each of the months in a seriesthe quarter ended December 31, 2014. All shares of related complaints by investment management clients of TAG Virgin Islands, Inc., or TAG, who hold or held custodial accounts with State Street. The complaints, collectively, allege various claimsour common stock purchased during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 werepurchased under the above-described Board-approved program. We may employ third-party broker/dealers to acquire shares on the open market in connection with certain assets managed by TAG and custodied with State Street. In 2013, we entered into settlements with certain of the TAG account holders. As of December 31, 2013, we had accrued our common stock purchase programs.
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands) Total Number of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Average Price Paid Per Share Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Yet to be Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program
Period:        
October 1 - October 31, 2014 2,786
 $70.35
 $196
 $684
November 1 - November 30, 2014 2,108
 76.64
 162
 522
December 1 - December 31, 2014 668
 78.48
 52
 470
Total 5,562
 $73.71
 $410
 $470
$4.6 millionAdditional information about our common stock, including Board authorization with respect to purchases by us of our common stock, is provided under “Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
As a bank holding company, our parent company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank, and its non-banking subsidiaries. The right of the parent company to participate as a shareholder in any distribution of assets of State Street Bank upon its liquidation, reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims by creditors of State Street Bank, including obligations for federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and deposit liabilities.
Payment of dividends by State Street Bank is subject to the provisions of the Massachusetts banking law, which provide that haveState Street Bank's Board of Directors may declare, from State Street Bank's "net profits," as defined below, cash dividends annually, semi-annually or quarterly (but not been settled.more frequently) and can declare non-cash dividends at any time. Under Massachusetts banking law, for purposes of determining the amount of cash dividends that are payable by State Street Bank, “net profits” is defined as an amount equal to the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.
No dividends may be declared, credited or paid so long as there is any impairment of State Street
Bank's capital stock. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock.
Under the Federal Reserve Act's Regulation H: Membership of State Banking Institutions in the Federal Reserve System, the approval of the Federal Reserve would be required for the payment of dividends by State Street Bank if the total amount of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year, including any proposed dividend, would exceed the total of its net income for such calendar year as reported in State Street Bank's Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a Bank with Domestic and Foreign Offices Only - FFIEC 031, commonly referred to as the “Call Report,” as submitted through the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and provided to the Federal Reserve, plus its “retained net income” for the preceding two calendar years. For these purposes, “retained net income,” as of any date of determination, is defined as an amount equal to State Street Bank's net income (as reported in its Call Reports for the calendar year in which retained net income is being determined) less any dividends declared during such year. In determining the amount of dividends that are payable, the total of State Street Bank's net income for the current year and its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years is reduced by any net losses incurred in the current or preceding two-year period and by any required transfers to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock.
ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESPrior Federal Reserve approval also must be obtained if a proposed dividend would exceed State Street Bank's “undivided profits” (retained earnings) as reported in its Call Reports. State Street Bank may


44
Not applicable.


42
include in its undivided profits amounts contained in its surplus account, if the amounts reflect transfers of undivided profits made in prior periods and if the Federal Reserve's approval for the transfer back to undivided profits has been obtained.
Under the prompt corrective action, or PCA, provisions adopted pursuant to the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, State Street Bank may not pay a dividend when it is deemed, under the PCA framework, to be under-capitalized, or when the payment of the dividend would cause State Street Bank to be under-capitalized. If State Street Bank is under-capitalized for purposes of the PCA framework, it must cease paying dividends for so long as it is deemed to be under-capitalized. Once earnings have begun to improve and an adequate capital position has been restored, dividend payments may resume in accordance with federal and state statutory limitations and guidelines.
In 2014, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.16 per share, totaling approximately $490 million. In 2013, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.04 per share, totaling approximately $463 million. Currently, any payment of future common stock dividends by our parent company to its shareholders is subject to the review of our capital plan by the Federal Reserve in connection with its CCAR process. Information about dividends declared by our parent company and dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided under “Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. Future dividend payments of State Street Bank and our non-banking subsidiaries cannot be determined at this time. In addition, refer to “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital
Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends” included under Item 1 of this Form 10-K and the risk factor titled “Our business and capital-related activities, including our ability to return capital to shareholders and purchase our capital stock, may be adversely affected by our implementation of the revised regulatory capital and liquidity standards that we must meet under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives, or in the event our capital plan or post-stress capital ratios are determined to be insufficient as a result of regulatory capital stress testing” included under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
Information about our equity compensation plans is included under Item 12, and in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION
The graph presented below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on State Street's common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index, the S&P Financial Index and the KBW Bank Index over a five-year period. The cumulative total shareholder return assumes the investment of $100 in State Street common stock and in each index on December 31, 2009 at the closing price on the last trading day of 2009, and also assumes reinvestment of common stock dividends. The S&P Financial Index is a publicly available measure of 85 of the Standard & Poor's 500 companies, representing 25 diversified financial services companies, 21 insurance companies, 22 real estate companies and 17 banking companies. The KBW Bank Index seeks to reflect the performance of banks and thrifts that are publicly traded in the U.S., and is composed of 24 leading national money center and regional banks and thrifts.


45





 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
State Street Corporation$100
 $107
 $114
 $101
 $120
 $190
S&P 500 Index100
 115
 132
 135
 157
 208
S&P Financial Index100
 112
 126
 104
 135
 183
KBW Bank Index100
 123
 152
 117
 153
 211

46



EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANTITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents certain information with respect to each of our executive officers as of (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted)February 21, 2014.
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
Total fee revenue$8,031
 $7,590
 $7,088
 $7,194
 $6,540
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
 2,333
 2,699
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(1)
4
 (9) 23
 67
 (286)
Total revenue10,295
 9,884
 9,649
 9,594
 8,953
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3) 
 25
Expenses:         
Compensation and employee benefits4,060
 3,800
 3,837
 3,820
 3,524
Information systems and communications976
 935
 844
 776
 713
Transaction processing services784
 733
 702
 732
 653
Occupancy461
 467
 470
 455
 463
Claims resolution
 
 (362) 
 
Securities lending charge
 
 
 
 414
Acquisition and restructuring costs, net(2)
133
 104
 225
 269
 252
Other1,413
 1,153
 1,170
 1,006
 823
Total expenses7,827
 7,192
 6,886
 7,058
 6,842
Income before income tax expense2,458
 2,686
 2,766
 2,536
 2,086
Income tax expense(3)
421
 550
 705
 616
 530
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
 $1,556
Adjustments to net income(4)
(64) (34) (42) (38) (16)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
 $1,540
PER COMMON SHARE:         
Earnings per common share:         
Basic$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
 $3.11
Diluted4.57
 4.62
 4.20
 3.79
 3.09
Cash dividends declared1.16
 1.04
 .96
 .72
 .04
Closing market price (at year end)$78.50
 $73.39
 $47.01
 $40.31
 $46.34
AT YEAR END:         
Investment securities$112,636
 $116,914
 $121,061
 $109,153
 $94,130
Average total interest-earning assets209,054
 178,101
 167,615
 147,657
 126,256
Total assets274,119
 243,291
 222,582
 216,827
 160,505
Deposits209,040
 182,268
 164,181
 157,287
 98,345
Long-term debt10,042
 9,699
 7,429
 8,131
 8,550
Total shareholders' equity21,473
 20,378
 20,869
 19,398
 17,787
Assets under custody and administration (in billions)28,188
 27,427
 24,371
 21,807
 21,527
Assets under management (in billions)2,448
 2,345
 2,086
 1,845
 2,010
Number of employees29,970
 29,430
 29,650
 29,740
 28,670
RATIOS:         
Return on average common shareholders' equity9.8% 10.5% 10.3% 10.0% 9.5%
Return on average assets0.86
 1.03
 1.06
 1.10
 1.02
Common dividend payout24.83
 21.97
 22.43
 18.83
 1.29
Average common equity to average total assets8.5
 9.7
 10.1
 10.9
 10.8
Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent basis1.16
 1.37
 1.59
 1.67
 2.24
Common equity tier 1 ratio(5)
12.5
 15.5
 17.1
 16.8
 18.1
Tier 1 capital ratio(5)
14.6
 17.3
 19.1
 18.8
 20.5
Total capital ratio(5)
16.6
 19.7
 20.6
 20.5
 22.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio(5)
6.4
 6.9
 7.1
 7.3
 8.2
Name Age Position
Joseph L. Hooley56
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Joseph C. Antonellis59
Vice Chairman
Michael W. Bell50
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey N. Carp57
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
John L. Klinck, Jr.50
Executive Vice President
Andrew Kuritzkes53
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
James J. Malerba59
Executive Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Peter O'Neill55
Executive Vice President
Christopher Perretta56
Executive Vice President
James S. Phalen63
Executive Vice President
Scott F. Powers54
President and Chief Executive Officer of State Street Global Advisors
Alison A. Quirk52
Executive Vice President
Michael F. Rogers56
Executive Vice President
All executive officers are appointed(1) Amount for 2012 reflected a $46 million loss from the sale of our Greek investment securities; amount for 2010 included a net loss of $344 million related to a repositioning of our investment portfolio.
(2) Amounts for 2012 and 2011 reflected acquisition costs of $66 million and $71 million, respectively, offset by indemnification benefits of $40 million and $55 million, respectively, for the Board and hold office atassumption of income tax liabilities related to the discretion2010 acquisition of the Board. No family relationships exist among anyIntesa securities services business.
(3) Amount for 2013 included a $71 million out-of-period benefit to adjust deferred taxes. Amounts for 2012 and 2011 reflected the net effects of our directorscertain tax matters ($7 million benefit and executive officers.$55 million expense, respectively) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition. Amounts for 2011 and 2010 reflected discrete tax benefits of $103 million and $180 million, respectively, attributable to costs incurred in terminating former conduit asset structures.
Mr. Hooley joined State Street(4) Amounts for 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 represented preferred stock dividends and the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method. Amount for 2010 represented the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method.
(5) Ratios for 2014 were calculated in 1986 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2010, prior to which he had served as President and Chief Operating Officer since April 2008. From 2002 to April 2008, Mr. Hooley served as Executive Vice President and head of Investor Services and, in 2006, was appointed Vice Chairman and Global Head of Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading. Mr. Hooley was elected to serve onconformity with the Board of Directors effective October 22, 2009, and he was appointed Chairmanadvanced approaches provisions of the Board effective January 1, 2011.
Mr. Antonellis joined State StreetBasel III final rule. Ratios for 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were calculated in 1991 and has served as headconformity with the provisions of all Europe and Asia/Pacific Global Services and Global Markets businesses since March 2010. PriorBasel I. Ratios for 2014 are not directly comparable to ratios for prior years. Refer to note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this in 2003, he was named head of Information Technology and Global Securities Services. In 2006, he was appointed Vice Chairman with additional responsibility as head of Investor Services in North America and Global Investment Manager Outsourcing Services.
Mr. Bell joined State Street in 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Bell served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Manulife Financial Corporation, a leading Canada-based financial services group with principal operations in Asia, Canada and the U.S., from 2009 to 2012. From 2002 to 2009, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer at Cigna Corporation, a global health services organization where he had previously served in several senior management positions, including as President of Cigna Group Insurance.
Mr. Carp joined State Street in 2006 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer. Later in 2006, he was also appointed Secretary. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Carp served as executive vice president and general counsel of Massachusetts Financial Services, an investment management and research company. From 1989 until 2004, Mr. Carp was a senior partner at the law firm of Hale and Dorr LLP, where he was an attorney since 1982. Mr. Carp served as State Street's interim Chief Risk Officer from February 2010 until September 2010.
Mr. Klinck joined State Street in 2006 and has served as Executive Vice President and global head of Corporate Development and Global Relationship Management since March 2010, prior to which he served as Executive Vice President and global head of Alternative Investment Solutions. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Klinck was with Mellon Financial Corporation, a global financial services company, from 1997 to 2006. During that time, he served as vice chairman and president of its Investment Manager Solutions group and before that as chairman for Mellon Europe, where he was responsible for the company’s investor services business in the region.
Mr. Kuritzkes joined State Street in 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Kuritzkes was a partner at Oliver, Wyman & Company, an international management consulting firm, and led the firm’s Public Policy practice in North America. He joined Oliver, Wyman & Company in 1988, was a managing director in the firm’s London office from 1993 to 1997, and served as vice chairman of Oliver, Wyman &Form 10-K.

4347



STATE STREET CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Table Of Contents

48



ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
State Street Corporation, or the parent company, is a financial holding company headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Our principal banking subsidiary is State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street Bank. As of December 31, 2014, we had consolidated total assets of $274.12 billion, consolidated total deposits of $209.04 billion, consolidated total shareholders' equity of $21.47 billion and 29,970 employees. With $28.19 trillion of assets under custody and administration and $2.45 trillion of assets under management as of December 31, 2014, we are a leading specialist in meeting the needs of institutional investors worldwide.
We have two lines of business:
Investment Servicing provides services for mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
Investment Management, through State Street Global Advisors, or SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers active and passive asset management strategies across equity, fixed-income and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand.
For financial and other information about our lines of business, refer to “Line of Business Information” included in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Certain previously reported amounts presented in this Form 10-K have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., referred to as GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in its application of certain accounting policies that materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses.
The significant accounting policies that require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that are difficult, subjective or complex about matters that are uncertain and may change in subsequent periods consist of accounting for fair value measurements; other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; and contingencies. These significant accounting policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and underlying estimates and assumptions could be subject to revision as new information becomes available. Additional information about these significant accounting policies is included under “Significant Accounting Estimates” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Certain financial information provided in this Form 10-K, including this Management's Discussion and Analysis, is prepared on both a GAAP, or reported basis, and a non-GAAP, or operating basis, including certain non-GAAP measures used in the calculation of identified regulatory capital ratios. We measure and compare certain financial information on an operating basis, as we believe that this presentation supports meaningful comparisons from period to period and the analysis of comparable financial trends with respect to State Street's normal ongoing business operations. We believe that operating-basis financial information, which reports non-taxable revenue, such as interest revenue associated with tax-exempt investment securities, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, facilitates an investor's understanding and analysis of State Street's underlying financial performance and trends in addition to financial information prepared and reported in conformity with GAAP.
We also believe that the use of certain non-GAAP measures in the calculation of identified regulatory capital ratios is useful in understanding State Street's capital position and is of interest to


49


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

investors. Operating-basis financial information should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, financial information prepared in conformity with GAAP. Any non-GAAP, or operating-basis, financial information presented in this Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, is reconciled to its most directly comparable GAAP-basis measure.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis contains statements that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. securities laws. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations about financial performance, capital, market growth, acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures, new technologies, services and opportunities and earnings, management's confidence in our strategies and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially. We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to reflect events after the time we file this Form 10-K with the SEC. Additional information about forward-looking statements and related risks and uncertainties is provided in “Risk Factors” included under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
We provide additional disclosures required by applicable bank regulatory standards, including supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to regulatory capital (including market risk associated with our trading activities), and summary results of semi-annual State Street-run stress tests which we conduct under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act. These additional disclosures are accessible under "Filings and Reports" on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com/stockholder. We have included our website address in this report as an inactive textual reference only. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
TABLE 1: OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)     
Total fee revenue$8,031
 $7,590
 $7,088
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 23
Total revenue10,295
 9,884
 9,649
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3)
Total expenses7,827
 7,192
 6,886
Income before income tax expense2,458
 2,686
 2,766
Income tax expense(1)
421
 550
 705
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Adjustments to net income:     
Dividends on preferred stock(2)
(61) (26) (29)
Earnings allocated to participating securities(3)
(3) (8) (13)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
Earnings per common share:     
Basic$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
Diluted4.57
 4.62
 4.20
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):     
Basic424,223
 446,245
 474,458
Diluted432,007
 455,155
 481,129
Cash dividends declared per common share$1.16
 $1.04
 $.96
Return on average common equity9.8% 10.5% 10.3%
(1) 2013 included an out-of-period income tax benefit of $71 million to adjust deferred taxes. Amount for 2012 reflected the net effect of certain tax matters ($7 million benefit) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition.
(2) 2014 included $35 million and $26 million related to Series D and Series C preferred stock, respectively. Amount for 2013 included $26 million related to Series C preferred stock. Amount for 2012 included $8 million related to Series C preferred stock and $21 million related to Series A preferred stock. Refer to note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding our preferred stock dividends.
(3) Refer to note 23 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The following “Highlights” and “Financial Results” sections provide information related to significant events, as well as highlights of our consolidated financial results for 2014 presented in Table 1: Overview of Financial Results. More detailed information about our consolidated financial results, including comparisons of our financial results for 2014 to those for 2013, is provided under “Consolidated Results of Operations,” which follows these sections.


50


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Highlights
Total asset servicing and asset management fees increased 6% and 9%, respectively, in 2014 compared to 2013, mainly the result of net new business installed and stronger global equity markets.
Diluted earnings per common share, EPS, decreased 1% to $4.57 in 2014 from $4.62 in 2013, primarily driven by increased fee revenue.
In 2014, we purchased approximately 23.8 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $69.48 and an aggregate cost of approximately $1.65 billion. We have approximately $470 million under our current $1.70 billion common stock purchase program effective through March 2015.
Additional information with respect to our common stock purchase program is provided under "Financial Condition - Capital" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
We completed our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program at the end of 2014, achieving, over the course of the program, greater than $625 million of total pre-tax savings on an annual basis with full effect in 2015, based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal.
Additional information with respect to the program is provided under "Consolidated Results of Operations - Expenses" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
For the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $115 million to increase our legal accrual associated with indirect foreign exchange matters. This accrual reflects a $65 million additional accrual that we announced on February 20, 2015. The effects of the additional accrual are reflected in the financial and other information reported in this Form 10-K. The additional accrual announced on February 20, 2015 reflects continued negotiations in connection with our intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect foreign exchange client activities. The total legal accrual associated with these matters as of the time of the filing of this Form 10-K is $185 million, all of which is included in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Financial Results
Total revenue increased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to the increase in fee revenue of 6% compared to 2013, partially offset by a decline in processing fees and other revenue and net interest revenue.
Total expenses in 2014 increased 9% compared to 2013, primarily driven by increases in other expenses, compensation and employee benefit expenses and transaction processing services.
In 2014, we secured an estimated $1.14 trillion of new business in assets to be serviced; of that total, approximately $767 billion was installed prior to December 31, 2014, with the remaining balance expected to be installed in 2015.
The new business not installed, totaling $406 billion by December 31, 2014, which consisted of $371 billion from 2014 and $35 billion from 2013, was not included in our assets under custody and administration as of that date, and had no impact on our servicing fee revenue in 2014, as the assets are not included until their installation is complete and we begin to service them. Once installed, the assets generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods in which the assets are serviced.
We achieved net new assets to be managed of approximately $28 billion in 2014, including approximately $15 billion of new asset management business, that was awarded to SSGA but not installed as of December 31, 2014. This new business had no impact on our management fee revenue in 2014, but will be reflected in assets under management in future periods after installation and will generate management fee revenue in subsequent periods.
Return on average common shareholders' equity in 2014 decreased to 9.8% from 10.5% in 2013. The decrease was primarily driven by an increase in preferred stock dividends in 2014 compared to 2013 as well as a decrease in net income in 2014 compared to 2013.
Our effective tax rate in 2014 was 17.2% compared to 20.5% in 2013, which included the impact of an out-of-period income tax benefit. In addition to that out-of-period benefit, the decline was also attributable to the expansion of our tax-exempt investment securities portfolio, an increase in renewable


51


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

energy investments and a greater benefit from our non-U.S. operations.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section discusses our consolidated results of operations for 2014 compared to 2013, as well as 2013 compared to 2012, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Total Revenue
TABLE 2: TOTAL REVENUE
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Fee revenue:         
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 6 % 9 %
Management fees1,207
 1,106
 993
 9
 11
Trading services:      

  
Foreign exchange trading607
 589
 511
 3
 15
Brokerage and other trading services477
 505
 525
 (6) (4)
Total trading services1,084
 1,094
 1,036
 (1) 6
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 22
 (11)
Processing fees and other174
 212
 240
 (18) (12)
Total fee revenue8,031
 7,590
 7,088
 6
 7
Net interest revenue:      
  
   Interest revenue2,652
 2,714
 3,014
 (2) (10)
   Interest expense392
 411
 476
 (5) (14)
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
 (2) (9)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 23
    
Total revenue$10,295
 $9,884
 $9,649
 4
 2
Fee Revenue
Servicing and management fees collectively composed approximately 79% of our total fee revenue in 2014, compared to approximately78% in 2013. The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients, and is generally affected by changes in worldwide equity and fixed-income security valuations and trends in market asset class preferences.
 Generally, servicing fees are affected by changes in daily average valuations of assets under custody
and administration. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets serviced, the level of transaction volumes, changes in service level, the nature of services provided, balance credits, client minimum balances, pricing concessions, the geographical location in which services are provided and other factors, may have a significant effect on our servicing fee revenue.
Generally, management fees are affected by changes in month-end valuations of assets under management.Management fees for certain components of managed assets, such as ETFs, are affected by daily average valuations of assets under management. Management fee revenue is more sensitive to market valuations than servicing fee revenue, since a higher proportion of the underlying services provided, and the associated management fees earned, are dependent on equity and fixed-income security valuations. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets managed and other factors, may have a significant effect on our management fee revenue. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the investment strategies employed, management fees may reflect other factors as well, including performance fee arrangements, discussed later in this section, as well as our relationship pricing for clients using multiple services.
Asset-based management fees for actively-managed products are generally charged at a higher percentage of assets under management than for passive products. Actively-managed products may also include performance fee arrangements which are recorded when the performance period is complete. Performance fees are generated when the performance of certain managed portfolios exceeds benchmarks specified in the management agreements. Generally, we experience more volatility with performance fees than with more traditional management fees.
In light of the above, we estimate, using relevant information as of December 31, 2014 and assuming that all other factors remain constant, that: (1) a 10% increase or decrease in worldwide equity valuations, over the relevant periods on which our servicing and management fees are calculated, would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of approximately 2%; and (2) a 10% increase or decrease in worldwide fixed income security valuations, over the relevant periods for or on which our servicing and management fees are calculated, would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of approximately 1%.
See Table 3: Daily, Month-end and Year-end Indices for selected equity market indices. While the specific indices presented are indicative of general market trends, the asset types and classes relevant to


52


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

individual client portfolios can and do differ, and the performance of associated relevant indices can therefore differ from the performance of the indices presented.
Daily averages and the averages of month-end indices demonstrate worldwide changes in equity
markets that affect our servicing and management fee revenue. Year-end indices affect the values of assets under custody and administration and assets under management as of those dates. The index names listed in the table are service marks of their respective owners.

TABLE 3: DAILY, MONTH-END AND YEAR-END INDICES
 Daily Averages of Indices Averages of Month-End Indices Year-End Indices
 2014 2013 % Change 2014 2013 % Change 2014 2013 % Change
S&P 500®
1,931
 1,644
 17% 1,944
 1,652
 18% 2,059
 1,848
 11 %
NASDAQ®
4,375
 3,541
 24
 4,415
 3,575
 23
 4,736
 4,177
 13
MSCI EAFE®
1,888
 1,746
 8
 1,891
 1,754
 8
 1,775
 1,916
 (7)
FEE REVENUE
Table 2: Total Revenue provides the breakout of fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Servicing Fees
Servicing fees increased 6% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily as a result of stronger global equity markets and the positive revenue impact of net new business (revenue added from new servicing business installed less revenue lost from the removal of assets serviced).
Servicing fees in 2013 increased 9% from 2012, mainly due to stronger equity markets, the impact of net new business and revenue added from acquired businesses, partially offset by the impacts of the weaker euro and client de-risking.
Servicing fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 42% of total servicing fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The increases in total assets under custody and administration for year-end 2014 compared to year-end 2013 resulted primarily from stronger global equity markets and net shareholder subscriptions
experienced by our custody clients, partially offset by losses of assets serviced. Asset levels as of December 31, 2014 did not reflect the estimated $406 billion of new business in assets to be serviced awarded to us in 2014 and prior periods but not installed prior to December 31, 2014. This new business will be reflected in assets under custody and administration in future periods after installation and will generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods.
With respect to these new assets, we will provide various services, including accounting, bank loan servicing, compliance reporting and monitoring, custody, depository banking services, foreign exchange, fund administration, hedge fund servicing, middle-office outsourcing, performance and analytics, private equity administration, real estate administration, securities finance, transfer agency, and wealth management services.
The value of assets under custody and administration is a broad measure of the relative size of various markets served. Changes in the values of assets under custody and administration from period to period do not necessarily result in proportional changes in our servicing fee revenue.

TABLE 4: COMPONENTS OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Mutual funds $6,992
 $6,811
 $5,852
 $5,265
 $5,540
 3 % 6%
Collective funds 6,949
 6,428
 5,363
 4,437
 4,350
 8
 12
Pension products 5,746
 5,851
 5,339
 4,837
 4,726
 (2) 5
Insurance and other products 8,501
 8,337
 7,817
 7,268
 6,911
 2
 5
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 3
 7

53


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 5: COMPOSITION OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Equities $15,876
 $15,050
 $12,276
 $10,849
 $11,000
 5 % 10%
Fixed-income 8,739
 9,072
 8,885
 8,317
 7,875
 (4) 3
Short-term and other investments 3,573
 3,305
 3,210
 2,641
 2,652
 8
 8
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 3
 7
TABLE 6: GEORGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In billions)          
North America $21,217
 $20,764
 $18,463
 $16,368
 $16,486
Europe/Middle East/Africa 5,633
 5,511
 4,801
 4,400
 4,069
Asia/Pacific 1,338
 1,152
 1,107
 1,039
 972
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
(1) Geographic mix is based on the location in which the assets are serviced.
Management Fees
Through SSGA, we provide a broad range of investment management strategies, specialized investment management advisory services and other financial services for corporations, public funds, and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers a broad array of investment management strategies, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equity and fixed-income securities. SSGA also offers ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the investment strategies employed, management fees reflect other factors as well, including our relationship pricing for clients who use multiple services, and the benchmarks specified



in the respective management agreements related to performance fees.
Management fees increased in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily as a result of stronger global equity markets, net inflows and the positive revenue impact of the excess of revenue added from newly installed assets to be managed over the revenue lost from liquidations of managed assets.
Management fees increased in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to the impact of stronger equity markets, net new business and higher performance fees.
Management fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 37% of total management fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012.


54


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 7: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY ASSET CLASS AND INVESTMENT APPROACH(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Equity:              
   Active $39
 $42
 $45
 $46
 $54
 (7)% (8)%
   Passive 1,436
 1,334
 1,047
 893
 912
 8
 12
Total Equity 1,475
 1,376
 1,092
 939
 966
 7
 11
Fixed-Income:             
   Active 17
 16
 17
 16
 14
 6
 4
   Passive 302
 311
 325
 271
 373
 (3) (5)
Total Fixed-Income 319
 327
 342
 287
 387
 (2) (5)
Cash(2)
 399
 385
 369
 380
 422
 4
 (1)
Multi-Asset-Class Solutions:             
   Active 30
 23
 23
 15
 16
 30
 17
   Passive 97
 110
 94
 70
 70
 (12) 8
Total Multi-Asset-Class Solutions 127
 133
 117
 85
 86
 (5) 10
Alternative Investments(3):
             
   Active 17
 14
 18
 17
 12
 21
 8
   Passive 111
 110
 148
 137
 137
 1
 (5)
Total Alternative Investments 128
 124
 166
 154
 149
 3
 (4)
Total $2,448
 $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
 4
 5
(1) As of December 31, 2013, the presentation was changed to align with the reporting of core businesses, which were revised for comparative purposes for 2012, 2011 and 2010.
(2) Includes both floating- and constant-net-asset-value portfolios held in commingled structures or separate accounts.
(3) Includes real estate investment trusts, currency and commodities, including SPDR® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
TABLE 8: EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS BY ASSET CLASS(1)(2) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Alternative Investments(3)
 $38
 $39
 $79
 $68
 $61
 (3)% (11)%
Cash 1
 1
 1
 2
 1
 
 
Equity 388
 325
 227
 184
 175
 19
 22
Fixed-income 39
 34
 30
 20
 15
 15
 27
Total Exchange-Traded Funds $466
 $399
 $337
 $274
 $252
 17
 17
(1) Exchange-traded funds are a component of assets under management presented in the preceding table.
(2) Includes SPDR® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
(3) Decline in alternative investments from 2012 to 2013 was mainly attributable to Gold exchange-traded fund outflows and market impact.
TABLE 9: GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In billions)          
North America $1,568
 $1,456
 $1,288
 $1,190
 $1,332
Europe/Middle East/Africa 559
 560
 480
 428
 452
Asia/Pacific 321
 329
 318
 227
 226
Total $2,448
 $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
(1) Geographic mix is based on client location or fund management location. As of December 31, 2013, the presentation was changed to align with the reporting of core businesses, which were revised for comparative purposes for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

55


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The increase in total assets under management as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 resulted primarily from net market appreciation in the values of the assets managed and net new business of approximately $28 billion, partially offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The net new business of approximately $28 billion was primarily
composed of approximately $34 billion from ETFs and approximately $19 billion of net inflows into money market funds, primarily offset by net outflows of approximately $25 billion from long-term institutional portfolios.


TABLE 10: ACTIVITY IN ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT CATEGORY
(In billions)Equity Fixed-Income Cash Multi-Asset-Class Solutions Alternative Investments Total
Balance as of December 31, 2011$939
 $287
 $380
 $85
 $154
 $1,845
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
226
 144
 
 26
 15
 411
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(216) (102) 
 (31) (20) (369)
Long-term institutional flows, net10
 42
 
 (5) (5) 42
ETF flows, net22
 9
 
 
 10
 41
Cash fund flows, net
 
 (3) 
 
 (3)
Total flows, net32
 51
 (3) (5) 5
 80
Market appreciation(2)
123
 11
 (9) 36
 6
 167
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(2) (7) 1
 1
 1
 (6)
Total market/foreign exchange impact121
 4
 (8) 37
 7
 161
Balance as of December 31, 20121,092
 342
 369
 117
 166
 2,086
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
256
 70
 
 32
 13
 371
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(283) (71) 
 (28) (21) (403)
Long-term institutional flows, net(27) (1) 
 4
 (8) (32)
ETF flows, net33
 4
 
 
 (25) 12
Cash fund flows, net
 
 17
 
 
 17
Total flows, net6
 3
 17
 4
 (33) (3)
Market appreciation(2)
291
 (4) (1) 12
 (5) 293
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(13) (14) 
 
 (4) (31)
Total market/foreign exchange impact278
 (18) (1) 12
 (9) 262
Balance as of December 31, 20131,376
 327
 385
 133
 124
 2,345
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
285
 80
 
 43
 13
 421
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(297) (103) 
 (35) (11) (446)
Long-term institutional flows, net(12) (23) 
 8
 2
 (25)
ETF flows, net31
 5
 
 
 (2) 34
Cash fund flows, net
 
 19
 
 
 19
Total flows, net19
 (18) 19
 8
 
 28
Market appreciation(2)
113
 27
 
 (9) 11
 142
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(33) (17) (5) (5) (7) (67)
Total market/foreign exchange impact80
 10
 (5) (14) 4
 75
Balance as of December 31, 2014$1,475
 $319
 $399
 $127
 $128
 $2,448
(1) Amounts represent long-term portfolios, excluding ETFs.
(2) Amounts represent aggregate impact on each product category for the period.
The net new business of approximately $28 billion for 2014 presented in the preceding table did not include approximately $15 billion of new asset management business, which was awarded to SSGA, but not installed as of December 31, 2014. This new business will be reflected in assets under management
in future periods after installation, and will generate management fee revenue in subsequent periods.
Total assets under management as of December 31, 2014 included managed assets lost but not yet liquidated. Lost business occurs from time to time and it is difficult to predict the timing of client


56


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

behavior in transitioning these assets. This timing can vary significantly.
Trading Services
TABLE 11: TRADING SERVICES REVENUE  
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Foreign exchange trading:         
Direct sales and trading$361
 $304
 $263
 19 % 16 %
Indirect foreign exchange trading246
 285
 248
 (14) 15
Total foreign exchange trading607
 589
 511
 3
 15
Brokerage and other trading services:         
Electronic foreign exchange services181
 218
 196
 (17) 11
Other trading, transition management and brokerage296
 287
 329
 3
 (13)
Total brokerage and other trading services477
 505
 525
 (6) (4)
Total trading services revenue$1,084
 $1,094
 $1,036
 (1) 6
Trading services revenue is composed of revenue generated by foreign exchange, or FX, trading, as well as revenue generated by brokerage and other trading services. We primarily earn FX trading revenue by acting as a principal market maker. We offer a range of FX products, services and execution models. Most of our FX products and execution services can be grouped into three broad categories, which are further explained below: “direct sales and trading,” “indirect FX trading” and “electronic FX services.” With respect to electronic FX services, we provide an execution venue, but do not act as agent or principal.
We also offer a range of brokerage and other trading products tailored specifically to meet the needs of the global pension community, including transition management and commission recapture. In addition, we act as distribution agent for the SPDR® Gold ETF. These products and services are generally differentiated by our role as an agent of the institutional investor. Revenue earned from these services is recorded in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue.
FX trading revenue is influenced by three principal factors: the volume and type of client FX transactions and related spreads; currency volatility; and the management of market risk associated with currencies and interest rates. Revenue earned from direct sales and trading and indirect FX trading is recorded in FX trading revenue.
Total FX trading revenue increased 3% compared to 2013, primarily the result of higher client volumes. Total FX trading revenue increased 15% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of higher client volumes, currency volatility and spreads.
We enter into FX transactions with clients and investment managers that contact our trading desk directly. These trades are all executed at negotiated rates. We refer to this activity, and our principal market-making activities, as “direct sales and trading” and it includes many transactions for funds serviced by third party custodians or prime brokers, as well as those funds under custody at State Street.
Alternatively, clients or their investment managers may elect to route FX transactions to our FX desk through our asset-servicing operation; we refer to this activity as “indirect FX trading,” and, in all cases, State Street is the fund's custodian. We execute indirect FX trades as a principal at rates disclosed to our clients. We calculate revenue for indirect FX trading using an attribution methodology. This methodology takes into consideration estimated mark-ups/downs and observed client volumes. Direct sales and trading revenue is all other FX trading revenue other than the revenue attributed to indirect FX trading.
Our clients that utilize indirect FX trading can, in addition to executing their FX transactions through dealers not affiliated with us, transition from indirect FX trading to either direct sales and trading execution, including our “Street FX” service, or to one of our electronic trading platforms. Street FX, in which State Street continues to act as a principal market maker, enables our clients to define their FX execution strategy and automate the FX trade execution process, both for funds under custody at State Street as well as those under custody at another bank.
Our direct sales and trading revenue increased 19% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase primarily resulted from higher client volumes, partially offset by lower currency volatility and spreads. Our estimated indirect FX trading revenue decreased 14% in 2014, compared to 2013. The decline mainly resulted from lower client volumes and spreads.
We continue to expect that some clients may choose, over time, to reduce their level of indirect FX trading transactions in favor of other execution methods, including either direct sales and trading transactions or electronic FX services which we provide. To the extent that clients shift to other execution methods that we provide, our FX trading revenue may decrease, even if volumes remain consistent.


57


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Total brokerage and other trading services revenue declined 6% for 2014 compared to 2013. Our clients may choose to execute FX transactions through one of our electronic trading platforms. These transactions generate revenue through a “click” fee. Revenue from such electronic FX services declined 17% in 2014 compared to 2013, mainly due to declines in client volumes.
The 3% increase in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue for 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily due to an increase in currency management revenue, partially offset by declines in distribution fees associated with the SPDR® Gold ETF, which resulted from outflows as average gold prices declined during the period. With respect to the SPDR® Gold ETF, fees earned by us as distribution agent are recorded in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue, and not in management fee revenue.
Our revenue from transition management and related expenses in 2014 and 2013 were adversely affected by compliance issues in our U.K. business, the reputational and regulatory impact of which may continue to adversely affect our transition management revenue in future periods.
Trading services revenue increased 6% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of higher client volumes, currency volatility and spreads.
Securities Finance
Our securities finance business consists of three components: (1) an agency lending program for SSGA-managed investment funds with a broad range of investment objectives, which we refer to as the SSGA lending funds, (2) an agency lending program for third-party investment managers and asset owners, which we refer to as the agency lending funds and (3) security lending transactions which we enter into as principal, which we refer to as our enhanced custody business.
See Table 2: Total Revenue, for the comparison of securities finance revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Securities finance revenue earned from our agency lending activities, which is composed of our split of both the spreads related to cash collateral and the fees related to non-cash collateral, is principally a function of the volume of securities on loan, the interest-rate spreads and fees earned on the underlying collateral, and our share of the fee split.
 As principal, our enhanced custody business borrows securities from the lending client and then lends such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. Our involvement as principal is utilized when the lending
client is unable to, or elects not to, transact directly with the market and requires us to execute the transaction and furnish the securities. In our role as principal, we provide support to the transaction through our credit rating. While we source a significant proportion of the securities furnished by us in our role as principal from third parties, we have the ability to source securities through our assets under custody and administration, from clients who have designated State Street as an eligible borrower.
Securities finance revenue increased 22% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was mainly the result of growth in our enhanced custody business and the impact of higher lending volumes associated with our agency lending program. Revenues from our enhanced custody business totaled approximately $121 million and $61 million, respectively, in 2014 and 2013.
Securities finance revenue declined 11% in 2013 from 2012 mainly a result of lower spreads and a slight decline in average lending volumes.
Market influences may continue to affect client demand for securities finance, and as a result our revenue from, and the profitability of, our securities lending activities in future periods. In addition, recently effective regulatory changes may affect the volume of our securities lending activity and related revenue and profitability in future periods.
Processing Fees and Other
Processing fees and other revenue includes diverse types of fees and revenue, including fees from our structured products business, fees from software licensing and maintenance, equity income from our joint venture investments, gains and losses on sales of leased equipment and other assets, and amortization of our tax-advantaged investments.
Processing fees and other revenue declined 18% in 2014 compared to 2013, as shown in Table 2: Total Revenue. The decrease was mainly due to higher amortization of tax-advantaged investments, partially offset by higher revenue from our investment in bank-owned life insurance.
Processing fees and other revenue declined 12% in 2013 compared to 2012. The decline was primarily due to both the fair-value adjustments related to our withdrawal from our fixed-income trading initiative and the gain from the sale of a Lehman Brothers-related asset, both recorded in 2012, as well as hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2013. The decline in processing fees and other revenue was partially offset by an increase in revenue associated with our investment in bank-owned life insurance for 2013 compared to 2012.


58


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Net Interest Revenue
See Table 2: Total Revenue, for the breakout of interest revenue and interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Net interest revenue is defined as interest revenue earned on interest-earning assets less interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets, which principally consist of investment securities, interest-bearing deposits with banks, repurchase agreements, loans and leases and other liquid assets, are financed


primarily by client deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest margin represents the relationship between annualized fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue and average total interest-earning assets for the period. Revenue that is exempt from income taxes, mainly that earned from certain investment securities (state and political subdivisions), is adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis using a federal statutory income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit.

TABLE 12: AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES - FULLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate Average
Balance
 Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate
(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent basis)                 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$55,353
 $196
 .35% $28,946
 $125
 .43% $26,823
 $141
 .53%
Securities purchased under resale agreements4,077
 38
 .94
 5,766
 45
 .77
 7,243
 51
 .71
Trading account assets959
 1
 .13
 748
 
 
 651
 
 
Investment securities116,809
 2,317
 1.98
 117,696
 2,429
 2.06
 113,910
 2,689
 2.36
Loans and leases15,912
 266
 1.67
 13,781
 253
 1.84
 11,610
 254
 2.19
Other interest-earning assets15,944
 7
 .05
 11,164
 4
 .04
 7,378
 3
 .04
Average total interest-earning assets$209,054
 $2,825
 1.36
 $178,101
 $2,856
 1.60
 $167,615
 $3,138
 1.88
Interest-bearing deposits:                 
U.S.$21,296
 $21
 .10% $8,862
 $10
 .12% $9,333
 $19
 .20%
Non-U.S.109,003
 78
 .07
 100,391
 83
 .08
 89,059
 147
 .16
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,817
 
 
 8,436
 1
 .01
 7,697
 1
 .01
Federal funds purchased20
 
 
 298
 
 
 784
 1
 .09
Other short-term borrowings4,177
 5
 .12
 3,785
 59
 1.57
 4,676
 71
 1.52
Long-term debt9,309
 245
 2.63
 8,415
 232
 2.75
 7,008
 222
 3.17
Other interest-bearing liabilities7,351
 43
 .59
 6,457
 26
 .40
 5,898
 15
 .26
Average total interest-bearing liabilities$159,973
 $392
 .25
 $136,644
 $411
 .30
 $124,455
 $476
 .39
Interest-rate spread    1.11%     1.30%     1.49%
Net interest revenue—fully taxable-equivalent basis  $2,433
     $2,445
     $2,662
  
Net interest margin—fully taxable-equivalent basis    1.16%     1.37%     1.59%
Tax-equivalent adjustment  (173)     (142)     (124)  
Net interest revenue—GAAP basis  $2,260
     $2,303
     $2,538
  
Net interest revenue decreased 2%, and on a fully taxable-equivalent basis remained relatively flat, in 2014 compared to 2013. The comparisons were generally the result of lower yields on interest-earning assets, as lower global interest rates affected our revenue from floating-rate assets, partially offset by the benefit of higher levels of interest-earning assets and lower rates on interest paid.
Net interest revenue declined 9% in 2013 compared to 2012. The overall decrease was primarily due to the impact of lower yields on interest-earning assets related to lower global interest rates, partially offset by lower funding costs.
Changes in the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are discussed in more detail below. Additional detail about the components of interest revenue and interest expense


59


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Average total interest-earning assets were higher for 2014 compared to 2013, the result of our investment of elevated levels of client deposits invested in interest-bearing deposits with banks, higher levels of cash collateral (included in other interest-earning assets in Table 12: Average Balances and Interest Rates - Fully Taxable-Equivalent Basis) provided in connection with our enhanced custody business, and higher average loans and leases.
The higher level of investment in interest-bearing deposits with banks resulted from continued higher levels of client deposits, discussed further below, while the increase in average loans and leases resulted from growth in mutual fund lending and our continued investment in senior secured bank loans.
During the past year, our clients have continued to place elevated levels of deposits with us, as low global interest rates have made deposits attractive relative to other investment options. The portion of these client deposits characterized by us as transient in nature has generally been placed with various central banks globally, from 2000while deposits we characterize as more stable have generally been invested in our investment securities portfolio and used to support growth in other client-related activities.
A portion of the increase in client deposits in 2014 was driven by higher levels of Euro denominated deposits, as clients placed these deposits with us due to the negative interest rate environment in Europe.  We have characterized these additional deposits as transient in nature and, accordingly, have generally invested these deposits with central banks. The effects of the recent stronger U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the Euro, has exacerbated the associated negative effect on our net interest revenue.  If European Central Bank, or ECB, monetary policy continues to pressure European interest rates downward and the U.S. dollar remains strong or strengthens, the negative effects on our net interest revenue likely will continue or increase.
Our average other interest-earning assets, largely associated with the enhanced custody business, composed approximately 8% of our average total interest-earning assets for 2014, compared to approximately 6% of our average total interest-earning assets for 2013, as this business continued to grow. While the enhanced custody business supports our overall profitability by generating securities finance fee revenue, it puts downward pressure on our net interest margin, as interest on the cash collateral we provide is earned at a lower rate compared to our investment securities portfolio.
Subsequent to the commercial paper conduit consolidation in 2009, we have recorded aggregate discount accretion in interest revenue of $2.02 billion ($119 million in 2014, $137 million in 2013, $215 million in 2012,$220 million in 2011,$712 million in 2010, and$621 million in 2009). The timing and ultimate recognition of any applicable discount accretion depends, in part, on factors that are outside of our control, including anticipated prepayment speeds and credit quality. The impact of these factors is uncertain and can be significantly influenced by general economic and financial market conditions. The timing and recognition of any applicable discount accretion can also be influenced by our ongoing management of the risks and other characteristics associated with our investment securities portfolio, including sales of securities which would otherwise generate interest revenue through accretion.
Depending on the factors discussed above, among others, we anticipate that, until the firm’s acquisition by MMCformer conduit securities remaining in 2003. From 1986our investment portfolio mature or are sold, discount accretion will continue to 1988, he workedcontribute, though generally in declining amounts, to our net interest revenue. Assuming that we hold the remaining former conduit securities to maturity, all else being equal, we expect the remaining former conduit securities carried in our investment portfolio as an economist and lawyerof December 31, 2014 to generate discount accretion in future periods of approximately $387 million over their remaining terms, with approximately half of this discount accretion to be recorded over the next four years.
Interest-bearing deposits with banks averaged $55.35 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $28.95 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013. While these deposits reflected our maintenance of cash balances at the Federal Reserve, Bankthe ECB and other non-U.S. central banks to satisfy regulatory reserve requirements, the above-described amounts also reflect the additional impact of New York.continued elevated levels of client deposits and our investment of the excess deposits with central banks.
Mr. Malerba joinedCertain client deposits were characterized as transient in nature and were placed with various central banks globally. If client deposits remain at or close to current elevated levels, we expect to continue to invest them in either money market assets, including central bank deposits, or in investment securities, depending on our assessment of the underlying characteristics of the deposits.
 Average investment securities decreased to $116.81 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $117.70 billion for 2013 as we continue to reposition our investment portfolio in light of the liquidity requirements of the liquidity coverage ratio.


60


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Detail with respect to our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is provided in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Loans and leases averaged $15.91 billion for the year ended 2014, up from $13.78 billion in 2013. The increase was mainly related to mutual fund lending and our continued investment in senior secured bank loans. Mutual fund lending and senior secured bank loans averaged approximately $9.12 billion and $1.40 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $8.16 billion and $170 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.
Average loans and leases also include short-duration advances.
TABLE 13: U.S. AND NON-U.S. SHORT-DURATION ADVANCES
Years Ended December 31, 
(In millions)2014 2013 2012
Average U.S. short-duration advances$2,355
 $2,356
 $1,972
Average non-U.S. short-duration advances1,512
 1,393
 1,393
Average total short-duration advances$3,867
 $3,749
 $3,365
      
Average short-durance advances to average loans and leases24% 27% 29%
The decline in proportion of the average daily short-duration advances to average loans and leases is primarily due to growth in the other segments of the loan and lease portfolio. Short-duration advances provide liquidity to clients in support of their investment activities.
Although average short-duration advances for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, such average advances remained low relative to historical levels, mainly the result of clients continuing to hold higher levels of liquidity.
Average other interest-earning assets increased to $15.94 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $11.16 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increased levels were primarily the result of higher levels of cash collateral provided in connection with our enhanced custody business.
Aggregate average interest-bearing deposits increased to $130.30 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $109.25 billion for year ended 2013. The higher levels were primarily the result of increases in both U.S. and non-U.S. transaction accounts and time deposits. Future transaction account levels will be influenced by the underlying asset servicing business, as well as
market conditions, including the general levels of U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates.
Average other short-term borrowings increased to $4.18 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $3.79 billion for the year ended 2013. The increase was the result of a higher level of client demand for our commercial paper. The decline in rates paid from 1.6% in 2013 to 0.1% in 2014 resulted from a reclassification of certain derivative contracts that hedge our interest-rate risk on certain assets and liabilities, which reduced interest revenue and interest expense.
Average long-term debt increased to $9.31 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $8.42 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase primarily reflected the issuance of $1.5 billion of senior and subordinated debt in May 2013, $1.0 billion of senior debt issued in November 2013, and $1.0 billion of senior debt issued in December 2014. This is partially offset by the maturities of $500 million of senior debt in May 2014 and $250 million of senior debt in March 2014.
Average other interest-bearing liabilities increased to $7.35 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $6.46 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily the result of higher levels of cash collateral received from clients in connection with our enhanced custody business.
Several factors could affect future levels of our net interest revenue and margin, including the mix of client liabilities; actions of various central banks; changes in U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates; changes in the various yield curves around the world; revised or proposed regulatory capital or liquidity standards, or interpretations of those standards; the amount of discount accretion generated by the former conduit securities that remain in our investment securities portfolio; and the yields earned on securities purchased compared to the yields earned on securities sold or matured.
Based on market conditions and other factors, we continue to reinvest the majority of the proceeds from pay-downs and maturities of investment securities in highly-rated securities, such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities, municipal securities, federal agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. and non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The pace at which we continue to reinvest and the types of investment securities purchased will depend on the impact of market conditions and other factors over time. We expect these factors and the levels of global interest rates to influence what effect our reinvestment program will have on future levels of our net interest revenue and net interest margin.


61


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net
We regularly review our investment securities portfolio to identify other-than-temporary impairment of individual securities. Additional information about investment securities, the gross gains and losses that compose the net gains from sales of securities and other-than-temporary impairment is provided in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
TABLE 14: INVESTMENT SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES), NET
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
(In millions)     
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities$15
 $14
 $55
Net impairment losses:     
Gross losses from other-than-temporary impairment(1) (21) (53)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(10) (2) 21
Net impairment losses(1)
(11) (23) (32)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net$4
 $(9) $23
      
(1) Net impairment losses, recognized in our consolidated statement of income, were composed of the following:
     
Impairment associated with expected credit losses$(10) $(11) $(16)
Impairment associated with management’s intent to sell impaired securities prior to recovery in value
 (6) 
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows(1) (6) (16)
Net impairment losses$(11) $(23) $(32)
From time to time, in connection with our ongoing management of our investment securities portfolio, we sell available-for-sale securities to manage risk, to take advantage of favorable market conditions, or for other reasons. In 2014, we sold approximately $9.77 billion of such investment securities, compared to approximately $10.26 billion in 2013, and recorded net realized gains of $15 million and $14 million, respectively, as presented in the preceding table.
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
We recorded a provision for loan losses of $10 million in 2014, compared to $6 million in 2013 and a negative provision of $3 million in 2012. The provisions in 2014 and 2013 were recorded in connection with our exposure to non-investment-grade borrowers composed of senior secured bank loans, which we purchased in connection with our participation in loan syndications in the non-investment-grade lending market. The increase in the provision in the year-to-year comparison reflected growth of the portfolio. Additional information about these senior secured bank loans is provided under
“Financial Condition - Loans and Leases” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis, and in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
EXPENSES
TABLE 15: EXPENSES  
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 %  Change 2014 vs. 2013 %  Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Compensation and employee benefits$4,060
 $3,800
 $3,837
 7 % (1)%
Information systems and communications976
 935
 844
 4
 11
Transaction processing services784
 733
 702
 7
 4
Occupancy461
 467
 470
 (1) (1)
Claims resolution
 
 (362)    
Acquisition costs58
 76
 26
 

  
Restructuring charges, net75
 28
 199
 

  
Other:      
  
Professional services440
 392
 381
 12
 3
Amortization of other intangible assets222
 214
 198
 4
 8
Securities processing costs68
 52
 24
 

  
Regulatory fees and assessments74
 72
 61
 

  
Other(1)
609
 423
 506
 44
 (16)
Total other1,413
 1,153
 1,170
 23
 (1)
Total expenses$7,827
 $7,192
 $6,886
 9
 4
Number of employees at year-end29,970
 29,430
 29,660
    
(1) Included in other for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a $185 million legal accrual in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities. For additional information, refer to note 21 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was primarily the result of costs for additional staffing to support new business, higher incentive compensation, the impact of merit increases and promotions, and higher regulatory compliance costs, partially offset by savings generated from the completion of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses in 2014 included approximately $53 million of costs related to our Business Operations and Information


62


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Technology Transformation program, which was completed at the end of 2014, compared to approximately $84 million in 2013. The 2014 expenses also included $84 million of net severance costs associated with staffing realignment.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses declined 1% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of lower staffing levels, including savings related to the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, and lower benefit costs, partially offset by expenses to support new business and acquisitions and higher incentive compensation.
Information systems and communications expenses increased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was mainly associated with higher infrastructure costs related to the completion of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.
Additional information with respect to the impact of the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program on future compensation and employee benefits and information systems and communications expenses is provided in the following “Restructuring Charges” section.
Expenses for transaction processing services increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase primarily reflected higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the investment servicing business.
Transaction processing services expenses increased 4% in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily as a result of higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the asset servicing business.
Other expenses increased 23% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to a legal accrual of $185 million in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities, higher levels of professional services associated with regulatory compliance requirements, a charitable contribution to the State Street Foundation, as well as the impact of the Lehman Brothers-related gains and recoveries recorded in 20042013. The legal accrual is more fully discussed under "Legal and Regulatory Matters" in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The decline in other expenses for 2013 compared to 2012 was mainly the result of credits of $85 million related to gains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets in 2013.
Excluding these recoveries from other expenses for 2013, and excluding the credits of $14 million from
other expenses for 2012, other expenses for 2013 of $1.24 billion ($1.15 billion plus $85 million) increased 5% compared to other expenses of $1.18 billion ($1.17 billion plus $14 million) for 2012.
Our compliance obligations have increased significantly due to new regulations in the U.S. and internationally that have been adopted or proposed in response to the financial crisis. As a systemically important financial institution, we are subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards. Our status as Deputy Corporate Controller. a G-SIB has also resulted in heightened prudential and conduct expectations of our U.S. and international regulators with respect to our capital and liquidity management and our compliance and risk oversight programs. These heightened expectations have increased our regulatory compliance costs, including personnel and systems, as well as significant additional implementation and related costs to enhance our programs. We anticipate that these evolving and increasing regulatory compliance requirements and expectations will continue to affect our expenses. Our employee compensation and benefits, information systems and other expenses could increase, as we further adjust our operations in response to new or proposed requirements and heightened expectations.
Claims Resolution
As a result of the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, we had various claims against Lehman Brothers entities in bankruptcy proceedings in the U.S. and the U.K. We also had amounts asserted as owed, or return obligations, to Lehman Brothers entities. The various claims and amounts owed arose from transactions that existed at the time Lehman Brothers entered bankruptcy, including prime brokerage arrangements, foreign exchange transactions, securities lending arrangements and repurchase agreements.
In 2006, he2014, we received distributions totaling approximately $21 million from the Lehman Brothers estates, compared to approximately $186 million from the Lehman Brothers estates in 2013. Of the distributions received in both 2014 and 2013, approximately $11 million and $101 million, respectively, was appointed Corporate Controllerrelated to recoveries of specific claims and Chief Accounting Officer. Priorapplied to joiningreduce remaining Lehman Brothers-related assets, primarily prime brokerage claim-related receivables, recorded in our consolidated statement of condition; the remaining $10 million and $85 million received in 2014 and 2013, respectively, was recorded as a credit to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.


63


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Restructuring Charges
Information with respect to our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and our 2012 expense control measures, including charges, employee reductions and related accruals, is provided in the following sections.
Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation Program
In November 2010, we announced a global multi-year Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program. The program included operational, information technology and targeted cost initiatives, including plans related to reductions in both staff and occupancy costs.
We completed our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program at the end of 2014, achieving, over the course of the program, greater than $625 million of total pre-tax savings on an annual basis with full effect in 2015, based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal.
The majority of the annual savings have affected compensation and employee benefits

expenses. These savings have been modestly offset by increases in information systems and communications expenses.
With respect to our business operations, we standardized certain core business processes, primarily through our execution of the State Street he servedLean methodology, and we drove automation of these business processes. We created a new technology platform, including transferring certain core software applications to a private cloud, and we expanded our use of third-party service providers associated with components of our information technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support.
We incurred aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of approximately $440 million over the four-year period ending December 31, 2014 and we have recorded these restructuring charges in our consolidated statement of income.

TABLE 16: PRE-TAX AGGREGATE RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRANSFORMATION PROGRAM
(In millions)
Employee-Related
Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Information
Technology Costs
 Total
2010$105
 $51
 $
 $156
201185
 7
 41
 133
201227
 20
 20
 67
201313
 13
 (1) 25
201438
 21
 
 59
Total$268
 $112
 $60
 $440
Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Real estate
consolidation costs resulted from actions taken to reduce our occupancy costs through the consolidation of leases and properties. Information technology costs included transition fees related to the above-described expansion of our use of third-party service providers.
We originally identified a total of 1,574 positions as Deputy Controller at FleetBoston Financial Corporation from 2000part of this initiative. As of December 31, 2014, we substantially completed these reductions.
2012 Expense Control Measures
In December 2011, in connection with expense control measures designed to better align our expenses to our business strategy and continuedrelated outlook for 2013, we identified additional targeted staff reductions. As a result of these actions, we have
recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of $133 million in that role2012, $3 million in 2013 and $16 million in 2014 in our consolidated statement of income. Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Costs for asset and other write-offs were primarily related to contract terminations. We originally identified involuntary terminations of 960 employees (630 positions after replacements).  As of March 31, 2014, we substantially completed these reductions.
The restructuring charge accrual associated with the merger with BankBusiness Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and the 2012 expense control measures as of America CorporationDecember 31, 2014 and 2013 was $71 million and $106 million, respectively.




64


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was $421 million in 2004.
Mr. O'Neill has served as Executive Vice President and head2014 compared to $550 million in 2013. Our effective tax rate for 2014 was 17.2% compared to 20.5% in 2013, which included the impact of Global Markets and Global Services in Europe, the Middle East and Africa since November 2012 and prior to that he served as head of Global Markets and Global Servicesan out-of-period income tax benefit. The decline in the Asia/Pacific region. He joined State Street2014 effective tax rate was primarily attributable to an expansion of our municipal securities portfolio, increased investments in 1985alternative energy projects and has held several senior positions during his tenure,greater benefits from our non-U.S. operations, net of the 2013 out-of-period benefit.
Additional information regarding income tax expense, including his appointmentunrecognized tax benefits, and tax contingencies are provided in January 2000 as managing directornotes 22 and 11, to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of State Street Global Markets in Europe. This role was expanded in June 2006 to include responsibility for Investor Services for the U.K., Middle East and Africa.this Form 10-K.
LINE OF BUSINESS INFORMATION
Mr. Perretta joined State Street in 2007 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining State Street, from 2002 to 2007, Mr. Perretta was the chief information officer for General Electric Commercial Finance, where he had previously served in several senior management positions. Prior to that, Mr. Perretta was an associate partner at Arthur Anderson Consulting (now Accenture).
Mr. Phalen joined State Street in 1992 and has served as Executive Vice President and headWe have two lines of Global Operations, Technology and Product Development since March 2010. Prior to that, starting in 2003, he served as Executive Vice President of State Street and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CitiStreet, a global benefits provider and retirement plan record keeper. In February 2005, he was appointed head of Investor Services in North America. In 2006, he was appointed head of international operations forbusiness: Investment Servicing and Investment ResearchManagement. Given our services and Trading, based in Europe. From January 2008 until May 2008, he served on an interim basis as President and Chief Executive Officermanagement organization, the results of SSgA, following which he returned to his role as head of international operations for Investment Servicingthese lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry. Information about our two lines of business, as well as the revenues, expenses and Investment Researchcapital allocation methodologies associated with them, is provided in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The amounts in the “Other” columns were not allocated to our business lines. The “Other” column for 2014 included net costs of $219 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and Trading.restructuring costs of $133 million;
Mr. Powers joined State Street in 2008 as President
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of $84 million; and Chief Executive Officer
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of State Street Global Advisors. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Powers served as Chief Executive Officer of Old Mutual US, the U.S. operating unit of London-based Old Mutual plc, an international savings and wealth management company, from 2001 through 2008.
Ms. Quirk joined State Street in 2002, and since January 2012 has served as Chief Human Resources and Citizenship Officer. She has served as Executive Vice President and head of Global Human Resources since March 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Quirk served as Executive Vice President in Global Human Resources and held various senior roles in that group.$2 million.
Mr. Rogers joined State Street in 2007 as partThe “Other” column for 2013 included costs of $180 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $104 million;
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $65 million; and
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of $11 million.
The “Other” column for 2012 included net losses of $27 million composed of the following -
Net realized loss from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities of $46 million;
A benefit related to claims associated with the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy of $362 million;
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of Investors Financial Services Corp.,$225 million; and he has served as Executive Vice President
Net provisions for litigation exposure and headother costs of Global Markets$118 million.
Prior reported results reflect reclassifications, for comparative purposes, related to management changes in methodologies associated with allocations of revenue and Global Services - Americas since November 2011. He has served as head of Global Services, including alternative investment solutions,expenses reflected in line-of-business results for all of the Americas since March 2010. Mr. Rogers was previously head of the Relationship Management group, a role which he held beginning in 2009. From State Street's acquisition of Investors Financial Services Corp. in July 2007 to 2009, Mr. Rogers headed the post-acquisition Investors Financial Services Corp. business and its integration into State Street. Before joining State Street at the time of the acquisition, Mr. Rogers spent 27 years at Investors Financial Services Corp. and its predecessorsin various capacities, most recently as President beginning in 2001.2014.



65


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 17: INVESTMENT SERVICING LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS
 
Investment
Servicing
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)       
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 6%
Trading services1,039
 1,027
 938
 1
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 22
Processing fees and other179
 206
 235
 (13)
Total fee revenue6,784
 6,411
 5,992
 6
Net interest revenue2,188
 2,221
 2,464
 (1)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 69
  
Total revenue8,976
 8,623
 8,525
 4
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3)  
Total expenses6,648
 6,190
 6,058
 7
Income before income tax expense$2,318
 $2,427
 $2,470
 (4)
Pre-tax margin26% 28% 29%  
Average assets (in billions)$234.2
 $203.2
 $190.1
  
PART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol STT. There were 3,2693,049 shareholders of record as of January 31, 20142015. The information required by this item concerning the market prices of, and dividends on, our common stock during the past two years is provided under “Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)” included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
In March 20132014, our Board of Directors approved a new common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase by us of up to $2.101.70 billion of our common stock from April 1, 2014 through March 31, 2015. As of MarchDecember 31, 2014., we had approximately $470 million remaining under that program.


4443



The following table presents purchases of our common stock and related information for each of the months in the quarter ended December 31, 20132014. All shares of our common stock purchased during the quarter ended December 31, 20132014 were purchased under the above-described Board-approved program. We may employ third-party broker/dealers to acquire shares on the open market in connection with our common stock purchase programs.
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands) Total Number of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Average Price Paid Per Share Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Yet to be Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Total Number of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Average Price Paid Per Share Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Yet to be Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program
Period:                
October 1 - October 31, 2013 2,709
 $67.47
 $183
 $797
November 1 - November 30, 2013 3,600
 71.27
 256
 541
December 1 - December 31, 2013 1,693
 71.27
 121
 420
October 1 - October 31, 2014 2,786
 $70.35
 $196
 $684
November 1 - November 30, 2014 2,108
 76.64
 162
 522
December 1 - December 31, 2014 668
 78.48
 52
 470
Total 8,002
 $69.98
 $560
 $420
 5,562
 $73.71
 $410
 $470
Additional information about our common stock, including Board authorization with respect to purchases by us of our common stock, is provided under “Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
As a bank holding company, our parent company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank, and its non-banking subsidiaries. The right of the parent company to participate as a shareholder in any distribution of assets of State Street Bank upon its liquidation, reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims by creditors of State Street Bank, including obligations for federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and deposit liabilities.
Payment of dividends by State Street Bank is subject to the provisions of the Massachusetts banking law, which provide that State Street Bank's Board of Directors may declare, from State Street Bank's net"net profits, (as" as defined below),below, cash dividends annually, semi-annually or quarterly (but not more frequently) and can declare non-cash dividends at any time. Under Massachusetts banking law, for purposes of determining the amount of cash dividends that are payable by State Street Bank, “net profits” is defined as an amount equal to the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.
No dividends may be declared, credited or paid so long as there is any impairment of State Street
Bank's capital stock. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock.
Under the Federal Reserve Act,Act's Regulation H: Membership of State Banking Institutions in the Federal Reserve System, the approval of the Federal Reserve would be required for the payment of dividends by State Street Bank if the total amount of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year, including any proposed dividend, would exceed the total of its net income for such calendar year as reported in State Street Bank's Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a Bank with Domestic and Foreign Offices Only - FFIEC 031, commonly referred to as the “Call Report,” as submitted through the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and provided to the Federal Reserve, plus its “retained net income” for the preceding two calendar years. For these purposes, “retained net income,” as of any date of determination, is defined as an amount equal to State Street Bank's net income (as reported in its Call Reports for the calendar year in which retained net income is being determined) less any dividends declared during such year. In determining the amount of dividends that are payable, the total of State Street Bank's net income for the current year and its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years is reduced by any net losses incurred in the current or preceding two-year period and by any required transfers to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock.
Prior Federal Reserve approval also must be obtained if a proposed dividend would exceed State Street Bank's “undivided profits” (retained earnings) as reported in its Call Reports. State Street Bank may include in its


4544



include in its undivided profits amounts contained in its surplus account, if the amounts reflect transfers of undivided profits made in prior periods and if the Federal Reserve's approval for the transfer back to undivided profits has been obtained.
Under the prompt corrective action, or PCA, provisions adopted pursuant to the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, State Street Bank may not pay a dividend when it is deemed, under the PCA framework, to be under-capitalized, or when the payment of the dividend would cause State Street Bank to be under-capitalized. If State Street Bank is under-capitalized for purposes of the PCA framework, it must cease paying dividends for so long as it is deemed to be under-capitalized. Once earnings have begun to improve and an adequate capital position has been restored, dividend payments may resume in accordance with federal and state statutory limitations and guidelines.
In 2014, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.16 per share, totaling approximately $490 million. In 2013, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.04 per share, totaling approximately $463 million. In 2012, our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $0.96 per share, totaling approximately $456$463 million. Currently, theany payment of future common stock dividends by our parent company to its shareholders is subject to the review of our capital plan by the Federal Reserve in connection with its CCAR process. Information about dividends declared by our parent company and dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided under “Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, and in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. Future dividend payments of State Street Bank and our non-banking subsidiaries cannot be determined at this time. In addition, refer to “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital
Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends” included under Item 1 of this Form 10-K and the risk factor titled “Our business and capital-related activities, including our ability to return capital to shareholders and purchase our capital stock, may be adversely affected by our implementation of the revised regulatory capital and liquidity standards that we must meet under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives, or in the event our capital plan or post-stress capital ratios are determined to be insufficient as a result of regulatory capital stress testing” included under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
Information about our equity compensation plans is included under Item 12, and in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

46


SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION
The graph presented below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on State Street's common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index, the S&P Financial Index and the KBW Bank Index over a five-year period. The cumulative total shareholder return assumes the investment of $100 in State Street common stock and in each index on December 31, 20082009 at the closing price on the last trading day of 2008,2009, and also assumes reinvestment of common stock dividends. The S&P Financial Index is a publicly available measure of 8185 of the Standard & Poor's 500 companies, representing 1725 diversified financial services companies, 2221 insurance companies, 1922 real estate companies and 2317 banking companies. The KBW Bank Index seeks to reflect the performance of banks and thrifts that are publicly traded in the U.S., and is composed of 24 leading national money center and regional banks and thrifts.


45





2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 20132009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
State Street Corporation$100
 $111
 $118
 $105
 $125
 $198
$100
 $107
 $114
 $101
 $120
 $190
S&P 500 Index100
 126
 146
 149
 172
 228
100
 115
 132
 135
 157
 208
S&P Financial Index100
 117
 132
 109
 141
 191
100
 112
 126
 104
 135
 183
KBW Bank Index100
 98
 121
 93
 122
 168
100
 123
 152
 117
 153
 211

4746



ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
Total fee revenue$7,590
 $7,088
 $7,194
 $6,540
 $5,935
Net interest revenue2,303
 2,538
 2,333
 2,699
 2,564
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(1)
(9) 23
 67
 (286) 141
Total revenue9,884
 9,649
 9,594
 8,953
 8,640
Provision for loan losses6
 (3) 
 25
 149
Expenses:         
Compensation and employee benefits3,800
 3,837
 3,820
 3,524
 3,037
Information systems and communications935
 844
 776
 713
 656
Transaction processing services733
 702
 732
 653
 583
Occupancy467
 470
 455
 463
 475
Claims resolution
 (362) 
 
 
Provision for legal exposure related to fixed-income strategies
 
 
 
 250
Securities lending charge
 
 
 414
 
Acquisition and restructuring costs, net(2)
104
 225
 269
 252
 49
Other1,153
 1,170
 1,006
 823
 916
Total expenses7,192
 6,886
 7,058
 6,842
 5,966
Income before income tax expense and extraordinary loss2,686
 2,766
 2,536
 2,086
 2,525
Income tax expense(3)
550
 705
 616
 530
 722
Income before extraordinary loss2,136
 2,061
 1,920
 1,556
 1,803
Extraordinary loss, net of taxes
 
 
 
 (3,684)
Net income (loss)$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
 $1,556
 $(1,881)
Adjustments to net income (loss)(4)
(34) (42) (38) (16) (163)
Net income before extraordinary loss available to common shareholders$2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
 $1,540
 $1,640
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders$2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
 $1,540
 $(2,044)
PER COMMON SHARE:         
Earnings per common share before extraordinary loss:         
Basic$4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
 $3.11
 $3.50
Diluted4.62
 4.20
 3.79
 3.09
 3.46
Earnings (loss) per common share:         
Basic$4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
 $3.11
 $(4.32)
Diluted4.62
 4.20
 3.79
 3.09
 (4.31)
Cash dividends declared1.04
 .96
 .72
 .04
 .04
Closing market price (at year end)$73.39
 $47.01
 $40.31
 $46.34
 $43.54
AT YEAR END:         
Investment securities$116,914
 $121,061
 $109,153
 $94,130
 $93,576
Average total interest-earning assets178,101
 167,615
 147,657
 126,256
 122,923
Total assets243,291
 222,582
 216,827
 160,505
 157,946
Deposits182,268
 164,181
 157,287
 98,345
 90,062
Long-term debt9,699
 7,429
 8,131
 8,550
 8,838
Total shareholders' equity20,378
 20,869
 19,398
 17,787
 14,491
Assets under custody and administration (in billions)27,427
 24,371
 21,807
 21,527
 18,795
Assets under management (in billions)2,345
 2,086
 1,845
 2,010
 1,951
Number of employees29,430
 29,650
 29,740
 28,670
 27,310
RATIOS:         
Return on average common shareholders' equity before extraordinary loss10.5% 10.3% 10.0% 9.5% 13.2%
Return on average assets before extraordinary loss1.02
 1.05
 1.09
 1.02
 1.12
Common dividend payout before extraordinary loss21.97
 22.43
 18.83
 1.29
 1.17
Average common equity to average total assets9.6
 10.1
 10.9
 10.8
 8.5
Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent basis1.37
 1.59
 1.67
 2.24
 2.19
Tier 1 risk-based capital17.3
 19.1
 18.8
 20.5
 17.7
Total risk-based capital19.7
 20.6
 20.5
 22.0
 19.1
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.9
 7.1
 7.3
 8.2
 8.5
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
Total fee revenue$8,031
 $7,590
 $7,088
 $7,194
 $6,540
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
 2,333
 2,699
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(1)
4
 (9) 23
 67
 (286)
Total revenue10,295
 9,884
 9,649
 9,594
 8,953
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3) 
 25
Expenses:         
Compensation and employee benefits4,060
 3,800
 3,837
 3,820
 3,524
Information systems and communications976
 935
 844
 776
 713
Transaction processing services784
 733
 702
 732
 653
Occupancy461
 467
 470
 455
 463
Claims resolution
 
 (362) 
 
Securities lending charge
 
 
 
 414
Acquisition and restructuring costs, net(2)
133
 104
 225
 269
 252
Other1,413
 1,153
 1,170
 1,006
 823
Total expenses7,827
 7,192
 6,886
 7,058
 6,842
Income before income tax expense2,458
 2,686
 2,766
 2,536
 2,086
Income tax expense(3)
421
 550
 705
 616
 530
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
 $1,556
Adjustments to net income(4)
(64) (34) (42) (38) (16)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
 $1,540
PER COMMON SHARE:         
Earnings per common share:         
Basic$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
 $3.11
Diluted4.57
 4.62
 4.20
 3.79
 3.09
Cash dividends declared1.16
 1.04
 .96
 .72
 .04
Closing market price (at year end)$78.50
 $73.39
 $47.01
 $40.31
 $46.34
AT YEAR END:         
Investment securities$112,636
 $116,914
 $121,061
 $109,153
 $94,130
Average total interest-earning assets209,054
 178,101
 167,615
 147,657
 126,256
Total assets274,119
 243,291
 222,582
 216,827
 160,505
Deposits209,040
 182,268
 164,181
 157,287
 98,345
Long-term debt10,042
 9,699
 7,429
 8,131
 8,550
Total shareholders' equity21,473
 20,378
 20,869
 19,398
 17,787
Assets under custody and administration (in billions)28,188
 27,427
 24,371
 21,807
 21,527
Assets under management (in billions)2,448
 2,345
 2,086
 1,845
 2,010
Number of employees29,970
 29,430
 29,650
 29,740
 28,670
RATIOS:         
Return on average common shareholders' equity9.8% 10.5% 10.3% 10.0% 9.5%
Return on average assets0.86
 1.03
 1.06
 1.10
 1.02
Common dividend payout24.83
 21.97
 22.43
 18.83
 1.29
Average common equity to average total assets8.5
 9.7
 10.1
 10.9
 10.8
Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent basis1.16
 1.37
 1.59
 1.67
 2.24
Common equity tier 1 ratio(5)
12.5
 15.5
 17.1
 16.8
 18.1
Tier 1 capital ratio(5)
14.6
 17.3
 19.1
 18.8
 20.5
Total capital ratio(5)
16.6
 19.7
 20.6
 20.5
 22.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio(5)
6.4
 6.9
 7.1
 7.3
 8.2
    
(1) Amount for 2012 reflected a $46 million loss from the sale of our Greek investment securities; amount for 2010 included a net loss of $344 million related to a repositioning of our investment portfolio.
(2) Amounts for 2012 and 2011 reflected acquisition costs of $66 million and $71 million, respectively, offset by indemnification benefits of $40 million and $55 million, respectively, for the assumption of income tax liabilities related to the 2010 acquisition of the Intesa securities services business.
(3) Amount for 2013 included a $71 million out-of-period benefit to adjust deferred taxes. Amounts for 2012 and 2011 reflected the net effects of certain tax matters ($($7 million benefit and $55$55 million expense, respectively) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition. Amounts for 2011 and 2010 reflected discrete tax benefits of $103$103 million and $180$180 million,, respectively, attributable to costs incurred in terminating former conduit asset structures.
(4) Amounts for 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 represented preferred stock dividends and the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method. Amount for 2010 represented the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method. Amounts
(5) Ratios for 2009 represented dividends and discount related to preferred stock issued2014 were calculated in connectionconformity with the U.S. Treasury's Troubled Asset Relief Programadvanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Ratios for 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were calculated in 2008 and redeemed in 2009.conformity with the provisions of Basel I. Ratios for 2014 are not directly comparable to ratios for prior years. Refer to note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

4847



STATE STREET CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Table ofOf Contents


48



49


ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
State Street Corporation, or the parent company, is a financial holding company headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Our principal banking subsidiary is State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street Bank. As of December 31, 20132014, we had consolidated total assets of $243.29274.12 billion, consolidated total deposits of $182.27209.04 billion, consolidated total shareholders' equity of $20.3821.47 billion and 29,43029,970 employees. With $27.43$28.19 trillion of assets under custody and administration and $2.35$2.45 trillion of assets under management as of December 31, 20132014, we are a leading specialist in meeting the needs of institutional investors worldwide.
We have two lines of business:
Investment Servicing provides services for mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
Investment Management, through State Street Global Advisors, or SSgA,SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSgASSGA offers active and passive asset management strategies for managing financial assets,across equity, fixed-income and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equities and fixed-income securities. SSgA also offers exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand.
For financial and other information about our lines of business, refer to “Line of Business Information” included in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and in note 2524 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Certain previously reported amounts presented in this Form 10-K have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., referred to as GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in its application of certain accounting policies that materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses.
The significant accounting policies that require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that are difficult, subjective or complex about matters that are uncertain and may change in subsequent periods areconsist of accounting for fair value measurements; other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities; and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.assets; and contingencies. These significant accounting policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and underlying estimates and assumptions could be subject to revision as new information becomes available. An understanding of the judgments, estimates and assumptions underlyingAdditional information about these significant accounting policies is essentialincluded under “Significant Accounting Estimates” in order to understand our reported consolidated results of operationsthis Management's Discussion and financial condition.Analysis.
Certain financial information provided in this Form 10-K, including this Management's Discussion and Analysis, is prepared on both a GAAP, or reported basis, and a non-GAAP, or operating basis, including certain non-GAAP measures used in the calculation of identified regulatory capital ratios. We measure and compare certain financial information on an operating basis, as we believe that this presentation supports meaningful comparisons from period to period and the analysis of comparable financial trends with respect to State Street's normal ongoing business operations. We believe that operating-basis financial information, which reports non-taxable revenue, such as interest revenue associated with tax-exempt investment securities, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, facilitates an investor's understanding and analysis of State Street's underlying financial performance and trends in addition to financial information prepared and reported in conformity with GAAP.

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

We also believe that the use of certain non-GAAP measures in the calculation of identified regulatory capital ratios is useful in understanding State Street's capital position and is of interest to


49


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

investors. Operating-basis financial information should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, financial information prepared in conformity with GAAP. Any non-GAAP, or operating-basis, financial information presented in this Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, is reconciled to its most directly comparable GAAP-basis measure.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis contains statements that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. securities laws. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations about financial performance, capital, market growth, acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures, new technologies, services and opportunities and earnings, management's confidence in our strategies and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially. We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to reflect events after the time we file this Form 10-K with the SEC. Additional information about forward-looking statements and related risks and uncertainties is provided in “Risk Factors” included under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
We provide additional disclosures required by applicable bank regulatory standards, including supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to regulatory capital (including market risk associated with our trading activities), and summary results of semi-annual State Street-run stress tests which we conduct under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act. These additional disclosures are accessible under "Filings and Reports" on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com/stockholder. We have included our website address in this report as an inactive textual reference only. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
TABLE 1: OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)          
Total fee revenue$7,590
 $7,088
 $7,194
$8,031
 $7,590
 $7,088
Net interest revenue2,303
 2,538
 2,333
2,260
 2,303
 2,538
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(9) 23
 67
4
 (9) 23
Total revenue9,884
 9,649
 9,594
10,295
 9,884
 9,649
Provision for loan losses6
 (3) 
10
 6
 (3)
Total expenses7,192
 6,886
 7,058
7,827
 7,192
 6,886
Income before income tax expense2,686
 2,766
 2,536
2,458
 2,686
 2,766
Income tax expense(1)
550
 705
 616
421
 550
 705
Net income$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Adjustments to net income:          
Dividends on preferred stock(2)(26) (29) (20)(61) (26) (29)
Earnings allocated to participating securities(3)(8) (13) (18)(3) (8) (13)
Net income available to common shareholders$2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
Earnings per common share:          
Basic$4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
Diluted4.62
 4.20
 3.79
4.57
 4.62
 4.20
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):          
Basic446,245
 474,458
 492,598
424,223
 446,245
 474,458
Diluted455,155
 481,129
 496,072
432,007
 455,155
 481,129
Cash dividends declared per common share$1.04
 $.96
 $.72
$1.16
 $1.04
 $.96
Return on average common equity10.5% 10.3% 10.0%9.8% 10.5% 10.3%
   
(1) Amount for 2013 included an out-of-period income tax benefit of $71 million to adjust deferred taxes. Additional information about this out-of-period benefit is provided under “Income Tax Expense” in this Management's DiscussionAmount for 2012 reflected the net effect of certain tax matters ($7 million benefit) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition.
(2) 2014 included $35 million and Analysis$26 million related to Series D and inSeries C preferred stock, respectively. Amount for 2013 included $26 million related to Series C preferred stock. Amount for 2012 included $8 million related to Series C preferred stock and $21 million related to Series A preferred stock. Refer to note 2313 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Amounts10-K for 2012 and 2011 reflectedadditional information regarding our preferred stock dividends.
(3) Refer to note 23 to the net effectsconsolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of certain tax matters ($7 million benefit and $55 million expense, respectively) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition. Amount for 2011 reflected a discrete income tax benefit of $103 million attributable to costs incurred in terminating former conduit asset structures.this Form 10-K.
The following “Highlights” and “Financial Results” sections provide information related to significant events, as well as highlights of our consolidated financial results for 20132014 presented in the table above.Table 1: Overview of Financial Results. More detailed information about our consolidated financial results, including comparisons of our financial results for 20132014 to those for 2012,2013, is provided under “Consolidated Results of Operations,” which follows these sections.



50



51

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Highlights
In MarchTotal asset servicing and asset management fees increased 6% and 9%, respectively, in 2014 compared to 2013, followingmainly the Federal Reserve's reviewresult of ournet new business installed and stronger global equity markets.
Diluted earnings per common share, EPS, decreased 20131% capital plan, with respect to which the Federal Reserve did not object to the capital actions we proposed, our Board of Directors approved a new common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase by us of up to $2.10 billion4.57 of our common stock through March 31, 2014. In connection with this and a prior Board-approved program, we undertook the following activities in 2013:2014 from $4.62 in 2013, primarily driven by increased fee revenue.
From April 1, 2013 throughIn December 31, 20132014, under the above-described March 2013 program, we purchased approximately 24.723.8 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $68.05 per share and an aggregateper-share cost of $1.68 billion.
In the first quarter of 2013, in completion of a separate program approved by the Board in March 2012, we purchased an aggregate of 6.5 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $54.95 per share and an aggregate cost of $360 million.
In 2013, under both programs combined, we purchased approximately 31.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $65.30 per share$69.48 and an aggregate cost of approximately $2.04$1.65 billion. We have approximately $470 million under our current $1.70 billion common stock purchase program effective through March 2015.
As of December 31, 2013, approximately$420 million remained available for purchases of our common stock under the March 2013 program.
In 2012, under the March 2012 program, we purchased an aggregate of 33.4 million shares of our common stock, at an aggregate cost of $1.44 billion.
In February 2013, we declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.26 per share. This dividend represented an 8% increase over the quarterly common stock dividend of $0.24 per share declared by us in December 2012. In all of 2013, we declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends of $1.04 per share, totaling approximately $463 million, compared to declarations of aggregate quarterly common stock dividends of $0.96 per share, totaling approximately $456 million, in 2012.
The Federal Reserve is currently conducting a review of 2014 capital plans submitted in January 2014 by us and other large bank holding companies. The levels at which we will be able to declare dividends and purchase shares of our common stock after March 2014 will depend on the Federal Reserve's assessment of our capital plan and our projected performance under the stress scenarios. While we anticipate that the Federal Reserve will not object to the continued return of capital to our shareholders through dividends and/or common stock purchases in 2014, we cannot provide assuranceAdditional information with respect to the Federal Reserve's assessment of our capital plan, or that we will be able to continue to return capital to our shareholders at any specific level.
Additional information about our common stock purchase program and our common stock dividends is provided under “Financial"Financial Condition – Capital”- Capital" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis. In addition, information about dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided in “Related Stockholder Matters” included under Item 5, and in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, of this Form 10-K.
In November 2013, we issued $1.0 billion of 3.70% senior notes due November 20, 2023. In addition, in May 2013, we issued $1.50 billion of senior and subordinated debt, composed of $500 million of 1.35% senior notes due May 15, 2018 and $1.0 billion of 3.10% subordinated notes due May 15, 2023. Additional information about these debt issuances is provided in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
In 2013, in connection with our continued implementation ofWe completed our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program we achieved incrementalat the end of 2014, achieving, over the course of the program, greater than $625 million of total pre-tax expense savings of approximately $220 million, and as previously reported, we achieved incremental pre-tax expense savings of approximately $112 millionon an annual basis with full effect in 2012 and $86 million in 2011, in each case compared to our 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal. These pre-tax expense savings relate only to the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and are2015, based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations. Our actual total expenses have increased since 2010, and may in the future increase or decrease, due to other factors. operations, all else being equal.
Additional information with respect to the program is provided under “Consolidated"Consolidated Results of Operations - Expenses”Expenses" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
In JanuaryFor the fourth quarter of 2014, we entered intorecorded a settlement agreementpre-tax charge of $115 million to increase our legal accrual associated with the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority asindirect foreign exchange matters. This accrual reflects a result of our having charged six clients of our U.K. transition management business amounts in excess$65 million additional accrual that we announced on February 20, 2015. The effects of the contractual termsadditional accrual are reflected in 2010the financial and 2011. We agreed to and paid a fine of approximately $38 millionother information reported in January 2014, which we had accrued as of December 31, 2013. We incurred aggregate pre-tax costs in 2013this Form 10-K. The additional accrual announced on February 20, 2015 reflects continued negotiations in connection with this matter of approximately $69 million, composedour intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the following:

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Revenue rebates to affected clients of approximately $4 million, recorded as a reduction of other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue, a component of brokerage and other trading services revenue;
Securities processing costs of approximately $27 million, recorded in securities processing costs (recoveries), a component of other expenses; and
our indirect foreign exchange client activities. The above-described regulatory fine of approximately $38 million, recorded in other expenses.
In addition to the above, we recorded approximately $15 million of revenue rebates in 2011 and approximately $17 million of revenue rebates and other costs in 2012 related to this matter.  The securities processing costs described above reflected probable and estimable coststotal legal accrual associated with these matters as of December 31, 2013 related to an operating loss. We resolved this in February 2014 at an additional costthe time of approximately $12 million.  We have incurred total costs associated with this matter, since it arose in 2010, of approximately $113 million, excluding legal and professional fees. Additional information about this transition management matter is provided under “Legal and Regulatory Matters” in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8filing of this Form 10-K.10-K is $185 million, all of which is included in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Financial Results
Total revenue for 2013 increased 2%4% in 2014 compared to 2012, as a combined 10%2013, primarily due to the increase in aggregate servicing fee and management fee revenue and a 5% increase in trading services revenue were partlyof 6% compared to 2013, partially offset by declinesa decline in processing fees and other revenue and net interest revenue and securities finance revenue of 9% and 11%, respectively.revenue.
Servicing fee revenue for 2013Total expenses in 2014 increased 9% compared to 2012, mainly the result of stronger global equity markets, the impact of net new business installed, and the addition of revenue from the Goldman Sachs Administration Services, or GSAS, business, acquired in October 2012. Servicing fees generated outside the U.S. in both 2013, and 2012 were approximately 42% of total servicing fees for those periods. Management fee revenue increased 11% compared to 2012, primarily the result of stronger equity markets and the impact of net new business installed. Management fees generated outside the U.S. in 2013 and 2012 were approximately 36% and 37%, respectively, of total management fees for those periods.
Trading services revenue for 2013, composed of revenue generateddriven by foreign exchange trading and brokerage and other trading services, increased 5% compared to 2012. Revenue from foreign exchange trading was up 15%, with estimated indirect foreign exchange revenue up 15% and direct sales and trading foreign exchange revenue up 16%, from the prior year, with both increases mainly the result of higher client volumes, currency volatility and spreads. Brokerage and other trading services revenue declined 5% compared to 2012, primarily reflective of the impact of lower distribution fees associated with the SPDR® Gold ETF, which resulted from lower average gold prices and net outflows from the SPDR® Gold ETF. Securities finance revenue declined 11% for 2013 compared to 2012, generally the result of lower spreads and slightly lower lending volumes.
Net interest revenue for 2013 declined 9% compared to 2012, generally the result of lower yields on earning assets related to lower global interest rates, partly offset by lower funding costs. The decline in net interest revenue also reflected the continued impact of the reinvestment of pay-downs on existing investment securities in lower-yielding investment securities. Net interest revenue for 2013 and 2012 included $137 million and $215 million, respectively, of discount accretion related to investment securities added to our consolidated statement of condition in connection with our consolidation of the commercial paper conduits in 2009.
Net interest margin, calculated on fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue, declined 22 basis points to 1.37% in 2013 from 1.59% in 2012. Continued elevated levels of client deposits, amid continued market uncertainty, increased our average interest-earning assets, but negatively affected our net interest margin, as we generally placed a portion of these deposits with U.S. and non-U.S. central banks and earned the relatively low interest rates paid by the central banks on these balances. Discount accretion, fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue and net interest margin are discussed in more detail under “Consolidated Results of Operations - Net Interest Revenue” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Total expenses for 2013 increased 4% compared to 2012. Total expenses for 2013 reflected aggregate credits of $85 million, recorded in other expenses, related to gains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets. Total expenses for 2012 reflected a credit of $362 million, composed of recoveries associated with the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, and aggregate credits of $30 million related to litigation and other settlement recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related matters. Excluding all of the Lehman Brothers-related credits recorded in 2013 and 2012, total expenses were essentially flat in the 2013-to-2012 comparison, at $7.28 billion for 2013 ($7.19 billion plus $85 million) compared to $7.28 billion for 2012 ($6.89 billion plus $362 million and $30 million).

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Compensationcompensation and employee benefitsbenefit expenses were down 1% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to savings associated with the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and lower benefit costs, partly offset by an increase in costs to support new business and higher incentive compensation. Information systems and communications expenses increased 11% compared to 2012, primarily from the planned transition of certain functions to third-party service providers in connection with the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and costs to support new business. Transactiontransaction processing services expenses were higher by 4%, the result of higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the asset servicing business. Finally, other expenses declined 1%, mainly the result of the above-described 2013 gains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets. Additional information with respect to our expenses is provided under “Consolidated Results of Operations - Expenses” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.services.
In 2013, our global services business2014, we secured mandates for approximately $1.02an estimated $1.14 trillion of new business in assets to be serviced; of thethat total, approximately $858767 billion was installed prior to December 31, 20132014, with the remaining $158 billionbalance expected to be installed in 2014. 2015.
The new business not installed, totaling $406 billion by December 31, 20132014, which consisted of $371 billion from 2014 and $35 billion from 2013, was not included in our assets under custody and administration as of that date, and had no impact on our servicing fee revenue for 2013,in 2014, as the assets are not included until their installation is complete and we begin to service them. Once installed, the assets generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods in which the assets are serviced. The $1.02 trillion of new asset servicing business represents gross new business, and is not net of transfers of assets by us to subcustodians.
We will provide one or more of various services for theseachieved net new assets to be serviced, including accounting, bank loan servicing, compliance reporting and monitoring, custody, depository banking services, foreign exchange, fund administration, hedge fund servicing, middle-office outsourcing, performance and analytics, private equity administration, real estate administration, securities finance, transfer agency, and wealth management services.
In 2013, SSgA hadmanaged of approximately $528 billion of net lost business in assets to be managed, generally composed of2014, including $34approximately $15 billion of net outflows from alternative investments, partly offset by net inflows of $13 billion into managed cash, net inflows of $6 billion into equities, net inflows of $4 billion into multi-asset-class solutions and net inflows of $3 billion each into fixed-income and securities lending funds.
An additional $13 billion of new asset management business, that was awarded to SSgASSGA but not installed byas of December 31, 20132014 was not included in our assets under management as of that date, and. This new business had no impact on our management fee revenue for 2013, as thein 2014, but will be reflected in assets are not included until theirunder management in future periods after installation is complete and we begin to manage them. Once installed, the assetswill generate management fee revenue in subsequent periodsperiods.
Return on average common shareholders' equity in 2014 decreased to 9.8% from 10.5% in 2013. The decrease was primarily driven by an increase in preferred stock dividends in 2014 compared to 2013 as well as a decrease in net income in 2014 compared to 2013.
Our effective tax rate in 2014 was 17.2% compared to 20.5% in 2013, which included the assets are managed.impact of an out-of-period income tax benefit. In addition to that out-of-period benefit, the decline was also attributable to the expansion of our tax-exempt investment securities portfolio, an increase in renewable


51


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

energy investments and a greater benefit from our non-U.S. operations.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section discusses our consolidated results of operations for20132014 compared to 2013, as well as 2013 compared to 2012, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. A comparison of consolidated results of operations for 2012 with those for 2011 is provided later in this Management's Discussion and Analysis under “Consolidated Results of Operations - Comparison of 2012 and 2011.”
TOTAL REVENUETotal Revenue
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)       
Fee revenue:       
Servicing fees$4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
 9 %
Management fees1,106
 993
 917
 11
Trading services:       
Foreign exchange trading589
 511
 683
 15
Brokerage and other trading services472
 499
 537
 (5)
Total trading services1,061
 1,010
 1,220
 5
Securities finance359
 405
 378
 (11)
Processing fees and other245
 266
 297
 (8)
Total fee revenue7,590
 7,088
 7,194
 7
Net interest revenue:       
   Interest revenue2,714
 3,014
 2,946
 (10)
   Interest expense411
 476
 613
 (14)
Net interest revenue2,303
 2,538
 2,333
 (9)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(9) 23
 67
  
Total revenue$9,884
 $9,649
 $9,594
 2
Our broad range of services generates fee revenue and net interest revenue. Fee revenue generated by our investment servicing and investment management businesses is augmented by trading services, securities finance and processing fees and other revenue. We earn net interest revenue from client deposits and short-term investment activities by providing deposit services and short-term investment vehicles, such as repurchase agreements and corporate commercial paper, to meet clients' needs for high-grade liquid investments, and investing these sources of funds and additional borrowings in assets yielding a higher rate.
TABLE 2: TOTAL REVENUE
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Fee revenue:         
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 6 % 9 %
Management fees1,207
 1,106
 993
 9
 11
Trading services:      

  
Foreign exchange trading607
 589
 511
 3
 15
Brokerage and other trading services477
 505
 525
 (6) (4)
Total trading services1,084
 1,094
 1,036
 (1) 6
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 22
 (11)
Processing fees and other174
 212
 240
 (18) (12)
Total fee revenue8,031
 7,590
 7,088
 6
 7
Net interest revenue:      
  
   Interest revenue2,652
 2,714
 3,014
 (2) (10)
   Interest expense392
 411
 476
 (5) (14)
Net interest revenue2,260
 2,303
 2,538
 (2) (9)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 23
    
Total revenue$10,295
 $9,884
 $9,649
 4
 2
Fee Revenue
Servicing and management fees collectively composed approximately 78%79% of our total fee revenue forin 20132014, compared to 76% forapproximately78% in 20122013. The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients, and is generally affected by changes in worldwide equity and fixed-income security valuations and trends in market asset class preferences.
 Generally, servicing fees are affected by changes in daily average valuations of assets under custody
and administration. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets serviced, the level of transaction volumes, changes in service level, the nature of services provided, balance credits, client minimum balances, pricing concessions, the geographical location in which services are provided and other factors, may have a significant effect on our servicing fee revenue.
Generally, management fees are affected by changes in month-end valuations of assets under management. Management fees for certain components of managed assets, such as ETFs, are affected by daily average valuations of assets under management. Management fee revenue is relatively more sensitive to market valuations than servicing fee revenue, since a higher proportion of the underlying services provided, and the associated management fees earned, are dependent on equity and fixed-income security valuations. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets managed changes in service level and other factors, may have a significant effect on our management fee revenue. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the investment strategies employed, management fees may reflect other factors as well, including performance fee arrangements, discussed later in this section, as well as our relationship pricing for clients using multiple services.
ManagementAsset-based management fees for actively managedactively-managed products are generally earnedcharged at a higher ratespercentage of assets under management than those for passive products. Actively-managed products may also involveinclude performance fee arrangements.arrangements which are recorded when the performance period is complete. Performance fees are generated when the performance of certain managed fundsportfolios exceeds benchmarks specified in the management

54

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

agreements. Generally, we experience more volatility with performance fees than with more traditional management fees.
In light of the above, we estimate, using relevant information as of December 31, 20132014 and assuming that all other factors remain constant, that: (1) a 10% increase or decrease in worldwide equity valuations, over the relevant periods on and for which our servicing and management fees are calculated, in worldwide equity valuations would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of approximately 2%; and (2) a 10% increase or decrease in worldwide fixed income security valuations, over the relevant periods for or on and for which our servicing and management fees are calculated, in worldwide fixed-income security valuations would result in a corresponding change in our total revenue of approximately 1% in our total revenue..
The following table presentsSee Table 3: Daily, Month-end and Year-end Indices for selected equity market indices. While the specific indices presented are indicative of general market trends, the asset types and classes relevant to


52


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

individual client portfolios can and do differ, and the performance of associated relevant indices can therefore differ from the performance of the indices presented.
Daily averages and the averages of month-end indices demonstrate worldwide changes in equity
markets that affect our servicing and management fee revenue. Year-end indices affect the values of assets under custody and administration and assets under management as of those dates. The index names listed in the table are service marks of their respective owners.
INDEX

TABLE 3: DAILY, MONTH-END AND YEAR-END INDICESTABLE 3: DAILY, MONTH-END AND YEAR-END INDICES
Daily Averages of Indices Averages of Month-End Indices Year-End IndicesDaily Averages of Indices Averages of Month-End Indices Year-End Indices
2013 2012 % Change 2013 2012 % Change 2013 2012 % Change2014 2013 % Change 2014 2013 % Change 2014 2013 % Change
S&P 500®
1,644
 1,379
 19% 1,652
 1,387
 19% 1,848
 1,426
 30%1,931
 1,644
 17% 1,944
 1,652
 18% 2,059
 1,848
 11 %
NASDAQ®
3,541
 2,966
 19
 3,575
 2,984
 20
 4,177
 3,020
 38
4,375
 3,541
 24
 4,415
 3,575
 23
 4,736
 4,177
 13
MSCI EAFE®
1,746
 1,489
 17
 1,754
 1,499
 17
 1,916
 1,604
 19
1,888
 1,746
 8
 1,891
 1,754
 8
 1,775
 1,916
 (7)
FEE REVENUE
FEE REVENUETable 2: Total Revenue provides the breakout of fee revenue for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)       
Servicing fees$4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
 9 %
Management fees1,106
 993
 917
 11
Trading services:       
   Foreign exchange trading589
 511
 683
 15
   Brokerage and other trading services472
 499
 537
 (5)
   Total trading services1,061
 1,010
 1,220
 5
Securities finance359
 405
 378
 (11)
Processing fees and other245
 266
 297
 (8)
Total fee revenue$7,590
 $7,088
 $7,194
 7
Servicing Fees
Servicing fees include fee revenue from U.S. mutual funds, collective investment funds worldwide, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments, and other investment pools. Products and services include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics.
The 9% increaseincreased 6% in servicing fees for 20132014 compared to 20122013 primarily resultedas a result of stronger global equity markets and the positive revenue impact of net new business (revenue added from new servicing business installed less revenue lost from the removal of assets serviced).
Servicing fees in 2013 increased 9% from 2012, mainly due to stronger global equity markets, the impact of net new business installed on current-periodand revenue added from acquired businesses, partially offset by the impacts of the weaker euro and the addition of revenue from the October 2012 GSAS acquisition. The combined daily averages of equity market indices, individually presented in the foregoing “INDEX” table, increased approximately 19% for client de-risking.
2013 compared to 2012. For both 2013 and 2012, servicingServicing fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 42% of total servicing fees.fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The following tables present the components, financial instrument mix and geographic mix of assets under custody and administration, as of the dates indicated:

55

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

COMPONENTS OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2012-2013 Annual Growth Rate 2009-2013 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Mutual funds $6,811
 $5,852
 $5,265
 $5,540
 $4,734
 16% 10%
Collective funds 6,428
 5,363
 4,437
 4,350
 3,580
 20
 16
Pension products 5,851
 5,339
 4,837
 4,726
 4,395
 10
 7
Insurance and other products 8,337
 7,817
 7,268
 6,911
 6,086
 7
 8
Total $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 $18,795
 13
 10
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2012-2013 Annual Growth Rate 2009-2013 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Equities $15,050
 $12,276
 $10,849
 $11,000
 $8,828
 23% 14%
Fixed-income 9,072
 8,885
 8,317
 7,875
 7,236
 2
 6
Short-term and other investments 3,305
 3,210
 2,641
 2,652
 2,731
 3
 5
Total $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 $18,795
 13
 10

GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION(1)
As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
(In billions)          
North America $20,764
 $18,463
 $16,368
 $16,486
 $15,191
Europe/Middle East/Africa 5,511
 4,801
 4,400
 4,069
 2,773
Asia/Pacific 1,152
 1,107
 1,039
 972
 831
Total Assets Under Custody and Administration $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 $18,795
(1) Geographic mix is based on the location at which the assets are serviced.
The increaseincreases in total assets under custody and administration fromfor year-end 20122014 compared to year-end 2013 resulted primarily resulted from stronger global equity markets and net client cash inflows, as well as net new business installations.shareholder subscriptions
experienced by our custody clients, partially offset by losses of assets serviced. Asset levels as of December 31, 20132014 did not reflect the estimated $158406 billion of new business in assets to be serviced awarded to us in 20132014 and prior periods but not installed prior to December 31, 20132014. This new business will be reflected in assets under custody and administration in future periods after installation and will generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods.
With respect to these new assets, we will provide various services, including accounting, bank loan servicing, compliance reporting and monitoring, custody, depository banking services, foreign exchange, fund administration, hedge fund servicing, middle-office outsourcing, performance and analytics, private equity administration, real estate administration, securities finance, transfer agency, and wealth management services.
The value of assets under custody and administration is a broad measure of the relative size of various markets served. Changes in the values of assets under custody and administration from period to period do not necessarily result in proportional changes in our servicing fee revenue.

TABLE 4: COMPONENTS OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Mutual funds $6,992
 $6,811
 $5,852
 $5,265
 $5,540
 3 % 6%
Collective funds 6,949
 6,428
 5,363
 4,437
 4,350
 8
 12
Pension products 5,746
 5,851
 5,339
 4,837
 4,726
 (2) 5
Insurance and other products 8,501
 8,337
 7,817
 7,268
 6,911
 2
 5
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 3
 7

53


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 5: COMPOSITION OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)              
Equities $15,876
 $15,050
 $12,276
 $10,849
 $11,000
 5 % 10%
Fixed-income 8,739
 9,072
 8,885
 8,317
 7,875
 (4) 3
Short-term and other investments 3,573
 3,305
 3,210
 2,641
 2,652
 8
 8
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
 3
 7
TABLE 6: GEORGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In billions)          
North America $21,217
 $20,764
 $18,463
 $16,368
 $16,486
Europe/Middle East/Africa 5,633
 5,511
 4,801
 4,400
 4,069
Asia/Pacific 1,338
 1,152
 1,107
 1,039
 972
Total $28,188
 $27,427
 $24,371
 $21,807
 $21,527
(1) Geographic mix is based on the location in which the assets are serviced.
Management Fees
Through SSgA,SSGA, we provide a broad range of investment management strategies, specialized investment management advisory services and other financial services for corporations, public funds, and other sophisticated investors. SSgASSGA offers a broad array of investment management strategies, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equity and fixed-income securities. SSgASSGA also offers ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the investment strategies employed, management fees reflect other factors as well, including our relationship pricing for clients who use multiple services, and the benchmarks specified



in the respective management agreements related to performance fees.
Management fees increased in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily as a result of stronger global equity markets, net inflows and the positive revenue impact of the excess of revenue added from newly installed assets to be managed over the revenue lost from liquidations of managed assets.
Management fees increased in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to the impact of stronger equity markets, net new business and higher performance fees.
Management fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 37% of total management fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012.


5654


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The 11% increase in management fees for 2013 compared to 2012 primarily resulted from stronger equity markets and the impact of net new business installed on current-period revenue. Combined average daily and average month-end equity market indices, individually presented in the foregoing “INDEX” table, increased approximately 19% compared to 2012. Management fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 36% of total management fees for 2013 compared to 37% for 2012.
The following tables present assets under management by asset class and investment approach, ETFs by asset class, and the geographic mix of assets under management, as of the dates indicated:
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY ASSET CLASS AND INVESTMENT APPROACH(1)
TABLE 7: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY ASSET CLASS AND INVESTMENT APPROACH(1)
TABLE 7: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY ASSET CLASS AND INVESTMENT APPROACH(1)
As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2012-2013 Annual Growth Rate 2009-2013 Compound Annual Growth Rate 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)                            
Equity:                            
Active $42
 $45
 $46
 $54
 $68
 (7)% (11)% $39
 $42
 $45
 $46
 $54
 (7)% (8)%
Passive 1,334
 1,047
 893
 912
 695
 27
 18
 1,436
 1,334
 1,047
 893
 912
 8
 12
Total Equity 1,376
 1,092
 939
 966
 763
 26
 16
 1,475
 1,376
 1,092
 939
 966
 7
 11
Fixed-Income:                           
Active 16
 17
 16
 14
 21
 (6) (7) 17
 16
 17
 16
 14
 6
 4
Passive 311
 325
 271
 373
 433
 (4) (8) 302
 311
 325
 271
 373
 (3) (5)
Total Fixed-Income 327
 342
 287
 387
 454
 (4) (8) 319
 327
 342
 287
 387
 (2) (5)
Cash(2)
 385
 369
 380
 422
 508
 4
 (7) 399
 385
 369
 380
 422
 4
 (1)
Multi-Asset-Class Solutions:                           
Active 23
 23
 15
 16
 11
 
 20
 30
 23
 23
 15
 16
 30
 17
Passive 110
 94
 70
 70
 93
 17
 4
 97
 110
 94
 70
 70
 (12) 8
Total Multi-Asset-Class Solutions 133
 117

85
 86
 104
 14
 6
 127
 133
 117
 85
 86
 (5) 10
Alternative Investments(3):
                           
Active 14
 18
 17
 12
 11
 (22) 6
 17
 14
 18
 17
 12
 21
 8
Passive 110
 148
 137
 137
 111
 (26) 
 111
 110
 148
 137
 137
 1
 (5)
Total Alternative Investments 124
 166
 154
 149
 122
 (25) 
 128
 124
 166
 154
 149
 3
 (4)
Total Assets Under Management $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
 $1,951
 12
 5
Total $2,448
 $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
 4
 5
  
(1) As of December 31, 2013,, the presentation has beenwas changed to align with the reporting of core businesses. Amounts previously reported have been adjustedbusinesses, which were revised for comparative purposes.purposes for 2012, 2011 and 2010.
(2) Includes both floating- and constant-net-asset-value portfolios held in commingled structures or separate accounts.
(3) Includes real estate investment trusts, currency and commodities, including SPDR® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent. The decline in this asset class as of December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012 mainly resulted from net outflows from the SPDR® Gold Fund related to lower average gold prices.
EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS BY ASSET CLASS(1)
TABLE 8: EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS BY ASSET CLASS(1)(2)
TABLE 8: EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS BY ASSET CLASS(1)(2)
As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2012-2013 Annual Growth Rate 2009-2013 Compound Annual Growth Rate 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2013-2014 Annual Growth Rate 2010-2014 Compound Annual Growth Rate
(Dollars in billions)                            
Alternative Investments(3) $39
 $79
 $68
 $61
 $43
 (51)% (2)% $38
 $39
 $79
 $68
 $61
 (3)% (11)%
Cash 1
 1
 2
 1
 1
 
 
 1
 1
 1
 2
 1
 
 
Equity 325
 227
 184
 175
 152
 43
 21
 388
 325
 227
 184
 175
 19
 22
Fixed-Income 34
 30
 20
 15
 9
 13
 39
Fixed-income 39
 34
 30
 20
 15
 15
 27
Total Exchange-Traded Funds $399
 $337
 $274
 $252
 $205
 18
 18
 $466
 $399
 $337
 $274
 $252
 17
 17
  
(1) Exchange-traded funds are a component of assets under management presented above.in the preceding table.

(2) Includes SPDR® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
(3) Decline in alternative investments from 2012 to 2013 was mainly attributable to Gold exchange-traded fund outflows and market impact.
TABLE 9: GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT(1) 
As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In billions)          
North America $1,568
 $1,456
 $1,288
 $1,190
 $1,332
Europe/Middle East/Africa 559
 560
 480
 428
 452
Asia/Pacific 321
 329
 318
 227
 226
Total $2,448
 $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
(1) Geographic mix is based on client location or fund management location. As of December 31, 2013, the presentation was changed to align with the reporting of core businesses, which were revised for comparative purposes for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

5755


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT(1)
As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
(In billions)          
North America $1,456
 $1,288
 $1,190
 $1,332
 $1,272
Europe/Middle East/Africa 560
 480
 428
 452
 479
Asia/Pacific 329
 318
 227
 226
 200
Total Assets Under Management $2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
 $1,951
(1) Geographic mix is based on client location or fund management location.
The increase in total assets under management as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 resulted primarily from year-end 2012 to year-end 2013 resultednet market appreciation in the values of the assets managed and net new business of approximately $28 billion, partially offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The net new business of approximately $28 billion was primarily
composed of approximately $34 billion from stronger global equityETFs and approximately $19 billion of net inflows into money market valuations, partlyfunds, primarily offset by net lost business of $5 billion. The net lost businessoutflows of approximately $5$25 billion was generally composed of $34 billion of net outflows from alternative investments, partly offset by net inflows of $13 billion into managed cash, net inflows of $6 billion into equities, net inflows of $4 billion into multi-asset-class solutions and net inflows of $3 billion each into fixed-income and securities lending funds.long-term institutional portfolios.
The following table presents activity in assets under management for the years ended December 31:
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011
(In billions)     
Balance at beginning of year$2,086
 $1,845
 $2,010
Net new (lost) business(5) 112
 (30)
Sales of U.S. Treasury portfolio of asset-backed securities(1)

 (31) (125)
Assets added from Bank of Ireland Asset Management acquisition
 
 23
Market appreciation (depreciation)264
 160
 (33)
Balance at end of year$2,345
 $2,086
 $1,845
TABLE 10: ACTIVITY IN ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT CATEGORY
(In billions)Equity Fixed-Income Cash Multi-Asset-Class Solutions Alternative Investments Total
Balance as of December 31, 2011$939
 $287
 $380
 $85
 $154
 $1,845
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
226
 144
 
 26
 15
 411
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(216) (102) 
 (31) (20) (369)
Long-term institutional flows, net10
 42
 
 (5) (5) 42
ETF flows, net22
 9
 
 
 10
 41
Cash fund flows, net
 
 (3) 
 
 (3)
Total flows, net32
 51
 (3) (5) 5
 80
Market appreciation(2)
123
 11
 (9) 36
 6
 167
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(2) (7) 1
 1
 1
 (6)
Total market/foreign exchange impact121
 4
 (8) 37
 7
 161
Balance as of December 31, 20121,092
 342
 369
 117
 166
 2,086
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
256
 70
 
 32
 13
 371
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(283) (71) 
 (28) (21) (403)
Long-term institutional flows, net(27) (1) 
 4
 (8) (32)
ETF flows, net33
 4
 
 
 (25) 12
Cash fund flows, net
 
 17
 
 
 17
Total flows, net6
 3
 17
 4
 (33) (3)
Market appreciation(2)
291
 (4) (1) 12
 (5) 293
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(13) (14) 
 
 (4) (31)
Total market/foreign exchange impact278
 (18) (1) 12
 (9) 262
Balance as of December 31, 20131,376
 327
 385
 133
 124
 2,345
Long-term institutional inflows(1)
285
 80
 
 43
 13
 421
Long-term institutional outflows(1)
(297) (103) 
 (35) (11) (446)
Long-term institutional flows, net(12) (23) 
 8
 2
 (25)
ETF flows, net31
 5
 
 
 (2) 34
Cash fund flows, net
 
 19
 
 
 19
Total flows, net19
 (18) 19
 8
 
 28
Market appreciation(2)
113
 27
 
 (9) 11
 142
Foreign exchange impact(2)
(33) (17) (5) (5) (7) (67)
Total market/foreign exchange impact80
 10
 (5) (14) 4
 75
Balance as of December 31, 2014$1,475
 $319
 $399
 $127
 $128
 $2,448
  
(1) Amounts were associated withrepresent long-term portfolios, excluding ETFs.
(2) Amounts represent aggregate impact on each product category for the U.S. Treasury's winding down of its portfolio of agency-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities.period.
The net lostnew business of $5approximately $28 billion for 20132014 presented in the preceding table did not include $13approximately $15 billion of new asset management business, which was awarded to SSgA in 2013SSGA, but not installed prior toas of December 31, 20132014. This new business will be reflected in assets under management
in future periods after installation, and will generate management fee revenue in subsequent periods.
Total assets under management as of December 31, 20132014 included managed assets lost but not yet liquidated. Lost business occurs from time to time and it is difficult to predict the timing of client


56


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

behavior in transitioning these assets. This timing can vary significantly.
Trading Services
The following table summarizes the components of trading services revenue for the years ended December 31:
TABLE 11: TRADING SERVICES REVENUETABLE 11: TRADING SERVICES REVENUE  
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 % Change
2013 vs. 2012
2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013 % Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)                
Foreign exchange trading:                
Direct sales and trading$304
 $263
 $352
 16 %$361
 $304
 $263
 19 % 16 %
Indirect foreign exchange trading285
 248
 331
 15
246
 285
 248
 (14) 15
Total foreign exchange trading589
 511
 683
 15
607
 589
 511
 3
 15
Brokerage and other trading services:                
Electronic foreign exchange trading233
 210
 249
 11
Electronic foreign exchange services181
 218
 196
 (17) 11
Other trading, transition management and brokerage239
 289
 288
 (17)296
 287
 329
 3
 (13)
Total brokerage and other trading services472
 499
 537
 (5)477
 505
 525
 (6) (4)
Total trading services revenue$1,061
 $1,010
 $1,220
 5
$1,084
 $1,094
 $1,036
 (1) 6

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Trading services revenue is composed of revenue generated by foreign exchange, or FX, trading, as well as revenue generated by brokerage and other trading services. We primarily earn FX trading revenue by acting as a principal market maker. We offer a range of FX products, services and execution models. Most of our FX products and execution services can be grouped into three broad categories, which are further explained below: “direct sales and trading, FX,” “indirect FX”FX trading” and “electronic FX trading.services.” With respect to electronic FX trading,services, we provide an execution venue, but do not act as agent or principal.
We also offer a range of brokerage and other trading products tailored specifically to meet the needs of the global pension community, including transition management and commission recapture. In addition, we act as distribution agent for the SPDR® Gold ETF. These products and services are generally differentiated by our positionrole as an agent of the institutional investor. Revenue earned from these brokerage and other trading products and services is recorded in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue.
FX trading revenue is influenced by three principal factors: the volume and type of client FX transactions;transactions and related spreads; currency volatility; and the management of market risk associated with currencies and interest rates. Revenue earned from direct sales and trading FX and indirect FX trading is recorded in FX trading revenue. Revenue earned from electronic FX trading is recorded in brokerage and other trading services revenue.
The 5% increase in total trading services revenue for 2013 compared to 2012, composed of separate changes related to FX trading and brokerage and other trading services, is explained below.
Total FX trading revenue increased 15%3% compared to 20122013, primarily the result of higher client volumes. Total FX trading revenue increased 15% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily the result of higher client volumes, currency volatility and spreads.
We enter into FX transactions with clients and investment managers that contact our trading desk directly. These trades are all executed at negotiated rates. We refer to this activity, and our principal market-making activities, as “direct sales and trading FX.” trading” and it includes many transactions for funds serviced by third party custodians or prime brokers, as well as those funds under custody at State Street.
Alternatively, clients or their investment managers may elect to route FX transactions to our FX desk through our asset-servicing operation; we refer to this activity as “indirect FX.FX trading, and, in all cases, State Street is the fund's custodian. We execute indirect FX trades as a principal at rates disclosed to our clients. We calculate revenue for indirect FX trading using an attribution methodology. This methodology based ontakes into consideration estimated effective mark-ups/downs and observed client volumes. AllDirect sales and trading revenue is all other FX trading revenue other than thisthe revenue attributed to indirect FX revenue estimate, is considered by us to be direct sales and trading FX revenue. trading.
Our clients that utilize indirect FX trading can, in addition to executing their FX transactions through dealers not affiliated with us, transition from indirect FX trading to either direct sales and trading FX execution, including our “Street FX” service, thator to one of our electronic trading platforms. Street FX, in which State Street continues to act as a principal market maker, enables our clients to define their FX execution strategy and automate the FX trade execution process, in whichboth for funds under custody at State Street continues to act as a principal market maker, or to one of our electronic trading platforms.well as those under custody at another bank.
ForOur direct sales and trading revenue increased 19% in 20132014 compared to 20122013, our estimated indirect FX revenue increased 15%, while our direct sales and trading FX revenue increased 16%. The increases in both comparisons mainlyincrease primarily resulted from higher client volumes, partially offset by lower currency volatility and spreads. Our estimated indirect FX trading revenue decreased 14% in 2014, compared to 2013. The decline mainly resulted from lower client volumes and spreads.
We continue to expect that some clients may choose, over time, to reduce their level of indirect FX trading transactions in favor of other execution methods, including either direct FXsales and trading transactions or electronic FX tradingservices which we provide. To the extent that clients shift to other execution methods that we provide, our FX trading revenue may decrease, even if volumes remain consistent.


57


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Total brokerage and other trading services revenue declined 5%6% for 20132014 compared to 20122013. Our clients may choose to execute FX transactions through one of our electronic trading platforms. This service generatesThese transactions generate revenue through a “click” fee. ForRevenue from such electronic FX services declined 17% in 20132014 compared to 20122013, our revenue from such electronic FX trading increased 11%, mainly due to increasesdeclines in client volumes.
Our revenue for 2013 fromThe 3% increase in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue declined 17%for 2014 compared to 20122013. The decrease mainly resulted from a decline was primarily due to an increase in currency management revenue, partially offset by declines in distribution fees associated with the SPDR® Gold ETF, which resulted from loweroutflows as average gold prices and net outflows fromdeclined during the SPDR® Gold ETF, and a decline in transition management revenue.period. With respect to the SPDR® Gold ETF, fees earned by us as distribution agent are recorded in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue, and not in management fee revenue.
Our revenue from transition management recorded in brokerage and other trading services revenue, and related expenses in 20132014 and 20122013 were adversely affected by compliance issues in our U.K. business, the reputational and regulatory impact of which may continue to adversely affect our transition management revenue in future periods.


59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Securities Finance
Our agency securities finance business consists of two principalthree components: (1) an agency lending program for SSgA-managedSSGA-managed investment funds with a broad range of investment objectives, which we refer to as the SSgASSGA lending funds, and(2) an agency lending program for third-party investment managers and asset owners, which we refer to as the agency lending funds.funds and (3) security lending transactions which we enter into as principal, which we refer to as our enhanced custody business.
OurSee Table 2: Total Revenue, for the comparison of securities finance business provides liquidity to the financial markets, as well as an effective means for clients to earn incremental revenue on their securities portfolios. By acting as a lending agent and coordinating loans between lenders and borrowers, we lend securities and provide liquidity to clients worldwide. Borrowers provide collateral in the form of cash or securities to State Street in return for loaned securities. Borrowers are generally required to provide collateral equal to a contractually-agreed percentage equal to or in excess of the fair value of the loaned securities. As the fair value of the loaned securities changes, additional collateral is provided by the borrower or collateral is returned to the borrower. Such movements are typically referred to as daily mark-to-market collateral adjustments.
 We also participate in securities lending transactions as a principal. As principal, we borrow securities from the lending client and then lend such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. Our involvement as principal is utilized when the lending client is unable to, or elects not to, transact directly with the market and requires us to execute the transaction and furnish the securities. In our role as principal, we provide support to the transaction through our credit rating, and we have the ability to source securities through our assets under custody and administration.
For cash collateral, our clients pay a usage fee to the provider of the cash collateral, and we invest the cash collateral in certain investment vehicles or managed accounts as directed by the owner of the loaned securities. In some cases, the investment vehicles or managed accounts may be managed by SSgA. The spread between the yield on the investment vehicle and the usage fee paid to the provider of the collateral is split between the lender of the securities and State Street as agent. For non-cash collateral, the borrower pays a fee for the loaned securities,years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and the fee is split between the lender of the securities and State Street.2012.
Securities finance revenue earned from our agency lending activities, which is composed of our split of both the spreads related to cash collateral and the fees related to non-cash collateral, is principally a function of the volume of securities on loan, the interest-rate spreads and fees earned on the underlying collateral, and our share of the fee split.
 As principal, our enhanced custody business borrows securities from the lending client and then lends such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. Our involvement as principal is utilized when the lending
client is unable to, or elects not to, transact directly with the market and requires us to execute the transaction and furnish the securities. In our role as principal, we provide support to the transaction through our credit rating. While we source a significant proportion of the securities furnished by us in our role as principal from third parties, we have the ability to source securities through our assets under custody and administration, from clients who have designated State Street as an eligible borrower.
Securities finance revenue forincreased 22% in 20132014 compared to 2012 declined 11%2013. The declineincrease was mainly due tothe result of growth in our enhanced custody business and the impact of higher lending volumes associated with our agency lending program. Revenues from our enhanced custody business totaled approximately $121 million and $61 million, respectively, in 2014 and 2013.
Securities finance revenue declined 11% in 2013 from 2012 mainly a result of lower spreads and a slight decline in average lending volumes. Average spreads declined 17% for 2013 compared to 2012. Securities on loan averaged approximately $319 billion for 2013 compared to approximately $323 billion for 2012, a 1% decline.
Market influences may continue to affect client demand for securities finance, and as a result our revenue from, and the profitability of, our securities lending activities in future periods. In addition, proposed or anticipatedrecently effective regulatory changes may affect the volume of our securities lending activity and related revenue and profitability in future periods.
Processing Fees and Other
Processing fees and other revenue includes diverse types of fees and revenue, including fees from our structured products business, fees from software licensing and maintenance, equity income from our joint venture investments, gains and losses on sales of leased equipment and other assets, and amortization of our tax-advantaged investments.
Processing fees and other revenue for 2013declined 18% in 2014 compared to 20122013, as shown in Table 2: Total Revenue. The decrease was mainly due to higher amortization of tax-advantaged investments, partially offset by higher revenue from our investment in bank-owned life insurance.
Processing fees and other revenue declined 12% in 2013 declined 8%.compared to 2012. The decline was primarily due to the absence of both the fair-value adjustments related to our withdrawal from our fixed-income trading initiative and the gain from the sale of a Lehman Brothers-related asset, both recorded in 2012,, as well as hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2013.2013. The decline in processing fees and other revenue was partlypartially offset by an increase in revenue associated with our investment in bank-owned life insurance for 2013 compared to 2012.2012.


6058


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

NET INTEREST REVENUE
Net Interest Revenue
See Table 2: Total Revenue, for the breakout of interest revenue and interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Net interest revenue is defined as interest revenue earned on interest-earning assets less interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets, which principally consist of investment securities, interest-bearing deposits with banks, repurchase agreements, loans and leases and other liquid assets, are financed


primarily by client deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest margin represents the relationship between annualized fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue and average total interest-earning assets for the period. Revenue that is exempt from income taxes, mainly that earned from certain investment securities (state and political subdivisions), is adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis using a federal statutory income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit.

TABLE 12: AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES - FULLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate Average
Balance
 Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate
(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent basis)                 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$55,353
 $196
 .35% $28,946
 $125
 .43% $26,823
 $141
 .53%
Securities purchased under resale agreements4,077
 38
 .94
 5,766
 45
 .77
 7,243
 51
 .71
Trading account assets959
 1
 .13
 748
 
 
 651
 
 
Investment securities116,809
 2,317
 1.98
 117,696
 2,429
 2.06
 113,910
 2,689
 2.36
Loans and leases15,912
 266
 1.67
 13,781
 253
 1.84
 11,610
 254
 2.19
Other interest-earning assets15,944
 7
 .05
 11,164
 4
 .04
 7,378
 3
 .04
Average total interest-earning assets$209,054
 $2,825
 1.36
 $178,101
 $2,856
 1.60
 $167,615
 $3,138
 1.88
Interest-bearing deposits:                 
U.S.$21,296
 $21
 .10% $8,862
 $10
 .12% $9,333
 $19
 .20%
Non-U.S.109,003
 78
 .07
 100,391
 83
 .08
 89,059
 147
 .16
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,817
 
 
 8,436
 1
 .01
 7,697
 1
 .01
Federal funds purchased20
 
 
 298
 
 
 784
 1
 .09
Other short-term borrowings4,177
 5
 .12
 3,785
 59
 1.57
 4,676
 71
 1.52
Long-term debt9,309
 245
 2.63
 8,415
 232
 2.75
 7,008
 222
 3.17
Other interest-bearing liabilities7,351
 43
 .59
 6,457
 26
 .40
 5,898
 15
 .26
Average total interest-bearing liabilities$159,973
 $392
 .25
 $136,644
 $411
 .30
 $124,455
 $476
 .39
Interest-rate spread    1.11%     1.30%     1.49%
Net interest revenue—fully taxable-equivalent basis  $2,433
     $2,445
     $2,662
  
Net interest margin—fully taxable-equivalent basis    1.16%     1.37%     1.59%
Tax-equivalent adjustment  (173)     (142)     (124)  
Net interest revenue—GAAP basis  $2,260
     $2,303
     $2,538
  
Net interest revenue decreased 2%, and on a fully taxable-equivalent basis remained relatively flat, in 2014 compared to 2013. The following table presentscomparisons were generally the result of lower yields on interest-earning assets, as lower global interest rates affected our revenue from floating-rate assets, partially offset by the benefit of higher levels of interest-earning assets and lower rates on interest paid.
Net interest revenue declined 9% in 2013 compared to 2012. The overall decrease was primarily due to the impact of lower yields on interest-earning assets related to lower global interest rates, partially offset by lower funding costs.
Changes in the components of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities relatedare discussed in more detail below. Additional detail about the components of interest revenue and interest expense and rates earned and paid, for


59


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

is provided in note 18 to the years indicated:consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate Average
Balance
 Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 Rate
(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent basis)                 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$28,946
 $125
 .43% $26,823
 $141
 .53% $20,241
 $149
 .74%
Securities purchased under resale agreements5,766
 45
 .77
 7,243
 51
 .71
 4,686
 28
 .61
Trading account assets748
 
 
 651
 
 
 2,013
 
 
Investment securities117,696
 2,429
 2.06
 113,910
 2,690
 2.36
 103,075
 2,615
 2.54
Loans and leases13,781
 253
 1.84
 11,610
 253
 2.19
 12,180
 280
 2.30
Other interest-earning assets11,164
 4
 .04
 7,378
 3
 .04
 5,462
 2
 .03
Average total interest-earning assets$178,101
 $2,856
 1.60
 $167,615
 $3,138
 1.88
 $147,657
 $3,074
 2.08
Interest-bearing deposits:                 
U.S.$8,862
 $10
 .12% $9,333
 $19
 .20% $4,049
 $11
 .27%
Non-U.S.100,391
 83
 .08
 89,059
 147
 .16
 84,011
 209
 .25
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,436
 1
 .01
 7,697
 1
 .01
 9,040
 10
 .11
Federal funds purchased298
 
 
 784
 1
 .09
 845
 
 
Other short-term borrowings3,785
 59
 1.57
 4,676
 71
 1.52
 5,134
 86
 1.67
Long-term debt8,415
 232
 2.75
 7,008
 222
 3.17
 8,966
 289
 3.22
Other interest-bearing liabilities6,457
 26
 .40
 5,898
 15
 .26
 3,535
 8
 .24
Average total interest-bearing liabilities$136,644
 $411
 .30
 $124,455
 $476
 .39
 $115,580
 $613
 .53
Interest-rate spread    1.30%     1.49%     1.55%
Net interest revenue—fully taxable-equivalent basis  $2,445
     $2,662
     $2,461
  
Net interest margin—fully taxable-equivalent basis    1.37%     1.59%     1.67%
Tax-equivalent adjustment  (142)     (124)     (128)  
Net interest revenue—GAAP basis  $2,303
     $2,538
     $2,333
  
For 2013 compared to 2012, averageAverage total interest-earning assets increased, mainlywere higher for 2014 compared to 2013, the result of theour investment of elevated levels of client deposits invested in interest-bearing deposits with banks, higher levels of cash collateral (included in other interest-earning assets in Table 12: Average Balances and Interest Rates - Fully Taxable-Equivalent Basis) provided in connection with our enhanced custody business, and higher average loans and leases.
The higher level of investment in interest-bearing deposits with banks resulted from continued higher levels of client deposits, discussed further below, while the increase in purchases ofaverage loans and leases resulted from growth in mutual fund lending and our continued investment securities as well as in interest-bearing deposits with banks. senior secured bank loans.
During the past year, our clients have continued to place elevated levels of deposits with us, as low global interest rates have made deposits attractive relative to other investment options. ThoseThe portion of these client deposits determined to becharacterized by us as transient in nature havehas generally been placed with various central banks globally, whereaswhile deposits determined to bewe characterize as more stable have generally been invested in our investment securities portfolio or elsewhereand used to support growth in other client-related activities.
Average loans and leases wereA portion of the increase in client deposits in 2014 was driven by higher for 2013 compared to 2012 due primarily to growth in mutual fund lending. Higher levels of cash collateral providedEuro denominated deposits, as clients placed these deposits with us due to the negative interest rate environment in connectionEurope.  We have characterized these additional deposits as transient in nature and, accordingly, have generally invested these deposits with central banks. The effects of the recent stronger U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the Euro, has exacerbated the associated negative effect on our role as principal in certain securities finance activities drovenet interest revenue.  If European Central Bank, or ECB, monetary policy continues to pressure European interest rates downward and the U.S. dollar remains strong or strengthens, the negative effects on our net interest revenue likely will continue or increase.
Our average other interest-earning assets, higherlargely associated with the enhanced custody business, composed approximately 8% of our average total interest-earning assets for 2014, compared to approximately 6% of our average total interest-earning assets for 2013, as this business grew.continued to grow. While these securities finance activities supportthe enhanced custody business supports our overall profitability by generating securities finance fee revenue, they putit puts downward pressure on our net interest margin.
Netmargin, as interest revenue for 2013 declined 9%, and on the cash collateral we provide is earned at a fully taxable-equivalent basis declined 8%,lower rate compared to 2012. The decreases were primarily due to the impact of lower yields on interest-earning assets related to lower global interest rates, partly offset by lower funding costs. The decrease also reflected the continued impact of the reinvestment of pay-downs on existingour investment securities in lower-yielding investment securities. These decreases in net interest revenue were partly offset by the impact of growth in the investment portfolio on an average basis year over year.portfolio.
Subsequent to the commercial paper conduit consolidation in 2009,, we have recorded aggregate discount accretion in interest revenue of $2.02 billion ($119 million in 2014, $1.91 billion ($621137 million in 20092013, $712$215 million in 20102012, $220$220 million in 2011, $215$712 million in 2010, and2012 and $137621 million in 2013)2009). The timing and ultimate recognition of any applicable discount accretion depends, in part, on factors that are outside of our control, including anticipated prepayment speeds and credit quality. The impact of these factors is uncertain and can be significantly influenced by general economic and financial market conditions. The timing and recognition of any applicable discount accretion can also be influenced by our ongoing management of the risks and other characteristics associated with our investment securities portfolio, including sales of securities which would otherwise generate interest revenue through accretion.
Depending on the factors discussed above, among others, we anticipate that, until the former conduit securities remaining in our investment portfolio mature or are sold, discount accretion will continue to contribute, though generally in declining amounts, to our net interest revenue. Assuming that we hold the remaining former conduit securities to maturity, all else being equal, we expect the remaining former conduit securities carried in our investment portfolio as of December 31, 20132014 to generate aggregate discount accretion in future periods of approximately $572$387 million over their remaining terms, with approximately half of this aggregate discount accretion to be recorded over the next four years.
Changes in the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are discussed in more detail below. Additional detail about the components of interest revenue and interest expense is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Interest-bearing deposits with banks which include cash balances maintained ataveraged $55.35 billion for the Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank and other non-U.S. central banksyear ended December 31, 2014, compared to satisfy reserve requirements, averaged $28.95 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared2013. While these deposits reflected our maintenance of cash balances at the Federal Reserve, the ECB and other non-U.S. central banks to $26.82 billion forsatisfy regulatory reserve requirements, the year ended December 31, 2012, reflectingabove-described amounts also reflect the additional impact of the placementofcontinued elevated levels of client deposits. deposits and our investment of the excess deposits with central banks.
Certain client deposits were determined to becharacterized as transient in nature and were placed with various central banks globally. In 2013, we diversified our investment of these elevated client deposits, in part, through purchases of investment securities. If client deposits remain at or close to current elevated levels, we expect to continue to invest client depositsthem in either money market assets, including central bank deposits, or in investment securities, depending on our assessment of the underlying characteristics of the deposits.
 AAverage investment securities increaseddecreased to $117.70$116.81 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $113.912014 compared to $117.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was generally the result of ongoing purchases of securities, partly offset by maturities, sales and pay-downs. Period-end portfolio balances are more significantly influenced by the timing of purchases, sales and runoff;2013 as a result, average portfolio balances are a more effective indication of trends in portfolio activity. Detail with respectwe continue to the investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is provided in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. As of December 31, 2013, investment securities rated “AAA” and “AA” represented approximately 89% ofreposition our investment portfolio consistent within light of the compositionliquidity requirements of our portfolio as of December 31, 2012.
Loans and leases averaged $13.78 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $11.61 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was mainly related to mutual fund lending, which averaged $7.61 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $5.59 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. The proportion of average short-duration liquidity to our average loan-and-lease portfolio declined to approximately 27% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from approximately 29% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Short-duration advances provide liquidity to clients in support of their investment activities related to securities settlement.coverage ratio.


6160


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The following table presents average U.S.
Detail with respect to our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and non-U.S. short-duration advances2013 is provided in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Loans and leases averaged $15.91 billion for the yearsyear ended 2014, up from $13.78 billion in 2013. The increase was mainly related to mutual fund lending and our continued investment in senior secured bank loans. Mutual fund lending and senior secured bank loans averaged approximately $9.12 billion and $1.40 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31:31, 2014 compared to $8.16 billion and $170 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively.
Average loans and leases also include short-duration advances.
TABLE 13: U.S. AND NON-U.S. SHORT-DURATION ADVANCESTABLE 13: U.S. AND NON-U.S. SHORT-DURATION ADVANCES
Years Ended December 31,      
(In millions)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
Average U.S. short-duration advances$2,356
 $1,972
 $1,994
$2,355
 $2,356
 $1,972
Average non-U.S. short-duration advances1,393
 1,393
 1,585
1,512
 1,393
 1,393
Average total short-duration advances$3,749
 $3,365
 $3,579
$3,867
 $3,749
 $3,365
     
Average short-durance advances to average loans and leases24% 27% 29%
The decline in proportion of the average daily short-duration advances to average loans and leases is primarily due to growth in the other segments of the loan and lease portfolio. Short-duration advances provide liquidity to clients in support of their investment activities.
Although average short-duration advances for the year ended December 31, 20132014 increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2012,2013, such average advances remained low relative to historical levels, mainly the result of clients continuing to hold higher levels of liquidity.
Average other interest-earning assets increased to $15.94 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $11.16 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $7.38 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012.2013. The increased levels were primarily the result of higher levels of cash collateral provided in connection with our participation in principal securities finance transactions.enhanced custody business.
Aggregate average interest-bearing deposits increased to $109.25$130.30 billion for the year ended December 31, 20132014 from $98.39$109.25 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was mainly due to2013. The higher levels were primarily the result of increases in both U.S. and non-U.S. transaction accounts associated with the growth of new and existing business in assets under custody and administration.time deposits. Future transaction account levels will be influenced by the underlying asset servicing business, as well as
market conditions, including the general levels of U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates.
Average other short-term borrowings declinedincreased to $4.18 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $3.79 billion for the year ended December 31,2013. The increase was the result of a higher level of client demand for our commercial paper. The decline in rates paid from 1.6% in 2013 to 0.1% in 2014 resulted from $4.68a reclassification of certain derivative contracts that hedge our interest-rate risk on certain assets and liabilities, which reduced interest revenue and interest expense.
Average long-term debt increased to $9.31 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012, as higher levels of client deposits provided additional liquidity. Average long-term debt increased to2014 from $8.42 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $7.01 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012.2013. The increase primarily reflected the issuance of $1.0 billion of extendible notes by State Street Bank in December 2012, the issuance of $1.5 billion of senior and subordinated debt in May 2013, and the issuance of $1.0 billion of senior debt issued in November 2013. This increase was partly offset by maturities of $1.752013, and $1.0 billion of senior debt issued in December 2014. This is partially offset by the second quartermaturities of 2012.$500 million of senior debt in May 2014 and $250 million of senior debt in March 2014.
 Average other interest-bearing liabilities increased to $7.35 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $6.46 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $5.90 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily the result of higher levels of cash collateral received from clients in connection with our participation in principal securities finance transactions.enhanced custody business.
Several factors could affect future levels of our net interest revenue and margin, including the mix of client liabilities; actions of various central banks; changes in U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates; changes in the various yield curves around the world; revised or proposed regulatory capital or liquidity standards, or interpretations of those standards; the amount of discount accretion generated by the former conduit securities that remain in our investment securities portfolio; and the yields earned on securities purchased compared to the yields earned on securities sold or matured.
Based on market conditions and other factors, we continue to reinvest the majority of the proceeds from pay-downs and maturities of investment securities in highly-rated securities, such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities, municipal securities, federal agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. and non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The pace at which we continue to reinvest and the types of investment securities purchased will depend on the impact of market conditions and other factors over time. We expect these factors and the levels of global interest rates to dictateinfluence what effect our reinvestment program will have on future levels of our net interest revenue and net interest margin.
Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net
The following table presents net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities and the components of net impairment losses, included in net gains and losses related to investment securities, for the years indicated:


6261


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31,2013 2012
(In millions)   
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities$14
 $55
Losses from other-than-temporary impairment(21) (53)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(2) 21
Net impairment losses recognized in consolidated statement of income(23) (32)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net$(9) $23
Impairment associated with expected credit losses$(11) $(16)
Impairment associated with management’s intent to sell impaired securities prior to recovery in value(6) 
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows(6) (16)
Net impairment losses recognized in consolidated statement of income$(23) $(32)
From timeGains (Losses) Related to time, in connection with our ongoing management of our investment securities portfolio, we sell available-for-sale securities to manage risk, to take advantage of favorable market conditions, or for other reasons. In 2013 and 2012, we sold approximately $10.26 billion and $5.35 billion, respectively, of such investment securities and recorded net realized gains of $14 million and $55 million, respectively, as presented in the table above.
The net realized gains recorded in 2012 reflected a realized loss of $46 million from the second-quarter sale of all of our Greek investment securities, which had an aggregate carrying value of approximately $91 million. These securities, which were previously classified as held to maturity, were sold as a result of the effect of significant deterioration in the creditworthiness of the underlying collateral, including significant downgrades of the securities' external credit ratings.Investment Securities, Net
We regularly review our investment securities portfolio to identify other-than-temporary impairment of individual securities. Additional information about investment securities, the gross gains and losses that compose the net gains from sales of securities and other-than-temporary impairment is provided in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
TABLE 14: INVESTMENT SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES), NET
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
(In millions)     
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities$15
 $14
 $55
Net impairment losses:     
Gross losses from other-than-temporary impairment(1) (21) (53)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(10) (2) 21
Net impairment losses(1)
(11) (23) (32)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net$4
 $(9) $23
      
(1) Net impairment losses, recognized in our consolidated statement of income, were composed of the following:
     
Impairment associated with expected credit losses$(10) $(11) $(16)
Impairment associated with management’s intent to sell impaired securities prior to recovery in value
 (6) 
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows(1) (6) (16)
Net impairment losses$(11) $(23) $(32)
From time to time, in connection with our ongoing management of our investment securities portfolio, we sell available-for-sale securities to manage risk, to take advantage of favorable market conditions, or for other reasons. In 2014, we sold approximately $9.77 billion of such investment securities, compared to approximately $10.26 billion in 2013, and recorded net realized gains of $15 million and $14 million, respectively, as presented in the preceding table.
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
We recorded a provision for loan losses of $6$10 million in 2013,2014, compared to $6 million in 2013 and a negative provision of $3 million in 2012.2012. The provisions in 2014 and 2013 provision resulted from were recorded in connection with our exposure to non-investment-grade borrowers composed of senior secured bank loans, which we purchased in connection with our participation in loan syndications in the non-investment-grade lending market beginningmarket. The increase in 2013.the provision in the year-to-year comparison reflected growth of the portfolio. Additional information about these senior secured bank loans is provided under “Financial
“Financial Condition - Loans and Leases” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis, and in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
EXPENSES
TABLE 15: EXPENSES  
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 %  Change 2014 vs. 2013 %  Change 2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)         
Compensation and employee benefits$4,060
 $3,800
 $3,837
 7 % (1)%
Information systems and communications976
 935
 844
 4
 11
Transaction processing services784
 733
 702
 7
 4
Occupancy461
 467
 470
 (1) (1)
Claims resolution
 
 (362)    
Acquisition costs58
 76
 26
 

  
Restructuring charges, net75
 28
 199
 

  
Other:      
  
Professional services440
 392
 381
 12
 3
Amortization of other intangible assets222
 214
 198
 4
 8
Securities processing costs68
 52
 24
 

  
Regulatory fees and assessments74
 72
 61
 

  
Other(1)
609
 423
 506
 44
 (16)
Total other1,413
 1,153
 1,170
 23
 (1)
Total expenses$7,827
 $7,192
 $6,886
 9
 4
Number of employees at year-end29,970
 29,430
 29,660
    
(1) 5Included in other for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a $185 million legal accrual in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities. For additional information, refer to note 21 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was primarily the result of costs for additional staffing to support new business, higher incentive compensation, the impact of merit increases and promotions, and higher regulatory compliance costs, partially offset by savings generated from the completion of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.
Compensation and employee benefits expenses in 2014 included approximately $53 million of costs related to our Business Operations and Information


6362


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

EXPENSES
The following table presents
Technology Transformation program, which was completed at the componentsend of expenses for the years indicated:
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 % Change
2013 vs. 2012
(Dollars in millions)       
Compensation and employee benefits$3,800
 $3,837
 $3,820
 (1)%
Information systems and communications935
 844
 776
 11
Transaction processing services733
 702
 732
 4
Occupancy467
 470
 455
 (1)
Claims resolution
 (362) 
  
Acquisition costs76
 26
 16
  
Restructuring charges, net28
 199
 253
  
Other:       
Professional services392
 381
 347
 3
Amortization of other intangible assets214
 198
 200
 8
Securities processing costs (recoveries)52
 24
 (6)  
Regulatory fees and assessments72
 61
 53
  
Other423
 506
 412
 (16)
Total other1,153
 1,170
 1,006
 (1)
Total expenses$7,192
 $6,886
 $7,058
 4
Number of employees at year-end29,430
 29,660
 29,740
  
Expenses
Total expenses for 2013 increased 4%2014, compared to 2012. Expenses for both yearsapproximately $84 million in 2013. The 2014 expenses also included credits related to gains and recoveries$84 million of net severance costs associated with Lehman Brothers matters, as follows:staffing realignment.
Aggregate credits of $85 million recorded in other expenses for 2013, presented in “other” in the table above, related to gains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets;
Credit of $362 million for 2012, presented separately in the table above, composed of recoveries associated with the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy; and
Aggregate credits of $30 million recorded in other expenses for 2012, composed of $16 million presented in “securities processing costs (recoveries)” and $14 million presented in “other” in the table above, related to litigation and other settlement recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related matters.
Excluding the credits described above, total expenses for 2013 of $7.28 billion ($7.19 billion plus $85 million) were essentially flat compared to expenses for 2012 of $7.28 billion ($6.89 billion plus $362 million and $30 million).
The 1% decline in compensationCompensation and employee benefits expenses fordeclined 1% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily resulted fromthe result of lower staffing levels, including savings related to the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, and lower benefit costs, partlypartially offset by expenses to support new business and acquisitions and higher incentive compensation. Compensation
Information systems and employee benefitscommunications expenses for 2013 included approximately $84 million ofincreased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was mainly associated with higher infrastructure costs related to the implementationcompletion of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, compared to approximately $90 million for 2012. These costs are not expected to recur subsequent to full implementation of the program.
The 11% increase in information systems and communications expenses for 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily the result of the planned transition of certain functions to third-party service providers associated with components of our technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support, as part of the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, as well as costs to support new business.
Additional information with respect to the impact of the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program on future compensation and employee benefits and information systems and communications expenses is provided in the following “Restructuring Charges” section.
The 4% increase inExpenses for transaction processing services increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase primarily reflected higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the investment servicing business.
Transaction processing services expenses forincreased 4% in 2013 compared to 2012 generally reflected primarily as a result of higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the asset servicing business.

64

TableOther expenses increased 23% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to a legal accrual of Contents$185 million in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities, higher levels of professional services associated with regulatory compliance requirements, a charitable contribution to the State Street Foundation, as well as the impact of the Lehman Brothers-related gains and recoveries recorded in 2013. The legal accrual is more fully discussed under "Legal and Regulatory Matters" in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The decline in aggregate otherexpenses (professional services, amortization of other intangible assets, securities processing costs (recoveries), regulatory fees and assessments and other)expenses for 2013 compared to 2012 was mainly the result of the above-described credits of $85$85 million related to gains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets. assets in 2013.
Excluding these creditsrecoveries from other expenses for 2013, and excluding the above-described credits of $14 million from
other expenses for 2012,, other expenses for 2013 of $1.24 billion ($1.15 billion plus $85 million)$85 million) increased 5% compared to other expenses of $1.18 billion ($1.17 billion plus $14 million) for 2012. The “other” category2012.
Our compliance obligations have increased significantly due to new regulations in the U.S. and internationally that have been adopted or proposed in response to the financial crisis. As a systemically important financial institution, we are subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards. Our status as a G-SIB has also resulted in heightened prudential and conduct expectations of our U.S. and international regulators with respect to our capital and liquidity management and our compliance and risk oversight programs. These heightened expectations have increased our regulatory compliance costs, including personnel and systems, as well as significant additional implementation and related costs to enhance our programs. We anticipate that these evolving and increasing regulatory compliance requirements and expectations will continue to affect our expenses. Our employee compensation and benefits, information systems and other expenses was down 2% for 2013could increase, as we further adjust our operations in response to $508 million ($423 million plus $85 million) from $520 million ($506 million plus $14 million) in 2012. The 5% increase in aggregate other expenses to $1.24 billion in 2013 from $1.18 billion in 2012 was primarily related to the addition of amortization of other intangible assets associated with the GSAS acquisition, completed in October 2012,new or proposed requirements and securities processing costs and fines associated with regulatory matters in our U.K. transition management business.heightened expectations.
Additional information about this transition management matter is provided under “Legal and Regulatory Matters” in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Claims Resolution
As a result of the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, we had various claims against Lehman Brothers entities in bankruptcy proceedings in the U.S. and the U.K. We also had amounts asserted as owed, or return obligations, to Lehman Brothers entities. The various claims and amounts owed arose from transactions that existed at the time Lehman Brothers entered bankruptcy, including prime brokerage arrangements, foreign exchange transactions, securities lending arrangements and repurchase agreements.
In 2011,2014, we reached an agreement with certainreceived distributions totaling approximately $21 million from the Lehman Brothers estates, in the U.S.compared to resolve the value of deficiency claims arising out of indemnified repurchase transactions in the U.S., and the bankruptcy court allowed those claims in the amount of $400 million. 
In September 2012, we reached an agreement to settle the claims against the Lehman Brothers estate in the U.K. related to the close-out of securities lending and repurchase arrangements.  This settlement resulted in a return obligation for us and a certified claim against the Lehman Brothers estate, and resolved the contingent nature of our rights and obligations with the Lehman Brothers estate.
In connection with our resolution of the indemnified repurchase and securities lending claims in the U.S. and the U.K., we recognized a credit of approximately $362 million in our consolidated statement of income in 2012. Both certified claims retained as part of the settlement agreements were subsequently sold at their respective fair values, resulting in an additional gain of approximately $10 million, which was also recorded in our consolidated statement of income in 2012.
In 2013, we received aggregate distributions totaling approximately $186 million from the Lehman Brothers estates.estates in 2013. Of the aggregate distributions received in both 2014 and 2013, approximately $11 million and $101 million, respectively, was related to recoveries of specific claims and applied to reduce remaining Lehman Brothers-related assets, primarily prime brokerage claim-related receivables, recorded in our consolidated statement of condition; the remaining $85$10 million and $85 million received in 2014 and 2013, respectively, was recorded as an aggregatea credit to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income, as described earlier in this “Expenses” section.income.


63
Acquisition Costs

In 2013, we recorded acquisition costs of $76 million, compared to $66 million in 2012, with both amounts related to previously disclosed acquisitions, mainly the 2012 GSAS and 2010 Intesa acquisitions. The 2012 acquisition costs were partly offset by an indemnification benefit of $40 million for the assumption of an income tax liability related to the 2010 Intesa acquisition.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Restructuring Charges
Information with respect to our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and our 2011 and 2012 expense control measures, including charges, employee reductions and aggregate activity in the related accruals, is provided in the following sections.
Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation Program
In November 2010, we announced a global multi-year Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program. The program includesincluded operational, information technology and targeted cost initiatives, including plans related to reductions in both staff and occupancy costs.
We completed our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program at the end of 2014, achieving, over the course of the program, greater than $625 million of total pre-tax savings on an annual basis with full effect in 2015, based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal.
The majority of the annual savings have affected compensation and employee benefits

expenses. These savings have been modestly offset by increases in information systems and communications expenses.
With respect to our business operations, we are standardizingstandardized certain core business processes, primarily through our execution of the State Street Lean methodology, and drivingwe drove automation of these business processes. We are currently creatingcreated a new technology platform, including transferring certain core software applications to a private cloud, and havewe expanded our use of third-party service providers associated with components of our

65

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

information technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support.
We transferred the majority of our core software applications to a private cloud in 2013, and we expect to transfer the remaining core applications in 2014.
To implement this program, we expect to incurincurred aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of approximately $400$440 million to $450 million over the four-year period ending December 31, 2014. To date,2014 and we have recorded aggregatethese restructuring charges of $381 million in our consolidated statement of income, as presented in the following table by type of cost:income.

TABLE 16: PRE-TAX AGGREGATE RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRANSFORMATION PROGRAMTABLE 16: PRE-TAX AGGREGATE RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TRANSFORMATION PROGRAM
(In millions)
Employee-Related
Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Information
Technology  Costs
 Total
Employee-Related
Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Information
Technology Costs
 Total
2010$105
 $51
 $
 $156
$105
 $51
 $
 $156
201185
 7
 41
 133
85
 7
 41
 133
201227
 20
 20
 67
27
 20
 20
 67
201313
 13
 (1) 25
13
 13
 (1) 25
201438
 21
 
 59
Total$230
 $91
 $60
 $381
$268
 $112
 $60
 $440
Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Real estate
consolidation costs resulted from actions taken to reduce our occupancy costs through the consolidation of leases and properties. Information technology costs included transition fees related to the above-described expansion of our use of third-party service providers.
In 2010, in connection with the program, we initiated the involuntary terminationWe originally identified a total of 1,400 employees, or approximately 5%1,574 positions as part of our global workforce, which we completed by the end of 2011. In addition, in connection with our announcement in 2011 of the expansion of our use of third-party service providers associated with our information technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support, as well as the continued execution of the business operations transformation component of the program, we identified 1,340 additional involuntary terminations and role eliminations, including 376 in 2013.this initiative. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we eliminated 1,278 of these positions.
In connection with the continuing implementation of the program, we achieved incremental pre-tax expense savings of approximately $220 million in 2013, and as previously reported, we achieved incremental pre-tax expense savings of approximately $112 million in 2012 and $86 million in 2011, in each case compared to our 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal. Incremental pre-tax expense savings to be achieved in 2014 are expected to be approximately $130 million.
These pre-tax expense savings relate only to the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and are based on projected improvement from our total 2010 expenses from operations, all else being equal. Our actual total expenses have increased since 2010, and may in the future increase or decrease, due to other factors. The majority of the annual savings will affect compensation and employee benefits expenses. These savings will be modestly offset by increases in information systems and communications expenses as we implement the program.
Excluding the expected aggregate restructuring charges of $400 million to $450 million described earlier, we expect the program to reduce our pre-tax expenses from operations, on an annualized basis, by approximately $575 million to $625 million by the end of 2014 compared to 2010, all else being equal, with the full effect to be realized in 2015. We expect the business operations transformation component of the program to result in approximately $450 million of these savings and the information technology transformation component of the program to result in approximately $150 million of these savings. As of December 31, 2013, we have achieved the majority of these savings.
2011 Expense Control Measures
In the fourth quarter of 2011, in connection with expense control measures designed to calibrate our expenses to our outlook for our capital markets-facing businesses in 2012, we took two actions. First, we withdrew from our fixed-income trading initiative, in which we traded in fixed-income securities and derivatives as principal with our custody clients and other third parties that trade in these securities and derivatives. Second, we undertook other targeted staff reductions. As a result of these actions, we recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges and credits of $119 million in our consolidated statement of income, as presented in the following table by type of cost:

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

(In millions)
Employee-Related
Costs
 Fixed-Income Trading Portfolio Asset and Other Write-Offs Total
2011$62
 $38
 $20
 $120
20123
 (9) 5
 (1)
Total$65
 $29
 $25
 $119
Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. We identified 442 employees to be involuntarily terminated as their roles were eliminated. As of December 31, 2013, wesubstantially completed these reductions.
Costs for the fixed-income trading portfolio resulted primarily from fair-value adjustments to the initiative's trading portfolio related to our decision to withdraw from the initiative. In connection with our withdrawal in 2012, we wound down that initiative's remaining trading portfolio. Costs for asset and other write-offs were related to asset write-downs and contract terminations.
2012 Expense Control Measures
In the fourth quarter of 2012,December 2011, in connection with expense control measures designed to better align our expenses to our business strategy and related outlook for 2013,, we identified additional targeted staff reductions. As a result of these actions, we have
recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of $133 million in 2012, $1363 million in 2013 and $16 million in 2014 in our consolidated statement of income, as presented in the following table by type of cost:
(In millions)
Employee-Related
Costs
 Asset and Other Write-Offs Total
2012$129
 $4
 $133
2013(4) 7
 3
Total$125
 $11
 $136
income. Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Costs for asset and other write-offs were primarily related to contract terminations. We originally identified involuntary terminations and role eliminations of 960 employees (630(630 positions after replacements).  As of DecemberMarch 31, 2013, 782 positions were eliminated through voluntary and involuntary terminations. 2014, we substantially completed these reductions.
Aggregate Restructuring-Related Accrual Activity
The following table presents aggregate activity associated with accruals that resulted from the chargesrestructuring charge accrual associated with the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and the 2011 and 2012 expense control measures:measures as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $71 million and $106 million, respectively.




6764


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

(In millions)
Employee-
Related
Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Information Technology
Costs
 Fixed-Income Trading Portfolio Asset and Other Write-Offs Total
Initial accrual$105
 $51
 $
 $
 $
 $156
Payments(15) (4) 
 
 
 (19)
Balance as of December 31, 201090
 47
 
 
 
 137
Additional accruals for Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program85
 7
 41
 
 
 133
Accruals for 2011 expense control measures62
 
 
 38
 20
 120
Payments and adjustments(75) (15) (8) 
 (5) (103)
Balance as of December 31, 2011162
 39
 33
 38
 15
 287
Additional accruals for Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program27
 20
 20
 
 
 67
Additional accruals for 2011 expense control measures3
 
 
 (9) 5
 (1)
Accruals for 2012 expense control measures129
 
 
 
 4
 133
Payments and adjustments(126) (10) (48) (29) (11) (224)
Balance as of December 31, 2012195
 49
 5
 
 13
 262
Additional accruals for Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program13
 13
 (1) 
 
 25
Additional accruals for 2012 expense control measures(4) 
 
 
 7
 3
Payments and adjustments(154) (13) (4) 
 (13) (184)
Balance as of December 31, 2013$50
 $49
 $
 $
 $7
 $106
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was $421 million in 2014 compared to $550 million in 2013 compared to $705 million in 20122013. Our effective tax rate for 20132014 was 17.2% compared to 20.5% in 20.5%2013, compared to 25.5% for 2012.which included the impact of an out-of-period income tax benefit. The decline in the 2014 effective tax rate comparedwas primarily attributable to 2012 was mainly the result of the out-of-period income tax benefit described below, as well as ouran expansion of our tax-exempt investmentmunicipal securities portfolio, increased investments in alternative energy projects and an increase in renewable energy investments.
In the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed a multi-year tax data enhancement process, the final stages of which identified a reconciliation difference ingreater benefits from our deferred tax accounts, and we determined that our deferred tax liabilities were overstated by $50 million and our deferred tax assets were understated by $21 million. We evaluated the qualitative and quantitative effectsnon-U.S. operations, net of the resulting overstatement of2013 out-of-period benefit.
Additional information regarding income tax expense, including unrecognized tax benefits, and concluded that such overstatement did not have a material effect on any prior full-year or quarterlytax contingencies are provided in notes 22 and 11, to the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an adjustment in our consolidated statement of income to correct this difference, which resulted in an out-of-period income tax benefit of $71 million. Excluding the impactstatements under Item 8 of this $71 million income tax benefit, income tax expense in 2013 would have been $621 million, compared to $705 million in 2012, and our effective tax rate for 2013 would have been 23.2%, compared to 25.5% for 2012.Form 10-K.
LINE OF BUSINESS INFORMATION
We have two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. Given our services and management organization, the results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry. Information about our two lines of business, as well as the revenues, expenses and capital allocation methodologies associated with them, is provided in note 2524 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The amounts in the “Other” columns were not allocated to our business lines. The “Other” column for 2014 included net costs of $219 million composed of the following table provides a summary-
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of our line$133 million;
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of business results$84 million; and
Net provisions for the periods indicated. litigation exposure and other costs of $2 million.
The “Other” column for 2013 included netcosts of $180 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $104 million; certain$104 million;
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $65 million; and
Net severance costs associated with reorganization of certain non-U.S. operationsstaffing realignment of $11 million.
The “Other” column for 2012 included net losses of $27 million composed of the netfollowing -
Net realized loss from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities of $46 million; a
A benefit related to claims associated with the 2008 Lehman Brothers
bankruptcy of $362 million; certain
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $225 million; and
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $118 million; and net acquisition and restructuring costs of $225 million. The “Other” column for 2011 included acquisition and restructuring costs of $269 million. The amounts in the “Other” columns were not allocated to State Street's business lines. Results for
2012Prior reported results reflect reclassifications, for comparative purposes, related to management changes in methodologies associated with allocations of capitalrevenue and expenses reflected in line-of-business results for 2013. Results for 2011 were not adjusted for these reclassifications.
 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Other Total
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 % Change 2013 vs. 2012 2013 2012 2011 % Change 2013 vs. 2012 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)                           
Fee revenue:                           
Servicing fees$4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
 9 % $
 $
 $
 

 $
 $
 $
 $4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
Management fees
 
 
 

 1,106
 993
 917
 11 % 
 
 
 1,106
 993
 917
Trading services994
 912
 1,131
 9
 67
 98
 89
 (32) 
 
 
 1,061
 1,010
 1,220
Securities finance324
 363
 333
 (11) 35
 42
 45
 (17) 
 
 
 359
 405
 378
Processing fees and other238
 259
 284
 (8) 7
 7
 13
 
 
 
 
 245
 266
 297
Total fee revenue6,375
 5,948
 6,130
 7
 1,215
 1,140
 1,064
 7
 
 
 
 7,590
 7,088
 7,194
Net interest revenue2,221
 2,464
 2,231
 (10) 82
 74
 102
 11
 
 
 
 2,303
 2,538
 2,333
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(9) 69
 67
 

 
 
 
 

 
 (46) 
 (9) 23
 67
Total revenue8,587
 8,481
 8,428
 1
 1,297
 1,214
 1,166
 7
 
 (46) 
 9,884
 9,649
 9,594
Provision for loan losses6
 (3) 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 6
 (3) 
Total expenses6,176
 6,041
 5,890
 2
 836
 864
 899
 (3) 180
 (19) 269
 7,192
 6,886
 7,058
Income before income tax expense$2,405
 $2,443
 $2,538
 (2) $461
 $350
 $267
 32
 $(180) $(27) $(269) $2,686
 $2,766
 $2,536
Pre-tax margin28% 29% 30%   36% 29% 23%         27% 29% 26%
Average assets (in billions)$203.24
 $190.09
 $170.45
   $3.76
 $3.72
 $4.36
         $207.00
 $193.81
 $174.81
Investment Servicing
Total revenue and total fee revenue in 2013 for our Investment Servicing line of business, as presented in the preceding table, increased 1% and 7%, respectively, compared to 2012. The 7% increase in total fee revenue mainly resulted from increases in servicing fees and trading services revenue, partly offset by declines in securities finance revenue and processing fees and other revenue.
Servicing fees in 2013 increased 9% compared to 2012, primarily the result of stronger global equity markets, the impact of net new business installed on current-period revenue and the addition of revenue from the October 2012 GSAS acquisition. Trading services revenue in 2013 increased 9% compared to 2012, mainly due to higher foreign exchange trading revenue associated with higher client volumes, currency volatility and spreads.
Securities finance revenue in 2013 decreased 11% compared to 2012, primarily the result of lower spreads and slightly lower average lending volumes. Processing fees and other revenue in 2013 decreased 8% compared to 2012, primarily due to the absence of the fair-value adjustment related to our withdrawal from our fixed-income trading initiative and the gain from the sale of a Lehman Brothers-related asset, both recorded in 2012, as well as hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2013. This decline was partly offset by an increase in revenue associated with our investment in bank-owned life insurance for 2013 compared to 20122014.

Servicing fees and gains (losses) related to investment securities, net, for our Investment Servicing business line are identical to the respective consolidated results. Refer to “Servicing Fees,” and “Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net” under “Total Revenue” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis for a more in-depth discussion. A discussion of trading services revenue, securities finance revenue and processing fees and other revenue is provided under “Trading Services,” “Securities Finance” and “Processing Fees and Other” in “Total Revenue.”

6865


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 17: INVESTMENT SERVICING LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS
 
Investment
Servicing
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)       
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 6%
Trading services1,039
 1,027
 938
 1
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 22
Processing fees and other179
 206
 235
 (13)
Total fee revenue6,784
 6,411
 5,992
 6
Net interest revenue2,188
 2,221
 2,464
 (1)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 69
  
Total revenue8,976
 8,623
 8,525
 4
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3)  
Total expenses6,648
 6,190
 6,058
 7
Income before income tax expense$2,318
 $2,427
 $2,470
 (4)
Pre-tax margin26% 28% 29%  
Average assets (in billions)$234.2
 $203.2
 $190.1
  
Investment Servicing
Total revenue and total fee revenue in 2014 for our Investment Servicing line of business, presented in Table 17: Investment Servicing Line of Business Results, increased4% and 6%, respectively, compared to 2013. The increase in total fee revenue primarily resulted from increases in servicing fees, securities finance revenue and trading services revenue, partially offset by a decline in processing fees and other revenue.
Servicing fees increased 6% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily the result of stronger global equity markets and the positive revenue impact of net new business (revenue added from new servicing business installed less revenue lost from the removal of assets serviced).
Trading services revenue increased 1% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily as a result of higher client volumes in direct sales and trading, partially offset by a decline in client volumes in electronic foreign exchange trading services.
Securities finance revenue increased22% in 2014 compared to 2013, mainly the result of growth in our enhanced custody business and higher volumes.
Processing fees and other revenue decreased 13% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to higher amortization of tax-advantaged investments, partially offset by higher loan service fees due to higher average loan volumes and higher revenue from our investment in bank-owned life insurance.
Servicing fees, securities finance revenue and net gains (losses) related to investment securities for our Investment Servicing business line are consistent
with the respective consolidated results. Refer to “Servicing Fees,” "Securities Finance" and “Gains (Losses) Related to Investment Securities, Net” under “Total Revenue” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a more in-depth discussion. A discussion of trading services revenue and processing fees and other revenue is provided under “Trading Services” and “Processing Fees and Other” in “Total Revenue.”
Net interest revenue decreased 1% in 2013 decreased 10%2014 compared to 2012 primarily due to2013 generally the impactresult of lower yields on interest-earninginterest earning assets, related toas lower global interest rates partlyaffected our revenue from floating-rate assets, partially offset by the benefit of higher levels of interest-earning assets and lower funding costs. The decrease also reflected the continued impact of the reinvestment of pay-downsrates on existing investment securities in lower-yielding investment securities.interest paid. A discussion of net interest revenue is provided under “Net Interest Revenue” in “Total Revenue.”
Total expenses increased 7% in 2013 increased 2%2014 compared to 2012. Information systems and communications2013, primarily driven by increases in other expenses, increased, primarily the result of the planned transition of certain functions to third-party service providers associated with components of our technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support as part of the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, as well as costs to support new business.
Transaction processing services expenses increased in 2013 compared to 2012, mainly due to higher equity market values and higher transaction volumes in the asset servicing business. Other expenses increased, primarily due to increased donations, higher securities processing costs, the addition of amortization of other intangible assets associated with the GSAS acquisition completed in October 2012, and higher regulatory fees and assessments.
These expense increases were partly offset by declines in compensation and employee benefitsbenefit expenses primarily driven by savings associated with the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, partly offset by an increase in costs to support new business and higher incentive compensation. A more detailed discussion of expenses is provided under “Expenses” in “Consolidated Results of Operations.”transaction processing services.
TABLE 18: INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS
 Investment
Management
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012 % Change 2014 vs. 2013
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)       
Management fees$1,207
 $1,106
 $993
 9%
Trading services45
 67
 98
 (33)
Processing fees and other(5) 6
 5
  
Total fee revenue1,247
 1,179
 1,096
 6
Net interest revenue72
 82
 74
 (12)
Total revenue1,319
 1,261
 1,170
 5
Total expenses960
 822
 847
 17
Income before income tax expense$359
 $439
 $323
 (18)
Pre-tax margin27% 35% 28%  
Average assets (in billions)$3.9
 $3.8
 $3.7
  
Investment Management
Total revenue and total fee revenue in 2013 for our Investment Management line of business, as presented in the preceding table, bothTable 18: Investment Management Line of Business Results, increased 7%5% in 2014 compared to 2012. The increase in total2013. Total fee revenue was generally reflective of an increase in management fees, partly offset by a decline in trading services revenue.
Management fees in 2013 increased 11%6% compared to 2012,2013, primarily the result of increases in management fees, partially offset by decreases in trading services revenue.
Management fees increased9% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily the result of stronger global equity market valuationsmarkets and the impact of net new business installed on current-period revenue. inflows. Trading services revenue decreased 32%declined 33% in 20132014 compared to 2012,2013, mainly due to the impact of lower distribution fees associated with the SPDR® Gold ETF, which resulted from outflows and a lower average gold prices and net outflows fromprice during the SPDR® Gold ETF.period.
Management fees for the Investment Management business line are identical toconsistent with the


66


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

respective consolidated results. Refer to “Management Fees” in “Total Revenue” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis for a more in-depth discussion. A discussion of trading services revenue is provided under “Trading Services” in “Total Revenue.”
Total expenses increased 17% in 2013 decreased 3%2014 compared to 2012, mainly reflective2013. The increase primarily reflected the impact of creditsgains and recoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets partly offset byrecorded in 2013, as well as higher incentive compensation.

69

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - COMPARISON OF 2012 AND 2011
OVERVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31,2012 2011 % Change 2012 vs. 2011
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)     
Total fee revenue$7,088
 $7,194
 (1)%
Net interest revenue2,538
 2,333
 9
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net23
 67
  
Total revenue9,649
 9,594
 1
Provision for loan losses(3) 
  
Total expenses6,886
 7,058
 (2)
Income before income tax expense2,766
 2,536
  
Income tax expense(1)
705
 616
  
Net income$2,061
 $1,920
 7
Adjustments to net income:     
Dividends on preferred stock(2)
(29) (20)  
Earnings allocated to participating securities(3)
(13) (18)  
Net income available to common shareholders$2,019
 $1,882
 7
Earnings per common share:     
Basic$4.25
 $3.82
  
Diluted4.20
 3.79
  
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):     
Basic474,458
 492,598
  
Diluted481,129
 496,072
  
Return on average common equity10.3% 10.0%  
(1) AmountsPre-tax margin for 2012 and 2011 reflected the net effects of certain tax matters ($7 million benefit and $55 million expense, respectively) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition. Amount for 2011 reflected a discrete income tax benefit of $103 million attributable to costs incurredInvestment Management declined in terminating former conduit asset structures.
(2) Amount for 2012 included $8 million related to Series C Preferred stock and $21 million related to Series A Preferred stock; amount for 2011 related to Series A Preferred stock.
(3) Refer to note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.


70

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TOTAL REVENUE
Years Ended December 31,2012 2011 % Change 2012 vs. 2011
(Dollars in millions)     
Fee revenue:     
Servicing fees$4,414
 $4,382
 1 %
Management fees993
 917
 8
Trading services revenue:     
Foreign exchange trading511
 683
 (25)
Brokerage and other trading services499
 537
 (7)
Total trading services revenue1,010
 1,220
 (17)
Securities finance405
 378
 7
Processing fees and other266
 297
 (10)
Total fee revenue7,088
 7,194
 (1)
Net interest revenue:     
Interest revenue3,014
 2,946
 2
Interest expense476
 613
 (22)
Net interest revenue2,538
 2,333
 9
Gains related to investment securities, net23
 67
 (66)
Total revenue$9,649
 $9,594
 1
Total revenue for 2012 increased 1%2014 compared to 2011, primarily2013. The higher margin for the result of increased servicing fee revenue and management fee revenue, as well as a higher level of net interest revenue, partly offset by declines in trading service revenue and processing fees and other revenue.
Servicing fees for 2012 increased 1% from 2011, mainly due to stronger equity markets, the impact of net new business and revenue added from acquired businesses, partly offset by the impacts of the weaker euro and client de-risking. In both 2012 and 2011, servicing fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 42% of total servicing fees. Management fees for 2012 increased 8% from 2011, primarily due to the impact of stronger equity markets, net new business and higher performance fees. Management fees generated outside the U.S. in 2012 were approximately 37% of total management fees, compared to 41% in 2011, with the declineprior-year was mainly the result of higher levels of management fees generated in the U.S.
Trading services revenue for 2012 declined 17% compared to 2011, mainly the result of a decline in revenue from foreign exchange trading, due to lower currency volatility,gains and changes in product mix, partly offset by higher client volumes. Securities finance revenue for 2012 increased 7% from 2011 as a result of higher spreads across all lending programs, partly offset by lower lending volumes.
Net interest revenue for 2012 increased 9% compared to 2011. The overall increase generally resulted from higher levels of interest-earningrecoveries associated with Lehman Brothers-related assets growth in the investment portfolio and lower funding costs. These increases were partly offset by the impact of generally lower rates on interest-earning assets. Net interest revenue for 2012 and 2011 included $215 million and $220 million, respectively, of discount accretion related to investment securities added to our consolidated statement of condition in connection with the commercial paper conduit consolidation in 2009.
We recorded net gains related to investment securities of $23 million for 2012, composed of net realized gains of $55 million from sales of available-for-sale investment securities, net of $32 million of net impairment losses. The net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities in 2012 reflected a loss of $46 million from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities, which were previously classified as held to maturity. The sale was undertaken as a result of the effect of significant deterioration in the creditworthiness of the underlying collateral, including significant downgrades of the securities' external credit ratings. For 2011, we recorded net gains related to investment securities of $67 million, composed of net realized gains of $140 million from sales of available-for-sale investment securities, net of $73 million of net impairment losses.
The aggregate unrealized loss on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was recorded in 2012 was $53 million. Of this total $21 million related to factors other than credit, and was recognized, net of taxes, as a component of other comprehensive incomeexpenses in our consolidated statement of condition. We recorded losses from

71

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

other-than-temporary impairment related to credit of the remaining $32 million in our 2012 consolidated statement of income, compared to $73 million in 2011.

2013.
EXPENSES
Years Ended December 31,2012 2011 % Change 2012 vs. 2011
(Dollars in millions)     
Compensation and employee benefits$3,837
 $3,820
 

Information systems and communications844
 776
 9 %
Transaction processing services702
 732
 (4)
Occupancy470
 455
 3
Claims resolution(362) 
  
Acquisition costs, net26
 16
  
Restructuring charges, net199
 253
  
Other:     
Professional services381
 347
 10
Amortization of other intangible assets198
 200
 (1)
Securities processing (recoveries) costs24
 (6)  
Regulatory fees and assessments61
 53
 15
Other506
 412
 23
  Total other1,170
 1,006
 16
Total expenses$6,886
 $7,058
 (2)
Number of employees at year-end29,660
 29,740
  
Expenses
Compensation and employee benefits expenses were relatively flat in 2012 compared to 2011, as costs added from merit increases and acquisitions in 2012 were almost completely offset by the expense savings associated with the 2011 expense control measures and the implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.
Information systems and communications expenses were higher primarily as a result of the impact of our implementation of the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program, as we expanded our use of service providers associated with components of our technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support, as well as additional costs to support business growth. Transaction processing services expenses declined primarily as a result of lower sub-custodian and external contract services costs related to declines in transaction volumes in trading services and our withdrawal from the fixed-income trading initiative.
In 2012, we recorded acquisition costs of $66 million, mainly related to integration costs incurred in connection with the 2012 GSAS and 2010 Intesa acquisitions. These acquisition costs were partly offset by an indemnification benefit of $40 million for the assumption of an income tax liability related to the Intesa acquisition.
In 2012, we recorded aggregate restructuring charges of approximately $199 million, primarily including $67 million related to the continuing implementation of our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program. The remaining net restructuring charges of $132 million for 2012 were composed of charges of $133 million related to expense control measures initiated by us in 2012 and a net credit adjustment of $(1) million related to expense control measures we initiated in 2011.
The charges for the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program consisted mainly of costs related to employee severance and information technology. Charges associated with the expense control measures included employee-related costs, principally costs related to severance, benefits and outplacement services; fixed-income trading portfolio-related costs, which resulted from fair-value adjustments to the initiative's trading portfolio related to our decision to withdraw from the initiative; and costs for asset write-downs and contract terminations. As a result of the withdrawal from the fixed-income trading initiative in 2012, we wound down that initiative's remaining derivatives portfolio.

72

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The increase in aggregate other expenses (professional services, amortization of other intangible assets, securities processing costs (recoveries), regulatory fees and assessments and other costs) for 2012 compared to 2011 resulted primarily from the impact of litigation and consulting costs on professional fees, higher levels of securities processing costs and higher levels of regulatory fees and assessments.
Income Tax Expense
We recorded income tax expense of $705 million for 2012, compared to $616 million for 2011, and our effective tax rate for 2012 was 25.5%, compared to 24.3% for 2011. The increases in both comparisons were primarily associated with the impact of a discrete tax benefit of $103 million recorded in 2011 attributable to costs incurred in terminating former conduit asset structures. In addition, income tax expense for 2012 and 2011 included a net benefit of $7 million and expense of $55 million, respectively, related to the net effects of certain tax matters associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
The structure of our consolidated statement of condition is primarily driven by the liabilities generated by our Investment Servicing and Investment Management lines of business. Our clients' needs and our operating objectives determine balance sheet volume, mix, and currency
denomination. As our clients execute their worldwide cash management and investment activities, they utilize deposits and short-term investments that constitute the majority of our liabilities. These liabilities are generally in the form of interest-bearing transaction account deposits, which are denominated in a variety of currencies; non-interest-bearing demand deposits; and repurchase agreements, which generally serve as short-term investment alternatives for our clients.
Deposits and other liabilities generated byresulting from client activitiesinitiated transactions are invested in assets that generally match the liquidity and interest-rate characteristics of the liabilities, although the weighted-average maturities of our assets are significantly longer than the contractual maturities of our liabilities. Our assets consist primarily of securities held in our available-for-sale or held-to-maturity portfolios and short-duration financial instruments, such as interest-bearing deposits with banks and securities purchased under resale agreements. The actual mix of assets is determined by the characteristics of the client liabilities and our desire to maintain a well-diversified portfolio of high-quality assets.


The following table presents the components
67


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 19: AVERAGE STATEMENT OF CONDITION(1) 
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013
(In millions)Average Balance Average Balance
Assets:   
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$55,353
 $28,946
Securities purchased under resale agreements4,077
 5,766
Trading account assets959
 748
Investment securities116,809
 117,696
Loans and leases15,912
 13,781
Other interest-earning assets15,944
 11,164
Average total interest-earning assets209,054
 178,101
Cash and due from banks4,139
 3,747
Other noninterest-earning assets24,935
 25,182
Average total assets$238,128
 $207,030
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:   
Interest-bearing deposits:   
U.S.$21,296
 $8,862
Non-U.S.109,003
 100,391
Total interest-bearing deposits130,299
 109,253
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,817
 8,436
Federal funds purchased20
 298
Other short-term borrowings4,177
 3,785
Long-term debt9,309
 8,415
Other interest-bearing liabilities7,351
 6,457
Average total interest-bearing liabilities159,973
 136,644
Noninterest-bearing deposits44,041
 36,294
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities12,797
 13,561
Preferred shareholders’ equity1,181
 490
Common shareholders’ equity20,136
 20,041
Average total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$238,128
 $207,030
(1) Additional information about our average statement of condition, primarily our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, is included under “Consolidated Results of Operations - Total Revenue - Net Interest Revenue” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.

73

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)


Years Ended December 31,2013 2012
(In millions)Average Balance Average Balance
Assets:   
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$28,946
 $26,823
Securities purchased under resale agreements5,766
 7,243
Trading account assets748
 651
Investment securities117,696
 113,910
Loans and leases13,781
 11,610
Other interest-earning assets11,164
 7,378
Total interest-earning assets178,101
 167,615
Cash and due from banks3,747
 3,811
Other noninterest-earning assets25,182
 22,384
Total assets$207,030
 $193,810
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:   
Interest-bearing deposits:   
U.S.$8,862
 $9,333
Non-U.S.100,391
 89,059
Total interest-bearing deposits109,253
 98,392
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,436
 7,697
Federal funds purchased298
 784
Other short-term borrowings3,785
 4,676
Long-term debt8,415
 7,008
Other interest-bearing liabilities6,457
 5,898
Total interest-bearing liabilities136,644
 124,455
Noninterest-bearing deposits36,294
 36,512
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities13,561
 12,660
Preferred shareholders’ equity490
 515
Common shareholders’ equity20,041
 19,668
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$207,030
 $193,810


7468


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Investment Securities
The following table presents the carrying values of investment securities by type as of December 31:
TABLE 20: CARRYING VALUES OF INVESTMENT SECURITIESTABLE 20: CARRYING VALUES OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
As of December 31,
(In millions)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
Available for sale:          
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:     U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
Direct obligations$709
 $841
 $2,836
$10,655
 $709
 $841
Mortgage-backed securities23,563
 32,212
 30,021
20,714
 23,563
 32,212
Asset-backed securities:          
Student loans(1)
14,542
 16,421
 16,545
12,460
 14,542
 16,421
Credit cards8,210
 9,986
 10,487
3,053
 8,210
 9,986
Sub-prime1,203
 1,399
 1,404
951
 1,203
 1,399
Other5,064
 4,677
 3,465
4,145
 5,064
 4,677
Total asset-backed securities29,019
 32,483
 31,901
20,609
 29,019
 32,483
Non-U.S. debt securities:          
Mortgage-backed securities11,029
 11,405
 10,875
9,606
 11,029
 11,405
Asset-backed securities5,390
 6,218
 4,303
3,226
 5,390
 6,218
Government securities3,761
 3,199
 1,671
3,909
 3,761
 3,199
Other4,727
 4,306
 2,825
5,428
 4,727
 4,306
Total non-U.S. debt securities24,907
 25,128
 19,674
22,169
 24,907
 25,128
State and political subdivisions10,263
 7,551
 7,047
10,820
 10,263
 7,551
Collateralized mortgage obligations5,269
 4,954
 3,980
5,339
 5,269
 4,954
Other U.S. debt securities4,980
 5,298
 3,615
4,109
 4,980
 5,298
U.S. equity securities34
 31
 27
39
 34
 31
Non-U.S. equity securities1
 1
 3
2
 1
 1
U.S. money-market mutual funds422
 1,062
 613
449
 422
 1,062
Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds7
 121
 115
8
 7
 121
Total$99,174
 $109,682
 $99,832
$94,913
 $99,174
 $109,682
     
Held to Maturity:          
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:     U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
Direct obligations$5,041
 $5,000
 $
$5,114
 $5,041
 $5,000
Mortgage-backed securities91
 153
 265
62
 91
 153
Asset-backed securities:          
Student loans(1)
1,627
 
 
1,814
 1,627
 
Credit cards762
 
 
897
 762
 
Other782
 16
 31
577
 782
 16
Total asset-backed securities3,171
 16
 31
3,288
 3,171
 16
Non-U.S. debt securities:          
Mortgage-backed securities4,211
 3,122
 4,973
3,787
 4,211
 3,122
Asset-backed securities2,202
 434
 436
2,868
 2,202
 434
Government securities2
 3
 3
154
 2
 3
Other192
 167
 172
72
 192
 167
Total non-U.S. debt securities6,607
 3,726
 5,584
6,881
 6,607
 3,726
State and political subdivisions24
 74
 107
9
 24
 74
Collateralized mortgage obligations2,806
 2,410
 3,334
2,369
 2,806
 2,410
Total$17,740
 $11,379
 $9,321
$17,723
 $17,740
 $11,379
  
(1) SubstantiallyPrimarily composed of securities guaranteed by the federal government with respect to at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest on the underlying loans.

75

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The increase in municipal securitiesU.S. Treasury direct obligations as of December 31, 20132014 compared to December 31, 2012, classified
2013, as statewell as decreases in certain of the mortgage- and political subdivisionsasset-backed securities for the same periods, presented in Table 20: Carrying Values of Investment Securities, were associated with our repositioning of the table above, generally resulted fromportfolio in light of the diversificationliquidity requirements of our investment portfolio exposure by asset class, as we reduced our exposure to mortgage-backed securities. the liquidity coverage ratio, or LCR.
Additional information about our investment securities portfolio is provided in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
We manage our investment securities portfolio to align with the interest-rate and duration characteristics of our client liabilities and in the context of the overall structure of our consolidated statement of condition, in consideration of the global interest-rate environment. We consider a well-diversified, high-credit quality investment securities portfolio to be an important element in the management of our consolidated statement of condition.
Our portfolio is concentrated in securities with high credit quality, with approximately 89%Approximately 90% of the carrying value of the portfolio rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 2013. The following table presents the percentages of the carrying value of the portfolio, by external credit rating,2014 and 89% as of December 31:
 2013 2012
AAA(1)
70% 69%
AA19
 19
A6
 7
BBB3
 3
Below BBB2
 2
 100% 100%
31, 2013.
TABLE 21: INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY EXTENAL CREDIT RATING
 As of December 31,
 2014 2013
AAA(1)
73% 70%
AA17
 19
A6
 6
BBB2
 3
Below BBB2
 2
 100% 100%
  
(1) Includes U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities that are split-rated, “AAA” by Moody’s Investors Service and “AA+” by Standard & Poor’s.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, the investment portfolio of approximately 10,51016,915 securities was diversified with respect to asset class. Approximately 74%64% of the aggregate carrying value of the portfolio as of that date was composed of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, compared to approximately 77%74% as of December 31, 2012.2013. The asset-backed securities portfolio, of which approximately 96% and 97% of the carrying value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, was floating-rate, consisted primarily of student loan-backed and credit card-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities were composed of securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home


69


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Loan Mortgage Corporation, as well as U.S. and non-U.S. large-issuer collateralized mortgage obligations.
In December 2013, U.S. regulators issued final regulations to implement the so-called “Volcker rule,” one of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.Volcker rule. The Volcker rule will, among other things, requireover time, prohibit banking organizations covered by the rule to either restructure or divest ofentities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain investments in and relationships with “covered funds,”prohibited proprietary trading activities, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations.regulations, subject to exemptions for market making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging, underwriting and certain other activities. The classificationVolcker rule will also require banking entities to either restructure or divest certain ownership interests in, and relationships with, covered funds (as such terms are defined in the final Volcker rule regulations).
The Volcker rule became effective on July 21, 2012, and the final implementing regulations became effective on April 1, 2014. In the absence of an applicable extension of the Volcker rule’s general conformance period, a banking entity must bring its activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker rule and its final Volcker rule regulations by July 21, 2015. In December 2014, the Federal Reserve issued an order, the 2016 conformance period extension, extending the Volcker rule’s general conformance period until July 21, 2016 for investments in and relationships with covered funds and certain foreign funds that were in place on or prior to December 31, 2013, referred to as legacy covered funds. Under the 2016 conformance period extension, all investments in and relationships related to investments in a covered fund made or entered into after that date by a banking entity and its affiliates, and all proprietary trading activities of those entities, must be in conformance with the Volcker rule and its final implementing regulations by July 21, 2015. The Federal Reserve stated in the 2016 conformance period extension that it intends to grant a final one-year extension of the general conformance period, to July 21, 2017, for banking entities to conform ownership interests in and relationships with legacy covered funds.
Whether certain types of investment securities or structures, such as collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, constitute covered funds, as “covered funds” remainsdefined in the final Volcker rule regulations, and do not benefit from the exemptions provided in the Volcker rule, and whether a banking organization's investments therein constitute ownership interests remain subject to (1) market, and ultimately regulatory, interpretation, based onand (2) the specific terms and other characteristics relevant to such investment securities and structures.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, we held an aggregate of approximately $5.77$4.54 billion of investments in CLOs. As of the same date, these investments had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of
approximately $122$97 million, composed of gross unrealized gains of $141$105 million and gross unrealized losses of $19$8 million. In the event that we or our banking regulators conclude that such investments in CLOs, or other investments, are “coveredcovered funds, we may be required to divest of such investments. If other banking entities reach similar conclusions with respect to similar investments held by them, the prices of such investments could decline significantly, and we may be required to divest of such investments at a significant discount compared to the investments' book value. This could result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations in the period in which such a divestment occurs or on our consolidated financial condition.
Our investment securities portfolio represented approximately 48%We are reviewing our activities that are affected by the final Volcker rule regulations and 54%are taking steps to bring those activities into conformity with the Volcker rule. The final Volcker rule regulations also require banking entities to establish extensive programs designed to ensure compliance with the restrictions of the Volcker rule. We are in the process of establishing the necessary compliance program to comply with the final Volcker rule regulations. Such compliance program will restrict our consolidated total assetsability in the future to service certain types of funds, in particular covered funds for which SSGA acts as an advisor and certain types of December 31, 2013trustee relationships. Consequently, Volcker rule compliance will entail both the cost of a compliance program and December 31, 2012, respectively,loss of certain revenue and future opportunities.
Non-U.S. Debt Securities
Approximately 26% of the gross interest revenue generated byaggregate carrying value of our investment securities portfolio represented approximately 22%was composed of our consolidated total gross revenue for 2013,non-U.S. debt securities as of December 31, 2014 compared to approximately 25% of our consolidated total gross revenue for 2012.
Our investment securities portfolio represents a greater proportion of our consolidated statement of condition as described above, and our loan-and-lease portfolio represents a smaller proportion (approximately 6% of our consolidated total assets as of both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012),27% in comparison to many other major banking organizations. In some respects, the accounting and regulatory treatment of our investment2013.


7670


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

securities portfolio may be less favorable to us than a more traditional held-for-investment lending portfolio or a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities. For example, under the July 2013 Basel III final rule, after-tax unrealized gains
TABLE 22: NON-U.S. DEBT SECURITIES
 As of December 31,
(In millions)2014 2013
Available for Sale:   
United Kingdom$6,925
 $9,357
Australia3,401
 3,551
Netherlands3,219
 3,471
Canada2,711
 2,549
France1,407
 1,581
South Korea920
 744
Japan860
 971
Germany810
 1,410
Finland513
 397
Italy464
 
Norway438
 369
Belgium120
 
Sweden103
 142
Austria73
 83
Other(1)
205
 282
Total$22,169
 $24,907
Held to Maturity:   
United Kingdom$1,779
 $1,474
Australia1,712
 2,216
Germany1,651
 1,263
Netherlands1,128
 934
Spain155
 206
Italy79
 270
Ireland68
 86
Other(2)
309
 158
Total$6,881
 $6,607
(1) Included approximately $66 and losses on investment securities classified as available for sale will be included in tier 1 capital. Since loans held for investment are not subject to a fair-value accounting framework, changes in the fair value of loans (other than incurred credit losses) are not similarly included in the determination of tier 1 capital under the Basel III final rule. As a result of this differing treatment, we may experience increased variability in our tier 1 capital relative to other major banking institutions whose loan-and-lease portfolios represent a larger proportion of their consolidated total assets than ours.
Non-U.S. Debt Securities
Approximately 27% of the aggregate carrying value of our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013 was composed of non-U.S. debt securities, compared to approximately 24%$133 million as of December 31, 2012. The following table presents our non-U.S. debt securities available for sale2014 and held2013, respectively, related to maturity, included in the preceding tablePortugal, Ireland and Spain, all of investment securities carrying values, by significant country of issuer or location of collateral,which were mortgage-backed securities.
(2) Included approximately $36 and $44 million as of December 31:31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of securities related to Portugal, all of which were mortgage-backed securities.
(In millions)2013 2012
Available for Sale:   
United Kingdom$9,357
 $10,263
Australia3,551
 4,035
Netherlands3,471
 3,006
Canada2,549
 2,274
France1,581
 1,364
Germany1,410
 1,836
Japan971
 1,173
South Korea744
 257
Finland397
 259
Norway369
 210
Sweden142
 72
Austria83
 
Spain65
 67
Mexico55
 70
Other162
 242
Total$24,907
 $25,128
Held to Maturity:   
Australia$2,216
 $2,189
United Kingdom1,474
 920
Germany1,263
 
Netherlands934
 
Italy270
 276
Spain206
 209
Other244
 132
Total$6,607
 $3,726
Approximately 89%88% and 87%89% of the aggregate carrying value of these non-U.S. debt securities was rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively. The majority of these securities comprise senior positions within the security structures; these positions have a level of protection provided through subordination and other forms of credit protection. ApproximatelyAs of December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately 74% and 72%, respectively, of the aggregate carrying value of these non-U.S. debt securities was floating-rate, and accordingly, the securities are considered to have minimal interest-rate risk.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, these non-U.S. debt securities had an average market-to-book ratio of 101.3%101.4%, and an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $413$397 million,, composed of
gross unrealized gains of $483$432 million and gross unrealized losses of $70 million.$35 million. These unrealized amounts included a pre-tax net unrealized gain of $292$229 million, composed of gross unrealized gains of $314$241 million and gross unrealized losses of $22$12 million, associated with non-U.S. debt securities available for sale.

77

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2013,2014, the underlying collateral for thesenon-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities primarily included U.K. prime mortgages, Australian and Dutch mortgages and German automobile loans. The securities listed under “Canada” were composed of Canadian government securities and corporate debt.debt and covered bonds. The securities listed under “France” were composed of automobile loans and corporate debt.debt and covered bonds. The securities listed under “Japan” were substantially composed of Japanese government securities. The securities listed under “South Korea” were composed of South Korean government securities. The “other” category of available-for-sale securities included approximately $68 million and $105 million of securities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to Portugal and Ireland, all of which were mortgage-backed securities. The “other” category of held-to-maturity securities included approximately $130 million of securities as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012 related to Portugal and Ireland, all of which were mortgage-backed securities.
Our aggregate exposureAdditional information on our exposures relating to Spain, Italy, Ireland and Portugal as of December 31, 2013 did not include any direct sovereign debt exposure to any of these countries. Our indirect exposure to these countries totaled approximately $740 million, which included approximately $574 million of mortgage-2014 is provided under "Financial Condition - Cross-Border Outstandings" in this Management's Discussion and asset-backed securities with an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $69 million as of December 31, 2013, composed of gross unrealized gains of $84 million and gross unrealized losses of $15 million. We recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $6 million on certain of these mortgage- and asset-backed securities in our consolidated statement of income in 2013, all of which was associated with management's intent to sell an impaired security prior to its recovery in value. In 2012, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $6 million on certain of these mortgage- and asset-backed securities, all of which was associated with expected credit losses. We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these mortgage- and asset-backed securities in 2011.Analysis.
Eurozone crisis tensions appeared to ease to an extent in 2013, following renewed volatility at the end of the first quarter of 2013. Economic performance remains weak in Spain, Italy, Ireland and Portugal.  Throughout the sovereign debt crisis, the major independent credit rating agencies have downgraded, and may in the future do so again, U.S. and non-U.S. financial institutions and sovereign issuers which have been, and may in the future be, significant counterparties to us, or whose financial instruments serve as collateral on which we rely for credit risk mitigation purposes. As a result, we may be exposed to increased counterparty risk, leading to negative ratings volatility.
Country risks with respect to Spain, Italy, Ireland and Portugal are identified, assessed and monitored by our Country Risk Committee. Country limits are defined in our credit and counterparty risk guidelines, in conformity with our credit and counterparty risk policy. These limits are monitored on a daily basis by Enterprise Risk Management. These country exposures are subject to ongoing surveillance and stress test analysis, conducted by the investment portfolio management team. The stress tests performed reflect the structure and nature of the exposure, its past and projected future performance based on macroeconomic and environmental analysis, with key underlying assumptions varied under a range of scenarios, reflecting downward pressure on collateral performance. The results of the stress tests are presented to senior management and Enterprise Risk Management as part of the surveillance process.
In addition, Enterprise Risk Management conducts separate stress-test analyses and evaluates the structured asset exposures in these countries for the assessment of other-than-temporary impairment. The assumptions used in these evaluations reflect expected downward pressure on collateral performance. Stress scenarios are subject to regular review, and are updated to reflect changes in the economic environment, measures taken in response to the sovereign debt crisis and collateral performance, with particular attention to these specific country exposures.
Municipal Securities
We carried an aggregate of approximately $10.29$10.83 billion of municipal securities classified as state and political subdivisions in the preceding table of investment securities carrying values, in our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013.2014 as shown in Table 20: Carrying Values of Investment Securities. Substantially all of these securities were classified as available for sale, with the remainder classified as held to maturity. As of the same date, we also provided approximately $8.16$7.61 billion of credit and liquidity facilities to municipal issuers as a form of credit enhancement. The following tables present our combined credit exposure to state and municipal obligors that represented


71


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 23: STATE AND MUNICIPAL OBLIGORS(1)
(Dollars in millions)
Total  Municipal
Securities
 
Credit and
Liquidity 
Facilities
 Total 
% of Total Municipal
Exposure
December 31, 2014      
State of Issuer:       
Texas$1,326
 $1,405
 $2,731
 15%
California458
 1,837
 2,295
 12
New York920
 996
 1,916
 10
Massachusetts989
 847
 1,836
 10
Maryland446
 416
 862
 5
Total$4,139
 $5,501
 $9,640
  
        
December 31, 2013      
State of Issuer:       
Texas$1,233
 $1,628
 $2,861
 16%
New York919
 1,000
 1,919
 10
Massachusetts967
 759
 1,726
 9
California373
 1,266
 1,639
 9
Maryland327
 643
 970
 5
Total$3,819
 $5,296
 $9,115
  
(1) Represented 5% or more of our aggregate municipal credit exposure of approximately $18.45$18.44 billion and $16.12$18.45 billion across our businesses as of December 31, 20132014 and 2013, respectively.2012, respectively, grouped by state
Our aggregate municipal securities exposure presented in Table 23: State and Municipal Obligors, was concentrated primarily with highly-rated counterparties, with approximately 89% of the obligors rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 2014. As of that date, approximately 60% and 38% of our aggregate exposure was associated with general obligation and revenue bonds, respectively. In addition, we had no exposures associated with industrial development or land development bonds. The portfolios are also diversified geographically, with the states that represent our largest exposures widely dispersed across the U.S.
Additional information with respect to display geographic dispersion:our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of our municipal securities is provided in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.


7872


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

December 31, 2013
Total Municipal
Securities
 
Credit and
Liquidity Facilities
 Total 
% of Total Municipal
Exposure
(Dollars in millions)       
State of Issuer:       
Texas$1,233
 $1,628
 $2,861
 16%
New York919
 1,000
 1,919
 10
Massachusetts967
 759
 1,726
 9
California373
 1,266
 1,639
 9
Maryland327
 643
 970
 5
Total$3,819
 $5,296
 $9,115
  

December 31, 2012
Total Municipal
Securities
 
Credit and
Liquidity Facilities
 Total  
% of Total Municipal Exposure  
(Dollars in millions)       
State of Issuer:       
Texas$1,091
 $1,957
 $3,048
 19%
New York486
 973
 1,459
 9
Massachusetts869
 508
 1,377
 9
California190
 1,158
 1,348
 8
New Jersey867
 
 867
 5
Florida148
 680
 828
 5
Total$3,651
 $5,276
 $8,927
  
Our aggregate municipal securities exposure presented in the foregoing table was concentrated primarily with highly-rated counterparties, with approximately 84% of the obligors rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 2013. As of that date, approximately 64% and 34% of our aggregate exposure was associated with general obligation and revenue bonds, respectively. In addition, we had no exposures associated with healthcare, industrial development or land development bonds. The portfolios are also diversified geographically; the states that represent our largest exposure are widely dispersed across the U.S.
Additional information with respect to our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of our municipal securities is provided in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
















79

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The following table presents the carrying amounts, by contractual maturity, of debt securities available for sale and held to maturity, and the related weighted-average contractual yields, as of December 31, 2013:
Under 1 Year 1 to 5 Years 6 to 10 Years Over 10 Years
TABLE 24: CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES AND YIELDSTABLE 24: CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES AND YIELDS
As of December 31, 2014Under 1 Year 1 to 5 Years 6 to 10 Years Over 10 Years
(Dollars in millions)Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount YieldAmount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
Available for sale(1):
                              
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                              
Direct obligations$1
 3.74% $36
 3.50% $46
 3.05% $626
 2.05%$
 % $6,841
 1.11% $3,287
 2.61% $527
 2.04%
Mortgage-backed securities272
 1.90
 2,267
 3.22
 5,331
 3.08
 15,693
 3.06
107
 2.75
 2,389
 3.20
 4,421
 3.07
 13,797
 3.01
Asset-backed securities:                              
Student loans927
 .45
 6,400
 .57
 4,546
 .60
 2,669
 .75
515
 .90
 6,100
 .54
 3,823
 .66
 2,022
 .68
Credit cards2,629
 .53
 3,366
 .65
 2,215
 1.14
 
 
381
 .80
 1,562
 .76
 1,110
 1.65
 
 
Sub-prime33
 1.43
 20
 2.41
 2
 2.62
 1,148
 .69
3
 4.86
 13
 1.30
 1
 6.15
 934
 .76
Other304
 .67
 1,603
 .62
 1,438
 1.04
 1,719
 1.40
244
 .51
 961
 .69
 1,268
 1.21
 1,672
 1.36
Total asset-backed3,893
   11,389
   8,201
   5,536
  1,143
   8,636
   6,202
   4,628
  
Non-U.S. debt securities:                              
Mortgage-backed securities883
 1.75
 5,791
 1.68
 150
 2.36
 4,205
 2.61
2,315
 1.52
 3,463
 1.54
 576
 1.19
 3,252
 2.93
Asset-backed securities432
 1.06
 4,235
 1.11
 592
 1.53
 131
 1.62
272
 1.01
 2,698
 .87
 166
 2.13
 90
 1.47
Government securities2,727
 .71
 1,034
 .46
 
 
 
 
2,321
 .48
 1,588
 1.41
 
 
 
 
Other1,201
 2.69
 2,871
 2.31
 655
 1.40
 
 
1,757
 2.81
 2,801
 1.80
 870
 .74
 
 
Total non-U.S. debt securities5,243
   13,931
   1,397
   4,336
  6,665
   10,550
   1,612
   3,342
  
State and political subdivisions(2)
690
 4.62
 3,152
 4.59
 3,884
 5.34
 2,537
 5.65
699
 4.96
 3,003
 4.90
 4,715
 5.98
 2,403
 6.04
Collateralized mortgage obligations421
 4.76
 1,633
 3.29
 1,240
 2.28
 1,975
 2.87
227
 4.56
 1,149
 2.98
 1,072
 2.66
 2,891
 2.91
Other U.S. debt securities299
 4.39
 3,919
 3.95
 729
 4.29
 33
 .79
814
 4.02
 2,967
 3.93
 294
 3.94
 34
 .78
Total$10,819
   $36,327
   $20,828
   $30,736
  $9,655
   $35,535
   $21,603
   $27,622
  
Held to maturity(1):
                              
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                              
Direct Obligations$
 % $
 % $5,000
 2.09% $41
 .59%$
 % $
 % $5,000
 2.09% $114
 .59%
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 22
 5.00
 18
 5.00
 51
 5.36
1
 5.00
 11
 5.00
 12
 5.00
 38
 5.35
Asset-backed securities                              
Student loans18
 .37
 152
 .60
 221
 .87
 1,236
 .74
6
 1.26
 182
 .81
 375
 .98
 1,251
 .73
Credit cards
 
 278
 .66
 484
 .57
 
 

 
 375
 .61
 522
 .57
 
 
Other
 
 493
 .48
 284
 .59
 5
 .59
15
 .57
 367
 .47
 191
 .62
 4
 .61
Total asset-backed18
   923
   989
   1,241
  21
   924
   1,088
   1,255
  
Non-U.S. debt securities:                              
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 1,141
 1.31
 179
 3.67
 2,891
 1.68
503
 1.30
 1,102
 1.06
 157
 3.74
 2,025
 1.59
Asset-backed securities140
 .58
 1,828
 .95
 234
 .71
 
 
105
 1.58
 2,567
 .69
 196
 .97
 
 
Government securities2
 .31
 
 
 
 
 
 
154
 .64
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other165
 1.11
 25
 .82
 
 
 2
 2.94

 
 72
 .44
 
 
 
 
Total non-U.S. debt securities307
   2,994
   413
   2,893
  762
   3,741
   353
   2,025
  
State and political subdivisions(2)
15
 5.53
 9
 5.51
 
 
 
 
7
 5.78
 2
 6.38
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations187
 3.12
 1,065
 3.04
 495
 1.48
 1,059
 2.47
574
 2.62
 460
 3.72
 498
 1.41
 837
 2.08
Total$527
   $5,013
   $6,915
   $5,285
  $1,365
   $5,138
   $6,951
   $4,269
  
    
(1) The maturities of mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are based on expected principal payments.
(2) Yields were calculated on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, using applicable federal and state income tax rates.
Impairment
Impairment exists when the fair value of an individual security is below its amortized cost basis. Impairment of a security is further assessed to determine whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. When the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we record the loss in our consolidated statement of income. In addition, for debt securities available for sale and held to maturity,

we record impairment in our consolidated statement of income when management intends to sell (or may be required to sell) the securities before they recover in value, or

80

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

when management expects the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the securities to be less than the amortized cost of the impaired security (a credit loss).


73


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value, and associatedimprovement to a net unrealized gains and losses, of investment securities available for sale and held to maturitygain position as of December 31:31, 2014 from a net unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013, presented in Table 25: Amortized Cost, Fair Value and Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Investment Securities, was primarily attributable to narrowing spreads in 2014.
TABLE 25: AMORTIZED COST, FAIR VALUE AND NET UNREALIZED GAINS (LOSSES) OF INVESTMENT SECURITIESTABLE 25: AMORTIZED COST, FAIR VALUE AND NET UNREALIZED GAINS (LOSSES) OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
As of December 31,
2013(1)
 
2012(1)
2014 2013
(In millions)Amortized Cost Net Unrealized Gains(Losses) Fair Value Amortized Cost Net Unrealized Gains(Losses) Fair ValueAmortized Cost Net Unrealized Gains(Losses) Fair Value Amortized Cost Net Unrealized Gains(Losses) Fair Value
Available for sale(2)
$99,159
 $15
 $99,174
 $108,563
 $1,119
 $109,682
Held to maturity(2)
17,740
 (180) 17,560
 11,379
 282
 11,661
Available for sale(1)
$94,108
 $805
 $94,913
 $99,159
 $15
 $99,174
Held to maturity(1)
17,723
 119
 17,842
 17,740
 (180) 17,560
Total investment securities116,899
 (165) 116,734
 119,942
 1,401
 121,343
$111,831
 $924
 $112,755
 $116,899
 $(165) $116,734
Net after-tax unrealized gain (loss)  $(96)     $885
    $554
     $(96)  
    
(1)Amounts excluded the remaining net unrealized losses primarily related to reclassifications of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity in 2008, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, within shareholders' equity in our consolidated statement of condition. Additional information is provided in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(2) Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with after-tax net unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI. Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, and unrealized gains and losses are not recorded in our consolidated financial statements.
The aggregate decline to a net unrealized loss as of December 31, 2013 from a net unrealized gain as of December 31, 2012 presented above was primarily attributable to changes in interest rates in 2013.
We conduct periodic reviews of individual securities to assess whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. Our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment involves an evaluation of economic and security-specific factors. Such factors are based on estimates, derived by management, which contemplate current market conditions and security-specific performance. To the extent that market conditions are worse than management's expectations, other-than-temporary impairment could increase, in particular the credit-related component that would be recorded in our consolidated statement of income.
In the aggregate, we recorded net losses from other-than-temporary impairment of $23$11 million and $32$23 million in the years ended December 31,2014 and 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. Additional information with respect to this other-than-temporary impairmentimpairments and net impairment losses, as well as information about our assessment of impairment, is provided in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Given theour mortgage-backed securities exposure, of our investment securities portfolio, particularly mortgage- and asset-backed securities, to residential mortgage and other consumer credit risks, the performance of the U.S. housing market continues to be a factor in the portfolio's credit performance. As such, our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment relies, in part, on our estimates of trends in nationalthe U.S. housing pricesmarket in addition to trends in unemployment rates, interest rates and the timing of defaults. Generally, indices that measure trends in national housing prices are published in arrears. As of September 30, 2013, national housing prices, according to the Case-Shiller National Home Price Index, had declined by approximately 21% peak-to-current. Overall, our evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment as of December 31, 2013 included2014 continued to include an expectation of a U.S. housing recovery characterized by relatively modest growth in national housing prices over the next few years. In connection with our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment with respect to relevant securities in our investment portfolio in future periods, we will consider trends in national housing prices that we observe at those times, including the Case-Shiller National Home Price Index, in addition to trends in unemployment rates, interest rates and the timing of defaults.
The other-than-temporary impairment of our investment securities portfolio continues to be sensitive to our estimates of future cumulative losses. However, given our recent more positive outlook for U.S. national housing
prices, our sensitivity analysis indicates,indicated, as of December 31, 2013,2014, that our investment securities
portfolio is currentlywas less exposed to the overallU.S. housing pricemarket outlook relative to other factors, including unemployment rates, and interest rates than it was asand timing of December 31, 2012.
default. The residential mortgage servicing environment remains challenging, and the time linetimeline to liquidate distressed loans continues to extend.extend, but to a lesser degree as a result of strengthening in the national housing market. The rate at which distressed residential mortgages are liquidatedtiming of default may affect, among other things, our investment securities portfolio. Such effects could include the timing of cash flows or the credit quality associated with the mortgages collateralizing certain of our residential mortgage-backed securities which, accordingly, could result in the recognition of additional other-than-temporary impairment in future periods.

81

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Our evaluation of potential other-than-temporary impairment of mortgage-backed securities with collateral located in Spain, Italy, Irelandcountries with slow economic growth and Portugalgovernment austerity measures takes into account government intervention in the corresponding mortgage markets and assumes a negativeconservative baseline macroeconomic environment for this region, due to a combination of slow economic growth and government austerity measures.environment. Our baseline view assumes a recessionary period characterized by high unemployment and by additional declines in housing prices of between 12%5% and 19% across these four countries.15%. Our evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment in our base case does not assume a disorderly sovereign debt restructuring or a break-up of the Eurozone.
In addition, we perform stress testing and sensitivity analysisanalyses in order to assess the impact of more severe assumptions on potential other-than-temporary impairment. WeFor example, we estimate, for example, using relevant information as of December 31, 2014 and assuming that all other factors remain constant, that in more stressful scenarios in which unemployment, gross domestic product and housing prices in these four countries deteriorate over the relevant periods more than we expected as of December 31, 2013,2014, other-than-temporary impairment could increase by a range of approximately $11 millionzero to $40$24 million. This sensitivity estimate is based


74


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the level of housing prices and the timing of defaults. To the extent that such factors differ significantly from management's current expectations, resulting loss estimates may differ materially from those stated.
Excluding other-than-temporary impairment recorded in 2013,2014, management considers the aggregate decline in fair value of the remaining investment securities and the resulting gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 20132014 to be temporary and not the result of any material changes in the credit characteristics of the securities. Additional information about these gross unrealized losses is provided in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Loans and Leases
The following table presents our U.S. and non-U.S. loans and leases, by segment, as of and for the years ended December 31 (excluding the allowance for loan losses):
TABLE 26: U.S. AND NON- U.S. LOANS AND LEASESTABLE 26: U.S. AND NON- U.S. LOANS AND LEASES
As of December 31,
(In millions)2013 2012 2011 2010 20092014 2013 2012 2011 2010
Institutional:                  
U.S.$10,623
 $9,645
 $7,115
 $7,001
 $6,637
$14,908
 $10,623
 $9,645
 $7,115
 $7,001
Non-U.S.2,654
 2,251
 2,478
 4,192
 3,571
3,263
 2,654
 2,251
 2,478
 4,192
Commercial real estate:                  
U.S.209
 411
 460
 764
 600
28
 209
 411
 460
 764
Total loans and leases$13,486
 $12,307
 $10,053
 $11,957
 $10,808
$18,199
 $13,486
 $12,307
 $10,053
 $11,957
Average loans and leases$13,781
 $11,610
 $12,180
 $12,094
 $9,703
$15,912
 $13,781
 $11,610
 $12,180
 $12,094
The increase in loans in the institutional segment presented in the table aboveas of December 31, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013 was mainly related to an increase in mutual fund lendingprimarily driven by higher levels of short-duration advances and ourincreased investment in the non-investment-grade lending market through participations in loan syndications, specifically senior secured bank loans. Senior secured bank loans are more fully described below, and additional information about all of
Short-duration advances to our loan-and-lease segments, as well as underlying classes, is providedclients included in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The institutional segment is composedwere $3.54 billion and $2.45 billion as of the following classes: investment funds, commercialDecember 31, 2014 and financial, purchased receivables and lease financing. The investment funds class includes lending to mutual and other collective investment funds and2013, respectively. These short-duration advances provide liquidity to fund clients to provide liquidity in support of their transaction flows associated with securities settlement activities. The commercial-and-financial class includes lending to corporate borrowers, including broker/dealers, as well as purchased loans composed
As of senior secured bank loans. The purchased receivables class represent undivided interests in securitized pools of underlying third-party receivables added in connection with the 2009 conduit consolidation. Lease financing includesDecember 31, 2014 and 2013, our investment in leveraged lease financing.
In 2013, we diversified our loan-and-lease exposure by investing in the non-investment-grade lending market through participations in loan syndications. These senior secured bank loans totaled approximately $2.07 billion and $724 million, as of December 31, 2013.respectively. In addition, as of the same date, we had binding unfunded commitments as of December 31, 2014 totaling an additional $211$337 million to participate in such syndications. We expect to increase our level of participation in these loan syndications in future periods. We had no investment in
These senior secured bank loans as of December 31, 2012 or in any prior years.
These loans, which we have rated “speculative” under our internal risk-rating framework (refer to note 54 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K), are externally rated “BBB,” “BB” or “B,” with approximately 94%95% of the loans rated “BB” or “B.” These loans present more significant exposure“B” as of December 31, 2014, compared to potential

82

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

credit losses than higher-rated loans. However, we seek to mitigate such exposure, in part through the limitation ofDecember 31, 2013. Our investment strategy involves limiting our investment to larger, more liquid credits underwritten by major global financial institutions, the application ofapplying our internal credit analysis process to each potential investment, and diversificationdiversifying our exposure by counterparty and industry segment. However, these loans have significant exposure to credit losses relative to higher-rated loans. As of December 31, 2013,2014, our allowance for loan losses included approximately $6$26 million related to these commercial-and-financialsenior secured bank loans. As this portfolio grows and becomes more seasoned, our allowance for loan losses related to these loans may increase through additional provisions for credit losses.
Aggregate short-duration advances to our clients included in the investment funds and commercial-and-financial classesAs of the institutional segment were $2.45 billion and $3.30 billion as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, and 2012, unearned income deducted from our investment in leveraged lease financing was $121$109 million and $131$121 million,, respectively, for U.S. leases and $298$261 million and $334$298 million,, respectively, for non-U.S. leases.
The commercial real estate, or CRE, segment isloans are composed of the loans acquired in 2008 pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman as a result of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy. TheseAdditional information about all of our loan-and-lease segments, as well as underlying classes, is provided in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The decrease in the CRE loans which are primarily collateralized by direct and indirect interests in commercial real estate, were recorded at their then-current fair value, based on management's expectations with respectas of December 31, 2014 compared to future cash flowsDecember 31, 2013 resulted from one of the loans, using appropriate market discount ratesacquired in 2008 pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreement with an affiliate of Lehman as a result of the date of acquisition.Lehman Brothers bankruptcy being repaid.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we held an aggregate of approximately $130 million and $197 million, respectively, of2014 no CRE loans which were modified in troubled debt restructurings. No impairment loss was recognized upon restructuringAs of the loans, as the discounted cash flows of theDecember 31, 2013, we held a CRE loan for approximately $130 million which had previously been modified loans exceeded the carrying amount of the original loans as of the modification date.in a troubled debt restructuring. No loans were modified in troubled debt restructurings in 20132014 or 2013. 2012.
No institutional loans were 90 days or more contractually past due as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 or 2009. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, no CRE loans were 90 days or more contractually past due. Although a portion of the CRE loans was 90 days or more contractually past due as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we did not report them as past-due loans, because in conformity with GAAP, the interest earned on these loans is based on an accretable yield resulting from management’s expectations with respect to the future cash flows for each loan relative to both the timing and collection of principal and interest as of the reporting date, not the loans’ contractual payment terms. These cash-flow estimates are updated quarterly to reflect changes in management’s expectations, which consider market conditions.
We generally place loans on non-accrual status once principal or interest payments are 60 days past due, or earlier if management determines that full collection is not probable. Loans 60 days past due, but considered both well-secured and in the process of collection, may be excluded from non-accrual status. For loans placed on non-accrual status, revenue recognition is discontinued. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, no CRE loans were on non-accrual status.


8375


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 27: CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES FOR LOANS AND LEASES       
 As of December 31, 2014
(In millions)Total Under 1 Year 1 to 5 Years Over 5 Years
Institutional:       
Investment funds:       
U.S.$11,388
 $9,045
 $2,326
 $17
Non-U.S.2,333
 1,836
 497
 
Commercial and financial:       
U.S.3,061
 819
 839
 1,403
Non-U.S.256
 171
 66
 19
Purchased receivables:       
U.S.124
 
 77
 47
Non-U.S.6
 
 6
 
Lease financing:       
U.S.335
 
 
 335
Non-U.S.668
 88
 225
 355
Total institutional18,171
 11,959
 4,036
 2,176
Commercial real estate:       
U.S.28
 
 28
 
Total loans and leases$18,199
 $11,959
 $4,064
 $2,176
TABLE 28: CLASSIFICATION OF LOAN AND LEASE BALANCES DUE AFTER ONE YEAR 
 As of December 31, 2014
(In millions) 
Loans and leases with predetermined interest rates$3,045
Loans and leases with floating or adjustable interest rates3,195
Total$6,240
TABLE 29: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES         
 For the Years ended December 31,
 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(In millions)         
Allowance for loan losses:         
Beginning balance$28
 $22
 $22
 $100
 $79
Provision for loan losses:         
Commercial real estate
 
 (3) 9
 22
Institutional10
 6
 
 (9) 3
Charge-offs:         
Commercial real estate
 
 
 (78) (4)
Recoveries:         
Commercial real estate
 
 3
 
 
Ending balance$38
 $28
 $22
 $22
 $100
The following table presents contractual maturities forprovision of $10 million recorded in 2014 was composed of a provision of $20 million associated with senior secured bank loans, offset by a negative provision of $10 million associated with the pay-down of an unrelated commercial and financial loan and lease balances aswith speculative-rated credit quality.

As of December 31, 2013:
(In millions)Total Under 1 Year 1 to 5 Years Over 5 Years
Institutional:       
Investment funds:       
U.S.$8,695
 $7,313
 $1,378
 $4
Non-U.S.1,718
 1,455
 263
 
Commercial and financial:       
U.S.1,372
 447
 447
 478
Non-U.S.154
 77
 51
 26
Purchased receivables:       
U.S.217
 83
 
 134
Non-U.S.26
 2
 24
 
Lease financing:       
U.S.339
 
 7
 332
Non-U.S.756
 
 265
 491
Total institutional13,277
 9,377
 2,435
 1,465
Commercial real estate:       
U.S.209
 
 209
 
Total loans and leases$13,486
 $9,377
 $2,644
 $1,465
The following table presents the classification2014, approximately $26 million of loan and lease balances due after one year according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2013:
(In millions) 
Loans and leases with predetermined interest rates$3,151
Loans and leases with floating or adjustable interest rates958
Total$4,109
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, theour allowance for loan losses was $28 million and $22 million, respectively. The following table presents activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31:
(In millions)2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
Allowance for loan losses:         
Beginning balance$22
 $22
 $100
 $79
 $18
Provision for loan losses:         
Commercial real estate
 (3) 9
 22
 124
Institutional6
 
 (9) 3
 25
Charge-offs:         
Commercial real estate
 
 (78) (4) (72)
Institutional
 
 
 
 (19)
Recoveries:         
Commercial real estate
 3
 
 
 3
Ending balance$28
 $22
 $22
 $100
 $79
The provision in 2013, which was related to the institutional loans segment, resulted from our exposure to non-investment-grade borrowers composed of senior secured bank loans more fully described above. These loans were purchased in connection with our participation in loan syndicationsincluded in the non-investment-grade lending market beginning in 2013, in connection withinstitutional
segment; the diversification of our loan-and-lease exposure.
Loansremaining $12 million was related to other commercial and leases are reviewed on a regular basis, and any provisions for loan losses that are recorded reflect management’s estimate of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level considered appropriate to absorb estimated incurred credit lossesfinancial loans in the loan and lease portfolio. With respect to CRE loans, management considers its expectations with respect to future cash flows from those loans and the value ofinstitutional segment.


8476


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

available collateral. These expectations are based, among other things, on an assessment of economic conditions, including conditions in the commercial real estate market and other factors.
Cross-Border Outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are amounts payable to us by non-U.S. counterparties which are denominated in U.S. dollars or other non-local currency, as well as non-U.S. local currency claims not funded by local currency liabilities. Our cross-border outstandings consist primarily of deposits with banks; loans and lease financing, including short-duration advances; investment securities; amounts related to foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts; and securities finance.  In addition to credit risk, cross-border outstandings have the risk that, as a result of political or economic conditions in a country, borrowers may be unable to meet their contractual repayment obligations of principal and/or interest when due because of the unavailability of, or restrictions on, foreign exchange needed by borrowers to repay their obligations.
We place deposits with non-U.S. counterparties that have strong internal State Street risk ratings. Counterparties are approved and monitored by our Country Risk Committee. This process includes financial analysis of non-U.S. counterparties and the use of an internal risk-rating system. Each counterparty is reviewed at least annually and potentially more frequently based on deteriorating credit fundamentals or general market conditions. We also utilize risk mitigation and other facilities that may reduce our exposure through the use of cash collateral and/or balance sheet netting.netting where we deem appropriate. In addition, the Country Risk Committee performs a country-risk analysis and monitors limits on country exposure.
The following table presents ouraggregate of the total cross-border outstandings presented in Table 30: Cross-border Outstandings represented approximately 17%, 19%, and 22% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively.
TABLE 30: CROSS-BORDER OUTSTANDINGS(1)
(In millions)
Investment Securities and Other Assets 
 Derivatives and Securities on Loan Total Cross-Border Outstandings
December 31, 2014     
United Kingdom$15,288
 $1,769
 $17,057
Japan9,465
 644
 10,109
Australia5,981
 1,039
 7,020
Netherlands4,425
 330
 4,755
Canada3,227
 974
 4,201
Germany3,075
 792
 3,867
December 31, 2013 
  
  
United Kingdom$15,422
 $1,697
 $17,119
Australia7,309
 672
 7,981
Netherlands4,542
 277
 4,819
Canada3,675
 620
 4,295
Germany4,062
 147
 4,209
France2,887
 735
 3,622
Japan2,445
 605
 3,050
December 31, 2012     
United Kingdom$18,046
 $1,033
 $19,079
Australia7,585
 328
 7,913
Japan6,625
 1,041
 7,666
Germany7,426
 220
 7,646
Netherlands3,130
 188
 3,318
Canada2,730
 500
 3,230
(1) Cross-border outstandings included countries in which we do business, and which amounted to at least 1% of our consolidated total assets as of the dates indicated. The
As of December 31, 2014 there were no countries whose aggregate of the total cross-border outstandings presented in the table represented approximately 19%, 22%amounted to between 0.75% and 16%1% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(In millions)
Investment Securities and Other Assets 
 Derivatives and Securities on Loan Total Cross-Border Outstandings
2013     
United Kingdom$15,422
 $1,697
 $17,119
Australia7,309
 672
 7,981
Netherlands4,542
 277
 4,819
Canada3,675
 620
 4,295
Germany4,062
 147
 4,209
France2,887
 735
 3,622
Japan2,445
 605
 3,050
2012 
  
  
United Kingdom$18,046
 $1,033
 $19,079
Australia7,585
 328
 7,913
Japan6,625
 1,041
 7,666
Germany7,426
 220
 7,646
Netherlands3,130
 188
 3,318
Canada2,730
 500
 3,230
2011 
  
  
United Kingdom$13,336
 $1,510
 $14,846
Australia6,786
 263
 7,049
Germany6,321
 578
 6,899
Netherlands3,626
 197
 3,823
Canada2,235
 496
 2,731
assets. As of December 31, 2013, aggregate cross-border outstandings in countries which amounted to between 0.75% and 1% of our total consolidated total assets totaled approximately $1.85 billion to China. As of December 31, 2012, and 2011, aggregate cross-border outstandings in countries which amounted to between 0.75% and 1% of our total consolidated assets totaled approximately $1.81 billion to France.


8577


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

consolidated total assets totaled approximately $1.81 billion and $1.70 billion, to France and Luxembourg, respectively.
TABLE 31: CROSS-BORDER OUTSTANDINGS (ITALY, IRELAND, SPAIN AND PORTUGAL)
(In millions)
Investment
Securities and
Other Assets 
 Derivatives and Securities on Loan Total Cross-Border Outstandings
December 31, 2014     
Ireland$510
 $1,253
 $1,763
Italy907
 11
 918
Spain155
 71
 226
Portugal69
 
 69
December 31, 2013 
  
  
Italy$763
 $2
 $765
Ireland369
 304
 673
Spain271
 11
 282
Portugal78
 
 78
December 31, 2012     
Italy$937
 $1
 $938
Ireland342
 277
 619
Spain277
 16
 293
Portugal76
 
 76
Several European countries, particularly Spain, Italy, Ireland and Portugal, have experienced credit deterioration associated with weaknesses in their economic and fiscal situations. With respect to this ongoing uncertainty, we are closely monitoring our exposure to these countries. We had no direct sovereign debt exposure to these countries in our investment securities portfolio. We had aggregate indirect exposure in the portfolio of approximately $740 million, including $574 million of mortgage- and asset-backed securities, composed of $271 million in Spain, $105 million in Italy, $120 million in Ireland and $78 million in Portugal, as of December 31, 2013.
The following table presents ouraggregate cross-border outstandingsexposures presented in each of these countries as of DecemberTable 31:
(In millions)
Investment
Securities and
Other Assets 
 Derivatives and Securities on Loan Total Cross-Border Outstandings
2013     
Ireland$369
 $304
 $673
Italy763
 2
 765
Spain271
 11
 282
Portugal78
 
 78
2012 
  
  
Italy$937
 $1
 $938
Ireland342
 277
 619
Spain277
 16
 293
Portugal76
 
 76
2011     
Italy$1,049
 $11
 $1,060
Ireland299
 267
 566
Spain434
 53
 487
Portugal176
 
 176
Greece99
 
 99
As of December 31, 2013 Cross-Border Outstandings (Italy, Ireland, Spain and Portugal), none of the exposures in these countries was individually greater than 0.75% of our consolidated total assets. The aggregate exposures consisted primarily of interest-bearing deposits, investment securities, loans, including short-duration advances, and foreign exchange contracts. We had not recorded any provisions for loan losses with respect to any of our exposure in these countries as of December 31, 2014.
Our aggregate exposure to Spain, Italy, Ireland and Portugal as of December 31, 2014 did not include any direct sovereign debt exposure to any of these countries. Our indirect exposure to these countries totaled approximately $860 million of mortgage- and asset-backed securities composed of $146 million in Spain, $543 million in Italy, $102 million in Ireland and $69 million in Portugal as of December 31, 2014. These mortgage- and asset-backed securities had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $118 million, composed of gross unrealized gains of $119 million and gross unrealized losses of $1 million as of December 31, 2014. We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these mortgage- and asset-backed securities in our consolidated statement of income in 2014. We recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $6 million on one of these securities in our consolidated statement of income in 2013,. all of which was associated with management's intent to sell an impaired security prior to its recovery in value.
Throughout the sovereign debt crisis, the major independent credit rating agencies have downgraded U.S. and non-U.S. financial institutions and sovereign issuers which have been, and may in the future be, significant counterparties to us, or whose financial
instruments serve as collateral on which we rely for credit risk mitigation purposes, and may do so again in the future. As a result, we may be exposed to increased counterparty risk, leading to negative ratings volatility.
Risk Management
General
In the normal course of our global business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks, some inherent in the financial services industry, others more specific to our business activities. State Street’sOur risk management framework focuses on material risks, which include the following:
credit and counterparty risk;
liquidity risk, funding and liquidity management;
operational risk, including execution, technology, business practice and fiduciary risks;risk;
market risk, including market risk associated with our trading activities and activities;
market risk associated with our non-trading or asset-and-liability management, activities, which iswe refer to as asset-and-
liability management, and which consists primarily composed of interest-rate risk;
model risk; and
business risk, including reputational, fiduciary and business conduct risk.
These materialMany of these risks, as well as certain of the factors underlying each of these risks that could affect our businesses our consolidated results of operations and our consolidated financial condition,statements, are discussed in detail inunder Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” included under Item 1A ofin this Form 10-K.
The scope of our business requires that we balance these risks with a comprehensive and well-integrated risk management function. The identification, assessment, monitoring, mitigation and reporting of risks are essential to our financial performance and successful management of our businesses. These risks, if not effectively managed,
can result in current losses to State Street as well as erosion of our capital and damage to our reputation. Our systematic approach allows for an assessment of risks within a framework for evaluating opportunities for the prudent use of capital that appropriately balances risk and return.
Our operations are subject to significant oversight from regulators domestically and overseas. Our objective is to optimize our return and to operatewhile operating at a prudent level of risk. In support of this objective, we have instituted a risk appetite framework that aligns our business strategy and financial objectives with the level of risk that we are willing to incur.
Our risk management is based on the following major principles:goals:
A culture of risk awareness that extends across all of our business activities;
The identification, classification and quantification of State Street's material risks;


78


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The establishment of our risk appetite and associated limits and policies, and our compliance with these limits;
The establishment of a risk management structure at the “top of the house” that enables the control and coordination of risk-taking across the business lines;
enables the control and coordination of risk-taking across the business lines;
The implementation of stress testing practices and a dynamic risk-assessment capability; and
The overall flexibility to adapt to the ever-changing business and market conditions.

Our Risk Appetite Statementrisk appetite framework outlines the quantitative limits and qualitative goals that define our risk appetite, as well as the responsibilities for measuring and monitoring risk against limits, and for reporting, escalating, approving and addressing exceptions. The Risk Appetite StatementOur risk appetite framework is established by management with the guidance of Enterprise Risk Management, or ERM, a corporate risk oversight group, in conjunction with theour Board of Directors, whoDirectors. The Board formally reviews and approves our Risk Appetite Statementrisk appetite statement annually.
The Risk Appetite Statementrisk appetite framework describes the level and types of risk that we are willing to experienceaccommodate in executing our business strategy, and also serves as a guide in setting risk limits across our business units. In addition to our Risk Appetite Statement,risk appetite framework, we use stress testing as another important tool in our risk management practice. Additional information with respect to our stress testing process and practices is provided under “Capital” in this Management’sManagement's Discussion and Analysis.Analysis included under Item 7 in this Form 10-K.
The following table provides a reference to the disclosuresDisclosures about our management of significant risks provided herein.can be found on the following pages within this Form 10-K.
Risk Governance and Structure
We have a disciplinedan approach to risk management that involves all levels of management, from the Board and its committees, including its Risk Committee, referred to as the Board’s RiskRC, its Examining and CapitalAudit Committee, referred to as the E&A Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee, or RCC,ECC, and its Examining & Audit, or E&A,Technology Committee, to each business unit and each employee. We allocate responsibility for risk oversight so that risk/return decisions are made at an appropriate level, and are subject to robust and effective review and challenge. Risk management is the responsibility of each employee, and is implemented through three lines of defense: the business units, which own and manage the risks inherent in their business;business, are considered the first line of defense; ERM which provides separate oversight, monitoring and control;other support functions, such as Legal, Compliance, Finance and Vendor Management, provide the second line of defense; and Corporate Audit, which assesses the effectiveness of the first two lines of defense.
The responsibilities for effective review and challenge reside with senior managers, management oversight committees, Corporate Audit the Board's RCC and, ultimately, the Board.Board and its committees. While we believe that our risk management program is effective in managing the risks in our businesses, internal and external factors may create risks that cannot always be identified or anticipated.
Corporate-level risk committees provide focused oversight, and establish corporate standards and policies for specific risks, including credit, sovereign exposure, market, liquidity, operational information technology as well as new business products, regulatory compliance and ethics, as

86

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

well as operational, market, liquidityvendor risk and model risks. These committees have been delegated the responsibility to develop recommendations and remediation strategies to address issues that affect or have the potential to affect State Street.
We maintain a risk governance committee structure which serves as the formal governance mechanism through which we seek to undertake the consistent identification, discussionmanagement and mitigation of various risks facing State Street in connection with ourits business activities. This governance structure is enhanced and integrated through multi-disciplinary involvement, particularly through ERM. The following chart presents this structure.ERM, as illustrated below.



79


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Management Risk Governance Committee Structure
RISK GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
             
 Executive Management Committees: 
Board OversightRisk and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors (RCC)Examining & Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (E&A)    
          
Management Risk and Capital CommitteeBusiness Conduct Risk CommitteeTechnology and Operational Risk Committee
   
Risk Committees:         
             
Asset-Liability CommitteeCredit Risk and Policy CommitteeFiduciary Review CommitteeOperational Risk Committee  Technology Risk Governance Committee
Trading and Markets Risk CommitteeBasel Oversight CommitteeNew Business and Product CommitteeExecutive Continuity Steering CommitteeExecutive Information Steering Committee
Country Risk CommitteeSecurities Finance Risk Management CommitteeCompliance and Ethics CommitteeVendor Management Steering CommitteeAccess Control Board
Recovery and Resolution Planning Executive Steering GroupModel Risk Committee         
             
Senior Management OversightManagement Risk and Capital Committee (MRAC)Technology and Operational Risk Committee (TORC)
 
Risk Committees
Asset, Liability and Capital Committee (ALCCO)Credit Risk and Policy CommitteeCountry Risk CommitteeTrading and Markets Risk Committee (TMRC)Securities Finance Risk Committee
Model Assessment Committee
(MAC)
Basel ICAAP Oversight Committee
(BIOC)
CCAR Steering Committee(1)
Recovery and Resolution Planning CommitteeFiduciary Review Committee
Operational
Risk Committee
(ORC)
Technology Risk Governance Committee
Mandate
Oversight of interest rate risk, liquidity risk and capital adequacy

Oversight of credit and counterparty risk
Oversight of country risk and international exposure

Senior risk committee governing all global markets trading activities
Oversight of Securities Finance and collateral reinvestment activities

Provides oversight for model deployment
Oversight of Basel II and Basel III program

Oversight of CCAR stress testing programOversight of process for development of recovery and resolution plansOversight of corporate-wide fiduciary risk
Oversight of corporate-wide operational risk

Oversight of corporate-wide technology risk

           
(1) Oversees the submission
Enterprise Risk Management
The goal of capital plansERM is to ensure that risks are proactively identified, well-understood and prudently managed in connection with the Federal Reserve's Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, or CCAR, process.
support of our business strategy. ERM provides risk oversight, support and coordination to allow for the consistent identification, measurement and management of risks across business units separate from the business units' activities, and is responsible for the formulation and maintenance of enterprise-widecorporate-wide risk management policies and guidelines. In addition, ERM establishes and reviews approved limits and, in collaboration with business unit management, monitors key risks. Ultimately, ERM works to validate that risk-taking fallsoccurs within ourthe risk appetite statement approved by the Board and conforms to associated risk policies, limits and guidelines.
The Chief Risk Officer, or CRO, who is responsible for State Street’s risk management globally, leads ERM and has a dual reporting line to State Street’s Chief Executive Officer and the Board’s RCC.RC. ERM discharges
manages its responsibilities globally through a three-dimensional organization structure:
“Vertical” business unit-aligned risk groups that assist business managers with risk management, measurement and monitoring activities;
“Horizontal” risk groups that monitor the risks that cross all of our business units (for example, credit and operational risk); and
Risk oversight for international activities, which adds important regional and legal entity perspectives to global vertical and horizontal risk management.
“Vertical” business unit-aligned risk groups that support business managers with risk management, measurement and monitoring activities;
“Horizontal” risk groups that monitor the risks that cross all of our business units (for example, credit and operational risk); and
Risk oversight for international activities, which adds important regional and legal entity perspectives to global vertical and horizontal risk management.
Sitting on top of this three-dimensional organization structure is a centralized group responsible for the aggregation of risk exposures across the vertical, horizontal and regional dimensions, for consolidated reporting, for setting the enterprise-levelcorporate-level risk appetite framework and associated limits and policies, and for dynamic risk assessment across State Street.


8780


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

associated limits and policies, and for dynamic risk assessment across State Street.
Board Committees
The Board's RCCBoard of Directors has four committees which assist it in discharging its responsibilities with respect to risk management: the Risk Committee, or RC, the Examining and Audit Committee, or the E&A Committee, the ECC, and the Technology Committee.
The RC is responsible for oversight related to the operation of our global risk management framework, including policies and procedures establishing risk management governance and processes, and risk control infrastructure for our global operations. The RC is responsible for reviewing and discussing with management our assessment and management of all risk applicable to our operations, including credit, market, interest rate, liquidity, operational fiduciary, market, interest-rate and business risks, as well as compliance and reputational risk and related policies. In addition, the RCCRC provides oversight on strategic capital governance principles and controls, and monitors capital adequacy in relation to risk. The RCCRC is also responsible for discharging the duties and obligations of the Board under the applicable Basel requirements.
The Chief Financial Officer, together with the CRO, attend meetings of the RCC. The RCC receives regular and comprehensive reports on risk methodologies and our risk profile, including key issues affecting each business unit.other regulatory requirements.
The E&A Committee oversees the operation of our system of internal controls covering the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and reports, compliance with laws, regulations and corporate policies, and the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm.policies. The E&A Committee acts on behalf of the Board in monitoring and overseeing the performance of Corporate Audit and in reviewing certain communications with banking regulators. The E&A Committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention, evaluation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including sole authority for the establishment of pre-approval policies and procedures for all audit engagements and any non-audit engagements.
The ECC has direct responsibility for the oversight of all compensation plans, policies, and programs of State Street in which executive officers participate and incentive, retirement, welfare as well as equity plans in which certain other employees of State Street participate. In addition, the ECC oversees the alignment of our incentive compensation arrangements with our safety and soundness, including the integration of risk management objectives, and related policies, arrangements and control processes, consistent with applicable related regulatory rules and guidance.
The Technology Committee leads and assists in the Board’s oversight of the role of technology in executing State Street’s strategy and supporting
State Street’s global business and operational requirements. The Technology Committee reviews the use of technology in our activities and operations, as well as significant technology and technology-related strategies, investments and policies. In addition, the Technology Committee reviews and approves technology and technology-related risk matters, including information and cyber security.
Executive Management Committees
The Management Risk and Capital Committee, orreferred to as MRAC, is the senior management decision-making body for risk and capital issues, and is responsible for ensuring thatoversees our strategy, budget, risk appetitefinancial risks, our consolidated statement of condition, and our capital adequacy, are properly aligned. The mainliquidity and recovery and resolution planning. Its responsibilities of MRAC are as follows:include:
The reviewapproval of our risk appetite framework and top-leveltop level risk limits and policies;
The monitoring and assessment of our capital adequacy based on regulatory requirements and internal policies; and
The ongoing monitoring and review of business performance inrisks undertaken within the contextbusinesses, and our senior management oversight and approval of risk strategies and capital allocation.tactics.
The committeeMRAC, which is co-chaired by our CRO and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, MRACCFO, regularly presents a report to the Board’s RCCRC outlining developments in the risk environment and performance trends in our key business areas.
The Business Conduct Risk Committee, referred to as the BCRC, provides additional risk governance and leadership, by overseeing our business practices in terms of our compliance with law, regulation and our standards of business conduct, our commitments to clients and others with whom we do business, and potential reputational risks. Management considers adherence to high ethical standards to be critical to the success of our business and to our reputation. The BCRC is co-chaired by our CRO and our Chief Legal Officer.
The Technology and Operational Risk Committee, orreferred to as TORC, oversees and assesses the effectiveness of corporate-wide technology and operational risk management programs, to manage and control technology and operational risk consistently across the organization. TheTORC is co-chaired by our Vice Chairman and our Head of Global Operations and Technology. TORC may meet jointly with the MRAC periodically to review or approve common areas of interest such as risk frameworks and policies. The TORC is co-chaired by our CRO and Head of Global Operations, Technology and Product Development.
Risk Committees
Our Asset, Liability and Capital Committee, or ALCCO, is aThe following risk committee that overseescommittees, under the management of our consolidated statement of condition, the management of our global liquidity and our interest-rate risk positions, our regulatory and economic capital, the determinationoversight of the framework for capital allocation and strategies for capital structure, and issuances of debt and equity securities. ALCCO’s roles and responsibilities are designed to work complementary to, and be coordinated with, the MRAC which approves State Street’s balance sheet strategy and related activities. ALCCO is chaired by our Treasurer and directly reports into the MRAC.respective executive management
The following other risk committees have focused responsibilities for oversight of specific areas of risk management:
The Credit Risk and Policy Committee is responsible for cross-business unit review and oversight of credit and counterparty risk;
The Country Risk Committee oversees the identification, assessment, monitoring, reporting and mitigation, where necessary, of country risks;
The Trading and Markets Risk Committee, or TMRC, reviews the effectiveness of, and approves, the market risk framework at least annually; it is the most senior oversight and decision making committee for risk management within State Street Global Markets and the trading-and-clearing business of State Street Global Exchange;
The Securities Finance Risk Management Committee provides oversight of the risks in our securities finance business, including collateral and margin policies;
The Model Assessment Committee, or MAC, provides recommendations concerning technical modeling issues and validates financial models utilized by our business units;


8881


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The Basel / ICAAP Oversight Committee, or BIOC, reviews and assesses compliance with regulatory capital rules, and oversees initiatives related to the development and enhancement of relevant reporting capabilities;
The CCAR Steering Committee provides primary supervision of the stress tests performed in conformity with CCAR and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, and is responsible for the overall management, review, and approval of all material assumptions, methodologies, and results of each stress scenario;
The Recovery and Resolution Planning Committee oversees the development of recovery and resolution plans as required by regulation;
The Fiduciary Review Committee reviews and assesses the risk management programs of those units in which State Street serves in a fiduciary capacity;
The Operational Risk Committee provides cross-business oversight of operational risk to identify, measure, manage and control operational risk in an effective and consistent manner across State Street; and
The Technology Risk Governance Committee provides regular reporting to the TORC and escalate technology risk issues to the TORC, as appropriate.
committees, have focused responsibilities for oversight of specific areas of risk management:
MRAC
The Asset-Liability Committee, referred to as ALCO, oversees the management of our consolidated statement of condition and the management of our global liquidity, our interest-rate risk, and our non-traded market risk positions, as well as the business activities of our Global Treasury group and the risks associated with the generation of net interest revenue and overall balance sheet management. ALCO’s roles and responsibilities are designed to work complementary to, and be coordinated with, MRAC, which approves our corporate risk appetite and associated balance sheet strategy;
The Credit Risk and Policy Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight and review of credit and counterparty risk across business units, as well as oversight, review and approval of the credit risk policies and guidelines; the Committee consists of senior executives within ERM, including the CRO, and reviews policies and guidelines related to all aspects of our business which give rise to credit risk; our business units are also represented on the Credit Risk and Policy Committee; credit risk policies and guidelines are reviewed periodically, but at least annually;
The Trading and Markets Risk Committee, referred to as the TMRC, reviews the effectiveness of, and approves, the market risk framework at least annually; it is the senior oversight and decision-making committee for risk management within our global markets and trading-and-clearing businesses; the TMRC is responsible for the formulation of guidelines, strategies and workflows with respect to the measurement, monitoring and control of our trading market risk, and also approves market risk tolerance limits and dealing authorities; the TMRC meets regularly to monitor the management of our trading market risk activities;
The Basel Oversight Committee provides oversight and governance over Basel related regulatory requirements, assesses compliance with respect to Basel regulations and approves all material methodologies and changes, policies and reporting;
The Country Risk Committee oversees the identification, assessment, monitoring,
reporting and mitigation, where necessary, of country risks;
The Securities Finance Risk Management Committee oversees the risks in our securities finance business, including collateral and margin policies;
The Recovery and Resolution Planning Executive Steering Group oversees the development of recovery and resolution plans as required by banking regulators;
The Model Risk Committee, referred to as the MRC, monitors the overall level of model risk and provides oversight of the model governance process pertaining to financial models, including the validation of key models and the ongoing monitoring of model performance. The MRC may also, as appropriate, mandate remedial actions and compensating controls to be applied to models to address modeling deficiencies as well as other issues identified; and
The CCAR Steering Committee provides primary supervision of the stress tests performed in conformity with the Federal Reserve's CCAR process and the Dodd-Frank Act, and is responsible for the overall management, review, and approval of all material assumptions, methodologies, and results of each stress scenario.
BCRC
The Fiduciary Review Committee reviews and assesses the risk management programs of those units in which we serve in a fiduciary capacity;
The New Business and Product Committee provides oversight of the evaluation of the risk inherent in proposed new products or services and new business, and extensions of existing products or services, evaluations including economic justification, material risk, compliance, regulatory and legal considerations, and capital and liquidity analyses; and
The Compliance and Ethics Committee provides review and oversight of our compliance programs, including its culture of compliance and high standards of ethical behavior.
TORC
The Technology Risk Governance Committee provides regular reporting to TORC and escalates technology risk issues to TORC, as appropriate;


82


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The Executive Continuity Steering Committee reviews overall business continuity program performance, provides for executive accountability for compliance with the business continuity program and standards, and reviews and approves major changes or exceptions to program policy and standards;
The Executive Information Steering Committee is responsible for managing the Enterprise Information Security posture and program, provides enterprise-wide oversight of the Information Security Program to provide that controls are measured and managed, and serves as an escalation point for issues identified during the execution of information technology activities and risk mitigation;
The Vendor Management Steering Committee provides oversight over the vendor management program, approves policies, and serves as an escalation path for program compliance exceptions;
The Access Control Board establishes and provides appropriate governance and controls over our access control security framework; and
The Operational Risk Committee, which functions under the oversight of both the BCRC and TORC, provides cross-business oversight of operational risk and reviews and approves operational risk guidelines that implement the corporate operational risk policy; these guidelines and other operational risk methodologies are used to identify, measure, manage and control operational risk in a consistent manner across State Street.
Credit Risk Management
Core Policies and Principles
Credit and counterpartyWe define credit risk is defined as the risk of financial loss if a counterparty, borrower or obligor, collectively referred to collectively as counterparties,counterparty, is either unable or unwilling to repay borrowings or settle a transaction in accordance with underlying contractual terms. We assume credit and counterparty risk in our traditional non-trading lending activities, (suchsuch as loans and contingent commitments),commitments, in our investment securities portfolio, (wherewhere recourse to a counterparty exists),exists, and in our direct or indemnified agencyand indirect trading activities, (suchsuch as principal securities lending and foreign exchange).exchange and indemnified agency securities lending. We also assume credit and counterparty risk in our day-to-day treasury and securities and other settlement operations, in the form of deposit placements and other cash balances, with central banks or private sector institutions.     
We distinguish between three kindsmajor types of credit and counterparty risk:
Default risk is- the risk that a counterparty fails to meet its contractual payment obligations;
Country risk is- the risk that we may suffer a loss, in any given country, due to any of the following reasons: deterioration of economic conditions, political and social upheaval, nationalization and appropriation of assets, government repudiation of indebtedness, exchange controls, and disruptive currency depreciation or devaluation; and
Settlement risk is- the risk that the settlement ofor clearance of transactions will fail, andwhich arises whenever the exchange of cash, securities and/or other assets is not simultaneous.
The extensionacceptance of credit and the acceptance of counterparty risk areis governed by corporate policies and guidelines, based on awhich include standardized procedures applied across the entire organization. These policies and guidelines include specific requirements related to each counterparty's risk profile,profile; the markets served,served; counterparty, industry and country concentrations,concentrations; and regulatory compliance. These guidelines include reference topolicies and procedures also implement a number of core policiesprinciples, which include the following:
We measure and principles:consolidate all credit risks to each counterparty, or group of counterparties, in accordance with a “one-obligor” principle that aggregates risks across all of our business units;
All credit risks to each counterparty, or group of counterparties, are measured and consolidated in accordance with a ‘one obligor’ principle that aggregates all risks types across all business areas;
We seek to avoid or minimize undue concentrations of risk; counterparty (or groups of counterparties), industry, country and product-specific concentrations of risk are subject to frequent review and approval in accordance with State Street’s prevailing risk appetite;
All extensions of credit, or material changes to extensions of credit (such as its tenor, collateral structure or covenants), are approved by ERM in conformity with assigned credit-approval authorities;
We assign credit approval authorities to individuals according to their qualifications, experience and training, and review these authorities periodically; our largest exposures require approval by the Credit Committee; for certain small and low-risk extensions of credit, for certain counterparty types, approval authority has been granted to individuals outside of ERM;
The creditworthiness of all counterparties is determined by way of a detailed risk assessment, including the use of comprehensive internal rating methodologies; all rating methodologies in use at State Street are authorized for use within the advanced internal-ratings-based approach under applicable Basel requirements; and
A review of the creditworthiness of all counterparties, as well as all extensions of credit, is undertaken at least annually; the nature and extent of these reviews is determined by the size, nature and tenor of the extensions of credit, as well as the creditworthiness of the counterparty.
ERM reviews and approves all extensions of credit, or material changes to extensions of credit (such as changes in term, collateral structure or covenants), in accordance with assigned credit-approval authorities;
Credit-approval authorities are assigned to individuals according to their qualifications, experience and training, and these authorities are periodically reviewed. Our largest exposures require approval by the Credit Committee, a sub-committee of the Credit Risk and Policy Committee. With respect to small and low-risk extensions of credit to certain types of counterparties, approval authority is granted to individuals outside of ERM;
We seek to avoid or limit undue concentrations of risk. Counterparty (or groups of counterparties), industry, country and product-specific concentrations of risk are subject to frequent review and approval in accordance with our risk appetite;


8983


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

All
We determine the creditworthiness of all counterparties through a detailed risk assessment, including the use of comprehensive internal risk-rating methodologies;
We review all extensions of credit and the creditworthiness of all counterparties at least annually. The nature and extent of these reviews are determined by the size, nature and term of the extensions of credit and the creditworthiness of the counterparty; and
We subject all core policies and principles are subject to annual review as an integral part of State Street’sour periodic assessment of itsour risk appetite.
Our corporate policies and guidelines require that the business units which engage in activities that give rise to credit and counterparty risk comply with procedures that promote the extension of credit for legitimate business purposes; are consistent with the maintenance of proper credit standards; limit credit-related losses; and are consistent with our goal of maintaining a strong financial condition.
GovernanceStructure and Organization
The Credit Risk Management group, is an integral part of ERM, and is responsible for assessing, approvingthe assessment, approval and monitoring of all types of credit risk across State Street. ItThe group is managed centrally, and has responsibilitydedicated teams in a number of locations worldwide, across our businesses. The Credit Risk Management group is responsible for all requisite policies and procedures, and for State Street’sour advanced internal credit-rating systems and methodologies. Additionally, Credit Risk Management,In addition, the group, in conjunction with the appropriate business units, establishes appropriate measurements and limits to control the amount of credit risk accepted across its various business activities, both at athe portfolio level and for each individual obligor,counterparty or group of obligors.counterparties, to individual industries, and also to counterparties by product and country of risk. These measurements and limits are reviewed periodically, but at least annually.
A numberIn conjunction with other groups in ERM, Credit Risk Management is jointly responsible for the design, implementation and oversight of localour credit risk measurement and management systems, including data and assessment systems, quantification systems and the reporting framework.
Various key committees within State Street are responsible for overseeingthe oversight of credit risk. risk and associated credit risk policies, systems and models. All credit-related activities are governed by our risk appetite framework and our credit risk guidelines, which define our general philosophy with respect to
credit risk and the manner in which we control, manage and monitor such risks.
The previously described Credit Risk and Policy Committee is responsible for approving policies(refer to "Risk Committees" in this Management's Discussion and procedures, determining risk appetite and for routine monitoring of State Street’s credit-risk portfolio. The Credit CommitteeAnalysis) has primary responsibility for the oversight, review and approval of the credit risk guidelines and policies. Credit risk guidelines and policies are reviewed periodically, but at least annually.
The Credit Committee, a sub-committee of the Credit Risk and Policy Committee, has responsibility for assigning credit authority and approving the largest and higher-risk extensions of credit to individual obligors,counterparties or groups of obligors. counterparties.
Both committeesthe Credit Risk and Policy Committee and the Credit Committee provide periodic updates to the MRAC and the RCC.Board's RC.
Credit Ratings
We seek to limit credit risk arising from transactions with our counterparties by performing initial and ongoing due diligence on their creditworthiness when conducting any business with them or approving any credit limits.
This due diligence process includes the assignment of an internal credit rating, which is determined by the use of internally developed and validated methodologies, scorecards and a 15-grade rating scale. This risk-rating process incorporates the use of risk-rating tools in conjunction with management judgment; qualitative and quantitative inputs are captured in a replicable manner and, following a formal review and approval process, an internal credit rating based on our rating scale is assigned. All credit ratings are reviewed and approved by the Credit Risk Management group or designees within ERM. To facilitate comparability across the portfolio, counterparties within a given sector are rated using a risk-rating tool developed for that sector.
All risk-rating methodologies are approved by the Credit Risk and Policy Committee, after completion of internal model validation processes, and are subject to an annual review, including re-validation.
We generally rate our counterparties individually, although certain portfolios defined by us as low-risk are rated on a pooled basis. We evaluate and rate the credit risk of our counterparties on an ongoing basis.
Risk Parameter Estimates
Our internal risk-rating system promotes a clear and consistent approach to the determination of appropriate credit risk classifications for all of our credit counterparties and exposures, tracking the


84


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

changes in risk associated with these counterparties and exposures over time. This capability enhances our ability to more accurately calculate both risk exposures and capital, enabling better strategic decision making across the organization.
We use credit risk parameter estimates for the following purposes:
The assessment of the creditworthiness of new counterparties and, in conjunction with our risk appetite statement, the development of appropriate credit limits for all products and services, including loans, foreign exchange, securities finance, placements and repurchase agreements;
The use of an automated process for limit approvals for certain low-risk counterparties, as defined in our credit risk guidelines, based on the counterparty’s probability-of-default, or PD, rating class;
The development of approval authority matrices based on PD; riskier counterparties with higher ratings require higher levels of approval for a comparable PD and limit size compared to less risky counterparties with lower ratings;
The analysis of risk concentration trends using historical PD and exposure-at-default, or EAD, data;
The standardization of rating integrity testing by the Global Counterparty Review group using rating parameters;
The determination of the level of management review of short-duration advances depending on PD; riskier counterparties with higher rating class values generally trigger higher levels of management escalation for comparable short-duration advances compared to less risky counterparties with lower rating-class values;
The monitoring of credit facility utilization levels using EAD values and the identification of instances where counterparties have exceeded limits;
The aggregation and comparison of counterparty exposures with risk appetite levels to determine if businesses are maintaining appropriate risk levels; and
The determination of our regulatory capital requirements for the advanced internal ratings-based approach provided in the Basel framework.
Credit Risk Mitigation
We seek to limit our credit exposure and reduce our potential credit losses through various types of risk mitigation. In our day-to-day management of credit risks, we utilize and recognize the following types of risk mitigation.
Collateral. In many parts of our business, we regularly require or agree for collateral to be received from or provided to clients and counterparties in connection with contracts that incur credit risk. In our trading businesses, this collateral is typically in the form of cash and securities (government securities and other bonds or equity securities). Credit risks in our non-trading and securities finance businesses are also often secured by bonds and equity securities and by other types of assets. In all instances, collateral serves to reduce the risk of loss inherent in an exposure by improving the prospect of recovery in the event of a counterparty default. While collateral is often an alternative source of repayment, it generally does not replace the requirement within our policies and guidelines for high-quality underwriting standards.
Our credit risk guidelines require that the collateral we accept for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality, can be reliably valued and can be liquidated if or when required. Generally, when collateral is of lower quality, more difficult to value or more challenging to liquidate, higher discounts to market values are applied for the purposes of measuring credit risk. For certain less liquid collateral, longer liquidation periods are assumed when determining the credit exposure.
All types of collateral are assessed regularly by ERM, as is the basis on which the collateral is valued. Our assessment of collateral, including the ability to liquidate collateral in the event of a counterparty default, is an integral component of our assessment of risk and approval of credit limits. We also seek to identify, limit and monitor instances of "wrong-way" risk, where a counterparty’s risk of default is positively correlated with the risk of our collateral eroding in value.
We maintain policies and procedures requiring that all documentation used to collateralize a transaction is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in the relevant jurisdictions. We also conduct legal reviews to assess whether our documentation meets these standards on an ongoing basis.
Netting. Netting is a mechanism that allows institutions and counterparties to net offsetting exposures and payment obligations against one another through the


85


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

use of qualifying master netting agreements. A master netting agreement allows the netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative or other transactions that have been entered into under such an agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by, or to, the counterparty. This is commonly referred to as "close-out netting,” and is pursued wherever possible. We may also enter into master agreements that allow for the netting of amounts payable on a given day and in the same currency, reducing our settlement risk. This is commonly referred to as “payment netting,” and is widely used in our foreign exchange activities.
As with collateral, we have policies and procedures in place to apply close-out and payment netting only to the extent that we have verified legal validity and enforceability of the master agreement. In the case of payment netting, operational constraints with our counterparties may preclude us from reducing settlement risk, notwithstanding the legal right to require the same under the master netting agreement.
Generally, given the nature of our operations and our risk profile, we do not employ risk mitigation in the form of guarantees and credit derivatives as extensively as traditional commercial and investment banks. Accordingly, while we may benefit from third-party guarantees in some instances, we do not currently recognize the full potential benefit of related risk reduction in our measurement or risk-weighting of our credit exposure. We have established systematic processes to allow only eligible collateral and permitted netting, as defined in the Basel framework, to be recognized in our measurement of credit risk.
Credit Limits
Central to our philosophy for managingour management of credit risk areis the approval and imposition of credit limits, against which reflectwe monitor the actual and potential future credit exposure arising from our creditbusiness activities with counterparties or groups of counterparties. Credit limits are a reflection of our risk appetite, relative towhich may be determined by the borrower orcreditworthiness of the counterparty, its domicile, the nature of the risk inherent in the business undertaken with the counterparty, or a combination of relevant credit factors. Our risk appetite for certain sectors and certain countries and geographic regions may also influence the countrylevel of risk. risk we are willing to assume to certain counterparties.
The extent of our ongoing analysis approval and monitoringapproval of credit limits is undertaken in a consistent manner across all of our businesses, although the nature and extent of the analysis may vary, based on the type, term and
magnitude of the risk being assumed. Credit limits and underlying trading-related exposures are assessed and measured on both a gross and net basis, with net exposure is determined by deducting the typevalue of borrowercollateral. In nearly all instances, credit limit approvals, for all our business units and products, are undertaken by the Credit Risk Management group, by individuals to whom credit authority has been delegated, or counterparty, its prevailing credit-worthiness andby the nature of the risk. These processes are outlined in formal guidelines.Credit Committee.
Credit limits on a singularare re-evaluated annually, or more frequently as needed, and aggregated basis are regularly reassessed andrevised periodically revised based on prevailing and anticipated market conditions, changes in counterparty industry or country-specific characteristicscredit ratings and outlook, changes in our risk appetite for certain counterparties, sectors or countries, and State Street's risk appetite.enhancements to the measurement of credit utilization.
Global Counterparty ReviewReporting
State Street’s Global Counterparty Review, or GCR, team provides separate oversightOngoing active monitoring and management of our counterpartycredit risk is an integral part of our credit risk management practicesframework. We maintain management information systems to identify, measure, monitor and report credit risk across businesses and legal entities, enabling ERM and our businesses to have timely access to accurate information on all credit limits and exposures. Monitoring is performed along the dimensions of counterparty, industry, country and product-specific risks to facilitate the identification of concentrations of risk and emerging trends.
Key aspects of this credit risk reporting structure include governance and oversight groups, policies that define standards for the reporting of credit risk, data aggregation and sourcing systems, and separate testing of relevant risk reporting functions by Corporate Audit.
The Credit Portfolio Management group routinely assesses the composition of our overall credit risk portfolio for alignment with our stated risk appetite. This assessment includes routine analysis and reporting of the portfolio, monitoring of market-based indicators, the assessment of industry trends and developments, and regular reviews of concentrated risks. The Credit Portfolio Management group is also responsible, in conjunction with the business units, for defining the appetite for credit risk in the major sectors in which we have a concentration of business activities. These sector-level risk appetite statements, which include counterparty selection criteria and granular underwriting guidelines, are reviewed periodically and approved by the Credit Risk and Policy Committee.
Monitoring
Regular surveillance of credit and counterparty risks is undertaken by our business units, the Credit Risk Management group and designees with ERM,


86


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

allowing for frequent and extensive oversight. This surveillance process includes, but is not limited to, the following components:
Annual Reviews. A formal review is conducted at least annually on all counterparties, and includes a thorough review of operating performance, primary risk factors and our internal credit risk rating. This annual review also includes a review of current and proposed credit limits, an assessment of our ongoing risk appetite and verification that supporting legal documentation remains effective.
Interim Monitoring. Periodic monitoring of our largest and riskiest counterparties is undertaken more frequently, utilizing financial information, market indicators and other relevant credit and performance measures. The nature and extent of this interim monitoring is individually tailored to certain counterparties and/or industry sectors to identify material changes to the risk profile of a counterparty (or group of counterparties) and assign an updated internal risk rating in a timely manner.
We maintain an active "watch list" for all counterparties where we have identified a concern that the actual or potential risk of default has increased. The watch-list status denotes a concern with some aspect of a counterparty's risk profile that warrants closer monitoring of the counterparty's financial performance and related risk factors. Our ongoing monitoring processes are designed to facilitate the early identification of counterparties whose creditworthiness is deteriorating; any counterparty may be placed on the watch list by ERM at its sole discretion.
Counterparties that receive an internal risk rating within a certain range on our rating scale are eligible for watch list designation. These risk ratings generally correspond with the non-investment grade or near non-investment grade ratings established by the major independent credit-rating agencies, and also include the regulatory classifications of “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” “Doubtful” and “Loss.” Counterparties whose internal ratings are outside this range may also be placed on the watch list.
The Global Credit Review group, referred to as GCR, maintains primary responsibility for our watch list processes, and generates a monthly report of all watch list counterparties. The watch list is reviewed monthly in recurring meetings conducted by GCR with participation from the business units, senior ERM staff, and representatives from our corporate finance and legal groups as appropriate. These meetings include a review of all individual watch list
counterparties, together with credit limits and prevailing exposures, and are focused on actions to contain, reduce or eliminate the risk of loss to State Street. Identified actions are documented and monitored.
Controls
GCR provides a separate level of surveillance and oversight over the integrity of our internal risk-rating system, by providing a separate review of all ratings processes. As a critical function, GCR is subject to oversight by the Credit Risk and Policy Committee, and provides senior management, as well as our auditors and regulators, with reporting neededperiodic updates to monitor and assess the effectiveness of prevailing practices. Board’s RC. GCR reviews all counterparty credit ratings for all sectors on an ongoing basis.
Specific activities of GCR include but are not limited to:the following:
Separate and objective assessments of our credit and counterparty exposures to determine the nature and extent of risk undertaken by the business units;
Periodic business unit reviews, focusing on the assessment of credit analysis, policy compliance, prudent transaction structure and underwriting standards, administration and documentation, risk ratingrisk-rating integrity, and relevant trends;
Identification and monitoring of developing counterparty, market and/or industry sector trends to minimizelimit risk of loss and protect capital;
MaintenanceRegular and formal reporting of risk-rating system integrityreviews, including findings and assurancerequisite actions to remedy identified deficiencies;
Allocation of counterparty risk-rating transparency through testing of ratings;
Providing resources for specialized risk assessments (on an as-needed basis);
Opining onAssessment of the adequacyappropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses; and
Serving as liaisonLiaison with auditors and banking regulators with respectregulatory personnel on matters relating to risk rating, reporting, and measurement.
Ongoing active monitoring and management of credit risk is an integral part of our credit risk management activities. A robust surveillance and credit review process is followed by both our business units and by ERM.
Credit Risk Mitigation
Techniques used to mitigate counterparty credit risk include collateralizing our exposures, securing our exposures with a third-party guarantee, exercising our legal right of offset, or buying some form of credit insurance to offset our risk. We primarily accept cash, equities, and government securities as collateral.
Although we do not provide credit risk protection or trade in credit default swaps, we have purchased a small number of credit default swaps for hedging purposes. Due to the immaterial notional amount of these swaps, we do not formally recognize the benefits of these credit derivatives.
Reserve for Credit Losses

90

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to support our on-balance sheet credit exposures. We also maintain a reserve for unfunded commitments and letters of credit to support our off-balance credit exposure. The two components together represent the reserve for credit losses. Review and evaluation of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses is ongoing throughout the year, but occurs at least quarterly, and is based, among other factors, on our evaluation of the level of risk in the portfolio, the volume of adversely classified loans, previous loss experience, current trends, and expected economic conditions and their effect on our counterparties. Additional information about the allowance for loan losses is


87


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

provided in note 54 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Liquidity Risk Management
Liquidity risk is defined as the potential that our financial condition or overall viability could be adversely affected by an actual or perceived inability to meet cash and collateral obligations. The goal of liquidity risk management is to maintain, even in the event of stress, our ability to meet our cash and collateral obligations.
Liquidity is managed to meet our financial obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner, as well as maintain sufficient flexibility to fund strategic corporate initiatives as they arise. Our effective management of liquidity involves the assessment of the potential mismatch between the future cash needsdemands of our clients and our available sources of cash under both normal and adverse economic and business conditions.
We generally manage our liquidity on a global, consolidated basis. We also manage liquidity on a stand-alone basis at the parent company, as well as at certain branches and subsidiaries of State Street Bank. State Street Bank generally has access to markets and funding sources limited to banks, such as the federal funds market and the Federal Reserve's discount window. Our parent company is managed to a more conservative liquidity profile, reflecting narrower market access. Our parent company typically holds enough cash, primarily in the form of overnight interest-bearing deposits with its banking subsidiaries, to meet its current debt maturities and cash needs, as well as those projected over the next one-year period. As of December 31, 2013,2014, the value of the parent company's net liquid assets totaled $4.42$6.03 billion, compared with $3.80$4.42 billion as of December 31, 2012. Our parent company's liquid assets generally consist of overnight placements with its banking subsidiaries.2013.
Based on our level of consolidated liquid assets and our ability to access the capital markets for additional funding when necessary, including our ability to issue debt and equity securities under our current universal shelf registration, management considers State Street'sour overall liquidity as of December 31, 20132014 to be sufficient to meet its current commitments and business needs, including accommodating the transaction and cash management needs of its clients.
Governance
Global Treasury is responsible for our management of liquidity. This includes the day-to-day management of our global liquidity position, the development and monitoring of early warning indicators, key liquidity risk metrics, the creation and execution of stress tests, the evaluation and implementation of regulatory requirements, the
maintenance and execution of our liquidity guidelines and contingency funding plan, and routine management reporting to ALCCOALCO, MRAC and the RCC.Board's RC.
Global Treasury Risk Management, part of ERM, provides separate oversight over the identification, communication, and management of Global Treasury’s risks in support of our business strategy. Global Treasury Risk Management reports to the CRO. Global Treasury Risk Management’s responsibilities relative to liquidity risk management include the development and review of policies and guidelines; the monitoring of limits related to adherence to the liquidity risk guidelines and associated reporting. Specific committees responsible for liquidity risk oversight and governance include ALCCO and the RCC.

91

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Liquidity Framework
Our liquidity framework contemplates areas of potential risk based on our activities, size, and other appropriate risk-related factors. In managing liquidity risk we employ limits, maintain established metrics and early warning indicators, and perform routine stress testing to identify potential liquidity needs. This process involves the evaluation of a combination of internal and external scenarios which assist us in measuring our liquidity position and in identifying potential increases in cash needs or decreases in available sources of cash, as well as the potential impairment of our ability to access the global capital markets.
We manage liquidity according to several principles that are equally important to our overall liquidity risk management framework:
Structural liquidity management addresses liquidity by monitoring and directing the composition of our consolidated statement of condition. Structural liquidity is measured by metrics such as the percentage of total wholesale funds to consolidated total assets, and the percentage of non-government investment securities to client deposits. In addition, on a regular basis and as described further below, our structural liquidity is evaluated under various stress scenarios.
Tactical liquidity management addresses our day-to-day funding requirements and is largely driven by changes in our primary source of funding, which isare client deposits. Fluctuations in client deposits may be supplemented with short-term borrowings, which generally include commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
Stress testing and contingent funding planning are longer-term strategic liquidity risk management practices. Regular and ad-hocad hoc liquidity stress testing are performed


88


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

under various unlikelysevere but plausible scenarios at the parent companyconsolidated level and at significant subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. These tests contemplate severe market and State Street-specific events under various time horizons and severities. Tests contemplate the impact of material changes in key funding sources, credit ratings, additional collateral requirements, contingent uses of funding, systemic shocks to the financial markets, and operational failures based on market and State Street-specific assumptions. The stress tests evaluate the required level of funding versus available sources in an adverse environment. As stress testing contemplates potential forward-looking scenarios, results also serve as a trigger to activate specific liquidity stress levels and contingent funding actions.
Contingency Funding Plans, or “CFPs”,CFPs, are designed to assist senior management with decision-making associated with any contingency funding response to a possible or actual crisis scenario. The CFPs define roles, responsibilities and management actions to be undertakentaken in the event of deterioration of our liquidity profile caused by either a State Street-specific event or a broader disruption in the capital markets. Specific actions are linked to the level of stress indicated by these measures or by management judgment of market conditions.
Liquidity Risk Metrics
In managing our liquidity, we employ early warning indicators and metrics. Early warning indicators are intended to detect situations which may result in a liquidity stress, including changes in our common stock price and the spread on our long-term debt. Additional metrics that are critical to the management of our consolidated statement of condition and monitored as part of our routine liquidity management include measures of our fungible cash position, purchased wholesale funds, unencumbered liquid assets, deposits, and the total of investment securities and loans as a percentage of total client deposits.
Asset Liquidity
Central to the management of our liquidity is asset liquidity, which generally consists of unencumbered highly liquid securities, cash and cash equivalents carried in our consolidated statement of condition. We restrict the eligibility of securities forof asset liquidity to U.S. Government and federal agency securities (including mortgage-backed securities) and, selected non-U.S. Government and supranational securities as well as certain other high- quality securities which generally are more liquid than other types of assets. The following table presents the componentsassets even in times of our stress. Our
asset liquidity balancemetric is similar to the high-quality liquid assets under the U.S. liquidity coverage ratio, and for comparison purposes our high-quality liquid assets, under the LCR final rule definition, are estimated to be $115.56 billion as of the dates and for the years indicated:December 31, 2014.

92

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 32: COMPONENTS OF ASSET LIQUIDITYTABLE 32: COMPONENTS OF ASSET LIQUIDITY
(In millions) December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Asset Liquidity:        
Highly liquid short-term investments(1)
 $64,257
 $50,763
 $93,523
 $64,257
Investment securities 22,321
 27,429
 26,670
 22,322
Total $86,578
 $78,192
 $120,193
 $86,579
    
 Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2014 2013
Average Asset Liquidity:        
Highly liquid short-term investments(1)
 $28,946
 $26,823
 $55,229
 $28,946
Investment securities 22,032
 28,031
 23,577
 22,032
Total $50,978
 $54,854
 $78,806
 $50,978
   
(1) Composed of interest-bearing deposits with banks.
DueWith respect to highly liquid short-term investments presented in the preceding table, due to the continued elevated level of client deposits as of December 31, 2013,2014, we maintained cash balances in excess of regulatory requirements governing deposits with the Federal Reserve of approximately $51.03$83.40 billion at the Federal Reserve, the ECB and other non-U.S. central banks, compared to $41.11$51.03 billion as of December 31, 20122013..The increase in investment securities as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013, presented in the table, was mainly associated with our repositioning of the investment portfolio in light of the liquidity requirements of the LCR.
Liquid securities includedcarried in our asset liquidity include securities pledged without corresponding advances from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, or FRB, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, or FHLB, and other non-U.S. central banks. State Street Bank is a member of the FHLB. This membership allows for advances of liquidity in varying terms against high-quality collateral, which helps facilitate asset-and-liability management of depository institutions.management.
Access to primary, intra-day and contingent liquidity provided by these utilities is an important source of contingent liquidity with utilization subject to underlying conditions. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and December 31, 2012, State Street Bankwe had no outstanding primary credit borrowings from the FRB discount window or any other central bank facility, and as of the same dates, no FHLB advances were outstanding.


89


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

In addition to the securities included in our asset liquidity, we have significant amounts of other high-quality, unencumbered investment securities, corporate securities and loans.securities. The aggregate fair value of those assetssecurities was $60.06 billion as of December 31, 2014, compared to $66.16 billion as of December 31, 2013, compared to $65.70 billion as of December 31, 2012.2013. These securities are available sources of liquidity, although not as rapidly deployed as those included in our asset liquidity.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
On September 3, 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule to implement the Basel Committee's LCR in the U.S. The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of internationally active banking organizations, like State Street, to improve the banking industry's ability to absorb shocks arising from idiosyncratic or market stress, and improve the measurement and management of liquidity risk.
The LCR measures an institution’s high-quality liquid assets, or HQLA, against its net cash outflows. The LCR will be phased in, beginning on January 1, 2015, at 80%, with full implementation beginning on January 1, 2017.
Beginning with January 2015, State Street is required to report its LCR to the Federal Reserve on a monthly basis. Daily reporting of the LCR to the Federal Reserve will be required beginning with July 2015.
The LCR final rule is largely similar to the proposed rule issued by U.S. banking regulators in October 2013; however, the final rule contains several changes and clarifications, including revisions to the definition of operational deposits and more favorable foreign exchange netting treatment, both of which we expect to benefit our LCR ratio, and the exclusion as operational deposits of deposits from non-regulated funds, which we expect to negatively affect our LCR ratio.
Compliance with the LCR has required that we maintain an investment portfolio that contains an adequate amount of HQLA. In general, HQLA investments generate a lower investment return than other the types of investments, resulting in a negative impact on our net interest revenue and our net interest margin.  In addition, the level of HQLA we are required to maintain under the LCR is dependent upon our client relationships and the nature of services we provide, which may change over time.  For example, if the percentage of our operational deposits relative to non-operational deposits increases, we would expect to require less HQLA in order to maintain our LCR.  Conversely, if the percentage of non-operational deposits increases relative to our operational deposits, we would expect
to require additional HQLA in order to maintain our LCR.
Net Stable Funding Ratio
In October 2014, the Basel Committee issued final guidance with respect to the Net Stable Funding Ratio, or NSFR. The NSFR will require banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile relative to the composition of their assets and off-balance sheet activities. The NSFR limits over-reliance on short-term wholesale funding, encourages better assessment of funding risk across all on- and off-balance sheet exposures, and promotes funding stability. The final guidance establishes a one-year liquidity standard representing the proportion of long-term assets funded by long-term stable funding, with the NSFR scheduled to become a minimum standard beginning on January 1, 2018.  
We are reviewing the specifics of the final guidance and will evaluate the U.S. implementation of this standard to analyze the impact and develop strategies for compliance. U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued a proposal to implement the NSFR.
Uses of Liquidity
Significant uses of our liquidity could result from the following: withdrawals of unsecured client deposits; draw-downs of unfunded commitments to extend credit or to purchase securities, generally provided through lines of credit; and short-duration advance facilities. Such circumstances would generally arise under stress conditions including deterioration in credit ratings. We had unfunded commitments to extend credit with gross contractual amounts totaling $21.30$24.25 billion and $17.86$21.30 billion as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively. These amounts do not reflect the value of any collateral. Approximately 75%As of December 31, 2014, approximately 76% of our unfunded commitments to extend credit expire within one year from the date of issuance.year. Since many of our commitments are expected to expire or renew without being drawn upon, the gross contractual amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.


90


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Funding
Deposits:
Our Investment Servicing line of business providesWe provide products and services including custody, accounting, administration, daily pricing, foreign exchange services, cash management, financial asset management, securities lendingfinance and investment advisory services. As a provider of these products and services, we generate client deposits, which have generally provided a stable, low-cost source of funds. As a global custodian, clients place deposits with State Street entities in various currencies. TheseWe invest these client deposits are invested in a combination of investment securities and short-duration financial instruments whose mix is determined by the characteristics of the deposits.
We typically experienceFor the past several years, we have experienced higher client deposit inflows toward the end of the quarter or the end of the year. As a result, we believe average client deposit balances are deemed to be more meaningfulreflective of ongoing funding than period-end balances. The following table presents client deposit balances as of the dates and for the years indicated:

93

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 33: CLIENT DEPOSITSTABLE 33: CLIENT DEPOSITS
  Average Balance
December 31, Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)December 31, Average Balance Year Ended December 31,2014 2013 2014 2013
2013 2012 2013 2012
Client deposits(1)
$182,268
 $150,617
 $143,043
 $127,658
$195,276
 $182,268
 $167,470
 $143,043
    
(1) Balance as of December 31, 20122014 excluded term wholesale certificates of deposit, or CDs, of $13.56$13.76 billion; average balances for the yearsyear ended December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 20122013 excluded average CDs of $6.87 billion and $2.50 billion, and $7.25 billion, respectively.respectively.
Short-Term Funding:
In managing our liquidity, from time to time we utilize short-term funding, including term wholesale certificates of deposit, or CDs, corporate commercial paper and other borrowed funds, generally with maturities of one year or less. As described above, usage is evaluated as part of our liquidity framework. As of December 31, 2013, no CDs were outstanding, compared to $13.56 billion as of December 31, 2012, as client deposits remained stable. Our corporate commercial paper program, under which we can issue up to $3$3.0 billion of commercial paper with original maturities of up to 270 days from the date of issuance, had $2.48 billion and $1.82 billion of commercial paper outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, compared to $2.32 billion as of December 31, 2012.respectively.
Our on-balance sheet liquid assets are also an integral component of our liquidity management strategy. These assets provide liquidity through maturities of the assets, but more importantly, they provide us with the ability to raise funds by pledging the securities as collateral for borrowings or through outright sales. In addition, our access to the global capital markets gives us the ability to source incremental funding at reasonable rates of interest from wholesale investors. As discussed earlier under “Asset Liquidity,” State Street Bank's membership in the FHLB allows for advances of liquidity inwith varying terms against high-quality collateral.
Short-term secured funding also comes in the form of securities lent or sold under agreements to repurchase. These transactions are short-term in
nature, generally overnight, and are collateralized by high-quality investment securities. The balances associated with this activity are generally stable, as they represent a collateralized cash investment option for our investment servicing clients. These balances were $7.95$8.93 billion and $8.01$7.95 billion as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively.
State Street Bank currently maintains a line of credit with a financial institution of CAD $800 million, or approximately $753$690 million as of December 31, 2013,2014, to support its Canadian securities processing operations. The line of credit has no stated termination date and is cancelable by either party with prior notice. As of December 31, 2013,2014, there was no balance outstanding on this line of credit.
Long-Term Funding:
As of December 31, 2013,2014, State Street Bank had Board authority to issue unsecured senior debt securities from time to time, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such unsecured senior debt outstanding at any one time does not exceed $5 billion.$5 billion. As of December 31, 2013, $4.12014, $4.1 billion was available for issuance pursuant to this authority. As of December 31, 2013,2014, State Street Bank also had Board authority to issue up to $1.5 billionan additional $500 million of subordinated debt, incremental to subordinated debt outstanding as of the same date. As of December 31, 2013, $500 million was available for issuance pursuant to this authority. Additional information about debt securities issued by State Street Bank is provided in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.debt.
We maintain an effective universal shelf registration that allows for the public offering and sale of debt securities, capital securities, common stock, depositary shares and preferred stock, and warrants to purchase such securities, including any shares into which the preferred stock and depositary shares may be convertible, or any combination thereof. We have issued in the past, and we may issue in the future, securities pursuant to our shelf registration. The issuance of debt or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors. Additional information about debt and equity securities issued pursuant to this shelf registration is provided in notes 10 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Agency Credit Ratings
Our ability to maintain consistent access to liquidity is fostered by the maintenance of high investment-grade ratings as measured by the major independent credit rating agencies. Factors essential to maintaining high credit ratings include diverse and stable core earnings; relative market position,position; strong risk management; strong capital ratios; diverse liquidity sources, including the global capital markets and client deposits; strong liquidity monitoring procedures; and preparedness for current or future regulatory developments. High ratings minimizelimit borrowing costs and enhance

94

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

our liquidity by providing assurance for unsecured funding and depositors, increasing the potential market for our debt and improving our ability to offer products, serve markets, and engage in transactions in which clients value high credit ratings. A downgrade or reduction of our credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity by restricting our ability to access the capital


91


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

markets, increasingwhich could increase the related cost of funds, causingfunds. In turn, this could cause the sudden and large-scale withdrawal of unsecured deposits by our clients, leadingwhich could lead to draw-downs of unfunded commitments to extend credit or triggeringtrigger requirements under securities purchase commitments,commitments; or require additional collateral or force terminations of certain trading derivative contracts.
A majority of our derivative contracts have been entered into under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require us to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in our credit ratings. We assess the impact of these arrangements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would be required assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. The following table below presents the additional collateral or termination payments related to our net derivative liabilities under these arrangements that could have been called as of the dates indicated by counterparties in the event of a one-notch andor two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings. Other funding sources, such as secured financing transactions and other margin requirements, for which there are no explicit triggers, could also be adversely affected.
TABLE 34: ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL OR TERMINATION PAYMENTS RELATED TO NET DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES
(In millions)December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Additional collateral or termination payments for a one- or two-notch downgrade$19
 $7
(In millions)December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Additional collateral or termination payments for a one- or two-notch downgrade$7
 $13
The following table presents information about State Street's and State Street Bank's credit ratings as of February 21, 2014:
TABLE 35: CREDIT RATINGS
As of February 20, 2015
 
Standard &
Poor’s
 
Moody’s
Investors
Service
 Fitch Dominion Bond Rating Service
State Street:      
Short-term commercial paperA-1 P-1 F1+ R1R-1 (Middle)
Senior debtA+ A1 A+AA- AA (Low)
Subordinated debtA A2 AA+ A (High)
Trust preferred capital securitiesBBB+BBB A3 BBBBBB+ A (High)
Preferred stockBBB+BBB Baa2 BBB-BBB A (Low)
OutlookNegative Stable PositiveStable Stable
State Street Bank:      
Short-term depositsA-1+ P-1 F1+ R-1 (High)
Short-term letters of credit- P-1 - -
Long-term depositsAA- Aa3 AA-  AA AA
Long-term letters of credit- Aa3 - -
Senior debtAA- Aa3 A+AA- AA
Long-term counterparty/issuerAA- Aa3 A+AA- -
Subordinated debtA+ A1 AA+ AA (Low)
Financial strength- B- - -
OutlookStable   Stable PositiveStable Stable


















92


Proposed Liquidity Framework
In October 2013, U.S. banking regulators issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or NPR, intended to implement the Basel Committee's Liquidity Coverage Ratio, or LCR, in the U.S. The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of internationally active banking organizations, improve the banking industry's ability to absorb shocks arising from financial and economic stress, and improve the measurement and management of liquidity risk. The proposed LCR would require a covered banking organization to maintain an amount of high-quality liquid assets, or HQLA, equal to or greater than 100% of the banking organization’s total net cash outflows over a 30-calendar-day period of significant liquidity stress, as defined. The October 2013 NPR would be phased in beginning on January 1, 2015 at 80% with full implementation by January 1, 2017. As an internationally active banking organization, we expect to be subject to the LCR standard in the U.S., as well as in other jurisdictions in which we operate.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
The NPR is generally consistent with the Basel Committee’s LCR. However, it includes certain more stringent requirements, including an accelerated implementation time line and modifications to the definition of high-quality liquid assets and expected outflow assumptions. We continue to analyze the proposed rules and analyze their impact as well as develop strategies for compliance. The principles of the LCR are consistent with our liquidity management framework; however, the specific calibrations of various elements within the final LCR rule, such as the eligibility of assets as HQLA, operational deposit requirements and net outflow requirements could have a material effect on our liquidity, funding and business activities, including the management and composition of our investment securities portfolio and our ability to extend committed contingent credit facilities to our clients.AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
In January 2014, the Basel Committee released a revised proposal with respect to the Net Stable Funding Ratio, or NSFR, which will establish a one-year liquidity standard representing the proportion of long-term assets funded by long-term stable funding, scheduled for global implementation in 2018. The revised NSFR has made some favorable changes regarding the treatment of operationally linked deposits and a reduction in the funding required for certain securities. However, we continue to review the specifics of the Basel Committee's release and will be evaluating the U.S. implementation of this standard to analyze the impact and develop strategies for compliance. U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued a proposal to implement the NSFR.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commitments
The following table presents our long-term contractual cash obligations included within Table 36: Long-Term Contractual Cash Obligations, and other commercial commitments included in total and by period due as of December 31, 2013. These obligationsTable 37: Other Commercial Commitments, were recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of that date,December 31, 2014, except for operating leases and the interest portions of long-term debt and capital leases.
CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS
 PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
As of December 31, 2013
(In millions)
Total 
Less than 1
year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
years
 
Over 5
years
Long-term debt(1)
$10,630
 $1,015
 $2,979
 $2,260
 $4,376
Operating leases923
 208
 286
 209
 220
Capital lease obligations1,051
 99
 185
 169
 598
Total contractual cash obligations$12,604
 $1,322
 $3,450
 $2,638
 $5,194
TABLE 36: LONG-TERM CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS
 PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
As of December 31, 2014
(In millions)
Total 
Less than 1
year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
years
 
Over 5
years
Long-term debt(1) (2)
$10,763
 $454
 $3,223
 $1,749
 $5,337
Operating leases935
 179
 286
 205
 265
Capital lease obligations(2)
962
 105
 173
 164
 520
Total contractual cash obligations$12,660
 $738
 $3,682
 $2,118
 $6,122
    
(1) Long-term debt excludes capital lease obligations (presented as a separate line item) and the effect of interest-rate swaps. Interest payments were calculated at the stated rate with the exception of floating-rate debt, for which payments were calculated using the indexed rate in effect as of December 31, 2013.2014.
The table above does(2) Additional information about contractual cash obligations related to long-term debt and operating and capital leases is provided in notes 9 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Our consolidated statement of cash flows, also included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, provides additional liquidity information.
Total contractual cash obligations shown in Table 36: Long-Term Contractual Cash Obligations, do not include obligationsinclude:
Obligations which will be settled in cash, primarily in less than one year, such as client deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings.
Additional information about deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings is provided in notes 8 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The table does not include obligationsObligations related to derivative instruments because the derivative-related amounts

recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 20132014 did not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under the contracts upon settlement.
Additional information about our derivative instruments is provided in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We have obligations under pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, more fully described in note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, which are not included in the above table.Table 36: Long-Term Contractual Cash Obligations.
Additional information about contractual cash obligations related to long-term debt and operating and capital leases is provided in notes 10 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Our consolidated statement of cash flows, also included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, provides additional liquidity information.
The following table presents our commitments, other than the contractual cash obligations presented above, in total and by duration as of December 31, 2013. These commitments were not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of that date.

95

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS
TABLE 37: OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTSTABLE 37: OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS    
DURATION OF COMMITMENTDURATION OF COMMITMENT
As of December 31, 2013
(In millions)
Total
amounts
committed(1)
 
Less than
1 year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
years
 
Over 5
years
As of December 31, 2014
(In millions)
Total
amounts
committed(1)
 
Less than
1 year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
years
 
Over 5
years
Indemnified securities financing$320,078
 $320,078
 $
 $
 $
$349,766
 $349,766
 $
 $
 $
Unfunded commitments to extend credit21,296
 15,981
 2,517
 2,449
 349
24,247
 18,529
 1,852
 3,351
 515
Asset purchase agreements4,685
 1,892
 2,296
 497
 
4,107
 1,385
 2,212
 510
 
Standby letters of credit4,512
 1,651
 2,006
 855
 
4,720
 894
 1,840
 1,960
 26
Purchase obligations(2)
361
 82
 102
 44
 133
285
 61
 57
 46
 121
Total commercial commitments$350,932
 $339,684
 $6,921
 $3,845
 $482
$383,125
 $370,635
 $5,961
 $5,867
 $662
    
(1) Total amounts committed reflect participations to independent third parties, if any.
(2) Amounts represent obligations pursuant to legally binding agreements, where we have agreed to purchase products or services with a specific minimum quantity defined at a fixed, minimum or variable price over a specified period of time.
 


93


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Additional information about the commitments presented in the table above,Table 37: Other Commercial Commitments, except for purchase obligations, is provided in note 1110 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Operational Risk Management
Overview
We defineconsider operational risk asto be the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, human error, or from external events. At State Street, this definitionThis encompasses legal risk and fiduciary risk. We defineconsider legal risk asto be the risk of loss resulting from failure to comply with laws, and contractual obligations as well asor prudent ethical standards,business practices, often in additionthe form of litigation or fines. We consider fiduciary risk to exposurebe the failure to litigation from all aspects of our activities. Fiduciary risk arises if, inproperly exercise discretion when acting on behalf of our clients, we fail to properly exercise discretion or we do not properly monitormonitoring or controlcontrolling the exercise of discretion by a third party.
InOperational risk is inherent in the conductperformance of our investment servicing and investment management activities we assume operational risk. The products and services we provide toon behalf of our clients, such as custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, and the management of financial assets using passive and active strategies, can result in execution risk, business practice risk,clients. Whether it be fiduciary risk, risk associated with execution and processing or other types of operational risk. Becauserisk, a consistent, transparent and effective operational risk framework is process-oriented, comparedkey to other risks, for example credit riskidentifying, monitoring and market risk, which are transaction-oriented, our ability to influence and manage risk-taking rests at the process level, and requires a broad set of process controls.managing operational risk.
Whereas operational risk represents the potential,We have established an operational risk eventframework that is based on three major goals:
Strong, active governance;
Ownership and accountability; and
Consistency and transparency.
Governance
Our Board is responsible for the actual occurrenceapproval and oversight of our overall operational risk framework. It does so through its RC, which reviews our operational risk framework and approves our operational risk policy annually.
The policy identifies the responsibilities of individuals and committees charged with oversight of the risk. Anmanagement of operational risk, eventand articulates a broad mandate that gives rise to a direct financial impact is referred to as ansupports implementation of the operational risk loss or gain. If there is no financial impact,framework.
ERM and other control groups provide the event is termedoversight, validation and verification of the management and measurement of operational risk. Our CRO, who leads ERM, manages the day-to-day oversight.
Executive management actively manages and oversees our operational risk framework through membership on various risk management committees, including MRAC, the BCRC, TORC, the Operational Risk Committee and the Fiduciary
Review Committee, all of which ultimately report to the RC.
The Operational Risk Committee, chaired by the global head of Operational Risk, provides cross-business oversight of operational risk and reviews and approves operational risk guidelines intended to maintain a “near-miss.”consistent implementation of our corporate operational risk policy and framework.
FrameworkOwnership and Accountability
We have developed a comprehensive approach toimplemented our operational risk management that is consistently applied across State Street. This approach, referredframework to assupport the broad mandate established by our operational risk policy. This framework represents an integrated set of processes and tools that assists us in the management and measurement of operational risk, including our calculation of required capital and risk-weighted assets.
The framework takes a holistic view and integrates the different methods and tools used to manage and measure operational risk. The framework which was developed by our Operational Risk Management group and utilizes aspects of the framework of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or the COSO, framework and industry/peerother industry leading practices, and is designed foremost to complyaddress our risk management needs while complying with Baselregulatory requirements. OurThe operational risk framework seeksis intended to provide a number of important benefits, including:
The alignment of business priorities with risk management objectives;
The active management of risk and the avoidance of surprises;
The clarification of responsibilities for the management of operational risk;
A common understanding of operational risk management and its supporting processes; and
The consistent application of policies and collection of data for risk management and measurement.
A common understanding of operational risk management and its supporting processes;
The clarification of responsibilities for the management of operational risk across State Street;
The alignment of business priorities with risk management objectives;
The active management of risk and early identification of emerging risks;
The consistent application of policies and the collection of data for risk management and measurement; and
The estimation of our operational risk capital requirement.
The operational risk framework employs a distributed risk management infrastructure executed by ERM groups aligned with the business units, which are responsible for the implementation of the operational risk framework at the business unit level.
As with other risks, senior business unit management is composedresponsible for the day-to-day operational risk management of two mutually reinforcing areas, foundational elementstheir respective businesses. It is business unit management's responsibility to provide oversight of the implementation and ongoing execution of the operational risk framework components. The three foundational elements used to consistently implement the framework across the diverse groups within State Street are governance, documentation, and communication/awareness. The framework also contains five components that provide overarching structure that integrates distinct risk programs into a continuoustheir respective


9694


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

organizations, as well as coordination and communication with ERM.
Consistency and Transparency
A number of corporate control functions are directly responsible for implementing and assessing various aspects of our operational risk framework, with the overarching goal of consistency and transparency to meet the evolving needs of the business:
The global head of Operational Risk, a member of the CRO’s executive management team, leads ERM’s corporate Operational Risk Management group, referred to as ORM. ORM is responsible for the strategy, evolution and consistent implementation of our operational risk guidelines, framework and supporting tools across State Street. ORM reviews and analyzes operational key risk information, events, metrics and indicators at the business unit and corporate level for purposes of risk management, reporting and escalation to the CRO, senior management and governance committees;
ERM’s Corporate Risk Analytics group develops and maintains operational risk capital estimation models, and ERM's Operations group calculates our required capital for operational risk;
ERM’s Model Validation Group, referred to as MVG, separately validates the quantitative models used to measure operational risk, and ORM performs validation checks on the output of the model; and
Corporate Audit performs separate reviews of the application of operational risk management practices and methodologies utilized across State Street.
Our operational risk framework consists of five components, each described below, which provide a working structure that integrates distinct risk programs into a continuous process focused on managing and measuring operational risk in a coordinated and consistent manner.
Risk Identification, Assessment and
Measurement
The individual componentsobjective of risk identification, assessment and measurement is to understand business unit strategy, risk profile and potential exposures. It is achieved through a series of risk assessments across State Street using techniques for the identification, assessment and measurement of risk across a spectrum of potential frequency and severity combinations. Three primary risk assessment
programs, which occur annually, augmented by other business-specific programs, are the core of this component:
The Risk and Control Self-Assessment program, referred to as the RCSA, seeks to understand the risks associated with day-to-day activities, and the effectiveness of controls intended to manage potential exposures arising from these activities. These risks are typically frequent in nature but generally not severe in terms of exposure;
The Material Risk Identification process utilizes a bottom-up approach to identify State Street’s most significant risk exposures across all on- and off-balance sheet risk-taking activities. The program is specifically designed to consider risks that could have a material impact irrespective of their likelihood or frequency. This can include risks that may have an impact on longer-term business objectives, such as significant change management activities or long-term strategic initiatives;
The Scenario Analysis program focuses on the set of each component are:risks with the highest severity and most relevance from a capital perspective. These are generally referred to as “tail risks," and serve as important benchmarks for our loss distribution approach model (see below); they also provide inputs into stress testing; and
Identify, assess and measure risk - understand business unit strategy, risk profile and potential exposure;
Monitor risk - proactively monitor the business environment and associated operational risk exposure;
Evaluate and test controls - verify that internal controls are designed appropriately, are consistent with corporate and regulatory standards, and are operating effectively;
Provide integrated management reporting - facilitate management's ability to maintain control, provide oversight and escalate issues in a timely manner; and
Support risk-based decision making - make conscious risk-based decisions and understand the trade-off between risk and return.
Business-specific programs to identify, assess and measure risk, including new business and product review and approval, new client screening, and, as deemed appropriate, targeted risk assessments.
The primary measurement tool used is an internally developed loss distribution approach model, referred to as the LDA model. We maintain anuse the LDA model to quantify required operational risk policy, undercapital, from which we endeavorcalculate risk-weighted assets related to effectively manageoperational risk. Such risk-weighted assets totaled $35.87 billion as of December 31, 2014; refer to the "Capital" section of this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
The LDA model incorporates the four required operational risk elements described below:
Internal loss event data is collected from across State Street in orderconformity with our operating loss policy that establishes the requirements for collecting and reporting individual loss events. We categorize the data into seven Basel-defined event types and further subdivide the data by business


95


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

unit, as deemed appropriate. Each of these loss events are represented in a Unit of Measure, referred to as a UOM, which is used to estimate a specific amount of capital required for the types of loss events that fall into each specific category. Some UOMs are measured at the corporate level because they are not “business specific,” such as damage to physical assets, where the cause of an event is not primarily driven by the behavior of a single business unit. Internal losses of $500 or greater are captured, analyzed and included in the modeling approach. Loss event data is collected using a corporate-wide data collection tool, which stores the data in a Loss Event Data Repository, referred to as the LEDR, to support processes related to analysis, management reporting and the achievementcalculation of required capital. Internal loss event data provides State Street-specific frequency and severity information to our capital calculation process for historical loss events experienced by State Street.
External loss event data provides information with respect to loss event severity from other financial institutions to inform our capital estimation process of events in similar business units at other banking organizations. This information supplements the data pool available for use in our LDA model. Assessments of the sufficiency of internal data and the relevance of external data are completed before pooling the two data sources for use in our LDA model.
Scenario analysis workshops are conducted annually across State Street to inform management of the less frequent but most severe, or “tail,” risks that the organization faces. The workshops are attended by senior business unit managers, other support and control partners and business-aligned risk-management staff. The workshops are designed to capture information about the significant risks and to estimate potential exposures for individual risks should a loss event occur. Workshops are aligned with specific UOMs and business units where appropriate. The results of these workshops are used to benchmark our LDA model results to determine that our calculation of required capital considers relevant risk-related information.
Business environment and internal control factors, referred to as BEICFs, are gathered as part of our scenario analysis program to
inform the scenario analysis workshop participants of internal loss event data and business-relevant metrics, such as RCSA results, along with industry loss event data and case studies where appropriate. BEICFs are those characteristics of a bank’s internal and external operating environment that bear an exposure to operational risk. The use of this information indirectly influences our calculation of required capital by providing additional relevant data to workshop participants when reviewing specific UOM risks.
Monitoring
The objective of risk monitoring is to proactively monitor the changing business environment and corresponding operational risk exposure. It is achieved through a series of quantitative and qualitative monitoring tools that are designed to allow us to understand changes in the business environment, internal control factors, risk metrics, risk assessments, exposures and operating effectiveness, as well as details of loss events and progress on risk initiatives implemented to mitigate potential risk exposures.
Effectiveness and Testing
The objective of effectiveness and testing is to verify that internal controls are designed appropriately, are consistent with corporate objectives and fully complyregulatory standards, and are operating effectively. It is achieved through a series of assessments by both internal and external parties, including Corporate Audit, independent registered public accounting firms, business self-assessments and other control function reviews, such as a Sarbanes-Oxley testing program.
Consistent with any relatedour standard model validation process, the operational risk LDA model is subject to a detailed review, overseen by the MRC. In addition, the model is subject to a rigorous internal governance process. All changes to the model or input parameters, and the deployment of model updates, are reviewed and approved by the Operational Risk Committee, which has oversight responsibility for the model, with technical input from the MRC.
Reporting
Operational risk reporting is intended to provide transparency, thereby enabling management to manage risk, provide oversight and escalate issues in a timely manner. It is designed to allow the business units, executive management, and the Board's control functions and committees to gain insight into activities that may result in risks and potential exposures. Reports are intended to identify business activities that are experiencing processing issues, whether or not they result in actual loss events. Reporting


96


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

includes results of monitoring activities, internal and external examinations, regulatory requirements. We achieve these policy objectives throughreviews, and control assessments. These elements combine in a manner designed to provide a view of potential and emerging risks facing State Street and information that details its progress on managing risks.
Documentation and Guidelines
Documentation and guidelines allow for consistency and repeatability of the implementation of ourvarious processes that support the operational risk framework which describes the integrated set of processes and tools that assist us in managing and measuring operational risk.across State Street.
Our operational risk policy is approved annually by the RCC. The purpose of the policy is to set forth our approach to the management of operational risk, to identify the responsibilities of individuals and committees charged with overseeing the management of operational risk, and to provide a broad mandate that supports implementation of the operational risk framework.
Guidelines
As part of our operational risk framework, we have also developed operationalOperational risk guidelines which document in greater detail our practices and describe the key elements that should be present in a business unit's operational risk management program. The purpose of the guidelines is to set forth and define key operational risk terms, provide further detail on State Street's operational risk programs, and detail the business unitunits' responsibilities for the identification, assessment, measurement, monitoringto identify, assess, measure, monitor and reporting ofreport operational risk. The guidelines support theguideline supports our operational risk policy and document our practices usedpolicy.
Data standards have been established to manage and measure operational risk in an effective andmaintain consistent manner across State Street.
We have a number of operational risk tools and processes in use that are corporate-wide in application or coverage. These tools include a series of risk assessments and diagnostics, at the business unit level, across the risk spectrum aimed at the identification of risks that occur routinely through normal operations, strategic risks that may arise over a longer-term horizon and risks that occur very infrequently but which could materially affect State Street. Further, these assessments allow management to define risk mitigation strategies and set action plans for implementation.
State Street monitors the level and trend of its operational risk profile through a series of management reports, risk assessment outcomes, risk mitigation initiative process and risk metrics. Together, this data allows us to understand our risk profile, our progress on managing risk and changes in the environment both internal and external which may affect our risk profile. In addition, we use scenario analysis to provide a forward-looking assessment of large operational risk events that we may not have experienced yet.
In order for these tools and programs to meet framework objectives, we have implemented comprehensive data collection practices and consistent risk classification standards that facilitate the analysis of risks across the company. In addition, we have established standards for operational risk data for the purpose of maintaining data repositories and systems that are controlled, accurate and available on a timely basis to support operational risk management.
Governance
The roles and responsibilities with respect to the management of operational risk at State Street reflect the following four key principles:
Board oversight of our operational risk framework is primarily the responsibility of the RCC, which annually reviews and approves our operational risk policy and delegates day-to-day oversight to ERM;
Senior business unit managers are responsible for the management of operational risk;
ERM and other corporate groups provide separate oversight, validation and verification of the management and measurement of operational risk; and
Executive management provides oversight through participation on risk-management committees and direct management of risk in business activities.

97

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The key responsibilities of these groups with respect to operational risk are described below:
The RCC approves our operational risk policy, delegates the implementation and monitoring of the operational risk guidelines, framework and related programs to ERM, and reviews periodic reporting of management information related to operational risk.
Senior business unit management is responsible for the direct management of operational risk arising from our business activities, as well as operational risk oversight through representation on the MRAC, the TORC and the local Operational Risk and Fiduciary Review Committees.
A number of corporate groups have responsibility for developing, implementing, and assessing various aspects of State Street's operational risk framework:
ERM’s Corporate Operational Risk Management group is responsible for the development and implementation of State Street's operational risk guidelines, framework and supporting tools. It also reviews and analyzes operational key risk information, metrics and indicators at the business line and corporate level for purposes of reporting and escalating operational risk events.
ERM’s Corporate Risk Analytics group develops and maintains operational risk capital estimation models and regularly calculates State Street's operational risk regulatory capital requirements;
ERM’s Model Governance group separately validates the quantitative models used to measure operational risk; and
Corporate Audit performs separate reviews of the application of operational risk management practices and methodologies utilized across State Street.
Operational risk management at State Street includes both the corporate Operational Risk Management group, led by the global head of Operational Risk, who is a member of the CRO’s executive management team, and a distributed risk management infrastructure that is aligned with our business units. The risk management groups aligned with the business units report directly to the CRO, and have operational risk managers who are responsible for the implementation of the operational risk framework at the business unit level.
Market Risk Management
Market risk is defined by U.S. banking regulators as the risk of loss that could result from broad market movements, such as changes in the general level of interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates or commodity prices. State Street isWe are exposed to market risk in both itsour trading and certain of itsour non-trading, or asset-and-liability management, activities. The
Information about the market risk management processes related to theseassociated with our trading activities discussed in further detailis provided below apply to both on- and off-balance sheet exposures.under “Trading Activities.” Information about the market risk associated with our non-trading activities, which consists primarily of interest-rate risk, is provided below under “Asset-and-Liability Management Activities.”
Trading Activities
In the conduct of our trading and investment activities, we assume market risk. Therisk, the level of market risk that we assumewhich is a function of our overall risk appetite, business objectives and liquidity needs, our clients' requirements and market volatility, and our execution against those factors. Market risk associated with our trading activities is discussed below under “Trading Activities.” In addition, supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to market risk associated with our trading activities is provided on the “Investor Relations” section of our website.
Market risk associated with our non-trading activities, which consists primarily of interest-rate risk, is discussed under “Asset-and-Liability Management Activities.”
Trading Activities
We engage in trading activities primarily to support our clients' needs and to contribute to our overall corporate earnings and liquidity. In connection with certain of these trading activities, we enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to support our clients' needs and to manage our interest-rate and currency risk. These activities are generally intended to generate trading services revenue and to manage potential earnings volatility. In addition, we
provide services related to derivatives in our role as both a manager and a servicer of financial assets.
Our clients use derivatives to manage the financial risks associated with their investment goals and business activities. With the growth of cross-border investing, our clients often enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to convert currency for international investments and to manage the currency risk in their international investment portfolios. As an active participant in the foreign exchange markets, we provide foreign exchange forward and option contracts in support of these client needs, and also act as a dealer in the currency markets.  
As part of our trading activities, we assume positions in the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and entering into derivative instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options and interest-rate swaps, interest-rate forward contracts, and

98

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

interest-rate futures. As of December 31, 2013,2014, the aggregate notional amount of these derivative contracts was $1.13$1.24 trillion,, of which $1.12$1.23 trillion was composed of foreign exchange forward, swap and spot contracts. In the aggregate, weWe seek to match positions closely with the objective of minimizing related currency and interest-rate risk. All foreign exchange contracts are valued daily at current market rates. Additional information about derivative instruments entered into in connection with our trading activities is provided in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Governance
Our assumption of market risk in our trading activities is an integral part of our corporate risk appetite. TheOur Board reviews and oversees our management of market risk, including the approval of key market risk policies and the receipt and review of regular market risk reporting, as well as periodic updates on selected market risk topics.
The Tradingpreviously described TMRC (refer to "Risk Committees" in this Management's Discussion and Markets Risk Committee, or TMRC,Analysis) oversees all market risk-taking activities across State Street associated with trading. The TMRC, which reports to MRAC, is composed of members of ERM, our Global Marketsglobal markets business and our Global Treasury group, as well as our senior executives who manage our trading businesses and other members of management who possess specialized knowledge and expertise. Under authority delegated by the MRAC, the TMRC is responsible for the formulation of guidelines, strategies and work flows with respect to the measurement, monitoring and control of our trading market risk, and also approves market risk tolerance limits and dealing authorities. The TMRC meets regularly to monitor the management of our trading market risk activities.
Our business units identify, actively manage and are responsible for the market risks inherent in their businesses. A dedicated market risk management group within ERM, and other groups within ERM, work with those business units to assist them in the identification, assessment, monitoring, management and control of market risk, and assist business unit managers with their market risk management and


97


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

measurement activities. ERM provides an additional line of oversight, support and coordination designed to promote the consistent identification, measurement and management of market risk across business units, separate from those business units' discrete activities.
The ERM market risk management group is responsible for the management of corporate-wide market risk, the monitoring of key market risks and the development and maintenance of market risk management policies, guidelines, and standards aligned with our corporate risk appetite. This market risk management group also establishes and approves market risk tolerance limits and dealing authorities based on, but not limited to, measures of notional amount measures,amounts, sensitivity, measures, Value-at-Risk, or VaR measures and stress measures.stress. Such limits and authorities are specified in our trading and market risk guidelines which govern our management of trading market risk.
Our management of market risk associated with trading activities and our calculation of required regulatory capital are based primarily on our internal VaR models and stress-testing analysis. As discussed in the “Value-at-Risk” section below, VaR is measured daily by ERM.
Market risk exposure is established in relation to limits established within our risk appetite framework. These limits define threshold levels for VaR- and stressed VaR-based measures and are applicable to all trading positions subject to regulatory capital requirements.
Covered Positions
Our trading positions are subject to regulatory market risk capital requirements if they meet the regulatory definition of a “covered position.” A covered position is generally defined by U.S. banking regulators as an on- or off-balance sheet position associated with the organization's trading activities that is free of any restrictions on its tradability, including foreign exchange or commodity positions, and excluding intangible assets, certain credit derivatives recognized as guarantees and certain equity positions not publicly traded. The identification of covered positions for inclusion in our market risk capital framework is governed by our covered positions policy. This policy, which outlines the standards we use to determine whether a trading position is a covered position.
Our covered positions consist primarily of those arising from the trading portfolios held by our global markets business. They also arise from certain positions held by our Global Markets business.Treasury group. These trading portfoliospositions include products such as spot foreign exchange, foreign exchange forwards, non-deliverable forwards, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange funding swaps, currency futures, financial futures, and interest rate futures. Covered positions also arise from certain portfolios held by our Global Treasury group. Any new activities are analyzed to determine if the positions arising from such new activities meet the definition of a covered position and conform to our covered positions policy. This documented analysis, including any decisions with respect to market risk treatments, must receive approval from the TMRC.
Value-at-Risk, Stress Testing and Stressed VaR
As noted above, we use a variety of risk measurement tools and methodologies, including VaR, which is an estimate of potential loss for a given period within a stated statistical confidence interval.
We use a risk measurement methodology to measure trading-related VaR daily. We have adopted standards for measuring

99

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

trading-related VaR, and we maintain regulatory capital for market risk associated with our trading activities in conformity with currently applicable bank regulatory market risk guidelines.requirements.
We utilize an internal VaR model to calculate our regulatory market risk capital requirements. We use a historical simulation model to calculate daily VaR- and stressed VaR-based measures for our covered positions in conformity with regulatory requirements that became effective beginning on January 1, 2013.requirements. Our VaR model seeks to capture identified material risk factors associated with our covered positions, including risks arising from market movements such as changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and option-implied volatilities.
We have adopted standards and guidelines to value our covered positions which govern our VaR- and stressed VaR-based measures. Our regulatory VaR-based measure is calculated based on historical volatilities of market risk factors during a two-year observation period calibrated to a one-tail, 99% confidence interval and a ten-business-day holding period, using a historical observation period of two years.period. We also use the same platform to calculate a one-tail, 99% confidence interval, one-business-day VaR for internal risk management purposes. A 99% one-tail confidence interval implies that daily trading losses are not expected to exceed the estimated VaR more than 1% of the time, or less than three business days out of a year.
Our market risk models, including our VaR model, are subject to change in connection with the governance, validation and back-testing processes described below. These models can change as a result of changes in our business activities, our historical experiences, market forces and events, regulations and regulatory interpretations and other factors. In addition, the models are subject to continuing regulatory review and approval. Changes in our models may result in changes in our measurements of our market risk exposures, including VaR, and related measures, including regulatory capital. These changes could result in material changes in those risk measurements and related measures as calculated and compared from period to period.
Value-at-Risk:Value-at-Risk
VaR measures are based on the most recent two years of historical price movements for instruments and related risk factors to which we have exposure. The instruments in question are limited to foreign exchange spot, forward and options contracts and interest-rate contracts, including futures and interest-rate swaps. Historically, these instruments have exhibited a higher degree of liquidity relative to other available capital markets instruments. As a result, the


98


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

VaR measures shown reflect our ability to rapidly adjust exposures in highly dynamic markets. For this reason, risk inventory, in the form of net open positions, across all currencies is typically limited. In addition, long and short positions in major, as well as minor, currencies provide risk offsets that limit our potential downside exposure.
Our VaR methodology uses a historical simulation approach based on market-observed changes in foreign exchange rates, U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates and implied volatilities, and incorporates the resulting diversification benefits provided from the mix of our trading positions. Our VaR model incorporates aroundapproximately 5,000 risk factors and capturesincludes correlations among currency, interest rates, and other market rates.
Stress Testing and Stressed VaR:VaR
We have a corporate-wide stress-testing program in place that incorporates an array of techniques to measure the potential loss we could suffer in a hypothetical scenario of adverse economic and financial conditions. We also monitor concentrations of risk such as concentration by branch, risk component, and currency pairs. We conduct stress testing on a daily basis based on selected historical stress events that are relevant to our positions in order to estimate the potential impact to our current portfolio should similar market conditions recur, and we also perform stress testing as part of the Federal Reserve's CCAR process. Stress testing is conducted, analyzed and reported at the corporate, trading desk, division and risk-factor level (for example, exchange risk, interest-rate risk and volatility risk).
We calculate a stressed VaR-based measure using the same model we use to calculate VaR, but with model inputs calibrated to historical data from a range of continuous twelve-month periods that reflect significant financial stress. The stressed VaR model identifies the second-worst outcome occurring in the worst continuous one-year rolling period since July 2007. This stressed VaR meets the regulatory requirement as the rolling ten-day period with an outcome that is worse than 99% of other outcomes during that twelve-month period of financial stress. For each portfolio, the stress period is determined algorithmically by seeking the one-year time horizon that produces the largest ten-business-day VaR from within the available historical data. This historical data set includes the financial crisis of 2008, the highly volatile period surrounding the Eurozone sovereign debt crisis and the Standard & Poor's downgrade of U.S. Treasury debt in August 2011. As the historical data set used to determine the stress period expands over time, future market stress events will be automatically incorporated.
The sixty-day moving average of our stressed VaR-based measure was approximately $69 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, compared to a sixty-day moving average of $28 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to a sixty-day moving average of approximately $27 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, approximately $19 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013, and approximately $16 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2013.
The increase in the sixty-day moving average of our stressed VaR-based measure for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and September 30, 20132014 compared to the twelve months ended June 30,December 31, 2013 was associated withprimarily the model changes described below followingresult of an extension of the tenor of FX swaps by Global Treasury designed to improve our liquidity position. The tenor extension gives rise to additional market risk in our stressed VaR and stressed-VaR tables.calculation.
Stress-testing results and limits are actively monitored on a daily basis by ERM and reported to the TMRC. Limit breaches are addressed by ERM risk managers in conjunction with the business units, escalated as appropriate, and reviewed by the TMRC if material. In addition, we have established several action triggers that prompt immediate review by management and the implementation of a remediation plan.
Validation and Back-Testing
We perform daily back-testing to assess the accuracy of our VaR-based model in estimating loss at the stated confidence level. This back-testing involves the comparison of estimated VaR model outputs to actual profit-and-loss, orProfit-and-Loss outcomes, referred to as P&L, outcomes observed from daily market movements. We back-test our VaR model using “clean” P&L, which excludes non-trading revenue such as fees, commissions and net interest revenue, as well as estimated revenue from intra-day trading. Our VaR definition of trading losses excludes items that are not specific to the price movement of the trading assets and liabilities themselves, such as fees, commissions, changes to reserves and gains or losses from intra-day activity.
We experienced no back-testing exceptions in 2014. We experienced one back-testing exception on September 18, 2013.in 2013, which occurred in the third quarter. The trading

100

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

P&L that day exceeded the VaR based on the prior day’s closing positions, following larger-than-usual moves in several emerging market currencies and U.S. interest rates. The moves occurred in reaction to the Federal Reserve’s announcement that they would postpone the start of their withdrawal of monetary stimulus (tapering of quantitative easing).
Our market risk models are governed by our model risk governance guidelines, in accordanceconformity with our model risk governance policy, which outline the standards we use to assess the conceptual soundness and effectiveness of our models. Our market risk models are subject to regular review and validation by our Model Validation groupMVG within ERM and overseen by the MAC.MRC. The MAC, chaired by a senior executive in ERM, was established for the purpose of providing recommendations on technical modeling issues to the corporate oversight committees. The MACMRC includes members with expertise in modeling methodologies and has representation from


99


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

the various business units throughout State Street. Additional information about the MRC and MVG is provided below under “Model Risk Management.”Management” in this Disclosure.
Our model validation process also evaluates the integrity of our VaR models through the use of regular outcome analysis. Such outcome analysis includes back-testing, which compares the VaR model's predictions to actual outcomes using out-of-sample information. The Model Validation GroupMVG examined back-testing results for
the market risk regulatory capital model used for 2012. Consistent with regulatory guidance, the back-testing compared “clean” P&L, defined above, with the one-day VaR produced by the model. The back-testing was performed for a time period not used for model development. The number of occurrences where “clean” trading-book P&L exceeded the one-day VaR was within our expected VaR tolerance level.

The following tables present VaR and stressed VaR associated with our trading activities for covered positions held during the yearyears ended December 31, 2013, and as of December 31, 2013, September 30, 2013, June 30, 20132014 and March 31, 2013, as measured by our VaR methodology. Comparative information for 2012 is not presented, as we did not measure VaR for those periods under the regulatory requirements which were effective beginning on January 1, 2013.
VaR - COVERED PORTFOLIOS (TEN-DAY VaR)Year Ended December 31, 2013 As of December 31, 2013 As of September 30, 2013 As of June 30, 2013 As of March 31, 2013
(In thousands)Average Maximum Minimum VaR VaR VaR VaR
Foreign exchange$6,386
 $22,835
 $1,626
 $5,463
 $11,549
 $5,696
 $9,283
Money market/Global Treasury97
 559
 24
 58
 102
 53
 365
Total VaR$6,361
 $22,834
 $1,641
 $5,441
 $11,496
 $5,657
 $9,017
TABLE 38: TEN-DAY VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES FOR COVERED POSITIONS
 Year Ended December 31, 2014 Year Ended December 31, 2013 As of December 31, 2014 As of December 31, 2013
(In thousands)Average Maximum Minimum Average Maximum Minimum VaR VaR
Global Markets$6,365
 $12,327
 $2,273
 $6,386
 $22,835
 $1,626
 $4,566
 $5,463
Global Treasury4,027
 6,467
 683
 97
 559
 24
 4,759
 58
Total VaR$8,100
 $12,278
 $3,244
 $6,361
 $22,834
 $1,641
 $8,281
 $5,441
STRESSED VaR - COVERED PORTFOLIOS (TEN-DAY VaR)Year Ended December 31, 2013 As of December 31, 2013 As of September 30, 2013 As of June 30, 2013 As of March 31, 2013
(In thousands)Average Maximum Minimum VaR VaR VaR VaR
Foreign exchange$22,907
 $47,531
 $4,933
 $30,338
 $32,905
 $15,275
 $26,141
Money market/Global Treasury291
 1,075
 56
 280
 290
 186
 900
Total Stressed VaR$22,815
 $47,514
 $4,889
 $30,403
 $32,521
 $15,157
 $25,673
TABLE 39: TEN-DAY STRESSED VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES FOR COVERED POSITIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Year Ended December 31, 2013 As of December 31, 2014 As of December 31, 2013
(In thousands)Average Maximum Minimum Average Maximum Minimum Stressed VaR Stressed VaR
Global Markets$32,639
 $64,510
 $15,625
 $22,907
 $47,531
 $4,933
 $30,255
 $30,338
Global Treasury36,344
 59,253
 10,454
 291
 1,075
 56
 39,050
 280
Total Stressed VaR$61,874
 $89,053
 $29,689
 $22,815
 $47,514
 $4,889
 $58,945
 $30,403
The VaR-based measures presented abovein the preceding tables are primarily a reflection of the overall level of market volatility and our appetite for trading market risk. Overall levels of volatility have been low both on an absolute basis and relative to the historical information observed at the beginning of the period used for the calculations. Both the ten-day VaR-based measures and the stressed VaR-based measures are based on historical changes observed during rolling ten-day periods for the portfolios as of the close of business each day over the past one-year period.
The decreasedecline in the VaRmaximum ten-day VaR-based measure for foreign exchange was caused by reduced exposure to certain emerging market currencies (Table 38: Ten-day VaR Associated with Trading Activities for Covered Positions). The increase seen in ten-day stressed VaR-based measure for foreign exchange was mainly due to our businesses maintaining slightly larger exposures, as of
compared to a year ago, in what was a predominantly trending market in 2014 (Table 39: Ten-day Stressed VaR Associated with Trading Activities for Covered Positions).
The increases in the average ten-day VaR-based and stressed VaR-based measures for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to September 30, 2013 was were primarily the result of the advancing two-year window for historical price movements and related risk factors, which as of December 31, 2013 no longer included the third and fourth quarters of 2011, when the financial markets reacted to the Eurozone crisis and to the downgradean extension of the U.S. government’s credit ratingtenor of FX swaps by Standard & Poor’s.Global Treasury designed to improve our liquidity position. The tenor extension gives rise to additional market risk in our ten-day VaR-based and stressed VaR-based calculations.
The increaseWe may in the future modify and adjust our models and methodologies used to calculate VaR and stressed-VaR measures for foreign exchange as of September 30, 2013 comparedstressed VaR, subject to June 30, 2013 resulted from the model changes described below,regulatory review and not from anyapproval, and these modifications and adjustments may result in changes in the overall composition of exposure within our portfolio of covered positions.
Beginning on July 1, 2013, we implemented two significant changes to our regulatory VaRVaR-based and stressed-VaR models. The net effect of the two changes resulted in an increase in our daily VaR-based measure and a more significant increase in our stressed VaR-based measure, both calculated based on a 99% confidence interval. The changes involved the introduction of off-shore yield curves for non-deliverable forward contracts in our portfolios ofmeasures.


101100


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

covered positions and the use of absolute changes in place of relative or percentage changes for interest-rate risk factors (both base curves and spread curves). We may in the future further modify and adjust our models and methodologies used to calculate VaR, subject to regulatory review and approval, and these modifications and adjustments may result in changes in in our VaR measures, some of which may be significant.
The following table presentstables present the VaR and stressed VaR associated with our trading activities attributable to foreign exchange rates,risk, interest ratesrate risk and volatility risk as of December 31, 2013, September 30, 2013, June 30, 20132014 and March 31, 2013. The totals of the VaR amounts attributable to foreign exchange rates, interest ratesVaR-based and volatilitystressed VaR-based measures for the three attributes for each VaR and stressed-VaR component exceeded the componentrelated total VaR measuresand total stressed VaR presented in the foregoing tabletables as of each period-end, primarily due to the benefits of diversification across risk types. Comparative information
TABLE 40: TEN-DAY VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES BY RISK FACTOR(1)
 As of December 31, 2014 As of December 31, 2013
(In thousands)Foreign Exchange Risk Interest Rate Risk Volatility Risk Foreign Exchange Risk Interest Rate Risk Volatility Risk
By component:           
Global Markets$5,584
 $3,230
 $349
 $3,492
 $4,561
 $306
Global Treasury
 4,759
 
 46
 52
 
Total VaR$5,584
 $5,892
 $349
 $3,457
 $4,577
 $306
TABLE 41: TEN-DAY STRESSED VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES BY RISK FACTOR(1)
 As of December 31, 2014 As of December 31, 2013
(In thousands)Foreign Exchange Risk Interest Rate Risk Volatility Risk Foreign Exchange Risk Interest Rate Risk Volatility Risk
By component:           
Global Markets$8,305
 $39,220
 $468
 $8,788
 $37,030
 $345
Global Treasury
 39,050
 
 119
 299
 
Total Stressed VaR$8,305
 $62,923
 $468
 $8,845
 $36,949
 $345
(1) For purposes of risk attribution by component in both Tables 40 and 41, foreign exchange risk refers only to the risk from market movements in period-end rates.  Forwards, futures, options and swaps with maturities greater than period-end have embedded interest-rate risk that is captured by the measures used for 2012interest-rate risk.  Accordingly, the interest-rate risk embedded in these foreign exchange instruments is notincluded in the interest-rate risk component.
Total stressed VaR as of December 31, 2014 increased compared to December 31, 2013, as presented in Table 41: Ten-day Stressed VaR Associated with Trading Activities by Risk Factor. The increase was primarily the result of an extension of the tenor of FX swaps by Global Treasury designed to improve our liquidity position. Additionally, the stressed VaR attributable to foreign exchange exposures also increased as we did not measure VaR under the regulatory requirements which were effective beginning on January 1, 2013.

VaR - COVERED PORTFOLIOS (TEN-DAY VaR)As of December 31, 2013 As of September 30, 2013 As of June 30, 2013 As of March 31, 2013
(In thousands)Foreign Exchange Interest Rate Volatility Foreign Exchange Interest Rate Volatility Foreign Exchange Interest Rate Volatility Foreign Exchange Interest Rate Volatility
By component:                       
Foreign exchange/Global Markets$3,492
 $4,561
 $306
 $9,704
 $3,194
 $454
 $5,531
 $1,808
 $650
 $9,543
 $2,265
 $492
Money market/Global Treasury46
 52
 
 49
 72
 
 50
 33
 
 376
 33
 
Total VaR$3,457
 $4,577
 $306
 $9,648
 $3,175
 $454
 $5,483
 $1,808
 $650
 $9,288
 $2,263
 $492
maintained risk positions in a predominantly trending market environment.
Asset-and-Liability Management Activities
The primary objective of asset-and-liability management is to provide sustainable and growing net interest revenue, orreferred to as NIR, under varying economic environments,conditions, while protecting the economic value of the assets and liabilities carried in our consolidated statement of condition from the adverse effects of changes in interest rates. While many market factors affect the level of NIR and the economic value of our assets and liabilities, one of the most significant factors is our exposure to movements in interest rates. Most of our NIR is earned from the investment of client deposits generated by our businesses. We invest these client deposits in assets that conform generally to the characteristics of our balance sheet liabilities, including the currency composition of our
significant non-U.S. dollar denominated client liabilities, but we manage our overall interest-rate risk position in the context of current and anticipated market conditions and within internally-approved risk guidelines.
Our overall interest-rate risk position is maintained within a series of policies approved by the Board and guidelines established and monitored by ALCCO.ALCO. Our Global Treasury group has responsibility for managing our day-to-day interest-rate risk. To effectively manage our consolidated statement of condition and related NIR, Global Treasury has the authority to assume a limited amount of interest-rate risk based on market conditions and its views about the direction of global interest rates over both short-term and long-term time horizons. Global Treasury manages our exposure to changes in interest rates on a consolidated basis organized into three regional treasury units, North America, Europe and Asia/Pacific, to reflect the growing, global nature of our exposures and to capture the impact of changes in regional market environments on our total risk position.
The economic value of our consolidated statement of condition is a metric designed to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities which could be garnered if those assets and liabilities were


101


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

sold today. The economic values represent discounted cash flows from all financial instruments; therefore, changes in the yield curves, which are used to discount the cash flows, affect the values of these instruments.
Our investment activities and our use of derivative financial instruments are the primary tools used in managing interest-rate risk. We invest in financial instruments with currency, repricing, and maturity characteristics we consider appropriate to manage our overall interest-rate risk position. In addition, we use certain derivative instruments, primarily interest-rate swaps, to alter the interest-rate characteristics of specific balance sheet assets or liabilities.
Additional information about our measurement of fair value and our use of derivatives is provided in notes 3 and 16, respectively, to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Because no one individual measure can accurately assess all of our exposures to changes in interest rates, we use several quantitative measures in our assessment of current and potential future exposures to changes in interest rates and their impact on NIR and balance sheet values. NIR simulation is the primary tool used in our

102

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

evaluation of the potential range of possible NIR results that could occur under a variety of interest-rate environments. We also use market valuation and duration analysis to assess changes in the economic value of balance sheet assets and liabilities caused by assumed changes in interest rates.
To measure, monitor, and report on our interest-rate risk position, we use NIR simulation, orreferred to as NIR-at-risk, and economic valueEconomic Value of equity, orEquity, referred to as EVE, sensitivity. NIR-at-risk measures the impact on NIR over the next twelve months to immediate, or “rate shock,” and gradual, or “rate ramp,” changes in market interest rates. EVE sensitivity is a total return view of interest-rate risk, which measures the impact on the present value of all NIR-related principal and interest cash flows of an immediate change in interest rates, and is generally used in the context of economic capital discussed under “Economic Capital” in “Financial Condition - Capital” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.rates. Although NIR-at-risk and EVE sensitivity measure interest-rate risk over different time horizons, both utilize consistent assumptions when modeling the positions currently held by State Street; however, NIR-at-risk also incorporates future actions planned by management over the time horizons being modeled.
In calculatingestimating our NIR-at-risk, we start with a base amount of NIR that is projected over the next twelve months, assuming our forecast yield curve over the period. Our existing balance sheet assets and liabilities are adjusted by the amount and timing of transactions that are forecast to occur over the next twelve months. That yield curve is then “shocked,” or moved immediately, +/-100 basis points in a parallel fashion, or at all points along the yield curve. Two new twelve-month NIR projections are then developed using the same balance sheet and
forecast transactions, but with the new yield curves, and compared to the base scenario. We also perform the calculations using interest-rate ramps, which are +/-100-basis-point changes in interest rates that are assumed to occur gradually over the next twelve months, rather than immediately as we do with interest-rate shocks.
EVE is based on the change in the present value of all NIR-related principal and interest cash flows for changes in market rates of interest. The present value of existing cash flows with a then-current yield curve serves as the base case. We then apply an immediate parallel shock to that yield curve of ±200+/-200 basis points and recalculate the cash flows and related present values. A large shock is used to better capture the embedded option risk in our mortgage-backed securities that results from borrowers' prepayment opportunities.
Key assumptions used in the models, described in more detail below, along with changes in market conditions, are inherently uncertain. Actual results necessarily differ from model results as market conditions differ from assumptions. As such, management performs back-testing, stress testing, and model integrity analyses to validate that the modeled results produce predictive NIR-at-risk and EVE sensitivity estimates which can be used in our management of interest-rate risk. Primary factors affecting the actual results are changes in our balance sheet size and mix; the timing, magnitude and frequency of changes in interest rates, including the slope and the relationship between the interest-rate level of U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar yield curves; changes in market conditions; and management actions taken in response to the preceding conditions.
Both NIR-at-risk and EVE sensitivity results are managed against ALCCO-approvedALCO-approved limits and guidelines and are monitored regularly, along with other relevant simulations, scenario analyses and stress tests, by both Global Treasury and ALCCO.ALCO. Our ALCCO-approvedALCO-approved guidelines are, we believe, in line with industry standards and are periodically examined by the Federal Reserve.
Based onAs a result of differences in measurement between NIR-at-risk and EVE with respect to certain assumptions, such as the reinvestment of our current balance sheet composition where fixed-rateinterest-earning assets, exceed fixed-rate liabilities, reported results of NIR-at-risk could depictpresent an increase in NIR from a ratean increase in rates while EVE presents a loss. A changeChanges in this balance sheet profileassumptions may result in different outcomes under both NIR-at-risk and EVE. NIR-at-risk depicts the change in the nominal (undiscounted)(un-discounted) dollar net interest flows which are generated from the forecast statement of condition over the next twelve months.  As interest rates increase, the interest expense


102


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

associated with our client deposit liabilities is assumed to increase at a slower pace than the investment returns derived from our current balance sheet or the associated reinvestment of our interest-earning assets, resulting in an overall increase to NIR. EVE, on the other hand, measures the present value change of both principal and interest cash flows based on the current period-end balance sheet. As a result, EVE does not contemplate reinvestment of our assets associated with a change in the interest-rate environment. 
Although NIR in both NIR-at-risk and EVE sensitivity is higher in response to increased interest rates, the future principal flows from fixed-rate investments are discounted at higher rates for EVE, which results in lower asset values and a corresponding reduction or loss in EVE. As noted above, NIR-at-risk does not analyze changes in the value of principal cash flows and therefore does not experience the same reduction experienced by EVE sensitivity associated with discounting principal cash flows at higher rates.
Net Interest Revenue at Risk

103

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

NIR-at-risk is designed to measureestimate the potential impact of changes in global market interest rates on NIR in the short term. The impact of changes in market rates on NIR is measured against a baseline NIR which encompasses management's expectations regarding the evolving balance sheet volumes and interest rates in the near-term. The goal is to achieve an acceptable level of NIR under various interest-rate environments. Assumptions regarding levels of client deposits and our ability to price these deposits under various rate environments have a significant impact on the results of the NIR simulations. Similarly, the timing of cash flows from our investment portfolio, especially option-embedded financial instruments like mortgage-backed securities, and our ability to replace these cash flows in line with management's expectations, can affect the results of NIR simulations.
The following table presents the estimated exposure of our NIR for the next twelve months, calculated as of the dates indicated, due to an immediate +/-100-basis-point shift to our internal forecast of global interest rates. We manage our NIR sensitivity not to decline more thanlimit declines to 15% or less from the baseline NIR +/-100 basis point shocks.NIR. Estimated incremental exposures presented below are dependent on management's assumptions, and do not reflect any additional actions management may undertake in order to mitigate some of the adverse effects of changes in interest rates on our financial performance.
TABLE 42: NIR ESTIMATED EXPOSURE
 
Estimated Exposure to
Net Interest Revenue
(Dollars in millions)December 31,
2014
 December 31,
2013
Rate change:Exposure % of Base NIR Exposure % of Base NIR
+100 bps shock$384
 16.6% $334
 14.0%
–100 bps shock(328) (14.2) (261) (10.9)
+100 bps ramp149
 6.5
 126
 5.3
–100 bps ramp(192) (8.3) (124) (5.2)
 
Estimated Exposure to
Net Interest Revenue
(Dollars in millions)December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
Rate change:Exposure % of Base NIR Exposure % of Base NIR
+100 bps shock$334
 14.0% $156
 6.5%
–100 bps shock(261) (10.9) (200) (8.3)
+100 bps ramp126
 5.3
 39
 1.6
–100 bps ramp(124) (5.2) (96) (4.0)
As of December 31, 2013,2014, NIR sensitivity to an upward-100-basis-point shock in global marketinterest rates was higher compared to such sensitivity as of December 31, 2012,2013, due to a higher level of forecast client deposits. The benefit to NIR forof an upward-100-basis-point ramp is less significant than a shock, since marketinterest rates are assumed to increase gradually.
NIR sensitivity to a downward-100-basis-point shock in global interest rates as of December 31, 2014 increased compared to such sensitivity as of December 31, 2013, due to higher levels of forecast client deposits. Increased levels of forecast client deposits, while beneficial to baseline NIR, do not provide relief in the downward shock scenario, as the deposits have no room to fully re-price from current levels as their pricing basis falls. A downward-100-basis-point shock in global marketinterest rates places pressure on NIR,, as deposit rates reach their implicit floors due to the exceptionally low globalinterest-rate environment, and provide little funding relief on the liability side, while assets resetre-price into the lower-rate environment. The adverse impact on projected NIR due to a downward-100-basis-point ramp is less significant than a shock since interest rates are assumed to decrease gradually, thereby reducing the level of projected spread compression experienced between assets and liabilities over a twelve-month horizon.
Our baseline NIR incorporates an expectation that short-term interest rates will begin to rise in anticipation of central bank tightening of current monetary policies. While this rise in rates benefits our baseline NIR, it is detrimental to our NIR sensitivity to a downward-100-basis-point shock, as rising short-term interest rates allow asset yields to re-price lower in market rates as of December 31, 2013 was similara downward shock scenario than previously, while deposits are still priced close to December 31, 2012, as higher levels of forecast noninterest-bearing deposits, which improve base NIR, provide no relief as rates fall.natural floors.
Other important factors which affect the levels of NIR are the size and mix of assets carried in our consolidated statement of condition; interest-rate spreads; the slope and interest-rate level of U.S. and non-U.S. dollar yield curves and the relationship between them; the pace of change in global market


103


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

interest rates; and management actions taken in response to the preceding conditions.
Economic Value of Equity
EVE sensitivity measures changes in the market value of equity to quantify potential losses to shareholders due to an immediate +/-200-basis-point rate shock compared to current interest-rate levels if the balance sheet were liquidated immediately. Management compares the change in EVE sensitivity against State Street's aggregate tier 1 and tier 2 risk-based capital, calculated in conformity with currently applicable regulatory requirements, to evaluate whether the magnitude of the exposure to interest rates is acceptable. Generally, a change resulting from a +/-200-basis-point rate shock that is less than 20% of aggregate tier 1 and tier 2 capital is an exposure that management deems acceptable. To
the extent that we manage changes in EVE sensitivity within the 20% threshold, we would seek to take action to remain below the threshold if the magnitude of our exposure to interest rates approached that limit.
Similar to NIR-at-risk measures, the timing of cash flows affects EVE sensitivity, as changes in asset and liability values under different rate scenarios are dependent on when interest and principal payments are received. In contrast to NIR simulations, however, EVE sensitivity does not incorporate assumptions regarding reinvestment of these cash flows. In addition, our ability to price client deposits has a much smaller impact on EVE sensitivity, as EVE sensitivity does not consider the ongoing benefit of investing client deposits.


The following table presents estimated EVE exposures, calculated as of the dates indicated, assuming an immediate and prolonged shift in global interest rates, the impact of which would be spread over a number of years.
TABLE 43: ESTIMATED EVE EXPOSURES
 
Estimated Sensitivity of
Economic Value of Equity
(Dollars in millions)December 31,
2014
 December 31,
2013
Rate change:Exposure % of Tier 1/Tier 2 Capital Exposure % of Tier 1/Tier 2 Capital
+200 bps shock$(2,291) (12.8)% $(2,359) (14.9)%
–200 bps shock942
 5.3
 1,149
 7.2
The dollar measure of EVE sensitivity to an upward-200-basis-point shock as of December 31, 2014 improved compared to December 31, 2013, and the dollar measure of EVE sensitivity to a downward-200-basis-point shock as of December 31, 2014 declined compared to December 31, 2013, with both comparisons due primarily to portfolio decay and lower rates as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013.
EVE sensitivity to an upward-200-basis-point shock as of December 31, 2014, as a percentage of the total of tier 1 and tier 2 regulatory capital, declined compared to December 31, 2013. EVE sensitivity to a downward-200-basis-point shock as of December 31, 2014, as a percentage of the total of tier 1 and tier 2 regulatory capital, declined compared to December 31, 2013. These improvements were primarily due to the above changes in the dollar measures of EVE sensitivity as well as an increase in the total of tier 1 and tier 2 capital as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 (refer to the "Capital - Regulatory Capital" section of this Management's Discussion and Analysis).
Business Risk Management
We define business risk as the risk of adverse changes in our earnings related to business factors, including changes in the competitive environment, changes in the operational economics of our business activities and the potential effect of strategic and reputation risks, not already captured as trading market, interest-rate, credit, operational or liquidity risks. We incorporate business risk into our assessment of our strategic plans and capital management processes. Active management of business risk is an integral component of all aspects of our business, and responsibility for the management of business risk lies with every employee at State Street.
Separating the effects of a potential material adverse event into operational and business risk is sometimes difficult. For instance, the direct financial impact of an unfavorable event in the form of fines or penalties would be classified as an operational risk loss, while the impact on our reputation and consequently the potential loss of clients and corresponding decline in revenue would be classified as a business risk loss. An additional example of business risk is the integration of a major acquisition. Failure to successfully integrate the operations of an


104


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

acquired business, and the resultant inability to retain clients and the associated revenue, would be classified as a loss due to business risk.
 
Estimated Sensitivity of
Economic Value of Equity
(Dollars in millions)December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
Rate change:Exposure % of Tier 1/Tier 2 Capital Exposure % of Tier 1/Tier 2 Capital
+200 bps shock$2,359
 (14.9)% $(2,542) (17.0)%
–200 bps shock1,149
 7.2
 41
 0.3
ExposureBusiness risk is managed with a long-term focus. Techniques for its assessment and management include the development of business plans and appropriate management oversight. The potential impact of the various elements of business risk is difficult to upward-quantify with any degree of precision. We use a combination of historical earnings volatility, scenario analysis, stress-testing and downward-200-basis-point shocksmanagement judgment to help assess the potential effect on State Street attributable to business risk. Management and control of business risks are generally the responsibility of the business units as part of December 31, 2013 improved compared to December 31, 2012. A lower concentration of fixed-rate securities in the investment portfoliotheir overall strategic planning and hedging activity in 2013 reduced EVE sensitivity to changes in market rates.internal risk management processes.
Model Risk Management
The use of financialquantitative models is widespread throughout the banking and financial services industry, with largerlarge and more complex organizations employing dozens ofrelying on sophisticated models on a daily basis to measure risk exposures, determine economic and regulatory capital levels, and guide investment decisions, among other things. However, even assupport numerous aspects of their financial decision making. The models contemporaneously represent both a significant advancement in financial management the models themselves representand a new source of risk, i.e., the potential for adverse consequences or financial loss from decisions based on incorrect, misused or misinterpreted model outputs and reports.
risk. In large banking organizations like State Street, where financial models and their outputs exert significantours, model results influence on business decisions, and where model failure could have a particularly harmful effect on our financial strength and performance,performance. As a result, we manage model risk is managed within an extensive and rigorousa comprehensive model risk management framework. This framework is documented in our Model Risk Governance Policy Statement and accompanying Model Risk Governance Guidelines.
Our model risk management program has three principal components:
A model risk governance program supports risk management by defining roles and responsibilities, by providing policies and guidance that define relevant model risk management activities, and by describing procedures that implement those policies;
A model development process facilitates the appropriate design and accuracy of models; the development process also includes ongoing model integrity activities designed to test for robustness and stability and to evaluate a model's limitations and assumptions; and
A set of model validation processes and activities is designed to validate that models are theoretically sound, are performing as expected, and are in line with their design objectives; model validation also checks that a model's key assumptions and limitations are identified and clearly communicated to the model's end users and to senior management.
The MAC, chairedA model risk governance program that defines roles and responsibilities, including the authority to restrict model usage, provides policies and guidance, and evaluates the models’ key assumptions, limitations and overall degree of risk;
A model development process which focuses on sound design and computational accuracy, and includes ongoing model integrity activities designed to test for robustness, stability, and sensitivity to assumptions; and
A separate model validation function designed to verify that models are theoretically sound, performing as expected, and are in line with their design objectives.
Governance
Model risk is overseen at the corporate level by our Board and senior management. Models used in the regulatory capital calculation can only be deployed for use after receiving a satisfactory validation review and being granted approval by the headappropriate corporate oversight committee.
The MRC, which is composed of senior staff with technical expertise, reports to MRAC, and formally recommends proposed findings with respect to modeling weaknesses or deficiencies. Proposed findings are brought to the MRC by MVG for discussion. MVG is part of Model Risk Management within ERM. The most material findings may preclude a model’s deployment and use; other findings may require resolution by specified deadlines.
ERM’s Model Risk Management group is responsible for defining the corporate-wide model risk governance framework, and maintains policies that achieve the framework’s objectives. The team is responsible for overall model risk governance capabilities, with particular emphasis in the areas of model risk reporting, model performance monitoring, tracking of new model development status, and committee-level review and challenge.
Model Development and Usage
Models are developed under standards governing data sourcing, methodology selection and model integrity testing. Model development includes a clear statement of purpose to align development with intended use. It also includes a comparison of alternative approaches to implement a sound modeling approach.
Model developers conduct an assessment of data quality and relevance. The development teams conduct a variety of tests of the accuracy, robustness and stability of each model.
Model Validation Group, was establishedowners monitor model performance, update model reference data and/or functionality as appropriate, and submit models to provide recommendationsMVG for validation on technical modeling issues to the corporate oversight committees. The MAC includes members with expertise in modeling methodologies, and has representation from the various business units throughout State Street.a regular basis, as described below.
Business Risk ManagementModel Validation
We define businessMVG separately validates models through a review that assesses the soundness and suitability of data inputs, methodologies, assumptions, coding and model outputs. Model validation also encompasses an assessment of a model’s potential limitations given its particular assumptions or deficiencies. MVG maintains a model risk-rating system, which assigns a risk asrating to each model based on the riskseverity of adverse changes in our earnings related to business factors, including changesreview findings. These ratings aid in the competitive environment, changes inunderstanding and reporting of model risk across the operational economicsmodel portfolio, and enable the triaging of our business activities and the potential effect of strategic and reputation risks, not already captured as trading market, interest-rate, credit, operational or liquidity risks. We incorporate business risk into our assessment of our strategic plans and economic capital needs. Active management of business risk is an integral component of all aspects of our business, and responsibilityneeds for the management of business risk lies with every employee at State Street.remediation.
Separating the effects of a potential material adverse event into operational and business risk is sometimes difficult. For instance, the direct financial impact of an unfavorable event in the form of fines or penalties would be classified as an operational risk loss, while the impact on our reputation and consequently the potential loss of clients and corresponding decline in revenue would be classified as a business risk loss. An additional example of business riskAlthough model validation is the integrationprimary method of subjecting models to separate review and challenge, in practice, a major acquisition. Failure to successfully integratemulti-step governance process provides the operations of an acquiredopportunity for challenge by multiple parties. First, MVG conducts model validation and prepares findings. These proposed


105


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

business,
findings are then discussed with and formally recommended by the resultant inability to retain clients andMRC. Finally, model usage decisions, made by the associated revenue, would be classified as a loss due to business risk.
Business risk is managed with a long-term focus. Techniques for its assessment and management includeappropriate corporate oversight committee, are influenced by the development of business plans and appropriate management oversight. The potential impact of the various elements of business risk is difficult to quantify with any degree of precision. We use a combination of historical earnings volatility, scenario analysis, stress-testing and management judgment to help assess the potential effect on State Street attributable to business risk. Management and control of business risks are generally the responsibility of the business units as part of their overall strategic planning and internal risk management processes.model findings.
Capital
The management of both our regulatory and economic capital involves key metrics evaluated by management to assess whether our actual leveland projected levels of capital isare commensurate with our risk profile, isare in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, and isare sufficient to provide us with the financial flexibility to undertake future strategic business initiatives. We assess capital based on relevant regulatory capital adequacy requirements, as well as our own internal capital targets.
Framework
Our objective with respect to management of our capital is to maintain a strong capital base in order to provide financial flexibility for our business needs, including funding corporate growth and supporting clients’ cash management needs, and to provide protection against loss to depositors and creditors. We strive to maintain an appropriate level of capital, commensurate with our risk profile, on which an attractive return to shareholders is expected to be realized over both the short and long term, while protecting our obligations to depositors and creditors and complying with regulatory capital adequacy requirements.
Our capital management process focuses on our risk exposures, the regulatory requirements applicable to us with respect to capital adequacy, the evaluations and resulting credit ratings of the major independent credit rating agencies, our return on capital at both the consolidated and line-of-business level, and our capital position relative to our peers.
Our evaluation of capital includes the comparison of capital sources with capital uses, as well as the consideration of the quality and quantity of the various components of capital, as two of several inputs in our overall assessment of our capital adequacy. The goals of the capital evaluationadequacy process are to determine the optimal level of capital and composition of capital instruments to satisfy all constituents of capital, with the lowest overall cost to shareholders. Other factors considered in our capital evaluationadequacy process are strategic and contingency planning, stress testing and planned capital actions.
Internal Capital Adequacy AssessmentProcess
Our primary federal banking regulator is the Federal Reserve. Both State Street and State Street Bank are subject to the minimum regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve and
defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or FDIC, Improvement Act of 1991.1991, or FDICIA. State Street Bank must exceed the regulatory capital thresholds for “well capitalized” in order for our parent company to maintain its status as a financial holding company. Accordingly, one of our primary goalgoals with respect to capital adequacy is to exceed all applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements and to be “well-capitalized” under the Prompt Corrective Action guidelines established by the FDIC. Our capital adequacy program includesmanagement activities include our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process, or ICAAP,CAP, and associated capital policies.Capital Policy and guidelines.
We consider capital adequacy to be a key element of our financial well-being, which affects our ability to attract and maintain client relationships; operate effectively in the global capital markets; and satisfy regulatory, security holder and shareholder needs. Capital is one of several elements that affect State Street’sour debt ratings and the ratings of our principal subsidiaries.
In conformity with our capital policies,Capital Policy and guidelines, we strive to maintain adequate capital, not just at a point in time, but over time and during periods of stress, to account for changes in our strategic direction, evolving economic conditions, and financial and market volatility. We have developed and implemented a corporate-wide ICAAPCAP to assess our overall capital and liquidity in relation to our risk profile and to provide a comprehensive strategy for maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity levels. The ICAAPCAP considers material risks under multiple scenarios, with an emphasis on stress scenarios. The ICAAPCAP builds on and leverages existing processes and systems used to measure our capital adequacy. Our ICAAP policyCapital Policy is reviewed and approved by the Board’s RCC.RC.
Capital Contingency Planning

106

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Contingency planning is an integral component of our capital management program. The objective of our contingency planning process is to monitor current and forecast levels of select measures that serve as preemptiveearly indicators of a potentially adverse capital or liquidity adequacy situation. These measures are one of the inputs used to set our capital adequacy level. We review these measures annually for appropriateness and relevance in relation to our financial budget and capital plan.
Stress Testing
We haveadminister a robust State Street-wide stress-testing program that executes multiple stress tests each year.year to assess the institution’s capital adequacy and/or future performance under adverse conditions. Our stress testing program is structured around what we determine to be the top materialkey risks incurred by State Street, which are the end productas assessed through a recurring material risk


106


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

identification process. The material risk identification program.process represents a bottom-up approach to identifying the institution’s most significant risk exposures across all on- and off-balance sheet risk-taking activities, including credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, fiduciary, business, reputation, and regulatory risks. These top materialkey risks serve as an organizing principle for much of our risk management framework, as well as reporting, including the “risk dashboard” provided to the Board. Over the past few years, stress scenarios have included a deep recession in the U.S., a break-up of the Eurozone, a severe recession in China and an oil shock precipitated by turmoil in the Middle East/North Africa region.
In connection with the focus on our topkey risks, each stress test incorporates idiosyncratic loss events tailored to State Street‘s unique risk profile.profile and business activities. Due to the nature of our business model and our consolidated statement of condition, our risks differ from those of a traditional commercial bank.
The Federal Reserve requires bank holding companies with total consolidated total assets of $50 billion or more, which includes State Street, to submit a capital plan on an annual basis. The Federal Reserve uses theirits annual CCAR process, which incorporates hypothetical financial and economic stress scenarios, to review those capital plans and assess whether banking organizations have capital planning processes that account for idiosyncratic risks and provide for sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress. As part of theits CCAR process, the Federal Reserve assesses each organization’s capital adequacy, capital planning process, and plans to distribute capital, such as dividend payments or stock purchase programs. Management and Board risk committees review, challenge, and approve CCAR results and assumptions before submission to the Federal Reserve.
Information aboutThrough the Federal Reserve’s reviewevaluation of ourState Street’s capital plan for 2013, submitted in January 2013 in connection with the CCAR process, is provided under “Capital Actions” in this “Capital” section. The Federal Reserve is currently conducting a review of capital plans for 2014 submitted by us and other large bank holding companies in January 2014. The levels at which we will be able to declare dividends and purchase shares of our common stock after March 2014 will depend on the Federal Reserve's assessment of our capital plan and our projectedadequacy and/or future performance under adverse conditions, the stress scenarios. While we anticipate that the Federal Reserve will not object to the continued return oftesting processes provide important insights for capital to our shareholders through dividends and/or common stock purchases in 2014, we cannot provide assurance with respect to the Federal Reserve's assessment of our capital plan, or that we will be able to continue to return capital to our shareholdersplanning, risk management, and strategic decision-making at any specific level.State Street.
Governance
In order to support integrated decision making, we have identified three management elements to aid in the compatibility and coordination of our capital adequacy strategies and processes:
Risk Management - identification, measurement, monitoring and forecasting of different types of risk and their combined impact on capital adequacy;
Capital Management - determination of optimal capital and liquidity levels; and
Business Management - strategic planning, budgeting, forecasting, and performance management.
We have a hierarchical structure supporting appropriate committee review of relevant risk and capital information. The ongoing responsibility for capital management rests with our Treasurer. The Capital Planning group within Global Treasury is responsible for capital policies,the Capital Policy and guidelines, development of the capital plan,Capital Plan, the management of global capital, capital optimization, and business unit capital management.
ALCCO hasMRAC provides oversight of our capital management, of regulatory capital,our capital adequacy, with respect to regulatory requirements,our internal targets and the expectations of the major independent credit rating agencies. ALCCO’s roles and responsibilities are designed to work complementary to and coordinated with theIn addition, MRAC which approves State Street’sour balance sheet strategy and related activities. The Board’s RCCRC assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities related to the assessment and management of risk and capital.
Regulatory Capital
The following table presentsWe are subject to risk-based regulatory capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bankrequirements issued by the Federal Reserve. With the adoption of the Basel III rules by U.S. regulators, we became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule as of December 31:
 Currently Applicable Regulatory Guidelines State Street State Street Bank
 Minimum 
Well
Capitalized
 2013 2012 2013 2012
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio4% 6% 17.3% 19.1% 16.4% 17.3%
Total risk-based capital ratio8
 10
 19.7
 20.6
 19.0
 19.1
Tier 1 leverage ratio(1)
4
 5
 6.9
 7.1
 6.4
 6.3
(1) Regulatory guidelineJanuary 1, 2014. The Basel III final rule incorporates several multi-year transition provisions for “well capitalized” applies only to State Street Bank.capital components and minimum ratio requirements for common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital. The transition period started in January 2014 and is completed by January 1, 2019 which is concurrent with the full implementation of the Basel III final rule in the U.S.
The following table presentsU.S. Basel III final rule replaced the componentsBasel I- and Basel II-based capital regulations in the United States. As an “advanced approaches” banking organization, we became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule beginning on January 1, 2014. However, certain aspects of the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the new minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratios, capital buffers, regulatory adjustments and deductions and revisions to the calculation of risk-weighted assets under the so-called “standardized approach,” will commence at a later date or be phased in over several years.
Among other things, the U.S. Basel III final rule introduces a minimum common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, raises the minimum tier 2 and total capital, and the components of total risk-weighted assets, for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31; additional information about our1


107


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

regulatory
risk-based capital is provided in note 15ratio from 4% to 6%, and, for advanced approaches banking organizations such as State Street, imposes a minimum supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8numerator of this Form 10-K.
 State Street State Street Bank
(Dollars in millions)2013 2012 2013 2012
Tier 1 capital:       
Total common shareholders' equity$19,887
 $20,380
 $19,755
 $19,681
Preferred stock491
 489
 
 
Trust preferred capital securities950
 950
 
 
Goodwill(6,036) (5,977) (5,740) (5,679)
Other intangible assets(2,360) (2,539) (2,239) (2,392)
Deferred tax liability associated with acquisitions653
 699
 638
 680
Other310
 (242) 304
 (246)
Tier 1 capital13,895
 13,760
 12,718
 12,044
Tier 2 capital:       
Qualifying subordinated debt1,918
 1,219
 1,936
 1,223
Allowances for on- and off-balance sheet credit exposures and other48
 41
 45
 39
Tier 2 capital1,966
 1,260
 1,981
 1,262
Deduction for investments in finance subsidiaries(74) (191) 
 
Total capital$15,787
 $14,829
 $14,699
 $13,306
Adjusted total risk-weighted assets and market risk equivalent assets:       
On-balance sheet assets:       
Cash and interest-bearing assets$2,175
 $1,429
 $1,979
 $1,287
Investment securities34,000
 36,094
 33,514
 35,495
Loans and leases13,201
 12,118
 13,257
 12,187
Interest, fees and other receivables2,951
 2,355
 2,332
 2,068
Other assets7,950
 6,242
 6,517
 4,912
Total on-balance sheet assets60,277
 58,238
 57,599
 55,949
Off-balance sheet equivalent assets:       
Guarantees and unfunded commitments to extend credit10,125
 4,602
 10,125
 4,602
Foreign exchange derivative contracts5,282
 5,353
 5,302
 5,353
Standby letters of credit and asset purchase agreements2,995
 3,096
 2,995
 3,096
Other185
 104
 176
 93
Total off-balance sheet equivalent assets18,587
 13,155
 18,598
 13,144
Market risk equivalent assets1,262
 519
 1,262
 445
Total risk-weighted assets$80,126
 $71,912
 $77,459

$69,538
Adjusted quarterly average assets$202,801
 $192,817
 $199,301
 $189,780
As of December 31, 2013, State Street's regulatory capital ratios declined compared to December 31, 2012, primarily the result of increases in total risk-weighted assets. State Street'swhich is tier 1 capital inand the same comparison increased slightly, as the positive effectdenominator of net income and other comprehensive income was mostly offset by declarations of common stock dividends and purchases by us of our common stock. The increase in total capital was primarily the result of the May 2013 issuance of $1 billion of subordinated debt, which qualifies as tier 2 capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines.
The increase in total risk-weighted assets was primarily associated with higher off-balance sheet equivalent assets, mainly associated with an increase in exposure associated with our participation in principal securities finance transactions, as well as an increase inincludes both on-balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet exposures. In addition to the supplementary leverage ratio, we are subject to a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, which differs from the supplementary leverage ratio primarily due to higher levelsin that the denominator of loans and other assets. The decrease in the tier 1 leverage ratio mainly resulted from an increase in adjustedis quarterly average on-balance sheet assets.
To maintain the status of our parent company as a financial holding company, we and our insured depository institution subsidiaries are required to be “well-capitalized” by maintaining capital ratios above the minimum requirements. Effective on January 1, 2015, the “well-capitalized” standard for our banking subsidiaries was revised to reflect the higher capital requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule.
In addition to introducing new capital ratios and buffers, the U.S. Basel III final rule revises the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and provides for the phase-out of existing capital instruments that do not satisfy the new criteria. For example, existing trust preferred capital securities are being phased out from tier 1 capital over a two-year period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on January 1, 2016, and subsequently, the qualification of these securities as tier 2 capital will be phased out over a multi-year transition period beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on January 1, 2022. We had trust preferred capital securities of $475 million outstanding as of December 31, 2014.
Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, certain new items are deducted from common equity tier 1 capital and certain regulatory capital deductions were modified as compared to the previously applicable capital regulations. Among other things, the final rule requires significant investments in the common stock of unconsolidated financial institutions, as defined, and certain deferred tax assets associatedthat exceed specified individual and aggregate thresholds to be deducted from common equity tier 1 capital. As an advanced approaches banking organization, after-tax unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, which are excluded from tier 1 capital under Basel I and Basel II, flow through to and affect State Street’s and State Street Bank's common equity tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.
On February 21, 2014, we were notified by the Federal Reserve that we had completed our parallel run period. Beginning with balance sheetthe three months ended June 30, 2014 and ending with December 31, 2014, the lower of our regulatory capital ratios calculated under the advanced approaches provisions of the
Basel III final rule and those ratios calculated under the transitional provisions of Basel III (capital calculated in conformity with Basel III and risk-weighted assets calculated in conformity with Basel I) applied in the assessment of our capital adequacy for regulatory purposes.
On January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule replaced the existing Basel I-based approach for calculating risk-weighted assets with the U.S. Basel III standardized approach that, among other things, modifies certain existing risk weights and introduces new methods for calculating risk-weighted assets for certain types of assets and exposures. The final rule also revised the Basel II-based advanced approaches capital rules to implement Basel III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act applies a "capital floor" to advanced approaches banking organizations such as State Street and State Street Bank. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the Basel III standardized approach acts as that capital floor, and we are subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios calculated under the standardized approach and those calculated under the advanced approaches in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.
The U.S. Basel III final rule also introduces a capital conservation buffer and a countercyclical capital buffer that add to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. Specifically, the final rule limits a banking organization’s ability to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if it fails to maintain a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of more than 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets and, if deployed during periods of excessive credit growth, duringa common equity tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets, above each of the year.minimum common equity tier 1, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios. Banking regulators have initially set the countercyclical capital buffer at zero.
The following table sets forth the transition to full implementation and the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements under the Basel III final rule. This does not include the potential imposition of an additional countercyclical capital buffer discussed above.


108


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 44: BASEL III FINAL RULES TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS AND MINIMUM RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS
             
  2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Capital conservation buffer (CET1) % % 0.625% 1.250% 1.875% 2.500%
Minimum common equity tier 1 4.0
 4.5
 5.125
 5.750
 6.375
 7.000
Minimum tier 1 capital 5.5
 6.0
 6.625
 7.250
 7.875
 8.500
Minimum total capital 8.0
 8.0
 8.625
 9.250
 9.875
 10.500
Note: Minimum ratios described above do not incorporate any proposed G-SIB surcharge, based on the December 9, 2014 Federal Reserve proposal, the surcharge is currently estimated at 1.5% for State Street. Including the 1.5% surcharge, State Street's minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements as of January 1, 2019 would be 8.5% for common equity tier 1 capital, 10.0% for tier 1 capital and 12.0% for total capital.
The specific calculation of State Street's and State Street Bank's risk-based capital ratios will change as the provisions of the Basel III final rule related to the numerator (capital) and denominator (risk-weighted assets) are phased in, and as our risk-weighted assets calculated using the advanced approaches change due to potential changes in methodology. These ongoing methodological changes will result in differences in our reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of applicable changes to our capital base, our asset composition, our off-balance sheet exposures or our risk profile.



109


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The following table presents the regulatory capital structure and related regulatory capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bank as of the dates indicated. As a result of changes in the methodologies used to calculate our regulatory capital ratios from period to period, as the provisions of the Basel III final rule are phased in, the ratios presented in the table for each period are not directly comparable. Refer to the footnotes following the table.
TABLE 45: REGULATORY CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS
   State Street State Street Bank
(Dollars in millions)  
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2014(1)
 
Basel III Transitional Approach December 31, 2014(2)
 
December 31, 2013(3)
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2014(1)
 
Basel III Transitional Approach December 31, 2014(2)
 
December 31, 2013(3)
  Common shareholders' equity:             
Common stock and related surplus  $10,295
 $10,295
 $10,280
 $10,867
 $10,867
 $10,786
Retained earnings  14,882
 14,882
 13,395
 9,416
 9,416
 9,064
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  (641) (641) 215
 (535) (535) 209
Treasury stock, at cost  (5,158) (5,158) (3,693) 
 
 
Total  19,378
 19,378
 20,197
 19,748
 19,748
 20,059
Regulatory capital adjustments:             
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(4) 
  (5,869) (5,869) (7,743) (5,577) (5,577) (7,341)
Other adjustments  (36) (36) 
 (128) (128) 
  Common equity tier 1 capital  13,473
 13,473
 12,454
 14,043
 14,043
 12,718
Preferred stock  1,961
 1,961
 491
 
 
 
Trust preferred capital securities subject to phase-out from tier 1 capital  475
 475
 950
 
 
 
Other adjustments  (145) (145) 
 
 
 
  Tier 1 capital  15,764
 15,764
 13,895
 14,043
 14,043
 12,718
Qualifying subordinated long-term debt  1,618
 1,618
 1,918
 1,634
 1,634
 1,936
Trust preferred capital securities phased out of tier 1 capital  475
 475
 NA 
 
 NA
Other adjustments  4
 4
 (26) 
 
 45
  Total capital  $17,861
 $17,861
 $15,787
 $15,677
 $15,677
 $14,699
  Risk-weighted assets:             
Credit risk  $66,874
 $87,502
 $78,864
 $59,836
 $84,433
 $76,197
Operational risk  35,866
 NA NA 35,449
 NA NA
Market risk(5)
  5,087
 2,910
 1,262
 5,048
 2,909
 1,262
Total risk-weighted assets  $107,827
 $90,412
 $80,126
 $100,333
 $87,342
 $77,459
Adjusted quarterly average assets  $247,740
 $247,740
 $202,801
 $243,549
 $243,549
 $199,301
  Capital Ratios:
Minimum Requirements(6) 2014
Minimum Requirements(7) 2013
           
Common equity tier 1 capital4.0%NA
12.5% 14.9% 15.5% 14.0% 16.1% 16.4%
Tier 1 capital5.5
4.0%14.6
 17.4
 17.3
 14.0
 16.1
 16.4
Total capital8.0
8.0
16.6
 19.8
 19.7
 15.6
 17.9
 19.0
Tier 1 leverage4.0
4.0
6.4
 6.4
 6.9
 5.8
 5.8
 6.4
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios as of December 31, 2014 were calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2014 was calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(2) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, total capital and tier 1 leverage ratios as of December 31, 2014 were calculated in conformity with the transitional provisions of the Basel III final rule. Specifically, these ratios reflect common equity tier 1, tier 1 and total capital (the numerator) calculated in conformity with the provisions of the Basel III final rule, and total risk-weighted assets or, with respect to the tier 1 leverage ratio, quarterly average assets (in both cases, the denominator), calculated in conformity with the provisions of Basel I.
(3) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, total capital and tier 1 leverage ratios as of December 31, 2013 were calculated in conformity with the provisions of Basel I.
(4) ,Amounts for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2014 consisted of goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, and 20% of other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, the latter phased in as a deduction from capital, in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(5) Market risk risk-weighted assets reported in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches included a credit valuation adjustment, referred to as the CVA, which reflected the risk of potential fair-value adjustments for credit risk reflected in our valuation of over-the-counter derivative contracts.  The CVA was not provided for in the final market risk capital rule; however, it was required by the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule.  State Street used the simple CVA approach in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches.
(6) Minimum requirements will be phased in up to full implementation beginning on January 1, 2019; minimum requirements listed are as of December 31, 2014.
(7) Minimum requirements listed, governed by Basel I, are as of December 31, 2013.

110


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The increases in State Street's tier 1 and total capital as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 were the result of the first-quarter 2014 and fourth-quarter 2014 issuances of preferred stock, the impact of the phase-in provisions of the Basel III final rule related to other intangible assets and the positive effect of year-to-date net income, partially offset by declarations of common and preferred stock dividends and purchases by us of our common stock in 2014. State Street Bank's tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios declinedincreased as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2012, primarily2013, the result of increases in total risk-weighted assets. State Street Bank's tier 1 capital in the same comparison increased, aspreviously-described phase-in provisions of the Basel III final rule related to other intangible assets and the positive effect of year-to-date net income, and other comprehensive income was partially offset by the payment of dividends by State Street Bank to ourits parent company. company in 2014.
The increaseincreases in total capital was primarily the result of the above-mentioned subordinated debt issuance. The increase inState Street's total risk-weighted assets wereunder the resulttransitional approach as of the above-mentioned changes in on- andDecember 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 was primarily associated with higher off-balance sheet equivalent assets. The slightand market risk-equivalent assets, mainly associated with an increase in exposure associated with our participation in principal securities finance transactions, an increase in foreign exchange contracts due to an increase in contract volumes as well as an increase in market risk-equivalent risk-weighted assets, primarily due to an increase in the tier 1 leverage ratio mainlysixty-day moving average of our stressed VaR-based measure. Our stressed VaR-based measure was impacted by the extension of the tenor of FX swaps by Global Treasury designed to improve our liquidity position.
The regulatory capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2014, presented in Table 45: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios, differ from such ratios as of December 31, 2013. These differences are independent of applicable changes to our capital base, our asset composition, our off-balance sheet exposures or our risk profile, and resulted from an increasechanges in the methodologies, required by applicable regulatory requirements, used to calculate capital and total risk-weighted assets. As a result, the ratios presented in the table for each period are not directly comparable. Beginning with the second quarter of 2014, we used both the advanced approaches provisions in the Basel III final rule, and the provisions of Basel I, to calculate our risk-weighted assets. For 2013, we used the provisions of Basel I to calculate our risk-weighted assets.


The table below presents a roll-forward of common equity tier 1 capital, almost entirelytier 1 capital and total capital for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
TABLE 46: CAPITAL ROLL-FORWARD
 State Street
(Dollars in millions)Year ended December 31, 2014 Year ended December 31, 2013
Common equity tier 1 capital:   
Common equity tier 1 capital balance, beginning of period$12,454
 $12,322
Net income2,037
 2,136
Changes in treasury stock, at cost(1,465) (1,791)
Dividends declared(551) (489)
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities1,874
 74
Effect of certain items in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(857) 84
Other adjustments(19) 118
Changes in common equity tier 1 capital1,019
 132
Common equity tier 1 capital balance, end of period13,473
 12,454
Additional tier 1 capital:   
Tier 1 capital balance, beginning of period13,895
 13,760
Change in common equity tier 1 capital1,019
 132
Net issuance of preferred stock1,470
 
Trust preferred capital securities phased out of tier 1 capital(475) 
Other adjustments(145) 3
Changes in tier 1 capital1,869
 135
Tier 1 capital balance, end of period15,764
 13,895
Tier 2 capital:   
Tier 2 capital balance, beginning of period1,892
 1,069
Net issuance and changes in long-term debt qualifying as tier 2(300) 699
Trust preferred capital securities phased into tier 2 capital475
 
Change in other adjustments30
 124
Changes in tier 2 capital205
 823
Tier 2 capital balance, end of period2,097
 1,892
Total capital:   
Total capital balance, beginning of period15,787
 14,829
Changes in tier 1 capital1,869
 135
Changes in tier 2 capital205
 823
Total capital balance, end of period$17,861
 $15,787
Beginning in the second quarter of 2014 we calculated risk-weighted assets under the advanced approaches provision of the Basel III final rule. The following table presents a roll-forward of the Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets for the three and six months ended December 31, 2014.




111


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 47: RWA ROLL-FORWARD
 State Street
(Dollars in millions)Three Months Ended December 31, 2014 Six Months Ended December 31, 2014
Total risk-weighted assets, beginning of period$108,078
 $111,015
Changes in credit risk-weighted assets   
Net increase (decrease) in investment securities- wholesale(209) (1,082)
Net increase (decrease) in loans and leases1,209
 1,381
Net increase (decrease) in securitization exposures(1,223) (5,949)
Net increase (decrease) in all other(1)
(818) 1,431
Net increase (decrease) in credit risk-weighted assets(1,041) (4,219)
Net increase (decrease) in credit valuation adjustment(603) (80)
Net increase (decrease) in market risk-weighted assets1,487
 1,230
Net increase (decrease) in operational risk-weighted assets(94) (119)
Total risk-weighted assets, end of period$107,827
 $107,827
(1) Includes assets not in a definable category, non-material portfolio, cleared transactions, other wholesale, cash and due from, and interest-bearing deposits with, banks, repo-style exposures, equity exposures, over-the-counter derivative exposures, and 6% credit risk supervisory charge.
For the three and six months ended December 31, 2014, total risk-weighted assets decreased from beginning of period balances primarily due to lower credit risk-weighted assets, partially offset by an increase in market risk-equivalent risk-weighted assets, primarily due to an increase in the sixty-day moving average of our stressed VaR-based measure. Our stressed VaR-based measure was impacted by the extension of the tenor of FX swaps by Global Treasury designed to improve our liquidity position. The decrease in credit risk-weighted assets primarily related to sales, maturities and pay-downs of both wholesale and securitized investments, partially offset by an increase in loan activity.
The regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2014, presented in Table 45: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios, calculated under the advanced approaches in conformity with the Basel III final rule, reflect calculations and determinations with respect to our
capital and related matters as of December 31, 2014, based on State Street and external data, quantitative formulae, statistical models, historical correlations and assumptions, collectively referred to as “advanced systems,” in effect and used by State Street for those purposes as of the time we filed this Form 10-K. Significant components of these advanced systems involve the exercise of judgment by us and our regulators, and our advanced systems may not accurately represent or calculate the scenarios, circumstances, outputs or other results for which they are designed or intended.
Due to the influence of changes in these advanced systems, whether resulting from changes in data inputs, regulation or regulatory supervision or interpretation, State Street-specific or market activities or experiences or other updates or factors, we expect that our advanced systems and our capital ratios calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule will change and may be volatile over time, and that those latter changes or volatility could be material as calculated and measured from period to period. Models implemented under the Basel III final rule, particularly those implementing the advanced approaches, remain subject to regulatory review and approval. The full effects of the Basel III final rule on State Street and State Street Bank are therefore subject to further evaluation and also to further regulatory guidance, action or rule-making.
Estimated Basel III Standardized Approach and Fully Phased-in Capital Ratios
Table 48: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios - State Street and Table 49: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios - State Street Bank present our capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2014, calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule, our estimated ratios as of December 31, 2014, calculated in conformity with the Basel III standardized approach, and pro-forma estimates of our fully phased-in capital ratios as of December 31, 2014. The Basel III capital ratios, calculated in conformity with the standardized approach in the Basel III final rule and on a pro-forma fully phased-in basis are preliminary estimates, based on our present interpretations of the Basel III final rule.


112


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 48: REGULATORY CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS - STATE STREET
December 31, 2014 (Dollars in millions)    
Basel III Advanced Approaches(1)
 Phase-In Provisions 
Basel III Advanced Approaches Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate(3)
 
Basel III Standardized Approach Estimate(2)
 Phase-In Provisions 
Basel III Standardized Approach Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate(3)
Total common shareholders' equity    $19,378
 $133
 $19,511
 $19,378
 $133
 $19,511
Regulatory capital adjustments:               
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities    (5,869) (1,160) (7,029) (5,869) (1,160) (7,029)
Other adjustments    (36) (146) (182) (36) (146) (182)
Common equity tier 1 capital    13,473
 (1,173) 12,300
 13,473
 (1,173) 12,300
Additional tier 1 capital:               
Preferred stock    1,961
 
 1,961
 1,961
 
 1,961
Trust preferred capital securities    475
 (475) 
 475
 (475) 
Other adjustments    (145) 145
 
 (145) 145
 
Additional tier 1 capital    2,291
 (330) 1,961
 2,291
 (330) 1,961
Tier 1 capital    15,764
 (1,503) 14,261
 15,764
 (1,503) 14,261
Tier 2 capital:               
Qualifying subordinated long-term debt    1,618
 
 1,618
 1,618
 
 1,618
Trust preferred capital securities    475
 370
 845
 475
 370
 845
Other    4
 (4) 
 4
 (4) 
Tier 2 capital    2,097
 366
 2,463
 2,097
 366
 2,463
Total capital    $17,861
 $(1,137) $16,724
 $17,861
 $(1,137) $16,724
Risk weighted assets(4)
    $107,827
 $(1,010) $106,817
 $125,011
 $(953) $124,058
Adjusted average assets    247,740
 (433) 247,307
 247,740
 (433) 247,307
Total assets for SLR    278,690
 (1,161) 277,529
 278,690
 (1,161) 277,529
Capital ratios(5):
Minimum Requirement 2014Minimum Requirement 2019Minimum Requirement Including Capital Conservation Buffer of 2.5% 2019            
Common equity tier 1 capital4.0%4.5%7.0% 12.5% 
 11.5% 10.8% 
 9.9%
Tier 1 capital5.5
6.0
8.5
 14.6
 
 13.4
 12.6
 
 11.5
Total capital8.0
8.0
10.5
 16.6
 
 15.7
 14.3
 
 13.5
Tier 1 leverage4.0
4.0
NA
 6.4
 
 5.8
 6.4
 
 5.8
Supplementary leverageNA
5.0
NA
 5.7
 
 5.1
 5.7
 
 5.1
NA: Not applicable.
(1) The common equity tier 1 ratio was calculated in conformity with the provisions of the Basel III final rule; refer to Table 45: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios.
(2) As of December 31, 2014, for purposes of the calculations completed in conformity with the Basel III final rule, total risk-weighted assets under the standardized approach were calculated using State Street's estimates, based on our current interpretations of Basel III final rule.
(3) As of December 31, 2014, represents State Street's estimates calculated in conformity with the fully phased-in provisions of the Basel III Final rule for both Basel III advanced and standardized approaches, based on our current interpretations of the Basel III final rule.
(4) As of December 31, 2014, State Street's estimated risk-weighted assets calculated in conformity with the standardized approach of the Basel III final rule exceeded risk-weighted assets calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule by $17.2 million ($125.0 million minus $107.8 million).
(5) Common equity tier 1 ratio is calculated by dividing common equity tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 capital ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); total capital ratio is calculated by dividing total capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by adjusted quarterly average assets associated(denominator); and supplementary leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by total assets for SLR (denominator).


113


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

TABLE 49: REGULATORY CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS - STATE STREET BANK
December 31, 2014 (Dollars in millions)    
Basel III Advanced Approaches(1)
 Phase-In Provisions 
Basel III Advanced Approaches Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate(3)
 
Basel III Standardized Approach Estimate(2)
 Phase-In Provisions 
Basel III Standardized Approach Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate(3)
Total common shareholders' equity    $19,748
 $144
 $19,892
 $19,748
 $144
 $19,892
Regulatory capital adjustments:               
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities    (5,577) (1,085) (6,662) (5,577) (1,085) (6,662)
Other adjustments    (128) 
 (128) (128) 
 (128)
Common equity tier 1 capital    14,043
 (941) 13,102
 14,043
 (941) 13,102
Additional tier 1 capital:               
Preferred stock    
 
 
 
 
 
Trust preferred capital securities    
 
 
 
 
 
Other adjustments    
 
 
 
 
 
Additional tier 1 capital    
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital    14,043
 (941) 13,102
 14,043
 (941) 13,102
Tier 2 capital:               
Qualifying subordinated long-term debt    1,634
 
 1,634
 1,634
 
 1,634
Trust preferred capital securities    
 
 
 
 
 
Other    
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 2 capital    1,634
 
 1,634
 1,634
 
 1,634
Total capital    $15,677
 $(941) $14,736
 $15,677
 $(941) $14,736
Risk weighted assets(4)
    $100,333
 $(1,409) $98,924
 $118,147
 $(1,328) $116,819
Adjusted average assets    243,549
 (365) 243,184
 243,549
 (365) 243,184
Total assets for SLR    274,331
 (1,085) 273,246
 274,331
 (1,085) 273,246
Capital ratios(5):
Minimum Requirement 2014Minimum Requirement 2019Minimum Requirement Including Capital Conservation Buffer of 2.5% 2019            
Common equity tier 1 capital4.0%4.5%7.0% 14.0% 
 13.2% 11.9% 
 11.2%
Tier 1 capital5.5
6.0
8.5
 14.0
 
 13.2
 11.9
 
 11.2
Total capital8.0
8.0
10.5
 15.6
 
 14.9
 13.3
 
 12.6
Tier 1 leverage4.0
4.0
NA
 5.8
 
 5.4
 5.8
 
 5.4
Supplementary leverageNA
5.0
NA
 5.1
 
 4.8
 5.1
 
 4.8
NA: Not applicable.
(1) The common equity tier 1 ratio was calculated in conformity with balance sheet growth during the year.provisions of the Basel III final rule; refer to Table 45: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios.
(2) As of December 31, 2014, for purposes of the calculations completed in conformity with the Basel III final rule, total risk-weighted assets under the standardized approach were calculated using State Street Bank's estimates, based on our current interpretations of Basel III final rule.
(3) As of December 31, 2014, represents State Street Bank's estimates calculated in conformity with the fully phased-in provisions of the Basel III Final rule for both Basel III advanced and standardized approaches, based on our current interpretations of the Basel III final rule.
(4) As of December 31, 2014, State Street Bank's estimated risk-weighted assets calculated in conformity with the standardized approach of the Basel III final rule exceeded risk-weighted assets calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule by $17.8 million ($118.1 million minus $100.3 million).
(5) Common equity tier 1 ratio is calculated by dividing common equity tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 capital ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); total capital ratio is calculated by dividing total capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by adjusted average assets (denominator); and supplementary leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by total assets for SLR (denominator).


114


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Fully phased-in pro-forma estimates of common shareholders' equity include 100% of accumulated other comprehensive income, including accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to available-for-sale securities, cash flow hedges and defined benefit pension plans. Fully phased-in pro-forma estimates of common equity tier 1 capital reflect 100% of applicable deductions, including but not limited to, intangible assets net of deferred tax liabilities. For 2014, tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital each include 50% of trust preferred capital securities. Fully phased-in tier 1 capital reflects the transition of trust preferred capital securities from tier 1 capital to tier 2 capital. For both Basel III advanced and standardized approaches, fully phased-in pro-forma estimates of risk-weighted assets reflect the exclusion of intangible assets, offset by additions related to non-significant equity exposures and deferred tax assets related to temporary differences.
Global Systemically Important Bank
We are designated as a large bank holding company subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards, commonly referred to as a “systemically important financial institution,” or SIFI, and we are one among a group of 30 institutions worldwide that have been identified by the Financial Stability Board, or FSB, and the Basel Committee as “global systemically important banks,” or G-SIBs. Our designation as a G-SIB will require us to maintain an additional capital buffer above the Basel III final rule minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, based on a number of factors, as evaluated by banking regulators. Factors in this evaluation will include our size, interconnectedness, substitutability, complexity and cross-jurisdictional activities. In November 2014, the FSB designated us as a category-1 organization, with a capital surcharge of 1%, although this designation and the associated additional capital buffer are subject to change.
On December 9, 2014, the Federal Reserve released a proposal on the implementation of capital requirements for U.S. G-SIBs. For most firms, the proposal would require a higher G-SIB buffer than would the earlier Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or BCBS, proposal. The proposal would be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 and be fully effective on January 1, 2019. The eight U.S. banks deemed to be G-SIBs would be required to calculate the G-SIB buffer according to two methods and be bound by the higher of the two:
Method 1: Same methodology as proposed by the BCBS, assessing systemic importance based upon five equally-weighted components: size, interconnectedness, complexity, cross-jurisdictional activity and substitutability
Method 2: Alters the calculation from method 1 by factoring in a wholesale funding score in place of substitutability and applying a 2x multiplier to the sum of the five components
We preliminarily estimate, based on our relevant metrics as of December 31, 2014, that Method 2 would be the binding methodology for State Street and that our G-SIB buffer may increase from the 1% proposed under the FSB designation to 1.5% under the Federal Reserve's December 2014 proposal. The actual buffer applicable will depend on the final rules implemented by the Federal Reserve, including the treatment of excess deposits we invest with U.S. and non-U.S. central banks. Assuming completion of the phase-in period for the capital conservation buffer, and no countercyclical buffer, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2019, including a capital conservation buffer and an estimated G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%, would be 10.0% for tier 1 risk-based capital, 12.0% for total risk-based capital, and 8.5% for common equity tier 1 capital, in order for State Street to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments without limitation. Not all of our competitors have similarly been designated as systemically important, and therefore some of our competitors may not be subject to the same additional capital requirements.
Supplementary Leverage Ratio
On April 8, 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule enhancing the supplementary leverage ratio, or SLR, standards for certain bank holding companies, like State Street, and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, like State Street Bank. We refer to this final rule as the eSLR final rule. Under the eSLR final rule, upon implementation as of January 1, 2018, State Street Bank must maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of at least 6% to be well capitalized under the U.S. banking regulators’ Prompt Corrective Action framework. The eSLR final rule also provides that if State Street maintains an SLR of at least 5%, it is not subject to limitations on distribution and discretionary bonus payments under the eSLR final rule.
On September 3, 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule modifying the definition of the denominator of the SLR in a manner consistent with the final rule issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on January 12, 2014. The revisions to the SLR apply to all banking organizations subject to the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule, like State Street and State Street Bank. Specifically, the SLR final rule modifies the methodology for including off-balance sheet assets, including credit derivatives, repo-style transactions, and lines of credit, in the denominator of the SLR, and requires banking organizations to


115


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

calculate their total leverage exposure using daily averages for on-balance sheet assets and the average of three month-end calculations for off-balance sheet exposures. Certain public disclosures required by the SLR final rule must be provided beginning with the first quarter of 2015, and the minimum SLR requirement using the SLR final rule’s denominator calculations is effective beginning on January 1, 2018.
Estimated pro-forma fully phased-in supplementary leverage ratios as of December 31, 2014 are preliminary estimates by State Street (in each case, fully phased-in as of January 1, 2018, as per the phase-in requirements of the SLR final rule), calculated based on our interpretations of the SLR final rule as of the time this Form 10-K is filed with the SEC and as applied to our businesses and operations as of December 31, 2014.
TABLE 50: SUPPLEMENTARY LEVERAGE RATIO
December 31, 2014 Transitional SLR Fully Phased-in SLR
(Dollars in millions)  
State Street:    
Tier 1 capital $15,764
 $14,261
On- and off-balance sheet leverage exposure 284,740
 284,740
Less: regulatory deductions (6,050) (7,211)
Total assets for SLR 278,690
 277,529
Supplementary leverage ratio 5.7% 5.1%
     
State Street Bank:    
Tier 1 capital $14,043
 $13,102
On- and off-balance sheet leverage exposure 280,036
 280,036
Less: regulatory deductions (5,705) (6,790)
Total assets for SLR 274,331
 273,246
Supplementary leverage ratio 5.1% 4.8%
Capital Actions
Preferred Stock
In 2013November 2014, we issued 30 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of State Street’s non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series E, without par value per share, with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), which we refer to as our Series E preferred stock, in a public offering. The aggregate proceeds from the offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other issuance costs, were approximately $728 million.
In January 2015, we declared dividends on our Series E preferred stock of $1,833 per share, or approximately $0.46 per depositary share, totaling approximately $14 million, which will be paid in March 2015.
In February 2014, we issued 30 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of State Street’s fixed-to-floating-rate non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series D, without par value per share, with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), which we refer to as our Series D preferred stock, in a public offering. The aggregate proceeds from the offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other issuance costs, were approximately $742 million.
In 2014, we declared aggregate dividends on our Series D preferred stock of $4,605 per share, or approximately $1.15 per depository share, totaling approximately $35 million. In January 2015, we declared dividends on our Series D preferred stock of $1,475 per share, or approximately $0.37 per depositary share, totaling approximately $11 million, which will be paid in March 2015.
In 2014, we declared aggregate dividends on our non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series C (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of State Street’s non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series C), or Series C preferred stock, of $5,250$5,252 per share, or approximately $1.31$1.32 per depositary share, totaling approximately $26 million. In 2012,2013, dividends on our perpetualSeries C preferred stock Series C, totaled approximately $8$26 million. In 2012,January 2015, we declared dividends on our non-cumulative perpetualSeries C preferred stock Series A,of $1,313 per share, or approximately $0.33 per depositary share, totaling approximately $21 million. We redeemed our Series A perpetual preferred stock$7 million, which will be paid in 2012.March 2015.
Common Stock
In March 2013, we received the results2014, under a purchase program approved by our Board of the Federal Reserve's review of our 2013 capital plan in connection with its CCAR process. The Federal Reserve did not object to the capital actions we proposed, and,Directors in March 2013, our Board approved a new common stock2014 which authorizes us to purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $2.101.70 billion of our common stock through March 31, 2014. From April 1 through December 31, 2013,2015, we purchased approximately 24.717.7 million shares of our common stock all under this program, at an average cost of $69.59 per share and an aggregate cost of $1.68 billion.approximately $1.23 billion under that program. As of December 31, 2013,2014, approximately$420 $470 million remained available for purchases of our common stock under the March 2014 program.
In the first quarter of 2014, we completed the $2.10 billion program authorized by the Board in March 2013 by purchasing approximately 6.1 million shares of our common stock, at an average price of $69.14 per share and an aggregate cost of approximately $420 million.
Under both programs, in 2014, we purchased in the aggregate approximately 23.8 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $69.48 and an aggregate cost of approximately $1.65


116


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

billion. Shares acquired in connection with thisunder the March 2014 common stock purchase program which remained unissued as of year-endDecember 31, 2014 were recorded as treasury stock in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 20132014.
In 2013, under common stock purchase programs approved by the Board in March 2012 and March 2013, we completed a $1.8 billion common stock purchase program, authorized by our Board in March 2012. In the first quarterpurchased an aggregate of 2013, we purchased 6.5 million shares at an average per-share and aggregate cost of $54.95 and approximately $360 million, respectively.
In 2013, under both programs combined, we purchased approximately 31.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $65.30 per share and an aggregate cost of approximately $2.04of$2.04 billion. In 2012, we purchased approximately 33.4 million shares of our common stock, all under the March 2012 program, at an aggregate cost of $1.44 billion.
In 20132014, we declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends of $1.04$1.16 per share, totaling approximately $463$490 million,, on our common stock. In 2012, we declared compared to aggregate quarterly common stock dividends of $0.96$1.04 per share, totaling approximately $456 million.$463 million, declared in 2013.
Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by subsidiary banks to the parent holding company. In addition, banking regulators have the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends. Information concerning limitations on dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided in “Related Stockholder Matters” included under Item 5, and in note 1513 to the consolidated financial statements, included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Basel Capital Framework and Developments

109

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The currently applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements enforced by U.S. banking regulators are based on a 1988 international accord, commonly referred to as Basel I, which was developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel Committee.
Basel II Framework
In 2004, the Basel Committee released an enhanced capital adequacy framework, referred to as Basel II. Basel II requires large and internationally active banking organizations, such as State Street, which generally rely on sophisticated risk management and measurement systems, to better align the use of those systems with their determination of regulatory capital requirements. Basel II adopted a three-pillar framework for addressing capital adequacy and minimum capital requirements, which incorporates Pillar 1, the measurement of credit risk, market risk and operational risk; Pillar 2, supervisory review, which addresses the need for a banking organization to assess its capital adequacy relative to the risks underlying its business activities, rather than only with respect to its minimum regulatory capital requirements; and Pillar 3, market discipline, which imposes public disclosure requirements on a banking organization intended to allow the assessment of key information about the organization's risk profile and its associated level of regulatory capital.
In 2007, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued final rules to implement the Basel II framework in the U.S. The framework does not supersede or change the existing prompt corrective action and leverage capital requirements applicable to banking organizations in the U.S., and explicitly reserves the regulators' authority to require organizations to hold additional capital where appropriate.
Basel III Framework
In 2010, in response to the financial crisis and ongoing global financial market dynamics, the Basel Committee proposed two significant reforms to the Basel II capital framework. The first reform was composed of changes to the market risk capital framework associated with Basel I, and was referred to as Basel 2.5; the second reform was composed of comprehensive revisions and enhancements to Basel II, which became known as Basel III.
Market Risk Capital Rule
The Basel Committee introduced significant changes to the then-existing market risk capital framework, aimed at addressing certain issues in that framework highlighted by the 2008 financial crisis. U.S. banking regulators introduced their version of this so-called Basel 2.5, in the form of a proposed new market risk capital rule, in 2011, which included the concept of an incremental risk capital requirement to capture default and credit-quality migration risk for non-securitization credit products. Other revisions placed additional prudential requirements on banking organizations’ internal models for measuring market risk and required enhanced qualitative and quantitative disclosures, particularly with respect to banking organizations’ securitization activities.
In August 2012, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a final market risk capital rule to implement the new market risk capital framework in the U.S. The new market risk capital rule, which was effective beginning on January 1, 2013, supplements Basel I and Basel II, and replaces the prior market risk capital framework under Basel I and Basel II in place since 1998, by requiring banking organizations with significant trading activities, as defined in the rule, to adjust their regulatory risk-based capital ratios to reflect the market risk inherent in their trading activities. Among other things, the final rule requires the use of internal models to calculate daily measures of Value-at-Risk, or VaR, that reflect general market risk for certain trading positions defined as “covered positions,” as well as stressed VaR-based measures to supplement the VaR-based measures.
Our adoption of the new market risk capital rule on January 1, 2013 did not significantly affect our or State Street Bank's risk-based capital ratios, although it did modestly increase our market risk equivalent assets. Market risk equivalent assets are disclosed in the foregoing “Regulatory Capital” portion of this “Capital” section.
Basel III
Basel III proposed to establish more stringent regulatory capital and liquidity requirements, including higher minimum regulatory capital ratios, new capital buffers, higher risk-weighted asset calibrations, more restrictive definitions of qualifying capital, a liquidity coverage ratio, and a net stable funding ratio.
In June 2012, U.S. banking regulators introduced Basel III by issuing proposed revisions to the existing Basel II framework. These proposals were intended to incorporate the above-described revisions and enhancements proposed by the Basel Committee, and implement relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, in order to restructure the U.S. capital rules into a harmonized, codified regulatory capital framework.
In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a final rule implementing the Basel III framework in the U.S. Among other things, the final rule raises the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4% to 6%; adds requirements for a minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% and a minimum supplementary tier 1

110

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

leverage ratio of 3% for so-called “advanced approaches” banking organizations (described below); and implements a capital conservation buffer and a countercyclical capital buffer, both described below. The Basel III final rule also incorporates the new market risk capital rule to create a single and comprehensive capital adequacy framework.
Under the Basel III final rule, a banking organization would be able to make capital distributions, subject to other regulatory constraints, such as the review of capital plans, and discretionary bonus payments without specified limitations as long as it maintains the required capital conservation buffer of 2.5% over each of the minimum tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios and the common equity tier 1 capital ratio (plus any potentially applicable countercyclical capital buffer). Banking regulators would establish the minimum countercyclical capital buffer, which is initially set by banking regulators at zero, up to a maximum of 2.5% above the minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer, under certain economic conditions. As of January 1, 2019, the date that full implementation is required, and assuming no countercyclical buffer, the minimum Basel III capital ratios, including the capital conservation buffer, will be 8.5% for tier 1 risk-based capital, 10.5% for total risk-based capital, and 7% for common equity tier 1 capital, in order for us to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments without limitation. Each of these Basel III ratios is calculated differently under the Basel III final rule than those similar ratios calculated under Basel I, and therefore these Basel III ratios are not comparable with the Basel I ratios presented earlier in the “Regulatory Capital” section.
The Basel III final rule provides for two frameworks: the “standardized” approach, intended to replace Basel I, and the “advanced” approach, applicable to advanced approaches banking organizations, like State Street, as originally defined under Basel II. Once phased in, the Basel III final rule will change the manner in which our regulatory capital ratios are calculated, will reduce our calculated regulatory capital, and, as noted above, will increase the minimum regulatory capital that we will be required to maintain. Under the Basel III final rule, we will be subject to the more stringent of our regulatory capital ratios calculated under the standardized approach and those calculated under the advanced approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.
Provisions of the Basel III final rule will become effective under a transition timetable which began on January 1, 2014. These provisions will supersede or modify corresponding elements of the Basel I and Basel II risk-based and leverage capital requirements and prompt corrective action framework. The requirement for the capital conservation buffer will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016, with full implementation by January 1, 2019.
The timing of application of the provisions of the Basel III final rule related to the calculation of risk-weighted assets under the advanced approach will depend on State Street's completion of a required qualification, or parallel run, period. During its qualification period, State Street must demonstrate that it complies with the related Basel III requirements to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve. The calculation of risk-weighted assets under the Basel III standardized approach will become effective on January 1, 2015.
On February 21, 2014, we were notified by the Federal Reserve that we have completed our parallel run period and will be required to begin using the advanced approaches framework as provided in the Federal Reserve's July 2013 Basel III final rule in the determination of our risk-based capital requirements. Pursuant to this notification, we will use the advanced approaches framework to calculate and publicly disclose our risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. Under the July 2013 Basel III final rule, we must meet the minimum risk-based capital ratios under both the advanced approaches and generally applicable risk-based capital frameworks in Basel III and Basel I, respectively.
Estimated Basel III Tier 1 Common Ratio
As described above, the Basel III final rule adds a requirement for a minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio, or tier 1 common ratio. The tier 1 common ratio is a measurement of capital representing tier 1 capital, reduced by the deduction of “non-common elements,” such as trust preferred capital securities and preferred stock, divided by total risk-weighted assets. The Basel I tier 1 common ratio is used by regulators and by management to monitor and assess State Street's capital position, both individually and relative to other financial institutions, and management believes it may be of interest to investors.
The following table presents our tier 1 common ratio as of December 31, 2013, calculated using Basel I standards, and our estimated tier 1 common ratios as of December 31, 2013, calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule under both the standardized approach and the advanced approach. These estimated Basel III tier 1 common ratios are preliminary, reflect tier 1 common equity calculated under the Basel III final rule as applicable on its January 1, 2014 effective date, and are based on our present understanding of the final rule's impact. As indicated above, under the Basel III final rule, the more stringent of the Basel III tier 1 common ratios calculated by us under the standardized and advanced approaches will apply in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.

111

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

December 31, 2013 
Currently Applicable Regulatory Requirements(1)
 
Basel III Final Rule Standardized Approach (Estimated)(2)
 
Basel III Final Rule Advanced Approach (Estimated)(2)
(Dollars in millions)   
Tier 1 capital $13,895
 $13,216
 $13,216
Less:      
   Trust preferred capital securities 950
 475
 475
   Preferred stock 491
 491
 491
Plus:      
   Other 
 87
 87
Tier 1 common capital $12,454
 $12,337
 $12,337
Total risk-weighted assets 
 $80,126
 $121,562
 $104,919
Tier 1 common ratio 15.5% 10.1% 11.8%
Minimum tier 1 common ratio requirement, assuming full implementation on January 1, 2019   4.5
 4.5
Capital conservation buffer, assuming full implementation on January 1, 2019   2.5
 2.5
Minimum tier 1 common ratio requirement, including capital conservation buffer, assuming full implementation on January 1, 2019(3)
   7.0
 7.0
(1) Using Basel I standards, the tier 1 common ratio was calculated by dividing (a) tier 1 risk-based capital, calculated in conformity with Basel I, less non-common elements including qualifying trust preferred capital securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, or tier 1 common capital, by (b) total risk-weighted assets, calculated in conformity with Basel I.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, for purposes of the calculations in conformity with the Basel III final rule, capital and total risk-weighted assets under both the standardized approach and the advanced approach were calculated using our estimates, based on the provisions of the final rule expected to affect capital in 2014. The tier 1 common ratio was calculated by dividing (a) tier 1 common capital, as described in footnote (1), but with tier 1 risk-based capital calculated in conformity with the final rule, by (b) total risk-weighted assets, calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule. These estimated Basel III tier 1 common ratios are preliminary, reflect tier 1 common equity calculated under the Basel III final rule as applicable on its January 1, 2014 effective date, and are based on our present understanding of the final rule's impact.
• Under both the standardized and advanced approaches, tier 1 risk-based capital decreased by $679 million, as a result of applying the estimated effect of the Basel III final rule to Basel I tier 1 risk-based capital of $13.90 billion as of December 31, 2013.
• Under both the standardized and advanced approaches, estimated tier 1 common capital used in the calculation of the tier 1 common ratio was $12.34 billion, reflecting the adjustments to Basel I tier 1 risk-based capital described in the first bullet above. Tier 1 common capital used in the calculation was therefore calculated as adjusted tier 1 risk-based capital of $13.22 billion less non-common elements of capital, composed of trust preferred capital securities of $475 million, preferred stock of $491 million, and other adjustments of $87 million as of December 31, 2013, resulting in estimated tier 1 common capital of $12.34 billion. As of December 31, 2013, there was no qualifying minority interest in subsidiaries.
• Under the standardized approach, total risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of the estimated tier 1 common ratio increased by $41.44 billion as a result of applying the provisions of the Basel III final rule to Basel I total risk-weighted assets of $80.13 billion as of December 31, 2013. Under the advanced approach, total risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of the estimated tier 1 common ratio increased by $24.79 billion as a result of applying the provisions of the final rule to Basel I total risk-weighted assets of $80.13 billion as of December 31, 2013.
The primary differences between total risk-weighted assets under Basel I and total risk-weighted assets under the Basel III final rule include the following: under Basel I, credit risk is quantified using pre-determined risk weights and asset classes, and in part, uses external credit ratings, while the Basel III final rule, specifically the standardized and advanced approaches, introduces a broader range of pre-determined risk weights and asset classes, uses certain alternatives to external credit ratings, includes additional adjustments for operational risk (under the advanced approach) and counterparty credit risk, and revises the treatment of equity exposures. In particular, asset securitization exposures receive higher risk weights under both the standardized and advanced approaches in the Basel III final rule compared to Basel I.
(3) The minimum tier 1 common ratio requirement does not reflect the countercyclical capital buffer under the Basel III final rule, or the capital buffer for global systemically important banks prescribed by the Basel Committee (refer to “Systemically Important Banks” below); such countercyclical capital buffer, which is initially set at zero, would be established by banking regulators under certain economic conditions, and U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued a proposal to implement the prescribed capital buffer for systemically important financial institutions.
The estimated Basel III tier 1 common ratio as of December 31, 2013 presented above, calculated under the advanced approach in conformity with the Basel III final rule, reflects calculations and determinations with respect to our capital and related matters as of December 31, 2013, based on State Street and external data, quantitative formulae, statistical models, historical correlations and assumptions, collectively referred to as “advanced systems,” in effect and used by State Street for those purposes as of the time we filed this Form 10-K. Significant components of these advanced systems involve the exercise of judgment by us and our regulators, and our advanced systems may not accurately represent or calculate the scenarios, circumstances, outputs or other results for which they are designed or intended.
Due to the influence of changes in these advanced systems, whether resulting from changes in data inputs, regulation or regulatory supervision or interpretation, State Street-specific or market activities or experiences or other updates or factors, we expect that our advanced systems and our capital ratios calculated in conformity with

112

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

the Basel III final rule will change and may be volatile over time, and that those latter changes or volatility could be material as calculated and measured from period to period.
Impact of Basel III Final Rule
Our current assessment of the implications of the Basel III final rule indicates a potential impact which could be material to our businesses and our profitability, as well as to our regulatory capital ratios. One significant provision in the final rule would require us to apply the “Simplified Supervisory Formula Approach,” referred to as the SSFA, in the risk-weighting of asset securitization exposures, such as asset-backed securities, carried in our investment securities portfolio. The approach required by Basel II utilizes the ratings-based approach, under which external credit ratings are used to risk-weight such exposures. The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits the use of external credit ratings in the risk-weighting of asset securitization exposures. Currently, our investment portfolio contains significant holdings of mortgage- and asset-backed securities that are highly rated by credit rating agencies, but for which the SSFA would apply higher regulatory risk weights compared to the approach required by Basel I and Basel II. In contrast, certain of our securities with lower credit ratings would receive lower regulatory risk weights if the SSFA were applied.
Based on the composition of our investment portfolio with respect to the types of securities and related external credit ratings as of December 31, 2013, our application of the SSFA would materially increase our total regulatory risk-weighted assets relative to those calculated in conformity with Basel I, and correspondingly decrease our regulatory risk-based capital ratios relative to those calculated in conformity with Basel I; as a result, we are re-evaluating the composition of our investment portfolio in order to maintain an investment strategy appropriately aligned with our maintenance of an appropriate level of regulatory capital.  Depending on future market conditions, this re-evaluation could result in the reinvestment of our portfolio securities into different types of investments, which could materially affect our consolidated results of operations by reducing our net interest revenue.
Certain of the provisions in the Basel III final rule, including the requirement to apply the SSFA, became effective beginning on January 1, 2014 under the advanced approach, although certain provisions will be implemented, in whole or in part, in later periods. As such, a significant number of the securities currently held in our investment portfolio that are highly rated by credit agencies are expected to mature or pay down over time, and we would currently anticipate replacing those securities pursuant to our reinvestment program in a manner that would seek to manage our risk appetite, our return objectives and our levels of regulatory capital. As a result of our balance sheet management efforts, all else being equal, we would anticipate being able to significantly offset the impact of application of the SSFA on our total regulatory risk-weighted assets and our regulatory risk-based capital ratios.
In addition, the qualification of trust preferred capital securities as tier 1 capital will be phased out over a two-year period which began on January 1, 2014 and will end on January 1, 2016, and subsequently, the qualification of these securities as tier 2 capital will be phased out over a multi-year transition period beginning on January 1, 2016. We had trust preferred capital securities of $950 million outstanding as of December 31, 2013.
There remains considerable uncertainty with respect to multiple provisions of the Basel III final rule, and the timing and manner in which they will be applied to us. Models implemented under the Basel III final rule, particularly those implementing the advanced approach, remain subject to regulatory review and approval. The full effects of the Basel III final rule on State Street and State Street Bank are therefore subject to further evaluation and also to further regulatory guidance, action or rule-making. In general, we expect to be held to the most stringent of the various provisions in the Basel III final rule; however, we anticipate that we will be able to comply with the relevant Basel III regulatory capital and liquidity requirements when and as applied to us.
Supplementary Leverage Ratio Framework
In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, or NPR, which proposes to enhance leverage ratio standards for the largest, most systemically significant U.S. banking organizations. The July 2013 NPR applies to any U.S. top-tier bank holding company with at least $700 billion in consolidated total assets or at least $10 trillion in total assets under custody, referred to as a covered bank holding company, and any insured depository institution subsidiary of such bank holding company. We expect the standards to apply to State Street and State Street Bank based on our total assets under custody.
Under Basel I, the tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average assets. While Basel II did not incorporate a leverage ratio, the Basel III final rule provides for a leverage ratio similar to Basel I, as well as a supplementary leverage ratio for advanced approaches banking organizations. This supplementary leverage ratio adds certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as those related to derivative contracts and unfunded lending commitments, to the denominator of the ratio calculation.

113

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Under the July 2013 NPR, covered bank holding companies would be required to maintain a supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, which is 2% above the similar minimum Basel III supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% described earlier in this section. Failure to exceed the 5% supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio would subject covered bank holding companies to restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. In addition to the leverage buffer for covered bank holding companies, the July 2013 NPR would require insured depository institution subsidiaries of covered bank holding companies, like State Street Bank, to maintain a 6% supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio to be considered “well capitalized.” State Street is one of eight large U.S. banking organizations to which the July 2013 NPR would apply, if finalized as currently proposed. The July 2013 NPR would not apply to all banking organizations with which we compete. If finalized as currently proposed, the new supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio requirements will be effective beginning on January 1, 2018. TheJuly 2013 NPR is a proposed rule, and remains subject to interpretation, regulatory guidance, industry and other comment and issuance in the form of a final rule.
In January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized its revisions to the denominator of the Basel III supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio. The revised denominator differs from the denominator of the supplementary leverage ratio in the July 2013 NPR and the Basel III final rule in several important respects that could adversely affect the calculation of our supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio, including the treatment of derivative contracts, securities financing transactions and certain off-balance sheet exposures. U.S. banking regulators may issue rules to implement these revisions.
Systemically Important Banks
We meet the criteria of a large bank holding company subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards, commonly referred to as a “systemically important financial institution,” or SIFI, and we are one among a group of 29 institutions worldwide that have been identified by the Financial Stability Board, or FSB, and the Basel Committee as “global systemically important banks,” or G-SIBs. Our designation as a G-SIB will require us to maintain an additional capital buffer, ranging between 1% and 2.5%, above the Basel III minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, based on a number of factors, as evaluated by banking regulators. Factors in this evaluation will include our size, interconnectedness, substitutability, complexity and cross-jurisdictional activities. In November 2013, the FSB maintained their designation of us as a category-1 organization, with a capital surcharge of 1%, although this designation and the associated additional capital buffer are subject to change. U.S. banking regulators have not yet issued a proposal to implement the G-SIB capital surcharge.
We expect these additional capital requirements for G-SIBsto be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016, with full implementation by January 1, 2019. Assuming completion of the phase-in period for the capital conservation buffer, and no countercyclical buffer, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2019, including the capital conservation buffer and G-SIB capital surcharge, would be 9.5% for tier 1 risk-based capital, 11.5% for total risk-based capital, and 8% for common equity tier 1 capital, in order for State Street to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments without limitation. Not all of our competitors have similarly been designated as systemically important, and therefore some of our competitors may not be subject to the same additional capital requirements.
Economic Capital
We define economic capital as the capital required to protect holders of our senior debt, and obligations higher in priority, against unexpected economic losses over a one-year period. Economic capital usage is one of several measures used by management and our Boardus to assess the adequacy of our capital levels in relation to State Street'sour risk profile.profile; the relative importance of this measure to our capital requirements has declined as new regulatory metrics, including the Basel III advanced and standardized ratios; the G-SIB buffer, and the Supplementary Leverage Ratio, have been introduced, and our enterprise-wide stress testing framework has evolved. Due to the evolving nature of quantification techniques, we expect to periodically refine the methodologies, assumptions, and information used to estimate our economic capital requirements under different scenarios and stress environments, which could result in a different amount of capital needed to support our business activities.
We quantify economic capital requirements for the risks inherent in our business activities and group them into categories that we broadly define for these purposes as follows:
Market risk: the risk of adverse financial impact due to fluctuations in market prices, primarily as they relate to our trading activities;
Interest-rate risk: the risk of loss in non-trading asset-and-liability management positions, primarily the impact of adverse movements in interest rates on the repricing mismatches that exist between the assets and liabilities carried in our consolidated statement of condition;
Credit risk: the risk of loss that may result from the default or downgrade of a borrower or counterparty;

114

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Operational risk: the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, human error, or from external events, which is generally consistent with the Basel II definition; and
Business risk: the risk of negative earnings resulting from adverse changes in business factors, including changes in the competitive environment, changes in the operational economics of our business activities, and the effect of strategic and reputational risks.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
In the normal course of our business, we hold assets under custody and administration and assets under management in a custodial or fiduciary capacity for our clients, and, in conformity with GAAP, we do not record these assets in our consolidated statement of condition. Similarly, collateral funds associated with our securities finance activities are held by us as agent; therefore, we do not record these assets in our consolidated statement of condition.
On behalf of clients enrolled in our securities lending program, we lend securities to banks, broker/dealers and other institutions. In most circumstances, we indemnify our clients for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. Though these transactions are collateralized, the substantial volume of these activities necessitates detailed credit-based
underwriting and monitoring processes. The aggregate amount of indemnified securities on loan totaled $320.08$349.77 billion as of December 31, 2013,2014, compared to $302.34$320.08 billion as of December 31, 2012.2013. We require the borrower to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair market value of the securities borrowed. We hold the collateral received in connection with these securities lending services as agent, and the collateral is not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. We revalue the securities on loan and the collateral daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary or if excess collateral is required to be returned to the borrower. We held, as agent, cash and securities totaling $331.73$364.41 billion and $312.22$331.73 billion as collateral for indemnified securities on loan as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively.
The cash collateral held by us as agent is invested on behalf of our clients. In certain cases, the cash collateral is invested in third-party repurchase agreements, for which we indemnify the client against loss of the principal invested. We require the counterparty to the indemnified repurchase agreement to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the amount of the repurchase agreement. In our role as agent, the indemnified repurchase agreements and the related collateral held by us are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. Of the collateral of $331.73$364.41 billion as of December 31, 2013 and $312.22$331.73 billion, as of December 31, 2012 referenced above, $85.37$85.31 billion as of December 31, 2013 and $80.22$85.37 billion as of December 31, 2012 was invested in indemnified repurchase agreements.agreements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We or our agents held $91.10$90.82 billion and $85.41$91.10 billion as collateral for indemnified investments in repurchase agreements as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively.
Additional information about our securities finance activities and other off-balance sheet arrangements is provided in notes 1110 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, and we apply accounting policies that affect the determination of amounts reported in these consolidated financial statements. OurAdditional information on our significant accounting policies, are describedincluding references to applicable footnotes, is provided in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The majorityCertain of the accounting policies described in note 1 do not involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates in their application, or the variability of the estimates is not material to our consolidated financial statements. However, certain of these accounting policies, by their nature, require management to make judgments, involving significant estimates and assumptions, about the effects of matters that are inherently


117


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

uncertain. These estimates and assumptions are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and changes in this information over time could materially affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses reported in subsequent consolidated financial statements.
Based on the sensitivity of reported financial statement amounts to the underlying estimates and assumptions, the relatively more significant accounting policies applied by State Street have been identified by management as those associated with recurring fair-value measurements, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.assets, and contingencies. These accounting policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and underlying estimates and assumptions could be most subject to revision as new

115

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

information becomes available. An understanding of the judgments, estimates and assumptions underlying these accounting policies is essential in order to understand our reported consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
The following is a brief discussion of the above-mentioned significant accounting estimates. Management of State Street has discussed these significant accounting estimates with the E&A Committee of the Board.
Fair-Value Measurements
We carry certain of our financial assets and liabilities at fair value in our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, including trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and derivative instruments.
As discussed in further detail below, changesChanges in the fair value of these financial assets and liabilities are recorded either as components of our consolidated statement of income, or as components of other comprehensive income within shareholders' equity in our consolidated statement of condition. In addition to those financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value in our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, we estimate the fair values of other financial assets and liabilities that we carry at amortized cost in our consolidated statement of condition, and we disclose these fair value estimates in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We estimate the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities using the definition of fair value described below.
As of December 31, 20132014, approximately $105.59103.77 billion of our financial assets and approximately $6.366.31 billion of our financial liabilities were carried at fair value on a recurring basis, compared to $114.94105.59 billion and $5.436.36 billion,
respectively, as of December 31, 20122013. The amounts as of December 31, 20132014 represented approximately 43%38% of our consolidated total assets and approximately 3%2% of our consolidated total liabilities, compared to 52%43% and 3%, respectively, as of December 31, 20122013. The decrease in the relative percentage of consolidated total assets as of December 31, 20132014 compared to 20122013 mainly reflectedreflects a decline in the investment securities portfolio, generally associated with a lower level of purchases in 20132014 compared to 2012,2013, and an increase in interest-bearing deposits with banks, the result of the continued elevated level of client deposits. Additional information with respect to the assets and liabilities carried by us at fair value on a recurring basis is provided in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
GAAP defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. When we measure fair value for our financial assets and liabilities, we consider the principal or the most advantageous market in which we would transact; we also consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, we look to active and observable markets to measure the fair value of identical, or similar, financial assets and liabilities. When identical financial assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market-observable data for similar assets and liabilities. In some instances, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets; as a result, we use alternate valuation techniques to measure their fair value.
We categorize the financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition on a recurring basis based on aGAAP's prescribed three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation methods using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). As of December 31, 20132014, including the effect of netting, we categorized approximately 10% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 1, approximately 85% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 2, and approximately 5% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2013, including the effect of netting, we categorized less than 1% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 1, approximately 92% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 2, and approximately 7% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 3 of


118


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 20132014, on the same basis, we categorized approximately 99% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 2, and approximately 1% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2013, on the same basis, we categorized approximately 2% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 1, approximately 98% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 2, and approximatelyless than 1% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The assets categorized in level 1 were substantially composed of trading account assets. Fair value for these securities was measured by management using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical securities.
The assets categorized in level 2 were composed of investment securities available for sale and derivative instruments. Fair value for the investment securities was measured by management primarily using information obtained from independent third parties. Information obtained from third parties is subject to review by management as part of a validation process. Management utilizes a process to verify the information provided, including an understanding of underlying assumptions and the level of market-participant information used to support those assumptions. In addition, management compares significant assumptions used by third parties to available market information. Such information may include known trades or, to the extent that trading activity is limited, comparisons to market research information pertaining to credit expectations, execution prices and the timing of cash flows and, where information is available, back-testing.

116

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

The derivative instruments categorized in level 2 predominantly represented foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts used in our trading activities, for which fair value was measured by management using discounted cash flow techniques, with inputs consisting of observable spot and forward points, as well as observable interest rate curves.
The substantial majority of our financial assets categorized in level 3 were composed of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities available for sale. Level-3 assets also included foreign exchange derivative contracts. The aggregate fair value of our financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 3 as of December 31, 20132014 decreased approximately 27% compared to December 31, 2012 increased approximately 7%2013, primarily the result of new purchasestransfers out of level 3 and paydowns of asset-backed and non-U.S. debt securities.
With respect to derivative instruments, we evaluated the impact on valuation of the credit risk of
our counterparties and of our own credit. We considered such factors as the market-based probability of default by us and our counterparties, and our current and expected potential future net exposures by remaining maturities, in determining the appropriate measurements of fair value. Valuation adjustments associated with derivative instruments were not significant to our consolidated financial conditionperformance in 20132014, 20122013 or 20112012.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities
Our portfolio of fixed-income investment securities constitutes a significant portion of the assets carried in our consolidated statement of condition. GAAP requires the use of expected future cash flows to evaluate other-than-temporary impairment of these investment securities. The amount and timing of these expected future cash flows are significant estimates used in our assessmentevaluation of other-than-temporary impairment. An other-than-temporary impairment is triggered if the intent is to sell the security, the security will more likely than not have to be sold before maturity or the amortized cost basis is not expected to be recovered. Additional information with respect to management's assessment of other-than-temporary impairment is provided in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Expectations of defaults and prepayments are the most significant assumptions underlying our estimates of future cash flows. In determining these estimates, management relies on relevant and reliable information, including but not limited to deal structure, including optional and mandatory calls, market interest-rate curves, industry standard asset-class-specific prepayment models, recent prepayment history, independent credit ratings, and recent actual and projected credit losses. Management considers this information based on its relevance and uses its best judgment in order to determine its assumptions for underlying cash-flow expectations and resulting estimates. Management reviews its underlying assumptions and develops expected future cash-flow estimates at least quarterly. Additional detail with respect to the sensitivity of these default and prepayment assumptions is provided under “Financial Condition - Investment Securities” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.


119


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and other intangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual rights or because the asset can be exchanged on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill is not amortized, while other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Substantially all of the goodwill and other intangible assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition have resulted from business acquisitions by our Investment Servicing line of business, with the remainder associated with our Investment Management line of business.
Goodwill is ultimately supported by revenue from our Investment Servicing and Investment Management lines of business. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth, or our inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods, could lead to a perceived impairment of goodwill, which would be evaluated and, if necessary, be recorded as a write-down of the reported amount of goodwill through a charge to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
On an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances arise, management reviews goodwill and evaluates events or other developments that may indicate impairment of the carrying amount. We perform this evaluation at the reporting unit level, which is one level below our two major lines of business. The evaluation methodology for potential impairment is inherently complex and involves significant management judgment in the use of estimates and assumptions.
We evaluate goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. First, we compare the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, then we compare the “implied” fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, then goodwill impairment is recognized by writing the goodwill down to the implied fair value. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets

117

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

and liabilities of that unit, as if the unit had been acquired in a business combination and the overall fair value of the unit was the purchase price.
To determine the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit being evaluated for goodwill impairment, we use one of two principal methodologies: a market approach, based on a comparison of the reporting unit to publicly-traded companies in similar lines of business; or an income approach, based on the value of the cash flows that
the business can be expected to generate in the future.
Events that may indicate impairment include significant or adverse changes in the business, economic or political climate; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated competition; and a more-likely-than-not expectation that we will sell or otherwise dispose of a business to which the goodwill or other intangible assets relate. Additional information about goodwill and other intangible assets, including information by line of business, is provided in note 65 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Our evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets indicated that no significant impairment occurred in 20132014, 20122013 or 20112012. Goodwill and other intangible assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 20132014 totaled approximately$5.83 billion and $2.03 billion, respectively, compared to $6.04 billion and $2.36 billion, respectively, compared to $5.98 billion and $2.54 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 20122013.
Contingencies
The significant estimates and judgments related with establishing litigation reserves are discussed in note 11 of the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
Information with respect to recent accounting developments is provided in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.


120



ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information provided under “Financial Condition - Market Risk Management - Market Risk”Management” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis, included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K, is incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Additional information about restrictions on the transfer of funds from State Street Bank to the parent company is provided under Item 5, and in “Financial Condition - Capital” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7, of this Form 10-K.


118121



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
STATE STREET CORPORATIONThe Shareholders and Board of Directors of

State Street Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of State Street Corporation (the “Corporation”) as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of State Street Corporation at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013,2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), State Street Corporation'sCorporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992(2013 framework) and our report dated February 21, 201420, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 21, 201420, 2015


119122



STATE STREET CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Income
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)          
Fee revenue:          
Servicing fees$4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
Management fees1,106
 993
 917
1,207
 1,106
 993
Trading services1,061
 1,010
 1,220
1,084
 1,094
 1,036
Securities finance359
 405
 378
437
 359
 405
Processing fees and other245
 266
 297
174
 212
 240
Total fee revenue7,590
 7,088
 7,194
8,031
 7,590
 7,088
Net interest revenue:          
Interest revenue2,714
 3,014
 2,946
2,652
 2,714
 3,014
Interest expense411
 476
 613
392
 411
 476
Net interest revenue2,303
 2,538
 2,333
2,260
 2,303
 2,538
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net:          
Net gains (losses) from sales of available-for-sale securities14
 55
 140
15
 14
 55
Losses from other-than-temporary impairment(21) (53) (123)(1) (21) (53)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(2) 21
 50
(10) (2) 21
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(9) 23
 67
4
 (9) 23
Total revenue9,884
 9,649
 9,594
10,295
 9,884
 9,649
Provision for loan losses6
 (3) 
10
 6
 (3)
Expenses:          
Compensation and employee benefits3,800
 3,837
 3,820
4,060
 3,800
 3,837
Information systems and communications935
 844
 776
976
 935
 844
Transaction processing services733
 702
 732
784
 733
 702
Occupancy467
 470
 455
461
 467
 470
Claims resolution
 (362) 

 
 (362)
Acquisition and restructuring costs104
 225
 269
133
 104
 225
Professional services392
 381
 347
440
 392
 381
Amortization of other intangible assets214
 198
 200
222
 214
 198
Other547
 591
 459
751
 547
 591
Total expenses7,192
 6,886
 7,058
7,827
 7,192
 6,886
Income before income tax expense2,686
 2,766
 2,536
2,458
 2,686
 2,766
Income tax expense550
 705
 616
421
 550
 705
Net income$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Net income available to common shareholders$2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
Earnings per common share:          
Basic$4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
Diluted$4.62
 $4.20
 $3.79
4.57
 4.62
 $4.20
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):          
Basic446,245
 474,458
 492,598
424,223
 446,245
 474,458
Diluted455,155
 481,129
 496,072
432,007
 455,155
 481,129
Cash dividends declared per common share$1.04
 $.96
 $.72
$1.16
 $1.04
 $.96



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

120123



Consolidated Statement ofOf Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(In millions)          
Net income$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of related taxes:          
Foreign currency translation, net of related taxes of $(20), $45 and $68, respectively95
 134
 (216)
Change in net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment and net of related taxes of $(521), $469 and $242, respectively(826) 798
 328
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges, net of related taxes of $56, $17 and $(49), respectively86
 27
 (75)
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit, net of related taxes of $11, $13 and $15, respectively18
 21
 25
Change in net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of related taxes of $62, $52 and $3, respectively92
 74
 6
Change in net unrealized losses on retirement plans, net of related taxes of $71, $(36) and $(15), respectively80
 (35) (38)
Foreign currency translation, net of related taxes of ($94), ($20) and $45, respectively(889) 95
 134
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment and net of related taxes of ($269), ($521) and $469, respectively437
 (826) 798
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges, net of related taxes of ($15), $56 and $17, respectively(24) 86
 27
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit, net of related taxes of $12, $11 and $13, respectively18
 18
 21
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of related taxes of $74, $62 and $52, respectively115
 92
 74
Net unrealized gains (losses) on retirement plans, net of related taxes of ($50), $71 and ($36), respectively(69) 80
 (35)
Other comprehensive income (loss)(455) 1,019
 30
(412) (455) 1,019
Total comprehensive income$1,681
 $3,080
 $1,950
$1,625
 $1,681
 $3,080






































The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

121124



Consolidated Statement ofOf Condition
As of December 31,2013 20122014 2013
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)      
Assets:      
Cash and due from banks$3,220
 $2,590
$1,855
 $3,220
Interest-bearing deposits with banks64,257
 50,763
93,523
 64,257
Securities purchased under resale agreements6,230
 5,016
2,390
 6,230
Trading account assets843
 637
924
 843
Investment securities available for sale99,174
 109,682
94,913
 99,174
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $17,560 and $11,661)17,740
 11,379
Loans and leases (less allowance for losses of $28 and $22)13,458
 12,285
Premises and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $4,417 and $4,037)1,860
 1,728
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $17,842 and $17,560)17,723
 17,740
Loans and leases (less allowance for losses of $38 and $28)18,161
 13,458
Premises and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $4,599 and $4,417)1,937
 1,860
Accrued interest and fees receivable2,123
 1,970
2,242
 2,123
Goodwill6,036
 5,977
5,826
 6,036
Other intangible assets2,360
 2,539
2,025
 2,360
Other assets25,990
 18,016
32,600
 25,990
Total assets$243,291
 $222,582
$274,119
 $243,291
Liabilities:      
Deposits:      
Noninterest-bearing$65,614
 $44,445
$70,490
 $65,614
Interest-bearing—U.S.13,392
 19,201
33,012
 13,392
Interest-bearing—non-U.S.103,262
 100,535
105,538
 103,262
Total deposits182,268
 164,181
209,040
 182,268
Securities sold under repurchase agreements7,953
 8,006
8,925
 7,953
Federal funds purchased19
 399
21
 19
Other short-term borrowings3,780
 4,502
4,381
 3,780
Accrued expenses and other liabilities19,194
 17,196
20,237
 19,194
Long-term debt9,699
 7,429
10,042
 9,699
Total liabilities222,913
 201,713
252,646
 222,913
Commitments, guarantees and contingencies (note 11)
 
Commitments, guarantees and contingencies (notes 10 and 11)
 
Shareholders’ equity:      
Preferred stock, no par, 3,500,000 shares authorized:      
Series C, 5,000 shares issued and outstanding491
 489
491
 491
Series D, 7,500 shares issued and outstanding742
 
Series E, 7,500 shares issued and outstanding728
 
Common stock, $1 par, 750,000,000 shares authorized:      
503,882,841 and 503,900,268 shares issued504
 504
503,880,120 and 503,882,841 shares issued504
 504
Surplus9,776
 9,667
9,791
 9,776
Retained earnings13,395
 11,751
14,882
 13,395
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(95) 360
(507) (95)
Treasury stock, at cost (69,754,255 and 45,238,208 shares)(3,693) (1,902)
Treasury stock, at cost (88,684,969 and 69,754,255 shares)(5,158) (3,693)
Total shareholders’ equity20,378
 20,869
21,473
 20,378
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$243,291
 $222,582
$274,119
 $243,291






The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

122125



Consolidated Statement ofOf Changes inIn Shareholders' Equity
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands)
PREFERRED
STOCK
 COMMON STOCK Surplus 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 TREASURY STOCK Total
PREFERRED
STOCK
 COMMON STOCK Surplus 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 TREASURY STOCK Total
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount 
Balance as of December 31, 2010$
 502,064
 $502
 $9,356
 $8,634
 $(689) 420
 $(16) $17,787
Net income        1,920
       1,920
Other comprehensive income          30
     30
Preferred stock issued500
               500
Cash dividends declared:                 
Common stock - $.72 per share        (358)       (358)
Preferred stock        (20)       (20)
Common stock acquired            16,313
 (675) (675)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including related taxes of $(14)  1,902
 2
 223
     (177) 10
 235
Other      (22)     (14) 1
 (21)
Balance as of December 31, 2011500
 503,966
 504
 9,557
 10,176
 (659) 16,542
 (680) 19,398
$500
 503,966
 $504
 $9,557
 $10,176
 $(659) 16,542
 $(680) $19,398
Net income        2,061
       2,061
        2,061
       2,061
Other comprehensive income          1,019
     1,019
          1,019
     1,019
Redemption of preferred stock(500)               (500)(500)               (500)
Preferred stock issued488
               488
488
               488
Accretion of issuance costs1
       (1)       
1
       (1)       
Cash dividends declared:                

                 
Common stock - $.96 per share        (456)       (456)        (456)       (456)
Preferred stock        (29)       (29)        (29)       (29)
Common stock acquired            33,408
 (1,440) (1,440)            33,408
 (1,440) (1,440)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including related taxes of $(6)  (66)   110
     (4,693) 217
 327
  (66)   110
     (4,693) 217
 327
Other            (19) 1
 1
            (19) 1
 1
Balance at December 31, 2012489
 503,900
 504
 9,667
 11,751
 360
 45,238
 (1,902) 20,869
Balance as of December 31, 2012489
 503,900
 504
 9,667
 11,751
 360
 45,238
 (1,902) 20,869
Net income        2,136
       2,136
        2,136
       2,136
Other comprehensive loss          (455)     (455)          (455)     (455)
Accretion of issuance costs2
       (2)       
2
       (2)       
Cash dividends declared:                                 

Common stock - $1.04 per share        (463)       (463)        (463)       (463)
Preferred stock        (26)       (26)        (26)       (26)
Common stock acquired            31,237
 (2,040) (2,040)            31,237
 (2,040) (2,040)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including income tax benefit of $51  (17) 

 113
     (6,709) 249
 362
  (17)   113
     (6,709) 249
 362
Other      (4) (1)   (12)   (5)      (4) (1)   (12)   (5)
Balance as of December 31, 2013$491
 503,883
 $504
 $9,776
 $13,395
 $(95) 69,754
 $(3,693) $20,378
491
 503,883
 504
 9,776
 13,395
 (95) 69,754
 (3,693) 20,378
Net income        2,037
       2,037
Other comprehensive loss          (412)     (412)
Preferred stock issued1,470
               1,470
Cash dividends declared:                 
Common stock - $1.16 per share        (490)       (490)
Preferred stock        (61)       (61)
Common stock acquired            23,749
 (1,650) (1,650)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including income tax benefit of $72  (3)   17
     (4,805) 185
 202
Other      (2) 1
   (13)   (1)
Balance as of December 31, 2014$1,961
 503,880
 $504
 $9,791
 $14,882
 $(507) 88,685
 $(5,158) $21,473






The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

126



Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31,2014 2013 2012
(In millions)     
Operating Activities:     
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:     
Deferred income tax expense79
 62
 231
Amortization of other intangible assets222
 214
 198
Other non-cash adjustments for depreciation, amortization and accretion, net477
 461
 291
(Gains) losses related to investment securities, net(4) 9
 (23)
Change in trading account assets, net(81) (206) 70
Change in accrued interest and fees receivable, net(119) (153) (148)
Change in collateral deposits, net(4,362) (4,046) (1,443)
Change in unrealized (gains) losses on foreign exchange derivatives, net(2,042) (128) 982
Change in other assets, net3,612
 (819) (360)
Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities, net(669) 113
 (250)
Other, net289
 333
 324
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(561) (2,024) 1,933
Investing Activities:     
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks(29,266) (13,494) 8,123
Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under resale agreements3,840
 (1,214) 2,029
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities9,766
 10,261
 5,399
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities36,120
 37,529
 44,375
Purchases of available-for-sale securities(43,146) (39,097) (60,812)
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities3,217
 2,080
 3,176
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities(3,778) (8,415) (3,577)
Net increase in loans(4,785) (1,214) (2,303)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 
 (511)
Purchases of equity investments and other long-term assets(182) (272) (251)
Purchases of premises and equipment(427) (388) (355)
Other, net149
 139
 116
Net cash used in investing activities(28,492) (14,085) (4,591)
Financing Activities:     
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits54,404
 (14,507) 7,627
Net (decrease) increase in all other deposits(27,632) 32,594
 (733)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings1,575
 (1,155) (1,587)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs994
 2,485
 998
Payments for long-term debt and obligations under capital leases(788) (134) (1,781)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock1,470
 
 488
Proceeds from exercises of common stock options14
 121
 53
Purchases of common stock(1,650) (2,040) (1,440)
Excess tax benefit (expense) related to stock-based compensation72
 50
 (6)
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding(232) (189) (101)
Payments for cash dividends(539) (486) (463)
Net cash provided by financing activities27,688
 16,739
 3,055
Net (decrease) increase(1,365) 630
 397
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period3,220
 2,590
 2,193
Cash and due from banks at end of period$1,855
 $3,220
 $2,590
      
Supplemental disclosure:     
Interest paid$398
 $416
 $516
Income taxes paid (refunded), net358
 406
 (186)


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

123


Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011
(In millions)     
Operating Activities:     
Net income$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:     
Deferred income tax expense112
 225
 218
Amortization of other intangible assets214
 198
 200
Other non-cash adjustments for depreciation, amortization and accretion, net461
 291
 218
Losses (gains) related to investment securities, net9
 (23) (67)
Change in trading account assets, net(206) 70
 (183)
Change in accrued interest and fees receivable, net(153) (148) (89)
Change in collateral deposits, net(4,046) (1,443) 817
Change in unrealized (gains) losses on foreign exchange derivatives, net(128) 982
 (622)
Change in other assets, net(819) (360) 1,269
Change in trading liabilities, net
 
 (441)
Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities, net113
 (250) (147)
Other, net333
 324
 281
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(1,974) 1,927
 3,374
Investing Activities:     
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks(13,494) 8,123
 (36,652)
Net (increase) decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements(1,214) 2,029
 (4,117)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities10,261
 5,399
 16,272
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities37,529
 44,375
 44,810
Purchases of available-for-sale securities(39,097) (60,812) (78,748)
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities2,080
 3,176
 3,653
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities(8,415) (3,577) (457)
Net (increase) decrease in loans(1,214) (2,303) 1,638
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 (511) (214)
Purchases of equity investments and other long-term assets(272) (251) (69)
Divestitures18
 
 
Purchases of premises and equipment(388) (355) (298)
Other, net121
 116
 287
Net cash used in investing activities(14,085) (4,591) (53,895)
Financing Activities:     
Net (decrease) increase in time deposits(14,507) 7,627
 (124)
Net increase (decrease) in all other deposits32,594
 (733) 59,066
Net decrease in short-term borrowings(1,155) (1,587) (8,555)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs2,485
 998
 1,986
Payments for long-term debt and obligations under capital leases(134) (1,781) (2,486)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
 488
 500
Proceeds from exercises of common stock options121
 53
 49
Purchases of common stock(2,040) (1,440) (675)
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding(189) (101) (63)
Payments for cash dividends(486) (463) (295)
Net cash provided by financing activities16,689
 3,061
 49,403
Net increase (decrease)630
 397
 (1,118)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period2,590
 2,193
 3,311
Cash and due from banks at end of period$3,220
 $2,590
 $2,193
      
Supplemental disclosure:     
Interest paid$416
 $516
 $611
Income taxes (refunded) paid, net406
 (186) 305
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

124


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Table of Contents127




125


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The accounting and financial reporting policies of State Street Corporation conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, referred to as GAAP. State Street Corporation, the parent company, is a financial holding company headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in these notes to consolidated financial statements to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar references mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Our principal banking subsidiary is State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street Bank.
We have two lines of business:
Investment Servicing provides services for mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
Investment Management, through State Street Global Advisors, or SSgA,SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSgASSGA offers active and passive asset management strategies for managing financial assets,across equity, fixed-income and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equities and fixed-income securities. SSgA also offers exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in the application of certain of our significant accounting policies that may materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses. As a result of unanticipated events or circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates. Amounts dependent on subjective or complex judgments in the application of accounting policies considered by management to be relatively more significant in this regard are those associated with our accounting for recurring fair-value measurements; other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities; and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. Among other effects, unanticipated events or circumstances could result in future impairment of investment securities, goodwill or other intangible assets.
Basis of Presentation:
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its majority- and wholly-owned and otherwise controlled subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
We consolidate subsidiaries in which we exercise control. Investments in unconsolidated

subsidiaries, recorded in other assets, generally are accounted for under the equity method of accounting if we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of the investee. For investments accounted for under the equity method, our share of income or loss is recorded in processing fees and other revenue in our consolidated statement of income. Investments not meeting the criteria for equity-method treatment are accounted for under the cost method of accounting.
Fair-Value Measurements:
We carryThe preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in the application of certain of our financialsignificant accounting policies that may materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and liabilities at fair value onexpenses. As a recurring basis. These financial assets and liabilities are composedresult of trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and various types of derivative financial instruments. In addition, we measure certain assets, such as goodwill, investment securities held to maturity and other long-lived assets, at fair value on a non-recurring basis to evaluateunanticipated events or circumstances, actual results could differ from those assets for potential impairment. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date.
We categorize our financial assets and liabilities into the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 – Financial assets and liabilities with values based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. Examples of level-1 financial instruments include active exchange-traded equity securities and certain U.S. government securities.

126

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Level 2 – Financial assets and liabilities with values based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Examples of level-2 financial instruments include various types of fixed-income investment securities and foreign exchange and interest-rate derivative instruments. Pricing models are utilized to measure fair value for certain financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 2.
Level 3 – Financial assets and liabilities with values based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable in the market and significant to the overall fair-value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s judgment about the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are based on the best available information, some of which is internally developed. Examples of level-3 financial instruments include certain asset- and mortgage-backed securities and certain derivative instruments with little or no market activity and a resulting lack of price transparency.
When measuring fair value for financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, we look to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities. When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. Nevertheless, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets; in those instances, we use alternative valuation techniques to measure their fair value.estimates.
Foreign Currency Translation:
The assets and liabilities of our operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at month-end exchange rates, and revenue and expenses are translated at rates that approximate average monthly exchange rates. Gains or losses from the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, net of related taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, a component of shareholders’ equity.
Cash and Cash Equivalents:
For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and due from banks.
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks:
Interest-bearing deposits with banks generally consist of highly liquid, short-term investments maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank and other non-U.S. central banks with original maturities at the time of purchase of one month or less.
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements:
Securities purchased under resale agreements and sold under repurchase agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions, and are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold or repurchased, plus accrued interest. Our policy is to take possession or control of securities underlying resale agreements either


128


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

directly or through agent banks, allowing borrowers the right of collateral substitution and/or short-notice termination. We revalue these securities daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary from the borrower to protect us against credit exposure. We can use these securities as collateral for repurchase agreements.
For securities sold under repurchase agreements collateralized by our investment securities portfolio, the dollar value of the securities remains in investment securities in our consolidated statement of condition. Where a master netting agreement exists or both parties are members of a common clearing organization, resale and repurchase agreements with the same counterparty or clearing house and maturity date are recorded on a net basis.
Investment Securities:
Investment securities held by us are classified as either trading account assets, investment securities available for sale or investment securities held to maturity at the time of purchase, based on management’s intent.
Generally, trading account assets are debt and equity securities purchased in connection with our trading activities and, as such, are expected to be sold in the near term. Our trading activities typically involve active and frequent buying and selling with the objective of generating profits on short-term movements. Securities available for sale are those securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time. Available-for-sale securities include securities utilized as part of our asset-and-liability management activities that may be sold in response to

127

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs or other factors. Securities held to maturity are debt securities that management has the intent and the ability to hold to maturity.
Trading account assets are carried at fair value. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading account assets are recorded in trading services revenue in our consolidated statement of income. Debt and marketable equity securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, and after-tax net unrealized gains and losses are recorded in AOCI. Gains or losses realized on sales of available-for-sale securities are computed using the specific identification method and are recorded in gains (losses) related to investment securities, net, in our consolidated statement of income. Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
We review the fair values of debt securities, and evaluate individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities for impairment that may be deemed to be other than temporary, at least quarterly. For impaired securities that we plan to sell, or when it is more likely than not that we will be forced to sell the security, the impairment is deemed to be other than temporary and the security is written down to its fair value. Otherwise, we determine whether or not we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, primarily by comparing the present value of expected future principal, interest and other contractual cash flows to the security’s amortized cost. Our evaluation of impairment of mortgage- and asset-backed securities incorporates detailed information with respect to underlying loan-level performance. Accordingly, the range of estimates pertaining to each collateral type reflects the unique characteristics of the underlying loans, such as payment options and collateral geography, among other factors.
When we conclude that other-than-temporary impairment exists and we have no intention to sell, or will not be forced to sell, the security, the impairment is separated into the amount associated with expected credit losses and the amount related to factors other than credit. The amount associated with expected credit losses is recognized in our consolidated statement of income in gains (losses) related to investment securities, net, and the amortized cost basis of the security is written down by this amount. The portion of impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Interest revenue related to debt securities is recognized in our consolidated statement of income using the interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the contractual or estimated life of the security. The level rate of return considers any nonrefundable fees or costs, as well as purchase premiums or discounts, resulting in amortization or accretion, accordingly.
With respect to debt securities acquired, for those which we consider it probable as of the date of acquisition that we will be unable to collect all contractually required principal, interest and other payments, the excess of our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows from these securities over their initial recorded investment is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the securities’ estimated remaining terms. Subsequent decreases in these securities’ expected future cash flows are either recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yields on the securities over their remaining terms, or are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment as described above. Increases in expected future cash flows are recognized prospectively over the securities’ estimated remaining terms through the recalculation of their yields.
With respect to certain debt securities acquired which are considered to be beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, the excess of our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows from these securities over their initial recorded investment is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the securities’ estimated remaining terms. Subsequent decreases in these securities’ expected future cash flows are either recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yields on the securities over their remaining terms, or are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment as described above. Increases in expected future cash flows are recognized prospectively over the securities’ estimated remaining terms through the recalculation of their yields.
Loans and Leases:
Loans are generally recorded at their principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, unearned income, and any net unamortized deferred loan origination fees. Acquired loans are initially recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition, based on management’s expectation with respect to future principal and interest collection as of the date of acquisition. Acquired loans are held for investment, and as such their initial fair value is not adjusted subsequent to acquisition.
Loans acquired with evidence of deterioration in credit quality subsequent to origination, and for which our inability to collect all contractually required payments is probable on the date of acquisition, are recorded at fair value. The excess of expected future cash flows from these loans over their initial recorded investment, which

128

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

represents the initial allowance, is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the remaining term of the loans. The carrying amount of acquired loans is assessed on an ongoing basis using a discounted cash-flow model, which incorporates management expectations of prepayments. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows result in an addition to the initial allowance to allow the loan to maintain its level yield. Increases in expected cash flows are recognized, first, as a reduction of any remaining allowance, and then are recognized prospectively over the remaining term of the loan through a recalculation of the loan’s level yield.
Interest revenue related to loans is recognized in our consolidated statement of income using the interest method or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan. Fees received for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that we anticipate will result in loans typically are deferred and amortized to interest revenue over the term of the related loan, beginning with the initial borrowing. Fees on commitments and letters of credit are amortized to processing fees and other revenue over the commitment period when funding is not known or expected.
For all loan classes, other than loans acquired with evidence of deterioration in credit quality, loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become 60 days past due as to either principal or interest, or earlier when full collection of principal or interest is not considered probable. Loans 60 days past due, but considered both well-secured and in the process of collection, are treated as exceptions and may be excluded from non-accrual status. When we place a loan on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is discontinued and previously recorded but unpaid interest is reversed and generally charged against interest revenue. For loans on non-accrual status, revenue is recognized on a cash basis after recovery of principal, if and when interest payments are received. Loans may be removed from non-accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and performance under the terms of the loan has been demonstrated.
In certain circumstances, we restructure troubled loans by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Once restructured, the loans are generally considered impaired until their maturity, regardless of whether the borrowers perform under the modified terms of the loans.
Leveraged-lease investments are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of non-recourse debt and unearned income. Lease residual values are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recorded currently against processing fees and other revenue. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases. Gains and losses on residual values of leased equipment sold are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.
Allowance for Loan Losses:
The allowance for loan losses, recorded as a reduction of loans and leases in our consolidated statement of condition, represents management’s estimate of incurred credit losses in our loan-and-lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is evaluated on a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for both the institutional and commercial real estate segments of our loan-and-lease portfolio include loss experience, the probability of default reflected in our internal risk rating of the counterparty's creditworthiness, current economic conditions and adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of the underlying collateral, if any, the performance of individual credits in relation to contract terms, and other relevant factors. Provisions for loan losses reflect our estimate of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level considered by us to be appropriate to absorb estimated incurred credit losses in the loan-and-lease portfolio.
Loans are charged off to the allowance for loan losses in the reporting period in which either an event occurs that confirms the existence of a loss on a loan or a portion of a loan is determined to be uncollectible. In addition, any impaired loan that is determined to be collateral-dependent is reduced to an amount equal to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. A loan is identified as collateral-dependent when management determines that it is probable that the underlying collateral will be the sole source of repayment. Recoveries are recorded on a cash basis as adjustments to the allowance.
The reserve for off-balance sheet credit exposures, recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated statement of condition, represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses in outstanding letters and lines of credit and other credit-enhancement facilities provided to our clients and outstanding as of the balance sheet date. The reserve is evaluated on a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the appropriate level of this reserve are similar to those considered with respect to the allowance for loan losses. Provisions to maintain the reserve at a level considered by us to be appropriate to absorb estimated incurred credit losses in outstanding facilities are recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.

129

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Premises and Equipment:
Buildings, leasehold improvements, computer hardware and software and other equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization, recorded in occupancy expense and information systems and communications expense in our consolidated statement of income, are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the remaining terms of the leases, generally three to forty years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major leasehold improvements are capitalized and expensed over their estimated useful lives or the remaining terms of the lease, whichever is shorter.
For premises held under leases for which we have an obligation to restore the facilities to their original condition upon expiration of the lease, we expense the anticipated related costs over the term of the lease.
Costs related to internal-use software development projects that provide significant new functionality are capitalized. We consider projects for capitalization that are expected to yield long-term operational benefits, such as applications that result in operational efficiencies and/or incremental revenue streams.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and other intangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual rights or because the asset can be exchanged on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual evaluation for impairment. Other intangible assets, which are also subject to annual evaluation for impairment, are mainly related to client relationships, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from five to twenty years, and core deposit intangible assets, which are amortized over periods ranging from sixteen to twenty-two years, with such amortization recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Impairment of goodwill is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a reporting unit, including its allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets, exceeds its estimated fair value. Impairment of other intangible assets is deemed to exist if the balance of the other intangible asset exceeds the cumulative expected net cash inflows related to the asset over its remaining estimated useful life. If these reviews determine that goodwill or other intangible assets are impaired, the value of the goodwill or the other intangible asset is written down through a charge to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Fee and Net Interest Revenue:
Fees from investment servicing, investment management, securities finance, trading services and certain types of processing fees and other revenue are recorded in our consolidated statement of income based on estimates or specific contractual terms, including mutually agreed changes to terms, as transactions occur or services are rendered, provided that persuasive evidence exists, the price to the client is fixed or determinable and collectabilitycollectibility is reasonably assured. Amounts accrued at period-end are recorded in accrued interest and fees receivable in our consolidated statement of condition. Performance fees generated by our investment management activities are recorded when earned, based on predetermined benchmarks associated with the applicable fund’s performance.
Interest revenue on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statement of income as components of net interest revenue, and are generally based on the effective yield of the related financial asset or liability.
Employee Benefits Expense:Recent Accounting Developments:
Employee benefits expense, recorded inIn February 2015, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that updates the considerations on whether an entity should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. The amendment is effective for State Street beginning on January 1, 2016, and may be applied retrospectively or via a modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the potential impact of this amendment on our consolidated statementfinancial statements.
In November 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that allows, but does not
require, an acquired entity to apply pushdown accounting in its stand-alone financial statements upon acquisition by a new parent. The decision to apply pushdown accounting may be made independently for each change-in-control event. The new guidance was effective on November 18, 2014 and can be applied retrospectively. We will assess the need to apply pushdown accounting for future acquisitions on an individual basis, when necessary.
In November 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that requires entities that issue or invest in hybrid instruments in the form of income, includes costsa share to determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, including the potential outcomes of the hybrid financial instrument. Classifying the host contract as equity or debt may result in substantially different answers on whether certain pensionfeatures must be accounted for separately. The new guidance will require a modified retrospective application to all existing hybrid financial instruments in the form of a share, with the option of retrospective application. The amendment is effective for State Street, for the annual and other post-retirement benefit plans relatedinterim period beginning on January 1, 2016. We have not issued and we do not currently hold any hybrid instruments within the scope of this guidance. We will assess its impact in conjunction with new transactions, as applicable.
In August 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to priorGAAP that requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and, current service, which are accruedif so, disclose that fact. The amendment is effective for our annual consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and interim periods thereafter. Our adoption of this amendment will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP for “repo-to-maturity” transactions and repurchase agreements executed as repurchase financings. The amendment requires enhanced disclosure for repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions accounted for as secured borrowings and for certain transfers of financial assets. The amendment is effective for State Street beginning on January 1, 2015. Our adoption of this amendment will not have a current basis, as well as contributions associatedmaterial effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that provides for a single comprehensive model to be applied in the accounting for revenue arising from contracts with defined contribution savings plans, costs of unrestricted cash and common stock awards under other employee incentive compensation plans, and the amortization of restricted common stock awards.clients. In applying this
Equity-Based Compensation:
We record compensation expense for equity-based awards. Accordingly, we measure compensation expense at fair value on a straight-line basis over the service or performance period, net of estimated forfeitures.
The fair values of equity-based awards, such as restricted stock, deferred stock and performance awards, are based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, adjusted if appropriate based on the award’s


130129


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

eligibility
model, an entity would recognize revenue that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to receive dividends.clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The fair value of stock options and stock appreciation rights is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model.
Compensation expenseamendment supersedes most current GAAP related to equity-based awards with service-only conditionsrevenue recognition, including industry-specific guidance. The amendment is effective for State Street beginning on January 1, 2017, and terms that provide for a graded vesting schedulemust be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is recognized on a straight-line basis overprohibited. We are currently assessing the required service period for the entire award. Compensation expense related to equity-based awards with performance conditions and terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule is recognized over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranchepotential impact of the award, and is based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions at each reporting date. Compensation expense is adjusted for assumptions with respect to the estimated amount of awards that will be forfeited prior to vesting, and for employees who have met certain retirement eligibility criteria.
Dividend equivalents for certain equity-based awards are paid on stock units on a current basis prior to vesting and distribution. Compensation expense for common stock and cash awards granted to employees meeting early retirement eligibility criteria is fully expensed and accrued on the grant date.
Income Taxes:
We use an asset-and-liability approach to account for income taxes. Our objective is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year through charges or credits to the current tax provision, and to recognize deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the future tax consequences resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. The effects of a tax positionthis amendment on our consolidated financial statements are recognized when we believe it is more likely than notstatements.
In April 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that revises the position will be sustained. A deferred-tax-asset valuation allowance is established if it is considered more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recorded in our consolidated statement of condition are netted within the same tax jurisdiction.
Earnings Per Share:
Basic earnings per share, or EPS, is calculated pursuant to the “two-class” method, by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated pursuant to the two-class method, by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the total of weighted-average number of common shares outstandingcriteria for the period plustreatment and disclosure of discontinued operations. The amendment allows entities to have significant continuing involvement and continuing cash flows with the shares representing the dilutive effect of common stock optionsdiscontinued operation, but requires additional disclosure for discontinued operations and other equity-based awards. The effect of common stock options and other equity-based awards is excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS in periods in which their effect would be anti-dilutive.
The two-class method requires the allocation of undistributed net income between common and participating shareholders. Net income available to common shareholders, presented separately in our consolidated statement of income, is the basisdisclosure for the calculation of both basic and diluted EPS. Participating securities are composed of unvested restricted stock and director stock awards, which are equity-based awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends, and are considered to participate with common shareholders in undistributed earnings.
Variable Interest Entities:
We are involved in the normal course of our business with various types of special purpose entities, some of which meet the definition of variable interest entities, or VIEs, as defined by GAAP. We are required by GAAP to consolidate a VIE when we aredisposals deemed to be the primary beneficiary. This determination is evaluated periodically as facts and circumstances change.
We also invest in various forms of asset-backed securities, which we carry in our investment securities portfolio. These asset-backed securities meet the GAAP definition of asset securitization entities, which are considered to be VIEs. We are not considered to be the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, as defined by GAAP, since wematerial that do not have control over their activities.
We use special purpose entities to structure and sell certificated interests in pools of tax-exempt investment-grade assets, principally to our mutual fund clients. These trusts are recorded in our consolidated financial statements. We transfer assets to these trusts, which are legally isolated from us, from our investment securities portfolio at adjusted book value. The trusts finance the acquisition of these assets by selling certificated interests issued by the trusts to third-party investors and to State Street as residual holder. The investment securities of the trusts are carried in investment securities available for sale at their fair value on a recurring basis. The certificated interests are carried in other short-term borrowings at the amount owed to the third-party investors. The interest revenue and interest expense generated by the investments and certificated interests, respectively, are recorded

131

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

as components of net interest revenue when earned or incurred.
We manage various types of sponsored investment funds through SSgA. The services we provide to these sponsored investment funds generate management fee revenue. From time to time, we may invest cash in the funds, referred to as seed capital, in order for the funds to establish a performance history for newly-launched strategies. With respect to our interests in sponsored investment funds that meet the definition of a VIE, a primary beneficiary assessment is performeddiscontinued operation. The presentation and disclosure requirements are effective for State Street beginning on January 1, 2015, and are required to determine if our variable interest (or combination of variable interests, including those of related parties) absorbsbe applied prospectively to discontinued operations occurring after that date. We did not have any transactions that qualified as discontinued operations during the majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. As part of our assessment, we consider all the facts and circumstances regarding the terms and characteristics of the variable interest(s), the design and characteristics of the fund and the other involvements of the enterprise with the fund. Upon consolidation of certain sponsored investment funds, we retain the specialized investment company accounting rules followed by the underlying funds.
All of the underlying investments held by such consolidated sponsored investment funds are carried at fair value, with corresponding changes in the investments’ fair values reflected in trading services revenueperiods presented in our consolidated statement of income. When we no longer control these funds due to a reduced ownership interest or other reasons, the funds are de-consolidated and accounted for under another accounting method if we continue to maintain an investment in the fund.
Derivative Financial Instruments:
A derivative financial instrument is a financial instrument or other contract which has one or more referenced indices and one or more notional amounts, either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net investment than would be expected for similar types of contracts, and which requires or permits net settlement. Derivatives that we enter into include forwards, futures, swaps, options and other instruments with similar characteristics.
We record derivatives in our consolidated statement of condition at their fair value on a recurring basis. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate the derivative as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed-rate asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a “fair-value” hedge); (2) a hedge of a forecast transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized variable-rate asset or liability (a “cash-flow” hedge); (3) a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge (a “foreign currency” hedge); (4) a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. operation; or (5) a derivative utilized in either our trading activities or in our asset-and-liability management activities that is not designated as a hedge of an asset or liability.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair-value hedge, are recorded currently in processing fees and other revenue, along with the changes in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge, are recorded, net of taxes, in other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the hedged cash flows (e.g., when periodic settlements on a variable-rate asset or liability are recorded in earnings). Ineffectiveness of cash-flow hedges, defined as the extent to which the changes in fair value of the derivative exceed the variability of cash flows of the forecast transaction, is recorded in processing fees and other revenue.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a foreign currency hedge, are recorded currently either in processing fees and other revenue or in other comprehensive income, net of taxes, depending on whether the hedge transaction meets the criteria for a fair-value or a cash-flow hedge. If, however, a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. operation, its changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded, net of taxes, in the foreign currency translation component of other comprehensive income. Lastly, entire changes in the fair value of derivatives utilized in our trading activities are recorded in trading services revenue, and entire changes in the fair value of derivatives utilized in our asset-and-liability management activities are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.
At both the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we formally assess and document the effectiveness of a derivative designated as a hedge in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and the likelihood that the derivative will be an effective hedge in future periods. We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when we determine that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying risk being hedged, the derivative expires, terminates or is sold, or management discontinues the hedge designation.
Unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts are reported at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition as a component of other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities,

132

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

respectively, on a gross basis, except where such gains and losses arise from contracts covered by qualifying master netting agreements.
Recent Accounting Developments:statements.
In January 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that allows an investor in an affordable housing project, if the project meets certain defined conditions, to amortize the cost of their investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits they receive, and reflect it as part of income tax expense rather than as revenue from operations. The amendment is effective, for State Street, for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and must be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. Our adoption of the amendment is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In July 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that requires a liability associated with an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of that unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The amendment is effective, for State Street, for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2014,2015, and is required to be applied on a prospective basis. Our adoption of the amendment will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that prescribes certain criteria for an entity to qualify as an investment company.  Other Significant Policies:
The amendment does not significantly change which entities qualify to use specializedfollowing table identifies our other significant accounting for investment companies, but introduces new disclosure requirements that apply to all investment companies, and revises the criteria used to measure certain interests in investment companies.  We are not an investment company, but we are affiliated with investment companies in our role as an asset manager, and we provide accounting and reporting services to investment companies in our role as an asset servicer.  The amendment is effective, for State Street, for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2014.  Our adoption of the amendment will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to GAAP that specifies that cumulative foreign currency translation recorded in other comprehensive income should be reclassified to earnings when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary, or group of assets within a consolidated non-U.S. entity,policies and the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidationnote and page where a detailed description of the non-U.S. entity. The amendment is effective, for State Street, for interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2013, and musteach policy can be applied prospectively. Our adoption of the amendment will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.found.
Note 2.    Acquisitions
In October 2012, we completed our acquisition of Goldman Sachs Administration Services, or GSAS, for a total purchase price of approximately $550 million, subject to certain adjustments. We acquired GSAS, a global hedge-fund service provider with approximately $200 billion of single manager hedge-fund assets under administration in locations worldwide, to expand our hedge-fund servicing and administration capabilities and our overall presence in non-U.S. markets. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded goodwill of approximately $290 million, approximately half of which we do not expect to be tax deductible, and other intangible assets of approximately $257 million, in our consolidated statement of condition. We did not record the hedge-fund assets in our consolidated financial statements. Results of operations of the acquired GSAS business are included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on the acquisition date.
Note 32.    Fair Value
Fair-Value Measurements:
We carry trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and various types of derivative financial instruments at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition on a recurring basis. Changes in the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are recorded either as components of our consolidated statement of income or as components of accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, within shareholders' equity in our consolidated statement of condition.
We measure fair value for the above-described financial assets and liabilities in conformity with GAAP that governs the measurement of the fair value of financial instruments. Management believes that its valuation techniques and underlying assumptions used to measure fair value conform to the provisions of GAAP. We categorize the financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value based on a prescribed three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

133

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(level (level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation methods using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). If the inputs used to measure a financial asset or liability cross different levels of the hierarchy, categorization is based on the lowest-level input that is most significant to the fair-value measurement. Management's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the overall fair-value measurement of a financial asset or liability requires judgment, and considers factors specific to that asset or liability. The three levels of the valuation levelshierarchy are described below.


130


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Level 1. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. Fair value is measured using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical securities. Our level-1 financial assets and liabilities primarily include positions in U.S. government securities and highly liquid U.S. and non-U.S. government fixed-income securities.securities carried in trading account assets. We may carry U.S. government securities in our available-for-sale portfolio in connection with our asset-and-liability management activities. Our level-1 financial assets also include active exchange-traded equity securities.securities and non-cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with our enhanced custody business.
Level 2. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level-2 inputs include the following:
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;
Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market information through correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Our level-2 financial assets and liabilities primarily include non-U.S. debt securities carried in trading account assets and various types of fixed-income investment securities available for sale,available-for-sale, as well as various types of foreign exchange and interest-rate derivative instruments.
Fair value for our investment securities available for saleavailable-for-sale categorized in level 2 is measured primarily using information obtained from independent third parties. This third-party information is subject to review by management as part of a validation process, which includes obtaining an understanding of the underlying assumptions and the level of market participant information used to support those assumptions. In addition, management compares significant assumptions used by third parties to available market information. Such information may include known trades or, to the extent that trading activity is limited, comparisons to market research information pertaining to credit expectations, execution prices and the timing of cash flows, and where information is available, back-testing.
Derivative instruments categorized in level 2 predominantly represent foreign exchange contracts used in our trading activities, for which fair value is measured using discounted cash-flow techniques, with inputs consisting of observable spot and forward points, as well as observable interest-rate curves. With respect to derivative instruments, we evaluate the impact on valuation of the credit risk of our counterparties and our own credit risk. We consider factors such as the likelihood of default by us and our counterparties, our current and potential future net exposures and remaining maturities in determining the fair value. Valuation adjustments associated with derivative instruments were not material to those instruments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 or 2011.2012.
Level 3. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable in the market and significant to the overall measurement of fair value. These inputs reflect management's judgment about the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing the financial asset or liability, and are based on the best available information, some of which is internally developed. The following provides a more detailed discussion of our financial assets and liabilities that we may categorize in level 3 and the related valuation methodology.
The fair value of our investment securities categorized in level 3 is measured using information obtained from third-party sources, typically non-binding broker or dealer quotes, or through the use of internally-developed pricing models. Management has evaluated its methodologies used to measure fair value, but has considered the level of observable market information to be insufficient to categorize the securities in level 2.
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts, primarily options, is measured using an option-pricing model. Because of a limited number of observable transactions, certain model inputs are not observable, such as implied volatility surface, but are derived from observable market information.

134

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The fair value of certain interest-rate caps with long-dated maturities is measured using a matrix-pricing approach. Observable market prices are not available for these derivatives, so extrapolation is necessary to value these instruments, since they have a strike and/or maturity outside of the matrix.


131


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our level-3 financial assets and liabilities are similar in structure and profile to our level-1 and level-2 financial instruments, but they trade in less-liquidless liquid markets, and the measurement of their fair value is inherently more difficult. As of December 31, 20132014, on a gross basis, we categorized in level 3 approximately 7%5% of our financial assets carried at fair value on a recurring basis. As of the same date and on the same basis, the percentage of our financial liabilities categorized in level 3 to our financial liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis was not significant. We generally determine the fair value of our level-3 financial assets and liabilities using pricing information obtained from third-party sources, typically non-binding broker and dealer quotes, and, to a lesser extent, using internally-developed pricing models.de minimis. The fair value of investment securities categorized in level 3 that was measured using non-binding quotes and internally-developed pricing-model inputs composedwas approximately 98% and 2%, respectively, of the total fair value of theour investment securities categorized in level 3 as of December 31, 20132014.
The process used to measure the fair value of our level-3 financial assets and liabilities is overseen by a valuation group within Corporate Finance, separate from the business units that carrymanage the assets and liabilities. This function, which develops and manages the valuation process, reports to State Street's Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee composed ofcomprises senior management from separate business units, Enterprise Risk Management, a corporate risk oversight group, and Corporate Finance, and oversees adherence to State Street's valuation policies.
The valuation group performs validation of the pricing information obtained from third-party sources in order to evaluate reasonableness and consistency with market experience in similar asset classes. Monthly analyses include a review of price changes relative to overall trends, credit analysis and other relevant procedures (discussed below). In addition, prices for level-3 securities carried in our investment portfolio are tested on a sample basis based on unexpected pricing movements. These sample prices are then corroborated through price recalculations, when applicable, using available market information, which is obtained separately from the third-party pricing source. The recalculated prices are compared to market-research information pertaining to credit expectations, execution prices and the timing of cash flows, and where information is available, back-testing. If a difference is identified and it is determined that there is a significant impact requiring an adjustment, the adjustment is presented
to the Valuation Committee for review and consideration.
Validation is also performed on fair-value measurements determined using internally-developed pricing models. The pricing models are subject to validation through our Model Assessment Committee, a corporate risk oversight committee that provides technical support and input to the Valuation Committee. This validation process incorporates a review of a diverse set of model and trade parameters across a broad range of values in order to evaluate the model's suitability for valuation of a particular financial instrument type, as well as the model's accuracy in reflecting the characteristics of the related financial asset or liability and its significant risks. Inputs and assumptions, including any price-valuation adjustments, are developed by the business units and separately reviewed by the valuation group. Model valuations are compared to available market information including appropriate proxy instruments and other benchmarks to highlight abnormalities for further investigation.
Measuring fair value requires the exercise of management judgment. The level of subjectivity and the degree of management judgment required is more significant for financial instruments whose fair value is measured using inputs that are not observable. The areas requiring significant judgment are identified, documented and reported to the Valuation Committee as part of the valuation control framework. We believe that our valuation methods are appropriate; however, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as they apply to level-3 financial assets and liabilities, could materially affect our fair-value measurements as of the reporting date.
The following tables present information with respect to our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated. No transfers of financial assets or liabilities between levels 1 and 2 occurred during 20132014 or 2012.2013.







135132


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fair-Value Measurements on a Recurring BasisFair-Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
as of December 31, 2013as of December 31, 2014
(In millions)
Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impact of Netting(1)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition
Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impact of Netting(1)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition
Assets:                  
Trading account assets:                  
U.S. government securities$20
       $20
$20
 $
 $
   $20
Non-U.S. government securities399
       399
378
 
 
   378
Other67
 $357
     424
20
 506
 
   526
Total trading account assets486
 357
 
   843
418
 506
 
   924
Investment securities available for sale:                  
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                  
Direct obligations
 709
     709
10,056
 599
 
   10,655
Mortgage-backed securities
 22,847
 $716
   23,563

 20,714
 
   20,714
Asset-backed securities:                  
Student loans
 14,119
 423
   14,542

 12,201
 259
   12,460
Credit cards
 8,186
 24
   8,210

 3,053
 
   3,053
Sub-prime
 1,203
 
   1,203

 951
 
   951
Other
 532
 4,532
   5,064
Other(2)

 365
 3,780
   4,145
Total asset-backed securities
 24,040
 4,979
 
 29,019

 16,570
 4,039
 
 20,609
Non-U.S. debt securities:                  
Mortgage-backed securities
 10,654
 375
   11,029

 9,606
 
   9,606
Asset-backed securities
 4,592
 798
   5,390

 2,931
 295
   3,226
Government securities
 3,761
 
   3,761

 3,909
 
   3,909
Other
 4,263
 464
   4,727
Other(3)

 5,057
 371
   5,428
Total non-U.S. debt securities
 23,270
 1,637
   24,907

 21,503
 666
   22,169
State and political subdivisions
 10,220
 43
   10,263

 10,782
 38
   10,820
Collateralized mortgage obligations
 5,107
 162
   5,269

 4,725
 614
   5,339
Other U.S. debt securities
 4,972
 8
   4,980

 4,100
 9
   4,109
U.S. equity securities
 34
 
   34

 39
 
   39
Non-U.S. equity securities
 1
 
   1

 2
 
   2
U.S. money-market mutual funds
 422
 
   422

 449
 
   449
Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds
 7
 
   7

 8
 
   8
Total investment securities available for sale
 91,629
 7,545
 
 99,174
10,056
 79,491
 5,366
 
 94,913
Other assets:                  
Derivative instruments:                  
Foreign exchange contracts
 11,892
 19
 $(6,442) 5,469

 15,054
 81
 $(7,211) 7,924
Interest-rate contracts
 65
 
 (59) 6

 77
 
 (68) 9
Other
 1
 
 
 1
Other derivative contracts
 2
 
 (1) 1
Total derivative instruments
 11,958
 19
 (6,501) 5,476

 15,133
 81
 (7,280) 7,934
Other97
 
 
 
 97
Total assets carried at fair value$583
 $103,944
 $7,564
 $(6,501) $105,590
$10,474
 $95,130
 $5,447
 $(7,280) $103,771
Liabilities:                  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:                  
Derivative instruments:                  
Foreign exchange contracts  $11,454
 $17
 $(5,458) $6,013

 14,851
 74
 (8,879) $6,046
Interest-rate contracts  331
 
 (94) 237

 239
 
 (46) 193
Other  
 9
 
 9
Other derivative contracts
 61
 9
 (1) 69
Total derivative instruments

 11,785
 26
 (5,552) 6,259

 15,151
 83
 (8,926) 6,308
Other$97
 
 
 
 97
Total liabilities carried at fair value$97
 $11,785
 $26
 $(5,552) $6,356
$
 $15,151
 $83
 $(8,926) $6,308
    
(1) Represents counterparty netting against level-2 financial assets and liabilities, where a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between State Street and the counterparty. Netting also reflects asset and liability reductions of $1.93 billion983 million and $979 million2.63 billion, respectively, for cash collateral received from and provided to derivative counterparties.
(2) As of December 31, 2014 the fair value of other asset-backed securities was composed primarily of $3.8 billion of collateralized loan obligations and approximately $315 million of automobile loan securities.
(3) As of December 31, 2014 the fair value of other non-U.S. debt securities was composed primarily of $3.3 billion of covered bonds and $1.2 billion of corporate bonds.


136133


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fair-Value Measurements on a Recurring BasisFair-Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
as of December 31, 2012as of December 31, 2013
(In millions)
Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impact of Netting(1)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition
Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impact of Netting(1)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition
Assets:                  
Trading account assets:                  
U.S. government securities$20
       $20
$20
 $
 $
   $20
Non-U.S. government securities391
       391
399
 
 
   399
Other71
 $155
     226
67
 357
 
   424
Total trading account assets482
 155
     637
486
 357
 
   843
Investment securities available for sale:                  
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                  
Direct obligations3
 838
     841

 709
 
   709
Mortgage-backed securities
 31,387
 $825
   32,212

 22,847
 716
   23,563
Asset-backed securities:                  
Student loans
 15,833
 588
   16,421

 14,119
 423
   14,542
Credit cards
 9,919
 67
   9,986

 8,186
 24
   8,210
Sub-prime
 1,399
 
   1,399

 1,203
 
   1,203
Other
 683
 3,994
   4,677
Other(2)

 532
 4,532
   5,064
Total asset-backed securities
 27,834
 4,649
   32,483

 24,040
 4,979
   29,019
Non-U.S. debt securities:                  
Mortgage-backed securities
 10,850
 555
   11,405

 10,654
 375
   11,029
Asset-backed securities
 5,694
 524
   6,218

 4,592
 798
   5,390
Government securities
 3,199
 
   3,199

 3,761
 
   3,761
Other
 4,166
 140
   4,306
Other(3)

 4,263
 464
   4,727
Total non-U.S. debt securities
 23,909
 1,219
   25,128

 23,270
 1,637
   24,907
State and political subdivisions
 7,503
 48
   7,551

 10,220
 43
   10,263
Collateralized mortgage obligations
 4,837
 117
   4,954

 5,107
 162
   5,269
Other U.S. debt securities
 5,289
 9
   5,298

 4,972
 8
   4,980
U.S. equity securities
 31
 
   31

 34
 
   34
Non-U.S. equity securities
 1
 
   1

 1
 
   1
U.S. money-market mutual funds
 1,062
 
   1,062

 422
 
   422
Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds
 121
 
   121

 7
 
   7
Total investment securities available for sale3
 102,812
 6,867
   109,682

 91,629
 7,545
   99,174
Other assets:                  
Derivatives instruments:                  
Foreign exchange contracts
 9,265
 113
 $(4,981) 4,397

 11,892
 19
 $(6,442) 5,469
Interest-rate contracts
 223
 
 (64) 159

 65
 
 (59) 6
Other derivative contracts
 1
 
 
 1
Total derivative instruments
 9,488
 113
 (5,045) 4,556

 11,958
 19
 (6,501) 5,476
Other66
 2
 
 
 68
97
 
 
 
 97
Total assets carried at fair value$551
 $112,457
 $6,980
 $(5,045) $114,943
$583
 $103,944
 $7,564
 $(6,501) $105,590
Liabilities:                  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:                  
Derivative instruments:                  
Foreign exchange contracts  $8,978
 $106
 $(4,052) $5,032
$
 $11,454
 $17
 $(5,458) $6,013
Interest-rate contracts  345
 
 (19) 326

 331
 
 (94) 237
Other  
 9
 
 9
Other derivative contracts
 
 9
 
 9
Total derivative instruments

 9,323
 115
 (4,071) 5,367

 11,785
 26
 (5,552) 6,259
Other$66
 
 
 
 66
97
 
 
 
 97
Total liabilities carried at fair value$66
 $9,323
 $115
 $(4,071) $5,433
$97
 $11,785
 $26
 $(5,552) $6,356
    
(1) Represents counterparty netting against level-2 financial assets and liabilities, where a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between State Street and the counterparty. Netting also reflects asset and liability reductions of $1.45$1.93 billion and $478$979 million,, respectively, for cash collateral received from and provided to derivative counterparties.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of other asset-backed securities was composed primarily of $4.5 billion of collateralized loan obligations and approximately $470 million of automobile loan securities.
(3)As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of other non-U.S. debt securities was composed primarily of $2.3 billion of covered bonds and $1.4 billion of corporate bonds.

137134


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


The following tables present activity related to our level-3 financial assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively. Transfers into and out of level 3 are reported as of the beginning of the period.period presented. During the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, transfers out of level 3 were mainly related to certain mortgage- and asset-backed securities, andincluding non-U.S. debt securities, for which fair value was measured using prices for which observable market information became available.

Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable InputsFair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
Year Ended December 31, 2013Year Ended December 31, 2014
Fair
Value as of
December 31,
2012
 Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 Purchases Issuances Sales Settlements Transfers
into
Level 3
 Transfers
out of
Level 3
 Fair
Value as of
December 31,
2013
 Change in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2013
Fair Value  as of
December 31, 2013
 Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 Purchases Sales Settlements Transfers
into
Level 3
 Transfers
out of
Level 3
 Fair Value  as of
December 31, 2014
 Change in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2014
(In millions)
Recorded
in
Revenue
 
Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Recorded
in
Revenue
 
Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Assets:                                        
Investment securities available for sale:                                        
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, mortgage-backed securities$825
   

 $92
 

   $(109)   $(92) $716
  $716
 $
 $
 $168
 $
 $(14) $
 $(870) $
  
Asset-backed securities:                                        
Student loans588
 $2
 $12
 79
   $(26) (31)   (201) 423
  423
 2
 1
 24
 (75) (37) 
 (79) 259
  
Credit cards67
 
 
 
   
 (43)   
 24
  24
 
 
 
 
 (24) 
 
 
  
Other3,994
 53
 9
 1,721
   (34) (1,188)   (23) 4,532
  4,532
 65
 (28) 282
 
 (1,071) 
 
 3,780
  
Total asset-backed securities4,649
 55
 21
 1,800
 
 (60) (1,262)   (224) 4,979
  4,979
 67
 (27) 306
 (75) (1,132) 
 (79) 4,039
  
Non-U.S. debt securities:                                        
Mortgage-backed securities555
 
 (1) 33
   
 (4)   (208) 375
  375
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (375) 
  
Asset-backed securities524
 5
 3
 531
   
 (142) $160
 (283) 798
  798
 6
 (1) 
 
 (272) 76
 (312) 295
  
Other140
 
 1
 397
   
 20
 
 (94) 464
  464
 
 1
 55
 (1) (41) 85
 (192) 371
  
Total non-U.S. debt securities1,219
 5

3

961





(126)
160
 (585) 1,637
  1,637
 6
 
 55
 (1) (313) 161
 (879) 666
  
State and political subdivisions48
 1
 (2) 
   
 (4) 
 
 43
  43
 1
 (3) 
 
 (3) 
 
 38
  
Collateralized mortgage obligations117
 1
 (5) 218
   
 (39) 14
 (144) 162
  162
 
 1
 633
 (6) (32) 
 (144) 614
  
Other U.S. debt securities9
 
 (1) 
   
 
 
 
 8
  8
 
 1
 
 
 
 
 
 9
  
Total investment securities available for sale6,867
 62
 16
 3,071
 
 (60) (1,540) 174
 (1,045) 7,545
  7,545
 74
 (28) 1,162
 (82) (1,494) 161
 (1,972) 5,366
  
Other assets:                                        
Derivative instruments:                                        
Derivative instruments, Foreign exchange contracts113
 103
 
 20
   
 (217) 
 
 19
 $(2)19
 36
 
 36
 
 (10) 
 
 81
 $44
Total derivative instruments113
 103
 
 20
 

 
 (217)   
 19
 (2)19
 36
 
 36
 
 (10) 
 
 81
 44
Total assets carried at fair value$6,980
 $165
 $16
 $3,091
 
 $(60) $(1,757) $174
 $(1,045) $7,564
 $(2)$7,564
 $110
 $(28) $1,198
 $(82) $(1,504) $161
 $(1,972) $5,447
 $44
 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 Year Ended December 31, 2014
 Fair Value  as of
December 31, 2013
 Total Realized and
Unrealized (Gains) Losses
 Issuances Settlements 
Fair Value  as of
December 31, 2014
(1)
 Change in
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2014
(In millions)Recorded
in
Revenue
Liabilities:           
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:           
Derivative instruments:           
Foreign exchange contracts$17
 $25
 $39
 $(7) $74
 $35
Other9
 
 
 
 9
 
Total derivative instruments26
 25
 39
 (7) 83
 35
Total liabilities carried at fair value$26
 $25
 $39
 $(7) $83
 $35

138135


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 Year Ended December 31, 2013
 Fair
Value as of
December 31,
2012
 Total Realized and
Unrealized (Gains) Losses
 Purchases Issuances Sales Settlements Transfers
into
Level 3
 Transfers
out of
Level 3
 Fair
Value as of
December 31,
2013
 Change in
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2013
(In millions)Recorded
in
Revenue
 Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Liabilities:                     
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:                     
Derivative instruments:                     
Foreign exchange contracts$106
 $40
     $18
   $(147)     $17
 $(1)
Other9
 
     
   
     9
 
Total derivative instruments115
 40
 
 

 18
 

 (147)     26
 (1)
Total liabilities carried at fair value$115
 $40
 
 
 $18
 
 $(147) 
 
 $26
 $(1)
(1) There were no transfers of liabilities into or out of level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2014.
 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 Year Ended December 31, 2013
 Fair Value  as of December 31,
2012
 Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 Purchases Sales Settlements Transfers
into
Level 3
 Transfers
out of
Level 3
 Fair Value  as of
December 31,
2013
 Change in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2013
(In millions)
Recorded
in
Revenue
 
Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Assets:                   
Investment securities available for sale:                   
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, mortgage-backed securities$825
 $
 $
 $92
 $
 $(109) $
 $(92) $716
  
Asset-backed securities:                   
Student loans588
 2
 12
 79
 (26) (31) 
 (201) 423
  
Credit cards67
 
 
 
 
 (43) 
 
 24
  
Other3,994
 53
 9
 1,721
 (34) (1,188) 
 (23) 4,532
  
Total asset-backed securities4,649
 55
 21
 1,800
 (60) (1,262) 
 (224) 4,979
  
Non-U.S. debt securities:                   
Mortgage-backed securities555
 
 (1) 33
 
 (4) 
 (208) 375
  
Asset-backed securities524
 5
 3
 531
 
 (142) 160
 (283) 798
  
Other140
 
 1
 397
 
 20
 
 (94) 464
  
Total non-U.S. debt securities1,219
 5

3

961



(126)
160
 (585) 1,637
  
State and political subdivisions48
 1
 (2) 
 
 (4) 
 
 43
  
Collateralized mortgage obligations117
 1
 (5) 218
 
 (39) 14
 (144) 162
  
Other U.S. debt securities9
 
 (1) 
 
 
 
 
 8
  
Total investment securities available for sale6,867
 62
 16
 3,071
 (60) (1,540) 174
 (1,045) 7,545
  
Other assets:                   
Derivative instruments:                   
Derivative instruments, Foreign exchange contracts113
 103
 
 20
 
 (217) 
 
 19
 $(2)
Total derivative instruments113
 103
 
 20
 
 (217) 
 
 19
 (2)
Total assets carried at fair value$6,980
 $165
 $16
 $3,091
 $(60) $(1,757) $174
 $(1,045) $7,564
 $(2)


 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 Year Ended December 31, 2013
 Fair Value  as of December 31,
2012
 Total Realized and
Unrealized (Gains) Losses
 Issuances Settlements 
Fair Value  as of
December 31, 2013
(1)
 Change in
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2013
(In millions)Recorded
in
Revenue
 
Liabilities:           
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:           
Derivative instruments:           
Foreign exchange contracts$106
 $40
 $18
 $(147) $17
 $(1)
Other9
 
 
 
 9
 
Total derivative instruments115
 40
 18
 (147) 26
 (1)
Total liabilities carried at fair value$115
 $40
 $18
 $(147) $26
 $(1)
(1) There were no transfers of liabilities into or out of level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2013.


The following table presents total realized and unrealized gains and losses for our level-3 financial assets and liabilities and where they are presented in our consolidated statement of income for the years indicated:

139136


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 Year Ended December 31, 2012
 Fair 
Value as of December 31,
2011
 Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 Purchases Issuances Sales Settlements Transfers
into
Level 3
 Transfers
out of
Level 3
 Fair
Value as of
December 31,
2012
 Change in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2012
(In millions)
Recorded
in
Revenue
 
Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
Assets:                     
Investment securities available for sale:                     
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                     
Mortgage-backed securities$1,189
   $2
 

     $(115) $50
 $(301) $825
  
Asset-backed securities:                     
Student loans860
 $2
 15
 $100
     (48) 
 (341) 588
  
Credit cards91
 6
 (6) 239
   $(62) (86) 21
 (136) 67
  
Other2,798
 41
 69
 1,920
   (12) (788) 12
 (46) 3,994
  
Total asset-backed securities3,749
 49
 78
 2,259
 
 (74) (922) 33
 (523) 4,649
  
Non-U.S. debt securities:                     
Mortgage-backed securities1,457
 
 5
 799
   
 9
 
 (1,715) 555
  
Asset-backed securities1,768
 2
 8
 1,317
   
 (78) 
 (2,493) 524
  
Other71
 
 (2) 539
   
 1
 
 (469) 140
  
Total non-U.S. debt securities3,296
 2
 11
 2,655
 
 
 (68) 
 (4,677) 1,219
  
State and political subdivisions50
 
 (1) 
     (1) 
 
 48
  
Collateralized mortgage obligations227
 369
 3
 283
   (45) (451) 45
 (314) 117
  
Other U.S. debt securities2
 
 
 
   
 (2) 9
 
 9
  
Total investment securities available for sale8,513
 420
 93
 5,197
 
 (119) (1,559) 137
 (5,815) 6,867
  
Other assets:                     
Derivative instruments:                     
Foreign exchange contracts168
 (85) 
 137
   
 (107) 
 
 113
 $(24)
Interest-rate contracts10
 (10) 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total derivative instruments178
 (95) 
 137
 
 
 (107) 
 
 113
 (24)
Total assets carried at fair value$8,691
 $325
 $93
 $5,334
 
 $(119) $(1,666) $137
 $(5,815) $6,980
 $(24)
 Years Ended December 31,
 Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Recorded
in Revenue
 Change in
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Related to
Financial
Instruments Held as of
December 31,
(In millions)2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012
Fee revenue:           
Trading services$11
 $63
 $9
 $9
 $(1) $3
Total fee revenue11
 63
 9
 9
 (1) 3
Net interest revenue74
 62
 420
 
 
 
Total revenue$85
 $125
 $429
 $9
 $(1) $3



140137


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 Year Ended December 31, 2012
 Fair 
Value as of December 31,
2011
 Total Realized and
Unrealized (Gains) Losses
 Purchases Issuances Sales Settlements 
Transfers
into
Level 3
 
Transfers
out of
Level 3
 Fair
Value as of
December 31,
2012
 Change in
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31,
2012
(In millions)
Recorded
in
Revenue
 
Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
Liabilities:                     
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:                     
Derivative instruments:                     
Foreign exchange contracts$161
 $(93)     $133
 

 $(95)     $106
 $(27)
Interest-rate contracts11
 (11)   

 
 

 
     
 
Other9
 
   

 
 

 
     9
 
Total derivative instruments181
 (104) 
 

 133
 

 (95)     115
 (27)
Other20
 
   

 
 
 (20)     
  
Total liabilities carried at fair value$201
 $(104) 
 
 $133
 
 $(115) 
 
 $115
 $(27)

The following table presents total realized and unrealized gains and losses for the years indicated that were recorded in revenue for our level-3 financial assets and liabilities:
 Years Ended December 31,
 
Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Recorded
in Revenue
 
Change in
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Related to
Financial
Instruments Held  as of December 31,
(In millions)2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011
Fee revenue:           
Trading services$63
 $9
 $(13) $(1) $3
 $(9)
Total fee revenue63
 9
 (13) (1) 3
 (9)
Net interest revenue62
 420
 561
 
 
 
Total revenue$125
 $429
 $548
 $(1) $3
 $(9)



141

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents quantitative information, as of the dates indicated, about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our level-3 financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use internally-developed pricing models. The significant unobservable inputs for our level-3 financial assets and liabilities whose fair value is measured using pricing information from non-binding broker or dealer quotes are not included in the table, as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the broker/dealer.


 Quantitative Information about Level-3 Fair-Value Measurements Quantitative Information about Level-3 Fair-Value Measurements
 Fair Value    Weighted-Average Fair Value Weighted-Average
(Dollars in millions) As of December 31, 2013 As of December 31, 2012 Valuation Technique Significant
Unobservable Input
 As of December 31, 2013 As of December 31, 2012 As of December 31, 2014 As of December 31, 2013 Valuation Technique 
Significant
Unobservable Input
(2)
 As of December 31, 2014 As of December 31, 2013
Significant unobservable inputs readily available to State Street:                
Assets:                        
Asset-backed securities, student loans $13
 $12
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 3.5% 6.7% $
 $13
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread % 3.5%
Asset-backed securities, credit cards 24
 67
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 2.0
 7.1
 
 24
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 
 2.0
Asset-backed securities, other 92
 103
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 1.5
 1.5
 59
 92
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 0.2
 1.5
State and political subdivisions 43
 48
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 1.7
 1.9
 38
 43
 Discounted cash flows Credit spread 2.1
 1.7
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts 19
 113
 Option model Volatility 11.4
 9.8
 81
 19
 Option model Volatility 9.1
 11.4
Total $191
 $343
      $178
 $191
    
Liabilities:                
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts $17
 $106
 Option model Volatility 11.2
 9.8
 $74
 $17
 Option model Volatility 9.0
 11.2
Derivative instruments, other(1)
 9
 9
 Discounted cash flows Participant redemptions 7.5
 6.7
 9
 9
 Discounted cash flows Participant redemptions 5.2
 7.5
Total $26
 $115
      $83
 $26
    
    
(1) Relates to stable value wrap contracts; refer to the sensitivity discussion following the tables presented below, and to note 11.10.
(2) Significant changes in these unobservable inputs would result in significant changes in fair value measure.
The following tables present information with respect to the composition of our level-3 financial assets and liabilities, by availability of significant unobservable inputs, as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Readily Available to State Street(1)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Not Developed by State Street and Not Readily Available(2)
 Total Assets and Liabilities with Significant Unobservable Inputs
(In millions)      
Assets:      
Asset-backed securities, student loans $
 $259
 $259
Asset-backed securities, other 59
 3,721
 3,780
Non-U.S. debt securities, asset-backed securities 
 295
 295
Non-U.S. debt securities, other 
 371
 371
State and political subdivisions 38
 
 38
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
 614
 614
Other U.S. debt securities 
 9
 9
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts 81
 
 81
Total $178
 $5,269
 $5,447
Liabilities:      
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts $74
 $
 $74
Derivative instruments, other 9
 
 9
Total $83
 $
 $83
December 31, 2013 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Readily Available to State Street(1)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Not Developed by State Street and Not Readily Available(2)
 Total Assets and Liabilities with Significant Unobservable Inputs
(In millions)      
Assets:      
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, mortgage-backed securities $
 $716
 $716
Asset-backed securities, student loans 13
 410
 423
Asset-backed securities, credit cards 24
 
 24
Asset-backed securities, other 92
 4,440
 4,532
Non-U.S. debt securities, mortgage-backed securities 
 375
 375
Non-U.S. debt securities, asset-backed securities 
 798
 798
Non-U.S. debt securities, other 
 464
 464
State and political subdivisions 43
 
 43
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
 162
 162
Other U.S.debt securities 
 8
 8
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts 19
 
 19
Total $191
 $7,373
 $7,564
Liabilities:      
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts $17
 
 $17
Derivative instruments, other 9
 
 9
Total $26
 
 $26
(1) Information with respect to these model-priced financial assets and liabilities is provided above in a separate table.
(2) Fair value for these financial assets is measured using non-binding broker or dealer quotes.

142138


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Readily Available to State Street(1)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Not Developed by State Street and Not Readily Available(2)
 Total Assets and Liabilities with Significant Unobservable Inputs
December 31, 2013 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Readily Available to State Street(1)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs Not Developed by State Street and Not Readily Available(2)
 Total Assets and Liabilities with Significant Unobservable Inputs
(In millions)            
Assets:            
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, mortgage-backed securities $
 $825
 $825
 $
 $716
 $716
Asset-backed securities, student loans 12
 576
 588
 13
 410
 423
Asset-backed securities, credit cards 67
 
 67
 24
 
 24
Asset-backed securities, other 103
 3,891
 3,994
 92
 4,440
 4,532
Non-U.S. debt securities, mortgage-backed securities 
 555
 555
 
 375
 375
Non-U.S. debt securities, asset-backed securities 
 524
 524
 
 798
 798
Non-U.S. debt securities, other 
 140
 140
 
 464
 464
State and political subdivisions 48
 
 48
 43
 
 43
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
 117
 117
 
 162
 162
Other U.S.debt securities 
 9
 9
Other U.S. debt securities 
 8
 8
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts 113
 
 113
 19
 
 19
Total $343
 $6,637
 $6,980
 $191
 $7,373
 $7,564
Liabilities:            
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts $106
 
 $106
 $17
 $
 $17
Derivative instruments, other 9
 
 9
 9
 
 9
Total $115
 
 $115
 $26
 $
 $26
     
(1) Information with respect to these model-priced financial assets and liabilities is provided above in a separate table.
(2) Fair value for these financial assets is measured using non-binding broker or dealer quotes.
Internally-developed
We use internally-developed pricing models usedthat incorporate discounted cash flow and option model techniques to measure the fair value of our level-3 financial assets and liabilities incorporate discounted cash flow and option modeling techniques.liabilities. Use of these techniques requires the determination of relevant inputs and assumptions, some of which represent significant unobservable inputs as indicated in the preceding table. Accordingly, changes in these unobservable inputs may have a significant impact on fair value.
Certain of these unobservable inputs will, in isolation, have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. Where multiple inputs are used within the valuation technique of an asset or liability, a change in one input in a certain direction may be offset by an opposite change in another input, resulting in a potentially muted impact on the overall fair value of that particular instrument. Additionally, a change in one unobservable input may result in a change to another unobservable input (that is, changes in certain inputs are interrelated to one another), which may counteract or magnify the fair-value impact.
For recurring level-3 fair-value measurements for which significant unobservable inputs are readily available to State Street as of December 31, 2013, the sensitivity of the fair-value measurement to changes in significant unobservable inputs, and a description of any interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, is described below; however, we rarely experience a situation in which those unobservable inputs change in isolation:
The significant unobservable input used in the measurement of the fair value of our asset-backed securities and municipal securities (state and political subdivisions) is the credit spread. Significant increases (decreases) in the credit spread would result in measurements of significantly lower (higher) fair value.
The significant unobservable input used in the measurement of the fair value of our foreign exchange option contracts is the implied volatility surface. A significant increase (decrease) in the implied volatility surface would result in measurements of significantly higher (lower) fair value.
The significant unobservable input used in the measurement of the fair value of our other derivative instruments, specifically stable value wrap contracts, is participant redemptions. Increased volatility of redemptions may result in changes to the measurement of fair value. Generally, significant increases (decreases) in participant redemptions may result in measurements of significantly higher (lower) fair value of this liability.

143

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fair Values of Financial Instruments:Value Estimates:
Estimates of fair value for financial instruments not carried at fair value on a recurring basis in our consolidated statement of condition as defined by GAAP, are generally subjective in nature, and are determined as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. Disclosure of fair-value estimates is not required by GAAP for certain items, such as lease financing, equity-method investments, obligations for pension and other post-retirement plans, premises and equipment, other intangible assets and income-tax assets and liabilities. Accordingly, aggregate fair-value estimates presented do not purport to represent, and should not be considered representative of, our underlying “market” or franchise value. In addition, because of potential differences in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate fair values, our estimates of fair value should not be compared to those of other financial institutions.
We use the following methods to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments:
For financial instruments that have quoted market prices, those quoted prices are used to estimate fair value.
For financial instruments that have no defined maturity, have a remaining maturity of 180 days or less, or reprice frequently to a market rate, we assume that the fair value of these


139


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

instruments approximates their reported value, after taking into consideration any applicable credit risk.
For financial instruments for which no quoted market prices are available, fair value is estimated using information obtained from independent third parties, or by discounting the expected cash flows using an estimated current market interest rate for the financial instrument.
The generally short duration of certain of our assets and liabilities results in a significant number of financial instruments for which fair value equals or closely approximates the amount recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. These financial instruments are reported in the following captions in our consolidated statement of condition: cash and due from banks; interest-bearing deposits with banks; securities purchased under resale agreements; accrued interest and fees receivable; deposits; securities sold under repurchase agreements; federal funds purchased; and other short-term borrowings.
In addition, due to the relatively short duration of certain of our net loans (excluding leases), we consider fair value for these loans to approximate their reported value. The fair value of other types of loans, such as senior secured bank loans, commercial real estate loans, purchased receivables and commercial real estatemunicipal loans is estimated using information obtained from independent third parties or by discounting expected future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for the same remaining maturities. Commitments to lend have no reported value because their terms are at prevailing market rates.
The following tables present the reported amounts and estimated fair values of the financial instruments defined by GAAP, excluding financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value on a recurring basis, as they would be categorized within the fair-value hierarchy, as of the dates indicated.

144
      Fair-Value Hierarchy
December 31, 2014 Reported Amount  Estimated Fair Value Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) Pricing Methods with Significant Observable Market Inputs (Level 2)  Pricing Methods with Significant Unobservable Market Inputs (Level 3)
(In millions)          
Financial Assets:          
Cash and due from banks $1,855
 $1,855
 $1,855
 $
 $
Interest-bearing deposits with banks 93,523
 93,523
 
 93,523
 
Securities purchased under resale agreements 2,390
 2,390
 
 2,390
 
Investment securities held to maturity 17,723
 17,842
 
 17,842
 
Net loans (excluding leases) 17,158
 17,131
 
 16,964
 167
Financial Liabilities:          
Deposits:          
     Noninterest-bearing $70,490
 $70,490
 $
 $70,490
 $
     Interest-bearing - U.S. 33,012
 33,012
 
 33,012
 
     Interest-bearing - non-U.S. 105,538
 105,538
 
 105,538
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 8,925
 8,925
 
 8,925
 
Federal funds purchased 21
 21
 
 21
 
Other short-term borrowings 4,381
 4,381
 
 4,381
 
Long-term debt 10,042
 10,229
 
 9,382
 847

140


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

      Fair-Value Hierarchy
December 31, 2013 Reported Amount  Estimated Fair Value Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) Pricing Methods with Significant Observable Market Inputs (Level 2)  Pricing Methods with Significant Unobservable Market Inputs (Level 3)
(In millions)          
Financial Assets:          
Cash and due from banks $3,220
 $3,220
 $3,220
 $
 $
Interest-bearing deposits with banks 64,257
 64,257
 
 64,257
 
Securities purchased under resale agreements 6,230
 6,230
 
 6,230
 
Investment securities held to maturity 17,740
 17,560
 
 17,560
 
Net loans (excluding leases) 12,363
 12,355
 
 11,908
 447
Financial Liabilities:          
Deposits:          
     Noninterest-bearing $65,614
 $65,614
 $
 $65,614
 $
     Interest-bearing - U.S. 13,392
 13,392
 
 13,392
 
     Interest-bearing - non-U.S. 103,262
 103,262
 
 103,262
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 7,953
 7,953
 
 7,953
 
Federal funds purchased 19
 19
 
 19
 
Other short-term borrowings 3,780
 3,780
 
 3,780
 
Long-term debt 9,699
 10,023
 
 9,056
 967

     Fair-Value Hierarchy     Fair-Value Hierarchy
December 31, 2012 Reported Amount  Estimated Fair Value Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) Pricing Methods with Significant Observable Market Inputs (Level 2)  Pricing Methods with Significant Unobservable Market Inputs (Level 3)
December 31, 2013 Reported Amount  Estimated Fair Value Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) Pricing Methods with Significant Observable Market Inputs (Level 2)  Pricing Methods with Significant Unobservable Market Inputs (Level 3)
(In millions)                    
Financial Assets:                    
Cash and due from banks $2,590
 $2,590
 $2,590
 $
 $
 $3,220
 $3,220
 $3,220
 $
 $
Interest-bearing deposits with banks 50,763
 50,763
 
 50,763
 
 64,257
 64,257
 
 64,257
 
Securities purchased under resale agreements 5,016
 5,016
 
 5,016
 
 6,230
 6,230
 
 6,230
 
Investment securities held to maturity 11,379
 11,661
 
 11,661
 
 17,740
 17,560
 
 17,560
 
Net loans (excluding leases) 11,121
 11,166
 
 10,316
 850
 12,363
 12,355
 
 11,908
 447
Financial Liabilities:                    
Deposits:                    
Noninterest-bearing $44,445
 $44,445
 $
 $44,445
 $
 $65,614
 $65,614
 $
 $65,614
 $
Interest-bearing - U.S. 19,201
 19,201
 
 19,201
 
 13,392
 13,392
 
 13,392
 
Interest-bearing - non-U.S. 100,535
 100,535
 
 100,535
 
 103,262
 103,262
 
 103,262
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 8,006
 8,006
 
 8,006
 
 7,953
 7,953
 
 7,953
 
Federal funds purchased 399
 399
 
 399
 
 19
 19
 
 19
 
Other short-term borrowings 4,502
 4,502
 
 4,502
 
 3,780
 3,780
 
 3,780
 
Long-term debt 7,429
 7,780
 
 6,871
 909
 9,699
 9,809
 
 8,956
 853


145141


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 43.    Investment Securities
Investment securities held by us are classified as either trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity at the time of purchase, based on management’s intent.
Generally, trading assets are debt and equity securities purchased in connection with our trading activities and, as such, are expected to be sold in the near term. Our trading activities typically involve active and frequent buying and selling with the objective of generating profits on short-term movements. Securities available-for-sale are those securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time. Available-for-sale securities include securities utilized as part of our asset-and-liability management activities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity
needs or other factors. Securities held to maturity are debt securities that management has the intent and the ability to hold to maturity.
Trading assets are carried at fair value. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading assets are recorded in trading services revenue in our consolidated statement of income. Debt and marketable equity securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, and after-tax net unrealized gains and losses are recorded in AOCI. Gains or losses realized on sales of available-for-sale securities are computed using the specific identification method and are recorded in gains (losses) related to investment securities, net, in our consolidated statement of income. Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.


142


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value, and associated unrealized gains and losses, of investment securities as of December 31:the dates indicated:
2013 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
(In millions)Gains Losses Gains Losses Gains Losses Gains Losses 
Available for sale:                              
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                              
Direct obligations$702
 $9
 $2
 $709
 $823
 $19
 $1
 $841
$10,573
 $83
 $1
 $10,655
 $702
 $9
 $2
 $709
Mortgage-backed securities23,744
 211
 392
 23,563
 31,640
 598
 26
 32,212
20,648
 193
 127
 20,714
 23,744
 211
 392
 23,563
Asset-backed securities:                              
Student loans(1)
14,718
 92
 268
 14,542
 16,829
 100
 508
 16,421
12,478
 106
 124
 12,460
 14,718
 92
 268
 14,542
Credit cards8,230
 21
 41
 8,210
 9,928
 61
 3
 9,986
3,077
 10
 34
 3,053
 8,230
 21
 41
 8,210
Sub-prime1,291
 3
 91
 1,203
 1,557
 4
 162
 1,399
1,005
 2
 56
 951
 1,291
 3
 91
 1,203
Other4,949
 138
 23
 5,064
 4,583
 155
 61
 4,677
Other(2)
4,055
 100
 10
 4,145
 4,949
 138
 23
 5,064
Total asset-backed securities29,188
 254
 423
 29,019
 32,897
 320
 734
 32,483
20,615
 218
 224
 20,609
 29,188
 254
 423
 29,019
Non-U.S. debt securities:                              
Mortgage-backed securities10,808
 230
 9
 11,029
 11,119
 313
 27
 11,405
9,442
 168
 4
 9,606
 10,808
 230
 9
 11,029
Asset-backed securities5,369
 23
 2
 5,390
 6,180
 42
 4
 6,218
3,215
 11
 
 3,226
 5,369
 23
 2
 5,390
Government securities3,759
 2
 
 3,761
 3,197
 2
 
 3,199
3,899
 10
 
 3,909
 3,759
 2
 
 3,761
Other4,679
 59
 11
 4,727
 4,221
 86
 1
 4,306
Other(3)
5,383
 52
 7
 5,428
 4,679
 59
 11
 4,727
Total non-U.S. debt securities24,615
 314
 22
 24,907
 24,717
 443
 32
 25,128
21,939
 241
 11
 22,169
 24,615
 314
 22
 24,907
State and political subdivisions10,301
 160
 198
 10,263
 7,384
 234
 67
 7,551
10,532
 325
 37
 10,820
 10,301
 160
 198
 10,263
Collateralized mortgage obligations5,275
 70
 76
 5,269
 4,818
 151
 15
 4,954
5,280
 71
 12
 5,339
 5,275
 70
 76
 5,269
Other U.S. debt securities4,876
 138
 34
 4,980
 5,072
 233
 7
 5,298
4,033
 88
 12
 4,109
 4,876
 138
 34
 4,980
U.S. equity securities28
 6
 
 34
 28
 3
 
 31
29
 10
 
 39
 28
 6
 
 34
Non-U.S. equity securities1
 
 
 1
 1
 
 
 1
2
 
 
 2
 1
 
 
 1
U.S. money-market mutual funds422
 
 
 422
 1,062
 
 
 1,062
449
 
 
 449
 422
 
 
 422
Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds7
 
 
 7
 121
 
 
 121
8
 
 
 8
 7
 
 
 7
Total$99,159
 $1,162
 $1,147
 $99,174
 $108,563
 $2,001
 $882
 $109,682
$94,108
 $1,229
 $424
 $94,913
 $99,159
 $1,162
 $1,147
 $99,174
Held to maturity:                              
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                              
Direct obligations$5,041
 $
 $448
 $4,593
 $5,000
 $
 $8
 $4,992
$5,114
 $
 $147
 $4,967
 $5,041
 $
 $448
 $4,593
Mortgage-backed securities91
 6
 
 97
 153
 11
 
 164
62
 4
 
 66
 91
 6
 
 97
Asset-backed securities:                              
Student loans(1)
1,627
 
 10
 1,617
 
 
 
 
1,814
 2
 4
 1,812
 1,627
 
 10
 1,617
Credit cards762
 1
 
 763
 
 
 
 
897
 2
 
 899
 762
 1
 
 763
Other782
 1
 2
 781
 16
 
 
 16
577
 3
 1
 579
 782
 1
 2
 781
Total asset-backed securities3,171
 2
 12
 3,161
 16
 
 
 16
3,288
 7
 5
 3,290
 3,171
 2
 12
 3,161
Non-U.S. debt securities:                              
Mortgage-backed securities4,211
 150
 48
 4,313
 3,122
 85
 68
 3,139
3,787
 177
 22
 3,942
 4,211
 150
 48
 4,313
Asset-backed securities2,202
 19
 
 2,221
 434
 16
 1
 449
2,868
 14
 1
 2,881
 2,202
 19
 
 2,221
Government securities2
 
 
 2
 3
 
 
 3
154
 
 
 154
 2
 
 
 2
Other192
 
 
 192
 167
 
 2
 165
72
 
 
 72
 192
 
 
 192
Total non-U.S. debt securities6,607
 169
 48
 6,728
 3,726
 101
 71
 3,756
6,881
 191
 23
 7,049
 6,607
 169
 48
 6,728
State and political subdivisions24
 1
 
 25
 74
 2
 
 76
9
 
 
 9
 24
 1
 
 25
Collateralized mortgage obligations2,806
 176
 26
 2,956
 2,410
 259
 12
 2,657
2,369
 107
 15
 2,461
 2,806
 176
 26
 2,956
Total$17,740
 $354
 $534
 $17,560
 $11,379
 $373
 $91
 $11,661
$17,723
 $309
 $190
 $17,842
 $17,740
 $354
 $534
 $17,560
    
(1) Substantially composed of securities guaranteed by the federal government with respect to at least 97% of defaulted principal and
accrued interest on the underlying loans.
(2) As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of other asset-backed securities was composed primarily of $3.8 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively, of collateralized loan obligations and approximately $315 million and approximately $470 million, respectively, of automobile loan securities.
(3) As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of other non-U.S. debt securities was composed primarily of $3.3 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, of covered bonds and $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, of corporate bonds.


146143


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Aggregate investment securities carried at $46.99with carrying values of $44.02 billion and $46.66$46.99 billion as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively, were designated as pledged for public and trust deposits,
short-term borrowings and for other purposes as provided by law.



The following tables present the aggregate fair values of investment securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months,, and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer, as of the dates indicated:
Less than 12 months 12 months or longer TotalLess than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
December 31, 2013
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2014
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In millions)
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Available for sale:            
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                      
Direct obligations$182
 $1
 $113
 $1
 $295
 $2
$
 $
 $167
 $1
 $167
 $1
Mortgage-backed securities10,562
 316
 2,389
 76
 12,951
 392
2,569
 9
 6,466
 118
 9,035
 127
Asset-backed securities:                      
Student loans1,930
 16
 7,252
 252
 9,182
 268
1,473
 15
 5,025
 109
 6,498
 124
Credit cards3,714
 30
 161
 11
 3,875
 41
344
 1
 1,270
 33
 1,614
 34
Sub-prime
 
 1,150
 91
 1,150
 91

 
 896
 56
 896
 56
Other1,896
 12
 439
 11
 2,335
 23
547
 1
 791
 9
 1,338
 10
Total asset-backed securities7,540
 58
 9,002
 365
 16,542
 423
2,364
 17
 7,982
 207
 10,346
 224
Non-U.S. debt securities:                      
Mortgage-backed securities868
 2
 258
 7
 1,126
 9
1,350
 2
 170
 2
 1,520
 4
Asset-backed securities551
 1
 16
 1
 567
 2
Other1,655
 9
 150
 2
 1,805
 11
581
 4
 328
 3
 909
 7
Total non-U.S. debt securities3,074
 12
 424
 10
 3,498
 22
1,931
 6
 498
 5
 2,429
 11
State and political subdivisions3,242
 113
 1,268
 85
 4,510
 198
610
 3
 1,315
 34
 1,925
 37
Collateralized mortgage obligations1,581
 55
 510
 21
 2,091
 76
731
 2
 311
 10
 1,042
 12
Other U.S. debt securities1,039
 25
 58
 9
 1,097
 34
327
 2
 244
 10
 571
 12
Total$27,220
 $580
 $13,764
 $567
 $40,984
 $1,147
$8,532
 $39
 $16,983
 $385
 $25,515
 $424
Held to maturity:                      
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                      
Direct obligations$4,571
 $448
 $
 $
 $4,571
 $448
$76
 $1
 $4,891
 $146
 $4,967
 $147
Asset-backed securities:                      
Student loans1,352
 10
 
 
 1,352
 10
780
 3
 192
 1
 972
 4
Other297
 1
 29
 1
 326
 2
124
 1
 
 
 124
 1
Total asset-backed securities1,649
 11
 29
 1
 1,678
 12
904
 4
 192
 1
 1,096
 5
Non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities834
 3
 878
 45
 1,712
 48
Non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities:           
Mortgage-backed securities507
 3
 590
 19
 1,097
 22
Asset-backed securities699
 1
 
 
 699
 1
Total non-U.S. debt securities1,206
 4
 590
 19
 1,796
 23
Collateralized mortgage obligations759
 18
 161
 8
 920
 26
422
 4
 547
 11
 969
 15
Total$7,813
 $480
 $1,068
 $54
 $8,881
 $534
$2,608
 $13
 $6,220
 $177
 $8,828
 $190


147144


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Less than 12 months 12 months or longer TotalLess than 12 months 12 months or longer Total
December 31, 2012
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2013
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In millions)
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Available for sale:            
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                      
Direct obligations$
 $
 $132
 $1
 $132
 $1
$182
 $1
 $113
 $1
 $295
 $2
Mortgage-backed securities3,486
 18
 865
 8
 4,351
 26
10,562
 316
 2,389
 76
 12,951
 392
Asset-backed securities:                      
Student loans625
 6
 10,241
 502
 10,866
 508
1,930
 16
 7,252
 252
 9,182
 268
Credit cards888
 3
 
 
 888
 3
3,714
 30
 161
 11
 3,875
 41
Sub-prime
 
 1,346
 162
 1,346
 162

 
 1,150
 91
 1,150
 91
Other639
 13
 989
 48
 1,628
 61
1,896
 12
 439
 11
 2,335
 23
Total asset-backed securities2,152
 22
 12,576
 712
 14,728
 734
7,540
 58
 9,002
 365
 16,542
 423
Non-U.S. debt securities:                      
Mortgage-backed securities670
 3
 453
 24
 1,123
 27
868
 2
 258
 7
 1,126
 9
Asset-backed securities973
 1
 53
 3
 1,026
 4
551
 1
 16
 1
 567
 2
Other509
 1
 
 
 509
 1
1,655
 9
 150
 2
 1,805
 11
Total non-U.S. debt securities2,152
 5
 506
 27
 2,658
 32
3,074
 12
 424
 10
 3,498
 22
State and political subdivisions685
 9
 1,152
 58
 1,837
 67
3,242
 113
 1,268
 85
 4,510
 198
Collateralized mortgage obligations347
 1
 621
 14
 968
 15
1,581
 55
 510
 21
 2,091
 76
Other U.S. debt securities302
 1
 33
 6
 335
 7
1,039
 25
 58
 9
 1,097
 34
Total$9,124
 $56
 $15,885
 $826
 $25,009
 $882
$27,220
 $580
 $13,764
 $567
 $40,984
 $1,147
Held to maturity:                      
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:                      
Direct obligations$3,792
 $8
 $
 $
 $3,792
 $8
$4,571
 $448
 $
 $
 $4,571
 $448
Non-U.S. debt securities:           
Mortgage-backed securities56
 1
 956
 67
 1,012
 68
Asset-backed securities
 
 73
 1
 73
 1
Asset-backed securities:           
Student Loans1,352
 10
 
 
 1,352
 10
Other
 
 156
 2
 156
 2
297
 1
 29
 1
 326
 2
Total non-U.S. debt securities56
 1
 1,185
 70
 1,241
 71
Total asset-backed securities1,649
 11
 29
 1
 1,678
 12
Non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities834
 3
 878
 45
 1,712
 48
Collateralized mortgage obligations120
 1
 153
 11
 273
 12
759
 18
 161
 8
 920
 26
Total$3,968
 $10
 $1,338
 $81
 $5,306
 $91
$7,813
 $480
 $1,068
 $54
 $8,881
 $534

148145


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)



The following table presents contractual maturities of debt investment securities as of December 31, 2013:2014:
(In millions)
Under 1
Year
 
1 to 5
Years
 
6 to 10
Years
 
Over 10
Years
Under 1
Year
 
1 to 5
Years
 
6 to 10
Years
 
Over 10
Years
Available for sale:              
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:              
Direct obligations$1
 $36
 $46
 $626
$
 $6,841
 $3,287
 $527
Mortgage-backed securities272
 2,267
 5,331
 15,693
107
 2,389
 4,421
 13,797
Asset-backed securities:              
Student loans927
 6,400
 4,546
 2,669
515
 6,100
 3,823
 2,022
Credit cards2,629
 3,366
 2,215
 
381
 1,562
 1,110
 
Sub-prime33
 20
 2
 1,148
3
 13
 1
 934
Other304
 1,603
 1,438
 1,719
244
 961
 1,268
 1,672
Total asset-backed securities3,893
 11,389
 8,201
 5,536
1,143
 8,636
 6,202
 4,628
Non-U.S. debt securities:              
Mortgage-backed securities883
 5,791
 150
 4,205
2,315
 3,463
 576
 3,252
Asset-backed securities432
 4,235
 592
 131
272
 2,698
 166
 90
Government securities2,727
 1,034
 
 
2,321
 1,588
 
 
Other1,201
 2,871
 655
 
1,757
 2,801
 870
 
Total non-U.S. debt securities5,243
 13,931
 1,397
 4,336
6,665
 10,550
 1,612
 3,342
State and political subdivisions690
 3,152
 3,884
 2,537
699
 3,003
 4,715
 2,403
Collateralized mortgage obligations421
 1,633
 1,240
 1,975
227
 1,149
 1,072
 2,891
Other U.S. debt securities299
 3,919
 729
 33
814
 2,967
 294
 34
Total$10,819
 $36,327
 $20,828
 $30,736
$9,655
 $35,535
 $21,603
 $27,622
Held to maturity:              
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:              
Direct obligations$
 $
 $5,000
 $41
$
 $
 $5,000
 $114
Mortgage-backed securities
 22
 18
 51
1
 11
 12
 38
Asset-backed securities       
Asset-backed securities:       
Student loans18
 152
 221
 1,236
6
 182
 375
 1,251
Credit cards
 278
 484
 

 375
 522
 
Other
 493
 284
 5
15
 367
 191
 4
Total asset-backed securities18
 923
 989
 1,241
21
 924
 1,088
 1,255
Non-U.S. debt securities:              
Mortgage-backed securities
 1,141
 179
 2,891
503
 1,102
 157
 2,025
Asset-backed securities140
 1,828
 234
 
105
 2,567
 196
 
Government securities2
 
 
 
154
 
 
 
Other165
 25
 
 2

 72
 
 
Total non-U.S. debt securities307
 2,994
 413
 2,893
762
 3,741
 353
 2,025
State and political subdivisions15
 9
 
 
7
 2
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations187
 1,065
 495
 1,059
574
 460
 498
 837
Total$527
 $5,013
 $6,915
 $5,285
$1,365
 $5,138
 $6,951
 $4,269
The maturities of asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations are based on expected principal payments.

149146


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presentstables present gross realized gains and gross realized losses from sales of available-for-sale securities, and the components of net impairment losses included in net gains and losses related to investment securities, for the years ended December 31:31:
(In millions)2014 2013 2012
Gross realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities$64
 $104
 $101
Gross realized losses from sales of available-for-sale securities(1)
(49) (90) (46)
Net impairment losses:     
Gross losses from other-than-temporary impairment(1) (21) (53)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(10) (2) 21
Net impairment losses(2)
(11) (23) (32)
Gains related to investment securities, net$4
 $(9) $23
(2) Net impairment losses, recognized in our consolidated statement of income, were composed of the following:
     
Impairment associated with expected credit losses$(10) $(11) $(16)
Impairment associated with management's intent to sell impaired securities prior to recovery in value

 (6) 
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows(1) (6) (16)
Net impairment losses$(11) $(23) $(32)
(In millions)2013 2012 2011
Gross realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities$104
 $101
 $152
Gross realized losses from sales of available-for-sale securities(1)
(90) (46) (12)
Gross losses from other-than-temporary impairment(21) (53) (123)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income(2) 21
 50
Net impairment losses recognized in consolidated statement of income(23) (32) (73)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net$(9) $23
 $67
Impairment associated with expected credit losses$(11) $(16) $(42)
Impairment associated with management's intent to sell impaired securities prior to recovery in value(6) 
 (8)
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows(6) (16) (23)
Net impairment losses recognized in consolidated statement of income$(23) $(32) $(73)
   
(1) Amount for the year endedDecember 31, 2012 represented a pre-tax loss from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities, which had an aggregate carrying value of approximately $91 million.$91 million.
The following table presents activitya roll-forward with respect to net impairment losses that have been recognized in income for the years ended December 31:
31:
(In millions)2013 2012 2011
Beginning balance$124
 $113
 $63
Plus losses for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized14
 4
 10
Plus losses for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized9
 28
 63
Less previously recognized losses related to securities sold or matured(25) (21) (13)
Less losses related to securities intended or required to be sold
 
 (10)
Ending balance$122
 $124
 $113
(In millions)2014 2013 2012
Balance, beginning of period$122
 $124
 $113
Additions:     
Losses for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized
 14
 4
Losses for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized11
 9
 28
Reductions:     
Previously recognized losses related to securities sold or matured(12) (25) (21)
Losses related to securities intended or required to be sold(6) 
 
Balance, end of period$115
 $122
 $124
Interest revenue related to debt securities is recognized in our consolidated statement of income
using the interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the contractual or estimated life of the security. The level rate of return considers any nonrefundable fees or costs, as well as purchase premiums or discounts, resulting in amortization or accretion, accordingly.
For debt securities acquired for which we consider it probable as of the date of acquisition that we will be unable to collect all contractually required principal, interest and other payments, the excess of our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows from these securities over their initial recorded investment is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the securities’ estimated remaining terms. Subsequent decreases in these securities’ expected future cash flows are either recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yields on the securities over their remaining terms, or are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment. Increases in expected future cash flows are recognized prospectively over the securities’ estimated remaining terms through the recalculation of their yields.
For certain debt securities acquired which are considered to be beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, the excess of our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows from these securities over their initial recorded investment is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the securities’ estimated remaining terms. Subsequent decreases in these securities’ expected future cash flows are either recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yields on the securities over their remaining terms, or are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment. Increases in expected future cash flows are recognized prospectively over the securities’ estimated remaining terms through the recalculation of their yields.
Impairment:
We conduct periodic reviews of individual securities to assess whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. Impairment exists when the current fair value of an individual security is below its amortized cost basis. When the decline in the security's fair value is deemed to be other than temporary, the loss is recorded in our consolidated statement of income. In addition, for debt securities available for sale and held to maturity, impairment is recorded in our consolidated statement of income when management intends to sell (or may be required to sell) the securities before they recover in value, or when management expects the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the securities to be less than the amortized cost of the impaired security (a credit loss).


147


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Our review of impaired securities generally includes:
the identification and evaluation of securities that have indications of potential other-than-temporary impairment, such as issuer-specific concerns, including deteriorating financial condition or bankruptcy;
the analysis of expected future cash flows of securities, based on quantitative and qualitative factors;
the analysis of the collectabilitycollectibility of those future cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts;
the analysis of the underlying collateral for mortgage- and asset-backed securities;

150

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the analysis of individual impaired securities, including consideration of the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, the anticipated recovery period, and the magnitude of the overall price decline;
discussion and evaluation of factors or triggers that could cause individual securities to be deemed other-than- temporarilyother-than-temporarily impaired and those that would not support other-than-temporary impairment; and
documentation of the results of these analyses.
Factors considered in determining whether impairment is other than temporary include:
certain macroeconomic drivers;
certain industry-specific drivers;
the length of time the security has been impaired;
the severity of the impairment;
the cause of the impairment and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer;
activity in the market with respect to the issuer's securities, which may indicate adverse credit conditions; and
our intention not to sell, and the likelihood that we will not be required to sell, the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for its recovery in value.
Substantially all of our investment securities portfolio is composed of debt securities. A critical component of our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of these debt securities is the identification of credit-impaired securities for which
management does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.
Debt securities that are not deemed to be credit-impaired are subject to additional management analysis to assess whether management intends to sell, or, more likely than not, would be required to sell, the security before the expected recovery toof its amortized cost basis.
The following describesprovides a description of our process for the identification and assessment of other-than-temporary impairment, as well as information about other-than-temporary impairment recorded in the years ended 2014 and 2013 and changes in period-end unrealized losses, for major security types with the most significant gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2013.2014.
U.S. Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
Our portfolio of U.S. agency residentialdirect obligations and mortgage-backed securities receives the implicit or explicit backing of the U.S. government in conjunction with specified financial support of the U.S. Treasury. We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in the years ended December 31, 20132014 or 2012.2013. The overall improvement in the unrealized losses on these securities as of December 31, 2013 were2014 was primarily attributable to fluctuationsnarrowing spreads in interest rates in 2013.2014.
Asset-Backed Securities - Student Loans
Asset-backed securities collateralized by student loans are primarily composed of securities collateralized by Federal Family Education Loan Program, or FFELP, loans. FFELP loans benefit from a federal government guarantee of at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest, with additional credit support provided in the form of over-collateralization, subordination and excess spread, which collectively total in excess of 100%. Accordingly, the vast majority of FFELP loan-backed securities are protected from traditional consumer credit risk.
We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in the years ended December 31, 20132014 or 2012.2013. The gross unrealized losses in our FFELP loan-backed securities portfolio as of December 31, 20132014 were primarily attributable to lower liquidity and the lower spreads on these securities relative to those associated with more current issuances.
Our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of these securities considers, among many other factors, the strength of the U.S. government guarantee, the performance of the underlying collateral, and the remaining average term


148


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of the FFELP loan-backed securities portfolio, which was approximately 4.94.4 years as of December 31, 2013.2014.
Our total exposure to private student loan-backed securities was less than $900$700 million as of December 31, 2013.2014. Our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of private student loan-backed securities considers, among other factors, the impact of high unemployment rates on the collateral performance of private student loans.

151

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in the years ended December 31, 20132014 or 2012.

2013.
Non-U.S. Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities
Non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities are primarily composed of U.K., Australian and Dutch securities collateralized by residential mortgages and German securities collateralized by automobile loans.loans and leases. Our assessment of impairment with respect to these securities considers the location of the underlying collateral, collateral enhancement and structural features, expected credit losses under base-case and stressed conditions and the macroeconomic outlook for the country in which the collateral is located, including housing prices and unemployment. Where appropriate, any potential loss after consideration of the above-referenced factors is further evaluated to determine whether any other-than-temporary impairment exists.
In the year ended December 31, 2013, weWe recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $12$1 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, on certain of our non-U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities in our consolidated statement of income of which $6 million was associated with management's intent to sell an impaired security prior to its recovery in value, and $6 million resulted from adverse changes in the timing of expected future cash flows from certain securities.
In the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $22 million, substantially related to non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities, of which $6 million was associated with expected credit losses, and $16 million resulted from adverse changes in the timing of expected future cash flows from the securities.
Our aggregate exposure to Spain, Italy, Ireland and Portugal with respect to mortgage- and asset-backed securities totaled approximately $574 million as of In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2013,, composed we recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $271$6 million on these securities in Spain, $105 millionour consolidated statement of income associated with management's intent to sell the impaired security prior to its recovery in Italy, $120 million in Ireland and $78 million in Portugal. We had no direct sovereign debt exposure to any of these countries as of that date. As of December 31, 2013, these mortgage- and asset-backed securities had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $69 million, composed of gross unrealized gains of $84 million and gross unrealized losses of $15 million.value.
Our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of these securities takes into account government intervention in the corresponding mortgage markets and assumes a negativeconservative baseline macroeconomic environment for this region, due to a combination offactoring in slower economic growth and continued government austerity measures. Our baseline view assumes a recessionary period characterized by high unemployment and by additional housing price declines of between 12%5% and 19%15% across these four countries. Our evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment in our base case does not assume a
disorderly sovereign-debt restructuring or a break-up of the Eurozone. In addition, we perform stress testing and sensitivity analysis is performed in order to understand the impact of more severe assumptions on potential other-than-temporary impairment.
State and Political Subdivisions and Other U.S. Debt Securities
Our municipal securities portfolio primarily includes securities issued by U.S. states and their municipalities. A portion of this portfolio is held in connection with our tax-exempt investment program, more fully described in note 12.12. Our portfolio of other U.S. debt securities is primarily composed of securities issued by U.S. corporations. The gross unrealized losses in each portfolio as of December 31, 2013 were primarily attributable to fluctuations in interest rates in 2013. 
Our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of these portfolios considers, among other factors, adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of the issuer; the structure of the security, including collateral, if any, and payment schedule; rating agency changes to the security's credit rating; the volatility of the fair value changes; and our intent and ability to hold the security until its recovery in value.  If the impairment of the security is credit-related, we estimate the future cash flows from the security, tailored to the security and considering the above-described factors, and any resulting impairment deemed to be other than temporaryother-than-temporary is recorded in our consolidated statement of income.  
We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in 2014 or 2013. The decline in the years ended unrealized losses on these securities as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.2014 was primarily attributable to the narrowing of spreads and U.S. Treasury rates in 2014.
U.S. Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
ForWe assess other-than-temporary impairment of our portfolio of U.S. non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities we assess other-than-temporary impairment using cash-flowcash flow models, tailored for each security, that estimate the future cash flows from the underlying

152

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

mortgages, using the security-specific collateral and transaction structure. Estimates of future cash flows are subject to management judgment. The future cash flows and performance of our portfolio of U.S. non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities are a function of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the condition of the U.S. economy, the condition of the U.S. residential mortgage markets, and the level of loan defaults, prepayments and loss severities. Management's estimates of future losses for each security also consider the underwriting and historical


149


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

performance of each specific security, the underlying collateral type, vintage, borrower profile, third-party guarantees, current levels of subordination, geography and other factors.
We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in the year ended December 31, 2013. We recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $10 million on these securities in our consolidated statement of income in the year ended December 31, 2012, all associated with expected credit losses.2014 or 2013.
U.S. Non-Agency Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities
With respect to our portfolio of U.S. non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, other-than-temporary impairment is assessed by considering a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the condition of the U.S. economy and the condition of the U.S. commercial real estate market, as well as capitalization rates. Management estimates of future losses for each security also consider the underlying collateral type, property location, vintage, debt-service coverage ratios, expected property income, servicer advances and estimated property values, as well as current levels of subordination. We recorded $11$10 million of other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in our consolidated statement of income in the year ended December 31, 2013, all associated with expected credit losses. We recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on these securities in the year ended December 31, 2012.2014, all associated with expected credit losses. In the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $11 million of other than temporary impairment on these securities, all associated with expected credit losses.
*****
The estimates, assumptions and other risk factors utilized in our assessment of impairment as described above are used by management to identify securities which are subject to further analysis of potential credit losses. Additional analyses are performed using more stressful assumptions to further evaluate the sensitivity of losses relative to the above-described factors. However, since the assumptions are based on the unique characteristics of each security, management uses a range of estimates for prepayment speeds, default, and loss severity forecasts that reflect the collateral profile of the securities within each asset class. In addition, in measuring expected credit losses, the individual characteristics of each security are examined to determine whether any additional factors would increase or mitigate the expected loss. Once losses are determined, the timing of the loss will also affect the ultimate other-than-temporary impairment, since the loss is ultimately subject to a discount commensurate with the purchase yield of the security.
In the aggregate, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment of $23 million and $32 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as summarized below:
Year ended December 31, 2013:
$11 million (U.S. non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities) was associated with expected credit losses;
$6 million (non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities) resulted from management's intent to sell an impaired security prior to its recovery in value; and
$6 million (non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities) resulted from adverse changes in the timing of expected future cash flows from certain of the securities.
Year ended December 31, 2012:
$16 million ($10 million on U.S. non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and $6 million on non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities) was associated with expected credit losses; and
$16 million (non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities) resulted from adverse changes in the timing of expected future cash flows from certain of the securities.
After a review of the investment portfolio, taking into consideration current economic conditions, adverse situations that might affect our ability to fully collect principal and interest, the timing of future payments, the credit quality and performance of the
collateral underlying mortgage- and asset-backed securities and other relevant factors, and excluding other-than-temporary impairment recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, management considers the aggregate decline in fair value of the investment securities portfolio and the resulting

153

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

gross pre-tax unrealized losses of $1.68 billion$614 million as of December 31, 2013,2014, related to 2,5551,482 securities, to be temporary, and not the result of any material changes in the credit characteristics of the securities.
Note 4.    Loans and Leases
Loans are generally recorded at their principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, unearned income, and any net unamortized deferred loan origination fees. Acquired loans have been initially recorded at fair value based on management’s expectation with respect to future principal and interest collection as of the date of acquisition. Acquired loans are held for investment, and as such their initial fair value is not adjusted subsequent to acquisition.
Interest revenue related to loans is recognized in our consolidated statement of income using the interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan. Fees received for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that we anticipate will result in loans typically are deferred and amortized to interest revenue over the term of the related loan, beginning with the initial borrowing. Fees on commitments and letters of credit are amortized to processing fees and other revenue over the commitment period when funding is not known or expected.
Leveraged-lease investments are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of non-recourse debt and unearned income. Lease residual values are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recorded against processing fees and other revenue. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases. Gains and losses on residual values of leased equipment sold are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.


154150


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5.    Loans and Leases
The following table presents our recorded investment in loans and leases, by segment and class, as of December 31:


(In millions)2013 20122014 2013
Institutional:      
Investment funds:      
U.S.$8,695
 $8,376
$11,388
 $8,695
Non-U.S.1,718
 829
2,333
 1,718
Commercial and financial:      
U.S.1,372
 613
3,061
 1,372
Non-U.S.154
 520
256
 154
Purchased receivables:      
U.S.217
 276
124
 217
Non-U.S.26
 118
6
 26
Lease financing:      
U.S.339
 380
335
 339
Non-U.S.756
 784
668
 756
Total institutional13,277
 11,896
18,171
 13,277
Commercial real estate:      
U.S.209
 411
28
 209
Total loans and leases13,486
 12,307
18,199
 13,486
Allowance for loan losses(28) (22)(38) (28)
Loans and leases, net of allowance for loan losses$13,458
 $12,285
$18,161
 $13,458

The components of our net investment in leveraged lease financing, included in the institutional segment in the preceding table, were as follows as of December 31:31:
(In millions)2013 20122014 2013
Net rental income receivable$1,404
 $1,519
$1,284
 $1,404
Estimated residual values110
 110
89
 110
Unearned income(419) (465)(370) (419)
Investment in leveraged lease financing1,095
 1,164
1,003
 1,095
Less related deferred income tax liabilities(359) (370)(326) (359)
Net investment in leveraged lease financing$736
 $794
$677
 $736
We segregate our loans and leases into two segments: institutional and commercial real estate, or CRE. Within these twothe institutional and CRE segments, we further segregate the receivables into classes based on their risk characteristics, their initial measurement attributes and the methods we use to monitor and assess credit risk.
The institutional segment is composed of the following classes: investment funds, commercial andcommercial-and- financial, purchased receivables and lease financing. The investment funds class includes lending to mutual and other collective investment funds and short-duration advances to these clients in order to provide liquidity in support of their transaction flows associated with securities settlement activities.funds. The commercial-and-financial class includes lending to corporate borrowers, including broker/dealers, as well as purchased loans composed of senior secured bank loans. These senior secured bank loans, which are more fully described below, resulted fromare carried in connection with our participation in loan syndications in the non-investment-grade lending market beginning in 2013.market. The purchased receivables class represents undivided interests in securitized pools of underlying third-party receivables added in connection with the commercial paper conduit consolidation in 2009. The lease financing class includes our investment in leveraged lease financing.

155

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Aggregate short-durationShort-duration advances to our clients included in the institutional segment were $2.45$3.54 billion and $3.30$2.45 billion as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively. These short-duration advances provide liquidity to fund clients in support of their transaction flows associated with securities settlement activities.
The commercial-and-financial class in the institutional segment presented in the preceding table above included approximately $2.07 billion and $724 million of senior secured bank loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013,. We had no investment in respectively. These senior secured bank loans as of December 31, 2012. These commercial-and-financial loans are included in the “speculative” category as of December 31, 2013in the credit-quality-indicator tabletables presented below.
Senior secured bank loans present more significant exposure to potential credit losses. However, we seek to mitigate such exposure, in part through the limitation of our investment to larger, more liquid credits underwritten by major global financial institutions, the application of our internal credit analysis process to each potential investment, and diversification by counterparty and industry segment. As of December 31, 2013,2014, our allowance for loan losses included approximately $6$26 million related to these commercial-and-financial loans.
The CRE segment is composed of the loans acquired in 2008 pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman as a result of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy. TheseThe CRE loans, which are primarily collateralized by direct and indirect interests in commercial real estate, were recorded at their then-current fair value, based on management’s expectations with respect to future cash flows from the loans using appropriate market discount rates as of the date of acquisition. These cash flow estimates are updated quarterly to reflect changes in management’s expectations, which consider market conditions and other factors.


151


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present our recorded investment in each class of loans and leases by credit quality indicator as of the dates indicated:
Institutional Commercial Real Estate  Institutional Commercial Real Estate  
December 31, 2013
Investment
Funds
 Commercial and Financial 
Purchased
Receivables
 
Lease
Financing
 Property Development Other 
Total
Loans and
Leases
December 31, 2014
Investment
Funds
 Commercial and Financial 
Purchased
Receivables
 
Lease
Financing
 Property Development Other 
Total
Loans and
Leases
(In millions)
Investment
Funds
 Commercial and Financial 
Purchased
Receivables
 
Lease
Financing
 Property Development Other 
Total
Loans and
Leases
 
Investment grade(1)
 $13,304
 $1,011
 $130
 $976
 $
 $
 $15,421
Speculative(2)
131
 770
 
 27
 180
 
 1,108
417
 2,306
 
 27
 
 28
 2,778
Special mention(3)

 16
 
 
 
 
 16
Total$10,413
 $1,526
 $243
 $1,095
 $180
 $29
 $13,486
$13,721
 $3,317
 $130
 $1,003
 $
 $28
 $18,199
Institutional Commercial Real Estate  Institutional Commercial Real Estate  
December 31, 2012
Investment
Funds
 Commercial and Financial 
Purchased
Receivables
 
Lease
Financing
 Property Development Other 
Total
Loans and
Leases
December 31, 2013
Investment
Funds
 Commercial and Financial 
Purchased
Receivables
 
Lease
Financing
 Property Development Other 
Total
Loans and
Leases
(In millions)
Investment
Funds
 Commercial and Financial 
Purchased
Receivables
 
Lease
Financing
 Property Development Other 
Total
Loans and
Leases
 
Investment grade(1)
 $10,282
 $740
 $243
 $1,068
 $
 $29
 $12,362
Speculative(2)
268
 92
 
 27
 377
 5
 769
131
 770
 
 27
 180
 
 1,108
Special mention(3)

 16
 
 
 
 
 16
Total$9,205
 $1,133
 $394
 $1,164
 $377
 $34
 $12,307
$10,413
 $1,526
 $243
 $1,095
 $180
 $29
 $13,486
    
(1) Investment-grade loans and leases consist of counterparties with strong credit quality and low expected credit risk and probability of default. Ratings apply to counterparties with a strong capacity to support the timely repayment of any financial commitment.
(2) Speculative loans and leases consist of counterparties that face ongoing uncertainties or exposure to business, financial, or economic downturns. However, these counterparties may have financial flexibility or access to financial alternatives, which allow for financial commitments to be met.
(3) Special mention loans and leases consist of counterparties with potential weaknesses that, if uncorrected, may result in deterioration of repayment prospects.
Loans and leases are categorized in the rating categories presented in the table above that align with our internal risk-rating framework. Management considers the ratings to be current as of December 31, 2013.
We use an internal risk-rating system to assess our risk of credit loss for each loan or lease. This risk-rating process incorporates the use of risk-rating tools in conjunction with management judgment. Qualitative and quantitative inputs are captured in a systematic manner, and following a formal review and approval process, an internal credit rating based on our credit scale is assigned.
In assessing the risk rating assigned to each individual loan or lease, among the factors considered are the borrower's debt capacity, collateral coverage, payment history and delinquency
experience, financial flexibility and earnings strength, the expected amounts and sources of repayment, the level and nature of contingencies, if any, and the industry and geography in which the borrower operates. These factors are based on an evaluation of

156

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

historical and current information, and involve subjective assessment and interpretation. Credit counterparties are evaluated and risk-rated on an

individual basis at least annually. Management considers the ratings to be current as of December 31, 2014.

The following table presents our recorded investment in loans and leases, disaggregated based on our impairment methodology, as of December 31:the dates indicated:
2013 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
(In millions)Institutional Commercial Real Estate Total Loans and Leases Institutional Commercial Real Estate Total Loans and LeasesInstitutional Commercial Real Estate Total Loans and Leases Institutional Commercial Real Estate Total Loans and Leases
Loans and leases:                      
Individually evaluated for impairment$26
 $180
 $206
 $11
 $411
 $422
$
 $
 $
 $26
 $180
 $206
Collectively evaluated for impairment(1)
13,251
 29
 13,280
 11,885
 
 11,885
18,171
 28
 18,199
 13,251
 29
 13,280
Total$13,277
 $209
 $13,486
 $11,896
 $411
 $12,307
$18,171
 $28
 $18,199
 $13,277
 $209
 $13,486
(1) For those portfolios where there are a small number of loans each with a large balance, we review each loan annually for indicators of impairment. For those loans where no such indicators are identified, the loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, all of the allowance for loan losses of $38 million and $28 million, respectively, related to institutional loans collectively evaluated for impairment.    

152


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present information related to our recorded investment in impaired loans and leases as of the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2014December 31, 2013
(In millions)Recorded Investment 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance(1)
 Recorded Investment 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance(1)
With no related allowance recorded:       
CRE—property development(2)
$
 $
 $130
 $143
CRE—property development—acquired credit-impaired
 34
 
 34
CRE—other—acquired credit-impaired
 22
 
 21
Total CRE$
 $56
 $130
 $198
    
(1) As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, all of the allowance for loan losses of $28$38 millionand $22$28 million, respectively,related to institutional loans collectively evaluated for impairment.
The following tables present information related to our recorded investment in impaired loans and leases as of and for the years ended December 31:
 2013 2012
(In millions)Recorded Investment 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related Allowance(1)
 Recorded Investment 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related Allowance(1)
With no related allowance recorded:           
CRE—property development$130
 $143
 $
 $197
 $224
 $
CRE—property development—acquired credit-impaired
 34
 
 
 34
 
CRE—other—acquired credit-impaired
 21
 
 
 64
 
Total CRE$130
 $198
 $
 $197
 $322
 $
(1)(2) As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of the allowance for loan losses of $28 million and $22 million, respectively, related toRepresents loans that were not impaired.
 Average Recorded Investment Interest Revenue Recognized
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2013 2012
(In millions)       
With no related allowance recorded:       
CRE—property development$148
 $198
 $19
 $16
CRE—other—acquired credit-impaired
 13
 
 
Total CRE$148
 $211
 $19
 $16
As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we held an aggregate of approximately $130 million and $197 million, respectively, of CRE loans, presented in the foregoing impaired loans and leases table, which werepreviously modified in troubled debt restructurings. We recognized no impairment loss as a result of restructuringrestructurings and that were repaid in 2014.
In certain circumstances, we restructure troubled loans by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Once restructured, the loans asare generally considered impaired until their maturity, regardless of whether the discounted cash flowsborrowers perform under the modified terms of the modified loans exceeded the carrying amount of the original loans as of the modification date. In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, noloans. No loans were modified in troubled debt restructurings.
As of restructurings during the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012, no institutional loans or leases and no CRE loans were 90 days or more contractually past due.2013.
We generally place loans on non-accrual status once principal or interest payments are 60 days contractually past due, or earlier if management determines that full collection is not probable. Loans 60 days past due, but considered both well-secured and in the process of collection, may be excluded from non-accrual status. When we place a loan on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is
discontinued and previously recorded but unpaid interest is reversed and generally charged against interest revenue. For loans placed on non-accrual status, revenue recognition is discontinued. recognized on a cash basis after recovery of principal, if and when interest payments are received. Loans may be removed from non-accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and performance under the terms of the loan has been demonstrated.
As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012, none2013, no institutional loans or leases and no CRE loans were on non-accrual status or 90 days or more contractually past due.
The allowance for loan losses, recorded as a reduction of loans and leases in our consolidated statement of condition, represents management’s estimate of incurred credit losses in our loan-and-lease portfolio as of the aforementioned CRE loans wasbalance sheet date. The allowance is evaluated on non-accrual status.a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for both the institutional and commercial real estate segments of
our loan-and-lease portfolio include loss experience, the probability of default reflected in our internal risk rating of the counterparty's creditworthiness, current economic conditions and adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of the underlying collateral, if any, the performance of individual credits in relation to contract terms, and other relevant factors.
Loans are charged off to the allowance for loan losses in the reporting period in which either an event occurs that confirms the existence of a loss on a loan or a portion of a loan is determined to be uncollectible. In addition, any impaired loan that is determined to be collateral-dependent is reduced to an amount equal to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. A loan is identified as collateral-dependent when management determines that it is probable that the underlying collateral will be the sole source of repayment. Recoveries are recorded on a cash basis as adjustments to the allowance.
The reserve for off-balance sheet credit exposures, recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated statement of condition, represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses in outstanding letters and lines of credit and other credit-enhancement facilities provided to our clients and outstanding as of the balance sheet date. The reserve is evaluated on a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the appropriate level of this reserve are similar to those considered with respect to the allowance for loan losses. Provisions to maintain the reserve at a level considered by us to be appropriate to absorb estimated incurred credit losses in outstanding facilities are recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.


157153


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presentstables present activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(In millions)Institutional Commercial
Real Estate
 Total Loans and Leases Total Loans
and Leases
 Total Loans
and Leases
Total Loans and Leases Total Loans and Leases Total Loans and Leases
Allowance for loan losses:         
Allowance for loan losses(1):
     
Beginning balance$22
 $
 $22
 $22
 $100
$28
 $22
 $22
Charge-offs
 
 
 
 (78)
Provisions6
 
 6
 (3) 
10
 6
 (3)
Recoveries
 
 
 3
 

 
 3
Ending balance$28
 $
 $28
 $22
 $22
$38
 $28
 $22
The provision recorded in (1) 2013, whichAs of December 31, 2014, approximately $26 million of our allowance for loan losses was related to the institutional loans segment, resulted from our exposure to non-investment-grade borrowers composed of senior secured bank loans included in the institutional segment; the remaining $12 million was related to other commercial-and-financial loans in the institutional segment.
The provision of $10 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014 was composed of a provision of $20 million associated with the senior
secured bank loans, as the portfolio continued to grow and become more fully described above, which were purchasedseasoned, offset by a negative provision of $10 million associated with the pay-down of an unrelated commercial and financial loan with speculative-rated credit quality. The senior secured bank loans are held in connection with our participation in loan syndications in the non-investment-grade lending market beginningmarket.
The provision of $6 million recorded in 2013.the year ended December 31, 2013 resulted from our estimate of credit losses incurred on our portfolio of senior secured bank loans.
Loans and leases are reviewed on a regular basis, and any provisions for loan losses that are recorded reflect management's estimate of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level considered appropriate to absorb estimated incurred losses in the loan-and-lease portfolio.

Note 65.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and other intangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual rights or because the asset can be exchanged on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual evaluation for impairment. Other intangible assets, which are also subject to annual evaluation for impairment, are mainly related to client relationships, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from five to twenty years, and core deposit intangible assets, which are amortized over periods ranging from sixteen to twenty-two years, with such amortization recorded in
other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Impairment of goodwill is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a reporting unit, including its allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets, exceeds its estimated fair value. Impairment of other intangible assets is deemed to exist if the balance of the other intangible asset exceeds the cumulative expected net cash inflows related to the asset over its remaining estimated useful life. If these reviews determine that goodwill or other intangible assets are impaired, the value of the goodwill or the other intangible asset is written down through a charge to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31:
periods indicated:
 2013 2012
(In millions)
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total
Beginning balance$5,941
 $36
 $5,977
 $5,610
 $35
 $5,645
Acquisitions(1)

 
 
 290
 
 290
Divestitures and other reductions(10) 
 (10) 
 
 
Foreign currency translation, net68
 1
 69
 41
 1
 42
Ending balance$5,999
 $37
 $6,036
 $5,941
 $36
 $5,977
(1) Amount for 2012 represented the acquisition
 Years Ended December 31,
 2014 2013
(In millions)
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total
Goodwill:           
Beginning balance$5,999
 $37
 $6,036
 $5,941
 $36
 $5,977
Foreign currency translation and other, net(206) (4) (210) 58
 1
 59
Ending balance$5,793
 $33
 $5,826
 $5,999
 $37
 $6,036

154


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents changes in the net carrying amount of other intangible assets during the years ended December 31:
periods indicated:
 2013 2012
(In millions)
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total
Beginning balance$2,492
 $47
 $2,539
 $2,408
 $51
 $2,459
Acquisitions(1)

 
 
 257
 
 257
Divestitures(5) 
 (5) 
 
 
Amortization(205) (9) (214) (193) (5) (198)
Foreign currency translation, net39
 1
 40
 20
 1
 21
Ending balance$2,321
 $39
 $2,360
 $2,492
 $47
 $2,539
 Years Ended December 31,
 2014 2013
(In millions)
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Total
Other intangible assets:           
Beginning balance$2,321
 $39
 $2,360
 $2,492
 $47
 $2,539
Amortization(213) (9) (222) (205) (9) (214)
Foreign currency translation and other, net(110) (3) (113) 34
 1
 35
Ending balance$1,998
 $27
 $2,025
 $2,321
 $39
 $2,360
(1) Amount for 2012 represented the acquisition of GSAS; refer to note 2.
The following table presents the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of other intangible assets by type as of December 31:
the dates indicated:
2013 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
(In millions)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
Client relationships$2,706
 $(975) $1,731
 $2,653
 $(755) $1,898
$2,569
 $(1,088) $1,481
 $2,706
 $(975) $1,731
Core deposits717
 (191) 526
 706
 (192) 514
688
 (219) 469
 717
 (191) 526
Other234
 (131) 103
 244
 (117) 127
214
 (139) 75
 234
 (131) 103
Total$3,657
 $(1,297) $2,360
 $3,603
 $(1,064) $2,539
$3,471
 $(1,446) $2,025
 $3,657
 $(1,297) $2,360
Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $214$222 million,, $198 $214 million and $200$198 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. An impairment of approximately $9 million associated with intangible assets was included in amortization expense in 2014. Expected future amortization expense for other intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 20132014 is $218$203 million for 2014, $2132015, $199 million for 2015, $2082016, $192 million for 2016, $2012017, $166 million for 20172018 and $174$151 million for 2018.

1582019.

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7.6.    Other Assets
The following table presents the components of other assets as of December 31:the dates indicated:
(In millions)2013 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Collateral deposits, net$13,706
 $7,649
$18,134
 $13,706
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments, net5,476
 4,556
7,934
 5,476
Bank-owned life insurance(1)
2,343
 2,000
2,402
 2,343
Investments in joint ventures and other unconsolidated entities1,644
 1,405
1,798
 1,644
Accounts receivable950
 511
513
 950
Income taxes receivable337
 252
396
 337
Prepaid expenses286
 267
259
 286
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance(2)
263
 353
Receivable for securities settlement195
 33
218
 195
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance(1)
214
 263
Deposits with clearing organizations177
 174
197
 177
Other(3)(2)
613
 816
535
 613
Total$25,990
 $18,016
$32,600
 $25,990
  
(1) 
Represented the cash surrender values of a bankruptcy-remote, separate-account policy, and a general-account policy, both composed of aggregate life insurance coverage purchased by State Street Bank on certain of its employees, where State Street Bank is the sole beneficiary. The separate account mainly included cash and highly-rated investment securities carried at fair value.
(2)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded in our consolidated statement of condition are netted within the same tax jurisdiction. Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in note 23.
22.
(3)(2) 
IncludedIncludes other real estate owned of approximately $5962 million and $6559 million as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively.


155


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8.7.Deposits
As of December 31, 20132014, we had $56.42 billion of time deposits outstanding, of which $660 million were non-U.S. and all of which are scheduled to mature in 2015. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.02 billion of time deposits outstanding, all of which were non-U.S. and all of which are scheduled to mature in 2014. As of December 31, 2012, we had $16.53 billion of time deposits outstanding, of which $2.82 billion were non-U.S. As of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, substantially all U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits were in amounts of $100,000 or more.
Note 9.8.Short-Term Borrowings
Our short-term borrowings include securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds
purchased and other short-term borrowings; other short-term borrowings include borrowings associated with our tax-exempt investment program, more fully described in note 12,, and commercial paper issued in connection with our corporate program, under which we can issue up to $3$3 billion of commercial paper with original maturities of up to 270 days from the date of issuance. Collectively, short-term borrowings had weighted-average interest rates of 0.48%0.04% and 0.55%0.48% for the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.

The following tables present information with respect to the amounts outstanding and weighted-average interest rates of the primary components of our short-term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31:31:
Securities Sold Under
Repurchase Agreements
 Federal Funds Purchased
Securities Sold Under
Repurchase Agreements
 Federal Funds Purchased
(Dollars in millions)2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012
Balance as of December 31$7,953
 $8,006
 $8,572
 $19
 $399
 $656
$8,925
 $7,953
 $8,006
 $21
 $19
 $399
Maximum outstanding as of any month-end11,538
 9,306
 9,853
 570
 1,145
 8,259
10,955
 11,538
 9,306
 29
 570
 1,145
Average outstanding during the year8,436
 7,697
 9,040
 297
 784
 845
8,817
 8,436
 7,697
 20
 298
 784
Weighted-average interest rate as of year-end.003% .06% .04% .13% .13% .05%.005% .003% .06% .01% .13% .13%
Weighted-average interest rate for the year.01
 .01
 .11
 .02
 .09
 .05

 .01
 .01
 
 
 .09
                      
Tax-Exempt
Investment Program
 
Corporate Commercial Paper
Program
Tax-Exempt
Investment Program
 
Corporate Commercial Paper
Program
(Dollars in millions)2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012
Balance as of December 31$1,948
 $2,148
 $2,294
 $1,819
 $2,318
 $2,384
$1,870
 $1,948
 $2,148
 $2,485
 $1,819
 $2,318
Maximum outstanding as of any month-end2,135
 2,274
 2,473
 2,535
 2,503
 2,825
1,938
 2,135
 2,274
 2,485
 2,535
 2,503
Average outstanding during the year2,030
 2,214
 2,404
 1,632
 2,382
 2,449
1,903
 2,030
 2,214
 2,136
 1,632
 2,382
Weighted-average interest rate as of year-end.09% .17% .18% .14% .22% .22%.06% .09% .17% .16% .14% .22%
Weighted-average interest rate for the year.13
 .21
 .26
 .18
 .23
 .23
.08
 .13
 .21
 .17
 .18
 .23

The following table presents the components of securities sold under repurchase agreements by underlying collateral as of December 31, 20132014::
(In millions) 
Collateralized by securities purchased under resale agreements$2
Collateralized by investment securities8,923
Total$8,925
(In millions) 
Collateralized by securities purchased under resale agreements$1,454
Collateralized by investment securities6,499
Total$7,953
Obligations to repurchase securities sold are recorded as a liability in our consolidated statement of condition. U.S. government securities with a fair value of $6.68$9.23 billion underlying the repurchase agreements remained in our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013.2014. The following table presents information about these U.S. government securities and the related repurchase agreements, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2013.2014. The table excludes repurchase agreements collateralized by securities purchased under resale agreements.
 
 
U.S. Government
Securities Sold
 
Repurchase
Agreements
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 Fair Value 
Amortized
Cost
 Rate
Overnight maturity$9,316
 $9,228
 $8,923
 .004%
 
U.S. Government
Securities Sold
 
Repurchase
Agreements
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 Fair Value 
Amortized
Cost
 Rate
Overnight maturity$7,097
 $6,677
 $6,499
 .004%
We have entered intomaintain an agreement with a clearing organization that enables us to net all securities purchased under resale agreements and sold under repurchase agreements with counterparties that are also members of thisthe clearing organization. As a result of this netting, the average balances of securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements were each reduced by $28.25$28.82 billion for 20132014 and by $21.29$27.81 billion for 2012.2013.
State Street Bank currently maintains a line of credit of CAD $800$800 million,, or approximately $753$690 million as of December 31, 2013,2014, to support its Canadian securities processing operations. The line of credit has no stated termination date and is cancelable by either party with prior notice. As ofDecember 31, 2013, there was no balance outstanding on this line of credit.


156


159

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was no balance outstanding on this line of credit.

Note 10.9. Long-Term Debt
As of December 31,2013 20122014 2013
(In millions)      
Statutory business trusts:      
Floating-rate subordinated notes due to State Street Capital Trust IV in 2037$800
 $800
$800
 $800
Floating-rate subordinated notes due to State Street Capital Trust I in 2028155
 155
155
 155
Parent company and non-banking subsidiary issuances:      
3.70% notes due in 2023(1)
1,043
 974
2.875% notes due 20161,010
 1,014
1,005
 1,010
3.70% notes due in 2023(1)
974
 
3.30% notes due 2024(1)
999
 
3.10% subordinated notes due 2023(1)
918
 
983
 918
Long-term capital leases788
 706
769
 788
4.375% notes due 2021727
 780
730
 727
4.956% junior subordinated debentures due 2018537
 550
528
 537
4.30% notes due 2014502
 507

 502
1.35% notes due 2018(1)
487
 
492
 487
5.375% notes due 2017450
 450
450
 450
Floating-rate notes due 2014250
 250

 250
7.35% notes due 2026150
 150
150
 150
State Street Bank issuances:      
Floating-rate extendible notes due 2016900
 1,000
900
 900
5.25% subordinated notes due 2018442
 453
433
 442
5.30% subordinated notes due 2016409
 414
405
 409
Floating-rate subordinated notes due 2015200
 200
200
 200
Total long-term debt$9,699
 $7,429
$10,042
 $9,699
    
(1)
We have entered into interest-rate swap agreements, recorded as fair value hedges, to modify our interest expense on these senior and subordinated notes from a fixed rate to a floating rate. As of December 31, 2013, we recorded a decrease of $35 million in2014, the carrying value of long-term debt associated with these fair value hedges.hedges increased $76 million. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded an increase of $174 million in2013, the carrying value of long-term debt associated with these fair value hedges.hedges decreased $35 million. Refer to note 16 for additional information about fair value hedges.
We maintain an effective universal shelf registration that allows for the offering and sale of debt securities, capital securities, common stock, depositary shares and preferred stock, and warrants to purchase such securities, including any shares into which the preferred stock and depositary shares may be convertible, or any combination thereof.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, State Street Bank had Board authority to issue unsecured senior debt securities from time to time, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such unsecured senior debt outstanding at any one time does not exceed $5 billion.$5 billion. As of December 31, 2013, $4.12014, $4.1 billion was available for issuance pursuant to this authority. As of December 31, 2013,2014, State Street Bank also had Board authority to issue up to $1.5 billionan additional $500 million of subordinated debt, incremental to subordinated debt outstanding as of the same date. As of December 31, 2013, $500 million was available for issuance pursuant to this authority.debt.
Statutory Business Trusts:
As of December 31, 2013,2014, we had 2two statutory business trusts, State Street Capital Trusts I and IV, which as of December 31, 20132014 had collectively issued $955$955 million of trust preferred capital securities. Proceeds received by each of the trusts from their capitalization and from their capital securities issuances are invested in junior subordinated debentures issued by the parent company. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Capital Trusts I and IV. Each of the trusts is wholly-owned by us; however, in conformity with GAAP, we do not record the trusts in our consolidated financial statements.
Payments made by the trusts to holders of the capital securities are dependent on our payments made to the trusts on the junior subordinated debentures. Our fulfillment of these commitments has the effect of providing a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the trusts’ obligations


160157


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the trusts’ obligations
under the capital securities. While the capital securities issued by the trusts are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition, the junior subordinated debentures qualify for inclusion in tier 1 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines. Information about restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiary banks is provided in note 15.15.
Interest paid by the parent company on the debentures is recorded in interest expense. Distributions to holders of the capital securities by the trusts are payable from interest payments received on the debentures and are due quarterly by State Street Capital Trusts I and IV, subject to deferral for up to five years under certain conditions. The capital securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole at the stated maturity upon repayment of the debentures, with an option by us to redeem the debentures at any time. Such optional redemption is subject to federal regulatory approval.
Parent Company and Non-Banking Subsidiary Issuances:
Interest on the 2.875% senior notes and the 4.375% senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 7 and September 7 of each year.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, long-term capital leases included $363 million and $387 million, respectively, related to our One Lincoln Street headquarters building and related underground parking garage; $267 million and $269 million, respectively, related to an office building in the U.K.; and $158 million and $50 million, respectively, related to obligations associated with construction of a new building and other premises and equipment. Refer to note 20 for additional information.
In November 2013,December 2014, we issued $1.0 billion of 3.70%3.30% senior notes due November 20, 2023.December 16, 2024. Interest on the senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 16 and December 16 of each year, beginning on June 16, 2015.
Interest on the 3.70% senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 20 and November 20 of each year, beginning on May 20, 2014.year.
In May 2013, we issued $1.50 billion of senior and subordinated debt, composed of $500 million of 1.35% senior notes due May 15, 2018 and $1.0 billion of 3.10% subordinated notes due May 15, 2023. Interest on both the 1.35% senior notes and the 3.10% subordinated notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2013.year. The 3.10% subordinated notes qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines.
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, long-term capital leases included $336 million and $363 million, respectively, related to our One Lincoln Street headquarters building and related underground parking garage; $241 million and $267 million, respectively, related to an office building in the U.K.; and $191 million and $158 million, respectively, related to obligations associated with the completed construction of the Channel Center, a build-to-suit office building located in Boston, and other premises and equipment. Refer to note 20 for additional information.
Interest on the 4.956% junior subordinated debentures is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The debentures mature on March 15, 2018,, and we do not
have the right to redeem the debentures prior to maturity other than upon the occurrence of specified events. Such redemption is subject to federal regulatory approval. The junior subordinated debentures qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines.
The 4.30%Interest on the 1.35% senior notes mature on May 30, 2014, with interestis payable semi-annually in arrears on May 3015 and November 3015 of each year. We cannot redeem
Interest on the notes prior to maturity. We completed the issuance primarily in connection with our intention to redeem the U.S. Treasury's preferred equity investment received in October 2008 under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
The 5.375% senior notes mature on April 30, 2017, with interestis payable semi-annually in arrears on April 30 and October 30 of each year.
The floating-rate notes matureInterest on March 7, 2014, with interest payable quarterly in arrears on March 7, June 7, September 7, and December 7 of each year.
The the 7.35% senior notes mature on June 15, 2026, with interestis payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity.
State Street Bank Issuances:
Each of the floating-rate extendible notes, issued in 2012, had an initial maturity date of January 13, 2014;2014; on the 18th day of each month, holders are entitled to extend the maturity date of their notes for successive one-month periods in accordance with defined procedures. Pursuant to these procedures, the maturity of these notes has been extended to March 18, 2014. In no event may the maturity of any note be extended beyond January 15, 2016,, the final maturity date. Beginning on January 15, 2015,, State Street Bank may redeem some or all of the notes at 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued interest to the redemption date.date, and on February 17, 2015, State Street Bank is required to pay interestissued a notice of redemption for 100% of the principal amount of the notes. The redemption will occur on the notes on March 18, June 18, September 18 and December 18 of each year, at a rate for each interest period equal to three-month LIBOR plus the applicable margin for that interest period.

161

Table of ContentsFebruary 26, 2015.
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

With respect to the 5.25% subordinated bank notes due 2018, State Street Bank is required to make semi-annual interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the 5.25% subordinated bank notes on April 15 and October 15 of each year, and the notes qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines. With respect to the 5.30% subordinated notes due 2016 and the floating-rate subordinated notes due 2015,
State Street Bank is required to make semi-annual interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the 5.30% subordinated notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, and quarterly interest payments on the outstanding principal balance of the floating-rate notes on March 8, June 8, September 8 and December 8 of each year. Each of the subordinated notes qualifies for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines.


158


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 11.10.    Commitments Guarantees and ContingenciesGuarantees
Commitments:
We had unfunded off-balance sheet commitments to extend credit totaling $21.30$24.25 billion and $17.86$21.30 billion as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively. The potential losses associated with these commitments equal the gross contractual amounts, and do not consider the value of any collateral. Approximately 75%As of December 31, 2014, approximately 76% of our unfunded commitments to extend credit expire within one year from the date of issue.year. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire or renew without being drawn upon, the gross contractual amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.
Guarantees:
Off-balance sheet guarantees are composed ofcomprise indemnified securities financing, stable value protection, unfunded commitments to purchase assets, and standby letters of credit. The potential losses associated with these guarantees equal the gross contractual amounts, and do not consider the value of any collateral. The following table presents the aggregate gross contractual amounts of our off-balance sheet guarantees as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.the dates indicated. Amounts presented do not reflect participations to independent third parties. 
(In millions)2013 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Indemnified securities financing$320,078
 $302,341
$349,766
 $320,078
Stable value protection24,906
 33,512
23,409
 24,906
Asset purchase agreements4,685
 5,063
4,107
 4,685
Standby letters of credit4,612
 4,552
4,720
 4,612
Indemnified Securities Financing
On behalf of our clients, we lend their securities, as agent, to brokers and other institutions. In most circumstances, we indemnify our clients for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. We require the borrowers to maintain collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair market value of the securities borrowed. Securities on loan and the collateral are revalued daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary or if excess collateral is required to be returned to the borrower. Collateral received in connection with our securities lending services is held by us as agent and is not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition.
The cash collateral held by us as agent is invested on behalf of our clients. In certain cases, the cash collateral is invested in third-party repurchase agreements, for which we indemnify the client against
loss of the principal invested. We require the counterparty to the indemnified repurchase agreement to provide collateral in an amount equal to or in excess of 100% of the amount of the repurchase agreement. In our role as agent, the indemnified repurchase agreements and the related collateral held by us are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition.

162

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table summarizes the aggregate fair values of indemnified securities financing and related collateral, as well as collateral invested in indemnified repurchase agreements, as of December 31:the dates indicated:
(In millions)2013 2012
Aggregate fair value of indemnified securities financing$320,078
 $302,341
Aggregate fair value of cash and securities held by us, as agent, as collateral for indemnified securities financing331,732
 312,223
Aggregate fair value of collateral for indemnified securities financing invested in indemnified repurchase agreements85,374
 80,224
Aggregate fair value of cash and securities held by us or our agents as collateral for investments in indemnified repurchase agreements91,097
 85,411
(In millions)December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Fair value of indemnified securities financing$349,766
 $320,078
Fair value of cash and securities held by us, as agent, as collateral for indemnified securities financing364,411
 331,732
Fair value of collateral for indemnified securities financing invested in indemnified repurchase agreements85,309
 85,374
Fair value of cash and securities held by us or our agents as collateral for investments in indemnified repurchase agreements90,819
 91,097
In certain cases, we participate in securities finance transactions as a principal. As a principal, we borrow securities from the lending client and then lend such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. Collateral provided and received in connection with such transactions is recorded in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. As of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, we had approximately $11.29$15.94 billion and $6.83$11.29 billion,, respectively, of collateral provided and approximately $6.62$6.48 billion and $4.99$6.62 billion,, respectively, of collateral received from clients in connection with our participation in principal securities finance transactions.
Stable Value Protection
In the normal course of our business, we offer products that provide book-value protection, primarily to plan participants in stable value funds managed by non-affiliated investment managers of post-retirement defined contribution benefit plans, particularly 401(k) plans. The book-value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate investment grade fixed-income securities, and is intended to provide safety and stable growth of principal invested. The protection is intended to cover any shortfall in the


159


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

event that a significant number of plan participants withdraw funds when book value exceeds market value and the liquidation of the assets is not sufficient to redeem the participants. The investment parameters of the underlying portfolios, combined with structural protections, are designed to provide cushion and guard against payments even under extreme stress scenarios.
These contingencies are individually accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The notional amounts of the stable value contracts are presented as “derivatives not designated as hedging instruments” in the table of aggregate notional amounts of derivative financial instruments provided in note 16. As of December 31, 2013, we16. We have not made a payment under these contingencies that we consider material to our consolidated financial condition, and management believes that the probability of payment under these contingencies in the future, that we would consider material to our consolidated financial condition, is remote.
Contingencies:Note 11.    Contingencies
Legal and Regulatory MattersMatters:
In the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are involved in disputes, litigation, and governmental or regulatory inquiries and investigations, both pending and threatened. These matters, if resolved adversely against us or settled, may result in monetary damages, fines and penalties or require changes in our business practices. The resolution or settlement of these matters is inherently difficult to predict. Based on our assessment of these pending matters, we do not believe that the amount of any judgment, settlement or other action arising from any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition.  However, an adverse outcome in certain of the matters described below could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the period in which such matter is resolved, or an accrual is determined to be required on our consolidated financial condition, or on our reputation.
We evaluate our needs for accruals of loss contingencies related to legal proceedings on a case-by-case basis. When we have a liability that we deem probable and that we deem can be reasonably estimated as of the date of our consolidated financial statements, we accrue for our estimate of the loss. We also consider a loss probable and establish an accrual when we make or intend to make an offer of settlement. Once established, an accrual is subject to subsequent adjustment as a result of additional information. The resolution of proceedings and the
reasonably estimable loss (or range thereof) are inherently difficult to predict, especially in the early stages of proceedings. Even if a loss is probable, due to many complex factors, such as speed of discovery and the timing of

163

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

court decisions or rulings, a loss or range of loss might not be reasonably estimated until the later stages of the proceeding.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, our aggregate accruals for legal loss contingencies and regulatory matters, net of anticipated insurance recoveries, totaled approximately $119$224 million. To the extent that we have established accruals in our consolidated statement of condition for probable loss contingencies, such accruals may not be sufficient to cover our ultimate financial exposure associated with any settlements or judgments. We may be subject to proceedings in the future that, if adversely resolved, would have a material adverse effect on our businesses or on our future consolidated financial statements. Except where otherwise noted below, we have not established accruals with respect to the claims discussed and do not believe that potential exposure is probable and can be reasonably estimated.
The following discussion provides information with respect to significant legal and regulatory matters.
SSgA
We have previously reported on two related ERISA class actions by investors in unregistered SSgA-managed collective trust funds and common trust funds which challenge the division of our securities lending-related revenue between those funds and State Street in its role as lending agent. In January 2014, we filed a motion to approve a $10 million class settlement of the collective trust fund litigation. A final fairness hearing has been scheduled for May 2014. The common trust fund class action remains pending. We have accrued $15 million in connection with these matters, including the proposed class settlement.
Securities Finance
Two related participants in our agency securities lending program have brought suit against us challenging actions taken by us in response to their withdrawal from the program. We believe that certain withdrawals by these participants were inconsistent with the redemption policy applicable to the agency lending collateral pools and, consequently, redeemed their remaining interests through an in-kind distribution that reflected the assets these participants would have received had they acted in accordance with the collateral pools' redemption policy. In taking these actions, we believe that we acted in the best interests of all participants in the collateral pools. The two participants have asserted damages of $120$125 million,, an amount that plaintiffs have stated wasattribute to alleged deficiencies in the difference between the amortized cost and market value of the assetsmethodology that State Street proposedused to distribute toconstruct the plans in-kind distribution and alleged errors in the pricing of the securities that plaintiffs received on or about August 2009. While management does not believe that such difference is an appropriate measure of damages, we have been informed that the participants liquidated these securities in June 2013, and we estimate the loss on those sales to be approximately $11 million. We haveDiscovery with respect to this matter is expected to be completed in 2015. As of December 31, 2014, we


160


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

had $10 million accrued$10 million in connection with this matter.
Foreign Exchange
We offer our custody clients and their investment managers the option to route foreign exchange transactions to our foreign exchange desk through our asset servicing operation. We record as revenue an amount approximately equal to the difference between the rates we set for those trades and indicative interbank market rates at the time of settlement of the trade.
As discussed more fully below, claims have been asserted on behalf of certain current and former custody clients, and future claims may be asserted, alleging that our indirect foreign exchange rates (including the differences between those rates and indicative interbank market rates at the time we executed the trades) were not adequately disclosed or were otherwise improper, and seeking to recover, among other things, the full amount of the revenue we obtained from our indirect foreign exchange trading with them.
In October 2009, the Attorney General of the State of California commenced an action under the California False Claims Act and California Business and Professional Code related to services State Street provides to California state pension plans. The California Attorney General asserts that the pricing of certain foreign exchange transactionstrades for these pension plans was governed by the custody contracts for these plans and that our pricing was not consistent with the terms of those contracts and related disclosures to the plans, and that, as a result, State Street made false claims and engaged in unfair competition. The Attorney General asserts actual damages of approximately $100$100 million for periods from 2001 to 2009 and seeks additional penalties, including treble damages. This action is in the discovery phase.
We provide custody services to and engage in principal foreign exchange services totrading with government pension plans in other jurisdictions. Since the commencement of the litigation in California, attorneys general and other governmentalgovernment authorities from a number of jurisdictions, as well as U.S. Attorney's offices, the U.S. Department of Labor and the SEC, have requested information or issued subpoenas in connection with inquiries into the pricing of our indirect foreign exchange services.trading. We continue to respond to such inquiries and subpoenas.

164

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We offerengage in indirect foreign exchange services such as those we offer to the California state pension plans totrading with a broad range of custody clients in the U.S. and internationally. We have responded and are responding to information requests from a number of
clients concerning our indirect foreign exchange rates. In February 2011, a putative class action was filed in federal court in Boston seeking unspecified damages, including treble damages, on behalf of all custodial clients that executed certain foreign exchange transactions with State Street from 1998 to 2009. The putative class action alleges, among other things, that the rates at which State Street executed foreign currency trades constituted an unfair and deceptive practice under Massachusetts law and a breach of the duty of loyalty.
Two other putative class actions are currently pending in federal court in Boston alleging various violations of ERISA on behalf of all ERISA plans custodied with us that executed indirect foreign exchange transactionstrades with State Street from 1998 onward. The complaints allege that State Street caused class members to pay unfair and unreasonable rates foron indirect foreign exchange transactionstrades with State Street. The complaints seek unspecified damages, disgorgement of profits, and other equitable relief. Other claims may be asserted in the future, including in response to developments in the actions discussed above or governmental proceedings.
We have not established an accrual with respect to any of the pending legal proceedings related to our indirect foreign exchange services. We cannot provide any assurance as to the outcome of the pending proceedings, or whether other proceedings might be commenced against us by clients or government authorities. We expect that plaintiffs will seek to recover their share of all or a portion of the revenue that we have recorded from providing indirect foreign exchange services.trades. We cannot predict whether a court, in the event of an adverse resolution, would consider our revenue to be the appropriate measure of damages.
The following table summarizes our estimated total revenue worldwide from indirect foreign exchange trading services for the years ended December 31:
(In millions)2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 Revenue from indirect foreign exchange trading
Revenue from indirect foreign exchange trading$285
 $248
 $331
 $336
 $369
 $462
2008 $462
2009 369
2010 336
2011 331
2012 248
2013 285
2014 246
We believe that the amount of our revenue from such servicestrading has been of a similar or lesser order of magnitude for many years prior to 2008. Our revenue calculations related to indirect foreign exchange trading services reflect a judgment concerning the relationship between the rates we charge for indirect foreign exchange execution and indicative interbank market rates near in time to execution. Our revenue from foreign exchange trading generally depends on the


161


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

difference between the rates we set for those indirect trades and indicative interbank market rates onat the date trades settle.
We cannot predict the outcometime of any pending matters or whether a court, in the event of an adverse resolution, would consider our revenue to be the appropriate measure of damages.
Shareholder Litigation
Three shareholder-related complaints are currently pending in federal court in Boston. One complaint purports to be a class action on behalf of State Street shareholders. The two other complaints purport to be class actions on behalf of participants and beneficiaries in the State Street Salary Savings Program who invested in the program's State Street common stock investment option. The complaints allege various violationssettlement of the federal securities laws, common lawtrade.
In the third quarter of 2014, we recorded an accrual of $70 million reflecting our intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and ERISApotential claims arising out of our indirect foreign exchange client activities. We increased this accrual to $185 million as of December 31, 2014. We are engaged in connectiondiscussions with some, but not all, of the governmental agencies and civil litigants discussed above regarding potential settlements of their outstanding or potential claims. There can be no assurance that we will reach a settlement in any of these matters, that the cost of such settlements will not materially exceed our public disclosures concerning our investment securities portfolio, our asset-backed commercial paper conduit program,accrued reserve, or that other claims will not be asserted. We do not currently intend to seek to negotiate settlements with respect to all outstanding and potential claims, and our current efforts, even if successful, will not address all of our potential material legal exposure arising out of our indirect foreign exchange trading business. A fourth complaint, a purported shareholder derivative action on behalf of State Street, was dismissed in September 2013. We have accrued $12.5 million in connection with these matters.client activities.
Transition Management
In January 2014, we entered into a settlement with the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, or FCA, pursuant to which we paid a fine of £22.9 million (approximately $37.8 million), as a result of our having charged six clients of our U.K. transition management business during 2010 and 2011 amounts in excess of the contractual terms. We agreed to and have paid a fine of £22.9 million, or approximately $37.8 million, which we had fully accrued as of December 31, 2013. The SEC and the U.S. Attorney are conducting separate investigations into this matter. As of December 31, 2013, in addition to the above-described settlement,2014, we had remaining accruals of approximately $13$3.0 million for otherindemnification costs associated with the reimbursement of the affected clients and indemnification costs.this matter.
Investment Servicing
State Street ishas been named as a defendant in a series of related complaints by investment management clients of TAG Virgin Islands, Inc., or TAG, who hold or held custodial accounts with State Street. The complaints

165

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

collectively allegehave alleged various claims in connection with certain assets managed by TAG and custodied with State Street. In 2013, we entered into settlements with certain of the TAG account holders.TAG. As of December 31, 2013,2014, one action remains pending. As of December 31, 2014, we had $4.3 million accrued$4.6 million with respect to claims that have not been settled.these matters.
Income TaxesTaxes:
In determining our provision for income taxes, we make certain judgments and interpretations with respect to tax laws in jurisdictions in which we have business operations. Because of the complex nature of these laws, in the normal course of our business, we are subject to challenges from U.S. and non-U.S. income tax authorities regarding the amount of
income taxes due. These challenges may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of taxable income among tax jurisdictions. We recognize a tax benefit when it is more likely than not that our position will result in a tax deduction or credit. Additional information with respect to our provisionsprovision for income taxes and tax benefits, including unrecognized tax benefits, is provided in note 23.22.
We are presently under audit by a number of tax authorities. The earliest tax year open to examination in jurisdictions where we have material operations is 2009. The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, is currently reviewingcompleted their audit field procedures for the current audit related to our U.S. income tax returns for the tax years 2010 and 2011. Management believes that we have sufficiently accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2013 for tax exposures, including, but not limited to, exposures related to the review by the IRS of the tax years 2010 and 2011.
Note 12.12.    Variable Interest Entities
Asset-Backed Investment Securities:
We are involved, in the normal course of our business, with various types of special purpose entities, some of which meet the definition of variable interest entities, or VIEs. We are required by GAAP to consolidate a VIE when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. This determination is evaluated periodically as facts and circumstances change.
We invest in various forms of asset-backed securities, which we carry in our investment securities portfolio. These asset-backed securities meet the GAAP definition of asset securitization entities, which are considered to be VIEs as defined by GAAP.VIEs. We are not considered to be the primary beneficiary of these VIEs as defined by GAAP, since we do not have control over their activities. Additional information about our asset-backed securities is provided in note 4.3.


162


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Tax-Exempt Investment Program:
In the normal course of our business, we structure and sell certificated interests in pools of tax-exempt investment-grade assets, principally to our mutual fund clients. We structure these pools as partnership trusts, and the assets and liabilities of the trusts are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as investment securities available for sale and other short-term borrowings. We may also provide liquidity and re-marketing services to the trusts. As of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, we carried investment securities available for sale, composed of securities related to state and political subdivisions, with a fair value of $2.33$2.27 billion and $2.68$2.33 billion,, respectively, and other short-term borrowings (refer to note 9) of $1.95$1.87 billion and $2.15$1.95 billion,, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition in connection with these trusts. The interest revenue and interest expense generated by the investments and certificated interests, respectively, are recorded as components of net interest revenue when earned or incurred.
We transfer assets to the trusts from our investment securities portfolio at adjusted book value, and the trusts finance the acquisition of these assets by selling certificated interests issued by the trusts to third-party investors and to State Street as residual holder. These transfers do not meet the de-recognition criteria defined by GAAP, and therefore, arethe assets continue to be recorded in our consolidated financial statements. The trusts had a weighted-average life of approximately 6.55.9 years as of December 31, 2013,2014, compared to approximately 6.96.5 years as of December 31, 2012.2013.
Under separate legal agreements, we provide standby bond-purchase agreements to these trusts and, with respect to certain securities, letters of credit. Our commitments to the trusts under these standby bond-purchase agreements and letters of credit totaled $1.99$1.91 billion and $684$674 million,, respectively, as of December 31, 2013, 2014, none of which was utilized at period-end.as of that date. In the event that our obligations under these agreements are triggered, no material impact to our consolidated results of operations or financial condition is expected to occur, because the securities are already recorded at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition.
Interests in Sponsored Investment Funds:
In the normal course of business, we manage various types of sponsored investment funds through SSgA.SSGA. The services we provide to these sponsored investment funds generate management fee revenue. From time to time, we may invest cash in the funds, which we refer to as seed capital, in order for the
funds to establish a performance history for newly-launched strategies. These
With respect to our interests in sponsored investment funds may be considered VIEs.that meet the definition of a VIE, a primary beneficiary assessment is performed to determine if our variable interest (or combination of variable interests, including those of related parties) absorbs the majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. As part of our assessment, we consider all the facts and circumstances regarding the terms and characteristics of the variable interest(s), the design and characteristics of the fund and the other involvements of the enterprise with the fund. Upon consolidation of certain sponsored investment funds, we retain the specialized investment company accounting rules followed by the underlying funds.
On All of the underlying investments held by such consolidated sponsored investment funds are carried at fair value, with corresponding changes in the investments’ fair values reflected in trading services revenue in our consolidated statement of income. When we no longer control these funds due to a reduced ownership interest or other reasons, the funds are de-consolidated and accounted for under another accounting method if we continue to maintain an investment in the fund.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, we investedwere an investor in a newly-launched sponsored investment fund.fund, considered to be a VIE, which was initially launched on December 31, 2013. Given the extent of our exposure to the variability of the net assets of the fund, we were deemed to be the fund’s primary beneficiary, and as a result have includedwe include the fund in our consolidated financial statements. The fund's activities consist primarily of active trading in various equity, fixed-income, currency, commodity and futures markets. Such activities are included in our consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate assets and liabilities of this consolidated sponsored investment fund totaled $65 million and $13 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the fund’s
assets consisted solely of $50 million in cash. In 2014, the cash will be invested in various securities and investment vehicles as the fund executes its investment strategy.
As of December 31, 2012, we were not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of any sponsored investment funds, and as a result did not include the funds in our consolidated financial statements as of that date.
As of December 31, 2013,2014 our potential maximum total exposure associated with the consolidated sponsored investment fund totaled $50$52 million and represented the value of our economic ownership interest in the fund. In the aggregate, weWe expect any financial losses that we realize over time from these seed investments to be limited to the actual fair value of the amount invested in the consolidated fund, which is based on the fair value of the underlying


163


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

investment securities held by the funds. However, in the event of a fund wind-down, gross gains and losses of the fund may be recognized for financial accounting purposes in different periods during the time the fund is consolidated but not wholly owned. Although we expect the actual economic loss to be limited to the amount invested, our losses in any period could exceed the value of our economic interests in the fund and could exceed the value of our initial seed capital investment.
Our conclusion to consolidate a sponsored investment fund may vary from period to period, most commonly as a result of fluctuation in our ownership interest as a result of changes in the number of fund shares held by either us or by third parties. Given that the funds follow specialized investment company accounting rules which prescribe fair value, a de-consolidation generally would not result in gains or losses for us.
The net assets of any consolidated fund are solely available to settle the liabilities of the fund and to settle any investors’ ownership redemption requests, including any seed capital invested in the fund by State Street. We are not contractually required to provide financial or any other support to any of our sponsored investment funds. In addition, neither creditors nor equity investors in the sponsored investment funds have any recourse to State Street’s general credit.
As of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, we managed certain sponsored investment funds, considered to be VIEs, in which we held a variable interest but for which we were not deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Our potential maximum loss exposure related to these unconsolidated funds totaled $18$45 million and $28$18 million as of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, respectively, and represented the carrying value of our seed capital investment, which is recorded in either investment securities available for sale or other assets in our consolidated statement of condition. The amount of loss we may recognize during any period is limited to the carrying amount of our seed capital investment in the unconsolidated fund.
Note 13.    Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock:
Preferred Stock, Series E
In 2013,November 2014, we declared aggregate dividends on our non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series C (represented byissued 30 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of State Street'sStreet’s non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series C)E, without par value per share, with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25
per depositary share), which we refer to as our Series E preferred stock, in a public offering. The aggregate proceeds from the offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other issuance costs, were approximately $728 million.
On December 15, 2019, or any dividend payment date thereafter, the Series E preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed by us, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series E preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed at our option in whole, but not in part, prior to December 15, 2019, upon the occurrence of a regulatory capital treatment event, as defined in the certificate of designation with respect to the Series E preferred stock, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
In January 2015, we declared dividends on our Series E preferred stock of $1,833 per share, or approximately $0.46 per depositary share, totaling approximately $14 million, which will be paid in March 2015.
Preferred Stock, Series D
In February 2014, we issued 30 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of State Street’s fixed-to-floating-rate non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series D, without par value per share, with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), which we refer to as our Series D preferred stock, in a public offering. The aggregate proceeds from the offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other issuance costs, were approximately $742 million.
On March 15, 2024, or any dividend payment date thereafter, the Series D preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed by us, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series D preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed at our option in whole, but not in part, prior to March 15, 2024, upon the occurrence of a regulatory capital treatment event, as defined in the certificate of designation with respect to the Series D preferred stock, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus


164


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
In 2014, we declared aggregate dividends on our Series D preferred stock of $4,605 per share, or approximately $1.15 per depositary share, totaling approximately $35 million. In January 2015, we declared dividends on our Series D preferred stock of $1,475 per share, or approximately $0.37 per depositary share, totaling approximately $11 million, which will be paid in March 2015.
Preferred Stock, Series C
In 2014, we declared aggregate dividends on our Series C preferred stock of $5,252 per share, or approximately $1.32 per depositary share, totaling approximately $26 million. In 2013, we declared aggregate dividends on our Series C preferred stock of $5,250 per share, or approximately $1.31 per depositary share, totaling approximately $26 million. In 2012, dividends declared on our perpetual preferred stock, Series C, totaled approximately $8 million. In 2012,January 2015, we declared dividends on our non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, totaling approximately $21 million. We redeemed our Series A perpetual preferred stock in 2012.
Dividends on shares of our Series C preferred stock are not mandatory and are not cumulative. If declared, dividends will be payable on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 of each year at an annual rate of 5.25%. If we issue additional shares of our Series C preferred stock after the original issue date, dividend rights with respect to such shares will commence from the original issue date of such additional shares. Dividends on our Series C preferred stock of $1,313 per share, or approximately $0.33 per depositary share, totaling approximately $7 million, which will not be declared to the extent that such declaration would cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including federal regulatory capital guidelines.paid in March 2015.
On September 15, 2017, or any dividend payment date thereafter, the Series C preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed by us, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series C preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed at our option, in whole orbut not in part, prior to September 15, 2017, upon the occurrence of a regulatory capital treatment event, as defined in the certificate of designation with respect to the Series C preferred stock, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
Dividends on shares of our Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock are not mandatory and are not cumulative. If declared, dividends will be payable on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 of each year at annual rates of 5.25%, 5.90% and 6.00%, respectively. If we issue additional shares of our Series C, Series D or Series E preferred stock after the original issue date, dividend rights with respect to such shares will commence from the original issue date of such additional shares. Dividends on our Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock will not be declared to the extent that such declaration
would cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including applicable federal regulatory capital guidelines.
Common Stock:
In March 2014, our Board of Directors approved a common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1.70 billion of our common stock through March 31, 2015. In 2014, we purchased approximately 17.7 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $69.59 and an aggregate cost of approximately $1.23 billion under the program. As of December 31, 2014, approximately$470 million remained available for purchases of our common stock under the program. Shares acquired under the program which remained unissued as of December 31, 2014 were recorded as treasury stock in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2014.
In 2014, we completed a previous Board-authorized common stock purchase program with the purchase of approximately 6.1 million shares of our common stock at an average cost of $69.14 per share and an aggregate cost of approximately $420 million.
In 2014, in the aggregate under both programs, we purchased approximately 23.8 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $69.48 and an aggregate cost of approximately $1.65 billion.
In 2014, we declared aggregate common stock dividends of $1.16 per share, totaling approximately $490 million, compared to aggregate common stock dividends of $1.04 per share, totaling approximately $463 million, declared in 2013.
















166165


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Common Stock:
In March 2013, our Board of Directors approved a program authorizing the purchase by us of up to $2.10 billion of our common stock through March 31, 2014. In connection with this and a prior Board-approved program, we undertook the following activities in 2013:
From April 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, we purchased approximately 24.7 million shares of our common stock under this program at an average per-share and aggregate cost of $68.05 and $1.68 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $420 million remained available for purchases of our common stock under the March 2013 program.
From January 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013, we purchased approximately 6.5 million shares of our common stock at an average cost of $54.95 per share and an aggregate cost of approximately $360 million, under a previous Board-approved program which ended on March 31, 2013.
In 2013, in the aggregate under both programs, we purchased approximately 31.2 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $65.30 and an aggregate cost of approximately $2.04 billion.
Shares acquired in connection with our common stock purchase programs which remained unissued as of December 31, 2013 were recorded as treasury stock in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2013.
In 2013, we declared aggregate common stock dividends of $1.04 per share, totaling approximately $463 million, compared to aggregate common stock dividends of $0.96 per share, totaling approximately $456 million, declared in 2012.
Our common shares may be acquired for certain deferred compensation plans, held by an external trustee, that are not part of our common stock purchase program. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately 375,000 shares and 387,000 shares, respectively, had been purchased and were held in trust, and were recorded as treasury stock in our consolidated statement of condition as of those dates.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
The following table presents the after-tax components of AOCI as of December 31:
(In millions)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges$161
 $69
 $(5)
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedges$276
 $161
 $69
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities portfolio(56) 815
 110
273
 (56) 815
Net unrealized losses related to reclassified available-for-sale securities(72) (110) (189)
Net unrealized gains (losses) related to reclassified available-for-sale securities39
 (72) (110)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities(128) 705
 (79)312
 (128) 705
Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges(97) (183) (210)(121) (97) (183)
Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities related to factors other than credit4
 (3) (17)1
 4
 (3)
Net unrealized losses on hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries(14) (14) (14)(14) (14) (14)
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit(47) (65) (86)(29) (47) (65)
Net unrealized losses on retirement plans(203) (283) (248)(272) (203) (283)
Foreign currency translation229
 134
 
(660) 229
 134
Total$(95) $360
 $(659)$(507) $(95) $360
In the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, we realized net gains of $14$15 million,, or $9$9 million net of related taxes as presented in the table above, from sales of available-for-sale securities. Unrealized pre-tax gainslosses of $25$43 million were included in AOCI as of December 31, 2012,2013, net of deferred taxestax benefits of $10$17 million,, related to these sales. In the year endedDecember 31, 2012, we realized net gains of $55 million from sales of available-for-sale securities. Unrealized pre-tax gains of $67 million were included in AOCI as of December 31, 2011, net of deferred taxes of $27 million, related to these sales. In the year ended December 31, 2011,2013, we
realized net gains of $140$14 million, or $9 million net of related taxes, from sales of available-for-sale securities. Unrealized pre-tax gains of $76$25 million were included in other comprehensive incomeAOCI as of December 31, 2010,2012, net of deferred taxes of $30$10 million, related to these sales.

The following tables present changes in AOCI by component, net of related taxes, for the periods indicated:

 Year Ended December 31, 2014
(In millions)Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available-for-Sale Securities Net Unrealized Losses on Hedges of Net Investments in Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Held-to-Maturity Securities Net Unrealized Losses on Retirement Plans Foreign Currency Translation Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012$69
 $519
 $(14) $(65) $(283) $134
 $360
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications89
 (735) 
 15
 60
 96
 (475)
Amounts reclassified into earnings3
 (5) 
 3
 20
 (1) 20
Other comprehensive income (loss)92
 (740) 
 18
 80
 95
 (455)
Balance as of December 31, 2013161
 (221) (14) (47) (203) 229
 (95)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications112
 422
 
 17
 
 (889) (338)
Amounts reclassified into earnings3
 (9) 
 1
 (69) 
 (74)
Other comprehensive income (loss)115
 413
 
 18
 (69) (889) (412)
Balance as of December 31, 2014$276
 $192
 $(14) $(29) $(272) $(660) $(507)

167166


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


The following table presents changes in AOCI by component, net of related taxes,tables present after-tax reclassifications into earnings for the year ended December 31:periods indicated:
 Year Ended December 31, 2013
(In millions)Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available-for-Sale Securities Net Unrealized Losses on Hedges of Net Investments in Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Held-to-Maturity Securities Net Unrealized Losses on Retirement Plans Foreign Currency Translation Total
Beginning balance$69
 $519
 $(14) $(65) $(283) $134
 $360
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications89
 (735) 
 15
 60
 96
 (475)
Amounts reclassified out of AOCI3
 (5) 
 3
 20
 (1) 20
Other comprehensive income (loss)92
 (740) 
 18
 80
 95
 (455)
Ending balance$161
 $(221) $(14) $(47) $(203) $229
 $(95)
 Years Ended December 31,  
 2014 2013  
(In millions)Amounts Reclassified into Earnings Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of Income
Cash flow hedges:     
Interest-rate contracts, net of related tax benefit of $2 and $2, respectively$3
 $3
 Net interest revenue
Available-for-sale securities:     
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of ($6) and ($5), respectively(9) (9) Net gains (losses) from sales of available-for-sale securities
Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities related to factors other than credit, net of related tax benefit of $2
 4
 Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
Held-to-maturity securities:     
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit, net of related tax benefit of $3 for 20131
 3
 Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
Retirement plans:     
Amortization of actuarial losses, net of related taxes of ($50) and tax benefits of $13, respectively(69) 20
 Compensation and employee benefits expenses
Foreign currency translation:     
Sales of non-U.S. entities, net of related taxes of ($1)
 (1) Processing fees and other revenue
Total reclassifications out of AOCI$(74) $20
  

167

The following table presents reclassifications out of AOCI for the year ended December 31, 2013:
 Amount Reclassified out of AOCI Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of Income
(In millions)   
Cash flow hedges:   
Interest-rate contracts, net of related tax benefit of $2$3
 Net interest revenue
Available-for-sale securities:   
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of ($5)(9) Net gains (losses) from sales of available-for-sale securities
Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities related to factors other than credit, net of related tax benefit of $24
 Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
Held-to-maturity securities:   
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit, net of related tax benefit of $33
 Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
Retirement plans:   
Amortization of actuarial losses, net of related tax benefit of $1320
 Compensation and employee benefits expense
Foreign currency translation:   
Sales of non-U.S. entities, net of related taxes of ($1)(1) Processing fees and other revenue
Total reclassifications out of AOCI$20
  

Note 14.    Equity-Based Compensation
In May 2012, our shareholders amended the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of stock and stock-based awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance awards, from 37 million shares to 52.5 million shares. In addition, up to 8 million shares from our 1997 Equity Incentive Plan were approved for issuance under the 2006 Plan. This included shares that were available for issuance when the plan expired on December 18, 2006, and any shares that subsequently become available due to cancellations and forfeitures. A total of 60.5 million shares is available for issuance under the 2006 Plan.
As of December 31, 2013, a cumulative total of 52.4 million shares had been awarded under the 2006 Plan, compared with cumulative totals of 45.3 million shares and 32.8 million shares as of December 31, 2012 and 2011,

168

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 14.    Equity-Based Compensation
We record compensation expense for equity-based awards, such as restricted stock, deferred stock and performance awards, based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, adjusted if appropriate based on the award’s eligibility to receive dividends. The fair value of stock options and stock appreciation rights is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model.
Compensation expense related to equity-based awards with service-only conditions and terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule is recognized on a straight-line basis over the required service period for the entire award. Compensation expense related to equity-based awards with performance conditions and terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule is recognized over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of the award, and is based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions at each reporting date. Compensation expense is adjusted for assumptions with respect to the estimated amount of awards that will be forfeited prior to vesting, and for employees who have met certain retirement eligibility criteria.
Dividend equivalents for certain equity-based awards are paid on stock units on a current basis prior to vesting and distribution. Compensation expense for common stock awards granted to employees meeting early retirement eligibility criteria is fully expensed and accrued on the grant date.
As of December 31, 2014, a cumulative total of 56.9 million shares had been awarded under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2006 Plan, compared with cumulative totals of 52.4 million shares and 45.3 million shares as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 2006 Plan allows for shares withheld in payment of the exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements, shares forfeited due to employee termination, shares expired under options awards, or shares not delivered when performance conditions have not been met, to be added back to the pool of shares available for awards. As of December 31, 2013, 142014, 17.8 million shares had been awarded under the 2006 Plan but not delivered, and have become available for reissue. A total of 60.5 million shares is available for issuance under the 2006 Plan.
The exercise price of non-qualified and incentive stock options and stock appreciation rights may not be less than the fair value of such shares on the date of grant. Stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, the 1997 Plan, and the 2006 plans Plan, collectively the Plans,


generally vest over four years and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. No common stock options or stock appreciation rights have been granted since 2009. For restricted stock awards granted under the plans,Plans, common stock is issued at the time of grant and recipients have dividend and voting rights. In general, these grants vest over three to four years. No restricted stock awards have been granted since 2010.
For deferred stock awards granted under the plans,Plans, no common stock is issued at the time of grant and the stock does not have dividend and voting rights. Generally, these grants vest over twoone to four years. Performance awards granted are earned over a performance period based on the achievement of defined goals, generally over one to four years. Payment for performance awards is made in shares of our common stock equal to its fair market value per share, based on certain financial ratios, after the conclusion of each performance period. No common stock options or stock appreciation rights have been granted since 2009.
In DecemberBeginning with 2012, malus-based forfeiture provisions were included in deferred stock awards granted to employees identified as “material risk-takers.risk-takers, as defined by management. These malus-based forfeiture provisions provide for the reduction or cancellation of unvested deferred compensation, such as deferred stock awards, if it is determined that a material risk-taker made risk-based decisions that exposed State Street to inappropriate risks that resulted in a material unexpected loss at the business-unit, line-of-business or corporate level.
Compensation expense related to stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, deferred stock awards and performance awards, which we record as a component of compensation and employee benefits expense in our consolidated statement of income, was $329 million, $355 million $353 million and $261$353 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. Such expense for 2014, 2013 and 2012 excluded $20 million, $3 million and $26 million, respectively, associated with acceleration of expense in connection with the staff reductions discussed in note 21.21. This expense was included in the severance-related portion of the associated restructuring charges recorded in each respective year. The aggregate income tax benefit recorded in our consolidated statement of income related to compensation expense recorded as a component of compensation and employee benefits expense was $130 million, $140 million $139 million and $103$139 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.
The following table presents information about the 2006 Plan and 1997 Plan as of December 31, 2013, and related activity during the years indicated:
 
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Total
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights:       
Outstanding as of December 31, 20117,709
 $53.37
    
Exercised(1,459) 38.09
    
Forfeited or expired(612) 51.03
    
Outstanding as of December 31, 20125,638
 57.58
    
Exercised(2,725) 45.93
    
Forfeited or expired(249) 68.80
    
Outstanding as of December 31, 20132,664
 $68.45
 2.3 $20
Exercisable as of December 31, 20132,664
 $68.45
 2.3 $20
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $42 million, $8 million and $6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options and stock appreciation rights.


169168


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents information about the Plans as of December 31, 2014, and related activity during the years indicated:
 
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Total
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights:       
Outstanding as of December 31, 20125,638
 $57.58
    
Exercised(2,725) 45.93
    
Forfeited or expired(249) 68.80
    
Outstanding as of December 31, 20132,664
 68.45
    
Exercised(801) 55.33
    
Forfeited or expired(2) 52.78
    
Outstanding as of December 31, 20141,861
 $74.12
 1.9 $11
Exercisable as of December 31, 20141,861
 $74.12
 1.9 $11
The total intrinsic value of options and stock appreciation rights exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $14 million, $42 million and $8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options and stock appreciation rights.
The following tables present activity related to other common stock awards during the years indicated:
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Restricted Stock Awards:      
Outstanding as of December 31, 20114,165
 $43.25
Vested(1,497) 42.87
Forfeited(66) 44.64
Outstanding as of December 31, 20122,602
 43.44
2,602
 $43.44
Vested(1,339) 42.47
(1,339) 42.47
Forfeited(18) 43.98
(18) 43.98
Outstanding as of December 31, 20131,245
 $44.47
1,245
 44.47
Vested(1,211) 44.56
Forfeited(3) 42.57
Outstanding as of December 31, 201431
 $41.27
The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested was $54 million, $57 million, $64 million, and $66$64 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013,2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock, net of estimated forfeitures, was $8$0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of sixtwo months.
 
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Deferred Stock Awards:   
Outstanding as of December 31, 201214,814
 $39.08
Granted6,906
 54.16
Vested(6,332) 40.97
Forfeited(294) 44.48
Outstanding as of December 31, 201315,094
 45.07
Granted4,282
 65.40
Vested(6,730) 46.03
Forfeited(215) 49.87
Outstanding as of December 31, 201412,431
 $51.47
 
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Deferred Stock Awards:   
Outstanding as of December 31, 20118,953
 $42.34
Granted11,405
 38.48
Vested(5,123) 43.46
Forfeited(421) 39.27
Outstanding as of December 31, 201214,814
 39.08
Granted6,906
 54.16
Vested(6,332) 40.97
Forfeited(294) 44.48
Outstanding as of December 31, 201315,094
 $45.07
The weighted-average grant date fair value of deferred stock awards granted in 20112012 was $41.92$38.48 per share. The total fair value of deferred stock awards vested was $310 million, $259 million $223 million and $107$223 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013,2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to deferred stock awards, net of estimated forfeitures, was $400$360 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.42.3 years.
 
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Performance Awards:   
Outstanding as of December 31, 20112,629
 $42.52
Granted764
 37.78
Forfeited(200) 42.59
Paid out(646) 44.07
Outstanding as of December 31, 20122,547
 40.70
Granted494
 53.60
Forfeited(4) 41.62
Paid out(813) 41.62
Outstanding as of December 31, 20132,224
 $43.24


170169


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Shares
(in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Performance Awards:   
Outstanding as of December 31, 20122,547
 $40.7
Granted494
 53.6
Forfeited(4) 41.62
Paid out(813) 41.62
Outstanding as of December 31, 20132,224
 43.24
Granted437
 64.56
Forfeited(1) 53.16
Paid out(1,033) 42.48
Outstanding as of December 31, 20141,627
 $49.46
The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance awards granted in 20112012 was $42.28$37.78 per share. The total fair value of performance awards paid out was $44 million, $34 million $28 million and $10$28 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013,2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to performance awards, net of estimated forfeitures, was $6$5 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.72.3 years.
We utilize either treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the issuance of common stock under our equity incentive plans. We do not have a specific policy concerning purchases of our common stock to satisfy stock issuances, including exercises of stock options. We have a general policy concerning purchases of our common stock to meet issuances under our employee benefit plans, including option exercises and other corporate purposes. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our purchases of our common stock, including regulatory reviews, our regulatory capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue under employee benefit plans, market conditions (including the trading price of our common stock), and legal considerations. These factors can change at any time, and the number of shares of common stock we will purchase or when we will purchase them cannot be assured.
Note 15.Regulatory Matters
Note 15.    Regulatory Capital:Capital
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial condition. Under current regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, we must meet
specified capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of our consolidated assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures calculated in conformity with regulatory accounting practices. Our capital components and their classifications are subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures establishedAs of December 31, 2013, we were subject to the generally applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements enforced by regulationU.S. banking regulators, referred to as Basel I. These requirements were based on a 1988 international accord developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel Committee.
In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a final rule to implement the Basel III framework in the U.S., referred to as the Basel III final rule, provisions of which become effective under a transition timetable which began on January 1, 2014, with respectfull implementation required beginning on January 1, 2019. As provided in the Basel III final rule, banking organizations in their Basel II qualification period, or parallel run, were required to complete a superseding parallel run under Basel III.
We were notified by the Federal Reserve on February 21, 2014 that we completed our parallel run and would be required to begin using the advanced approaches framework in the Basel III final rule in the determination of our risk-based capital adequacy requirerequirements. Pursuant to this notification, we began to use the advanced approaches to calculate and disclose our risk-based capital ratios starting with the three months ended June 30, 2014.
As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in 2010, State Street and State Street Bank, as advanced approaches banking organizations, are subject to maintaina permanent "capital floor" in the calculation and assessment of their regulatory capital adequacy by U.S. banking regulators. Beginning on January 1, 2014, this capital floor is based on the provisions of Basel I, as adjusted by the final market risk capital rule issued by U.S. banking regulators in 2012.
Beginning on January 1, 2014, we became subject to the provisions of the Basel III final rule that govern our calculation of regulatory capital, including transitional, or phase-in, provisions. Beginning with the three months ended June 30, 2014 and ending with December 31, 2014, the lower of our regulatory capital ratios calculated under the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule and those ratios calculated under the transitional provisions of Basel III (capital calculated in conformity with Basel III and risk-weighted assets calculated in conformity with Basel I as described above) applied in


170


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the assessment of our capital adequacy for regulatory purposes.
As of December 31, 2014, the minimum required regulatory capital ratios are as follows:
common equity tier 1 risk-based capital - 4%;
tier 1 risk-based capital - 5.5%;
total risk-based capital - 8%; and
tier 1 leverage - 4%
The methods for the calculation of our and leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. TheState Street Bank's risk-based capital ratios will change as the provisions of the Basel III final rule related to the numerator (capital) and denominator (risk-weighted assets) are tier 1 capitalphased in, and total capital, each divided by adjusted totalas we begin calculating our risk-weighted assets and marketusing the advanced approaches. These ongoing methodological changes
will result in differences in our reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of applicable changes to our capital base, our asset composition, our off-balance sheet exposures or our risk equivalent assets, and the tier 1 leverage ratio is tier 1 capital divided by adjusted quarterly average assets. profile.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012,2014, State Street and State Street Bank exceeded all regulatory capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, State Street Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the applicable regulatory capital adequacy framework. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” State Street Bank must meet or exceed the minimum ratios for “well capitalized,” as set forth in the following table,framework, and meet certain other requirements. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, State Street Bank exceeded all “well capitalized” ratio guidelines to which it was subject. Management believes that no conditions or events have occurred since December 31, 20132014 that have changed the capital categorization of State Street Bank.



























171


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents the regulatory capital structure, total risk-weighted assets and related regulatory capital ratios for State Street and related componentsState Street Bank as of December 31:the dates indicated. As a result of changes in the methodologies used to calculate our regulatory capital ratios from period to period as the provisions of the Basel III final rule are phased in, the ratios presented in the table for each period-end are not directly comparable. Refer to the footnotes following the table.
 
Regulatory Guidelines(1)
 State Street State Street Bank
(Dollars in millions)Minimum 
Well
Capitalized
 2013 2012 2013 2012
Risk-based ratios:           
Tier 1 capital4% 6% 17.3% 19.1% 16.4% 17.3%
Total capital8
 10
 19.7
 20.6
 19.0
 19.1
Tier 1 leverage ratio4
 5
 6.9
 7.1
 6.4
 6.3
Total shareholders’ equity    $20,378
 $20,869
 $19,755
 $19,681
Trust preferred capital securities    950
 950
 
 
Net unrealized (gains) losses on available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges    107
 (525) 112
 (523)
Net unrealized losses on retirement plans    203
 283
 192
 277
Goodwill    (6,036) (5,977) (5,740) (5,679)
Other intangible assets    (2,360) (2,539) (2,239) (2,392)
Deferred tax liabilities associated with acquisitions    653
 699
 638
 680
Tier 1 capital    13,895
 13,760
 12,718
 12,044
Qualifying subordinated debt    1,918
 1,219
 1,936
 1,223
Allowances for on- and off-balance sheet credit exposures    45
 39
 45
 39
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities    3
 2
 
 
Tier 2 capital    1,966
 1,260
 1,981
 1,262
Deduction for investments in finance subsidiaries    (74) (191) 
 
Total capital    $15,787
 $14,829
 $14,699
 $13,306
Adjusted total risk-weighted assets and market risk equivalent assets:           
On-balance sheet assets    $60,277
 $58,238
 $57,599
 $55,949
Off-balance sheet equivalent assets    18,587
 13,155
 18,598
 13,144
Market risk equivalent assets    1,262
 519
 1,262
 445
Total    $80,126
 $71,912
 $77,459
 $69,538
Adjusted quarterly average assets    $202,801
 $192,817
 $199,301
 $189,780
    State Street State Street Bank
(Dollars in millions)   
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2014(1)
 
Basel III Transitional Provisions December 31, 2014(2)
 
Basel I December 31, 2013(3)
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2014(1)
 
Basel III Transitional Provisions December 31, 2014(2)
 
Basel I December 31, 2013(3)
  Common shareholders' equity:              
Common stock and related surplus   $10,295
 $10,295
 $10,280
 $10,867
 $10,867
 $10,786
Retained earnings   14,882
 14,882
 13,395
 9,416
 9,416
 9,064
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (641) (641) 215
 (535) (535) 209
Treasury stock, at cost   (5,158) (5,158) (3,693) 
 
 
Total   19,378
 19,378
 20,197
 19,748
 19,748
 20,059
Regulatory capital adjustments:              
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities(4) 
   (5,869) (5,869) (7,743) (5,577) (5,577) (7,341)
Other adjustments   (36) (36) 
 (128) (128) 
  Common equity tier 1 capital   13,473
 13,473
 12,454
 14,043
 14,043
 12,718
Preferred stock   1,961
 1,961
 491
 
 
 
Trust preferred capital securities subject to phase-out from tier 1 capital   475
 475
 950
 
 
 
Other adjustments   (145) (145) 
 
 
 
  Tier 1 capital   15,764
 15,764
 13,895
 14,043
 14,043
 12,718
Qualifying subordinated long-term debt   1,618
 1,618
 1,918
 1,634
 1,634
 1,936
Trust preferred capital securities phased out of tier 1 capital   475
 475
 NA 
 
 NA
Other adjustments   4
 4
 (26) 
 
 45
  Total capital   $17,861
 $17,861
 $15,787
 $15,677
 $15,677
 $14,699
               
  Risk-weighted assets:              
Credit risk   $66,874
 $87,502
 $78,864
 $59,836
 $84,433
 $76,197
Operational risk   35,866
 NA NA 35,449
 NA NA
Market risk(5)
   5,087
 2,910
 1,262
 5,048
 2,909
 1,262
Total risk-weighted assets   $107,827
 $90,412
 $80,126
 $100,333
 $87,342
 $77,459
Adjusted quarterly average assets   $247,740
 $247,740
 $202,801
 $243,549
 $243,549
 $199,301
               
  Capital Ratios: 
Minimum Requirements(6) 2014
Minimum Requirements(7) 2013
           
Common equity tier 1 capital 4.0%NA
12.5% 14.9% 15.5% 14.0% 16.1% 16.4%
Tier 1 capital 5.5
4.0%14.6
 17.4
 17.3
 14.0
 16.1
 16.4
Total capital 8.0
8.0
16.6
 19.8
 19.7
 15.6
 17.9
 19.0
Tier 1 leverage 4.0
4.0
6.4
 6.4
 6.9
 5.8
 5.8
 6.4
 ________________________________
(1)
State Street Bank must comply with the regulatory guideline for “well capitalized” in order for the parent company to maintain its status as a financial holding company, including maintaining a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10%, and a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%. The “well capitalized” guideline requires us to maintain a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10%.
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios as of December 31, 2014 were calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2014 was calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(2) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, total capital and tier 1 leverage ratios as of December 31, 2014 were calculated in conformity with the transitional provisions of the Basel III final rule. Specifically, these ratios reflect common equity tier 1, tier 1 and total capital (the numerator) calculated in conformity with the provisions of the Basel III final rule, and total risk-weighted assets or, with respect to the tier 1 leverage ratio, quarterly average assets (in both cases, the denominator), calculated in conformity with the provisions of Basel I.
(3) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, total capital and tier 1 leverage ratios as of December 31, 2013 were calculated in conformity with the provisions of Basel I.
(4) Amounts for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2014 consisted of goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, and 20% of other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, the latter phased in as a deduction from capital, in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(5) Market risk risk-weighted assets reported in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches included a credit valuation adjustment, referred to as the CVA, which reflected the risk of potential fair-value adjustments for credit risk reflected in our valuation of over-the-counter derivative contracts.  The CVA was not provided for in the final market risk capital rule; however, it was required by the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule.  State Street used the simple CVA approach in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches.
(6) Minimum requirements will be phased in up to full implementation beginning on January 1, 2019; minimum requirements listed are as of December 31, 2014.
(7) Minimum requirements listed, governed by Basel I, were as of December 31, 2013.

172


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Cash, Dividend, Loan and Other Restrictions:
In 2013,2014, our banking subsidiaries were required by the Federal Reserve to maintain average aggregate cash balances of approximately $4.39$5.72 billion to satisfy reserve requirements. Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by banking subsidiaries to a parent company. For 2014,2015, aggregate dividend payments by State Street Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval are limited to approximately $401$663 million of its undistributed earnings as of December 31, 2013,2014, plus an additional amount equal to its net profits, as defined by the aforementioned banking regulations, for 20142015 up to the date of any dividend payment. Currently, the payment of future common stock dividends by the parent company to its shareholders is subject to the review of our capital plan by the Federal Reserve in connection with its Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review process.
The Federal Reserve Act requires that extensions of credit by State Street Bank to certain affiliates, including the parent company, be secured by specific collateral, that the extension of credit to any one affiliate be limited to 10% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus, as defined, and that extensions of credit to all such affiliates be limited to 20% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus.
As of December 31, 2013,2014, our consolidated retained earnings included $474$492 million representing undistributed earnings of unconsolidated entities that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

172

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 16.    Derivative Financial Instruments
A derivative financial instrument is a financial instrument or other contract which has one or more referenced indices and one or more notional amounts, either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net investment than would be expected for similar types of contracts, and which requires or permits net settlement.
We use derivative financial instruments to support our clients' needs and to manage our interest-rate and currency risk. In undertaking these activities, we assume positions in both the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and using derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options and interest-rate swaps, interest-rate forward contracts and interest-rate futures. Our derivative positions include derivative contracts held by a consolidated sponsored investment fund (refer to
note 12). We record derivatives in our consolidated statement of condition at their fair value on a recurring basis.
Interest-rate contracts involve an agreement with a counterparty to exchange cash flows based on the movement of an underlying interest-rate index. An interest-rate swap agreement involves the exchange of a series of interest payments, at either a fixed or variable rate, based on the notional amount without the exchange of the underlying principal amount. An interest-rate option contract provides the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to receive an interest rate based upon a predetermined notional amount during a specified period. An interest-rate futures contract is a commitment to buy or sell, at a future date, a financial instrument at a contracted price; it may be settled in cash or through the delivery of the contracted instrument.
Foreign exchange contracts involve an agreement to exchange one currency for another currency at an agreed-upon rate and settlement date. Foreign exchange contracts generally consist of foreign exchange forward and spot contracts, option contracts and cross-currency swaps. Future cash requirements, if any, related to foreign exchange contracts are represented by the gross amount of currencies to be exchanged under each contract unless we and the counterparty have agreed to pay or to receive the net contractual settlement amount on the settlement date.
Derivative financial instruments involve the management of interest-rate and foreign currency risk, and involve, to varying degrees, market risk and credit and counterparty risk (risk related to repayment). Market risk is defined by U.S. banking regulators as the risk of loss that could result from broad market movements, such as changes in the general level of interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates or commodity prices. We use a variety of risk management tools and methodologies to measure, monitor and manage the market risk associated with our trading activities, which trading activities include our use of derivative financial instruments. One such risk-management measure is Value-at-Risk, or VaR. VaR is an estimate of potential loss for a given period within a stated statistical confidence interval. We use a risk-measurement system to measure VaR daily. We have adopted standards for measuring VaR, and we maintain regulatory capital for market risk in accordance with currently applicable regulatory market risk capital guidelines.requirements.
Derivative financial instruments are also subject to credit and counterparty risk, which is defined as the


173


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

risk of financial loss if a borrower or counterparty is either unable or unwilling to repay borrowings or settle a transaction in accordance with the underlying contractual terms. We manage credit and counterparty risk by performing credit reviews, maintaining individual counterparty limits, entering into netting arrangements and requiring the receipt of collateral. Collateral requirements are determined after a review of the creditworthiness of each counterparty, and these requirements are monitored and adjusted daily. Collateral is generally held in the form of cash or highly liquid U.S. government securities. We may be required to provide collateral to the counterparty in connection with our entry into derivative financial instruments. Cash collateral received from and provided to counterparties in connection with derivative financial instruments is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities and other assets, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. As of December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012,2013, we had recorded approximately $2.581.79 billion and $1.682.58 billion, respectively, of cash collateral received from counterparties and approximately $3.364.79 billion and $1.303.36 billion, respectively, of cash collateral provided to counterparties in connection with derivative financial instruments in our consolidated statement of condition.
We enter into master netting agreements with many of our derivative counterparties, and we have elected to net derivative assets and liabilities, including cash collateral received or deposited, which are subject to those agreements. Certain of these agreements contain credit risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the optionright to declare State Street in default and accelerate cash settlement of our net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event that our credit rating falls below specified levels. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position as of December 31, 20132014 totaled approximately $565 million2.54 billion, against which we had posted aggregate collateral of approximately $11$105 million. If State Street’s credit rating were downgraded below levels specified in the agreements, the maximum additional amount of payments related to termination events that could have been required pursuant to these contingent features as of December 31, 20132014 was approximately $554 million.$2.43 billion. Such accelerated settlement would not affect our consolidated results of operations.

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate the derivative as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed-rate asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a “fair-value” hedge); (2) a hedge of a forecast transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized variable-rate asset or liability (a
173

Table“cash-flow” hedge); (3) a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge (a “foreign currency” hedge); (4) a hedge of Contentsa net investment in a non-U.S. operation; or (5) a derivative utilized in either our trading activities or in our asset-and-liability management activities that is not designated as a hedge of an asset or liability.
STATE STREET CORPORATIONAt both the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we formally assess and document the effectiveness of a derivative designated as a hedge in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and the likelihood that the derivative will be an effective hedge in future periods. We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when we determine that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying risk being hedged, the derivative expires, terminates or is sold, or management discontinues the hedge designation.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)Unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts are reported at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition as a component of other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, on a gross basis, except where such gains and losses arise from contracts covered by qualifying master netting agreements.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:
In connection with our trading activities, we use derivative financial instruments in our role as a financial intermediary and as both a manager and servicer of financial assets, in order to accommodate our clients' investment and risk management needs. In addition, we use derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes as economic hedges, which are not formally designated as accounting hedges, in order to contribute to our overall corporate earnings and liquidity. These activities are designed to generate trading services revenue and to manage volatility in our net interest revenue. The level of market risk that we assume is a function of our overall objectives and liquidity needs, our clients' requirements and market volatility.
With respect to cross-border investing, our clients often enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to convert currency for international investments and to manage the currency risk in their international investment portfolios. As an active participant in the foreign exchange markets, we provide foreign exchange forward contracts and options in support of these client needs, and also act as a dealer in the currency markets. As part of our trading activities, we assume positions in both the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and using derivative


174


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options and interest-rate swaps, interest-rate forward contracts, and interest-rate futures. In the aggregate, we seek to match positions closely with the objective of minimizing related currency and interest-rate risk. We also use foreign currency swap contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated liabilities. The foreign exchange swap contracts are entered into for periods generally consistent with foreign currency exposure of the underlying transactions.
We offer products that provide book-value protection primarily to plan participants in stable value funds managed by non-affiliated investment managers of post-retirement defined contribution benefit plans, particularly 401(k) plans. We account for the associated contingencies, more fully described in note 1110, individually as derivative financial instruments. These contracts are valued quarterly and unrealized losses, if any, are recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
In 2013 and 2014, we granted deferred cash awards to certain of our employees as part of our employee incentive compensation plans. We account for these awards as derivative financial instruments, as the underlying referenced shares are not equity instruments of State Street. The fair value of these derivatives is referenced to the value of units in State Street-sponsored investment funds or funds sponsored by other unrelated entities. We re-measure these derivatives to fair value quarterly, and record the change in value in compensation and employee benefits expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:
In connection with our asset-and-liability management activities, we use derivative financial instruments to manage our interest-rate risk. Interest-rate risk, defined as the sensitivity of income or financial condition to variations in interest rates, is a significant non-trading market risk to which our assets and liabilities are exposed. These hedging relationships are formally designated, and qualify for hedge accounting, as fair value or cash flow hedges. We manage our interest-rate risk by identifying, quantifying and hedging our exposures, using fixed-rate portfolio securities and a variety of derivative financial instruments, most frequently interest-rate swaps and options (for example, interest-rate caps and floors). Interest-rate swap agreements alter the interest-rate characteristics of specific balance sheet assets or liabilities. When appropriate, forward-rate agreements, options on swaps, and exchange-traded futures and options are also used. Our hedging relationships are formally designated, and qualify for hedge accounting, as fair value or cash flow hedges.
 Fair value hedges
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are utilized to mitigate the risk of changes in the fair values of recognized assets and liabilities. Differences between the gains and losses on fair value hedges and the gains and losses on the asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk represent hedge ineffectiveness. We use interest-rate or foreign exchange contracts in this manner to manage our exposure to changes in the fair value of hedged items caused by changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair-value hedge, are recorded in processing fees and other revenue, along with the changes in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk.
We have entered into interest-rate swap agreements to modify our interest revenue from certain available-for-sale investment securities from a fixed rate to a floating rate. The hedged securitiestrusts had a weighted-average life of approximately 6.55.9 years as of December 31, 20132014, compared to 6.96.5 years as of December 31, 20122013. These securitiestrusts are hedged with interest-rate swap contracts of similar maturity, repricing and fixed-rate coupons. The interest-rate swap contracts convert the interest revenue from a fixed rate to a floating rate indexed to LIBOR, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of the securities attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate.
We have entered into interest-rate swap agreements to modify our interest expense on twothree senior notes and one subordinated note from fixed rates to floating rates. The senior notes mature in 2018, 2023 and 20232024 and pay fixed interest at annual rates of 1.35%, 3.70% and 3.70%3.30%, respectively. The subordinated note matures in 2023 and pays fixed interest at a 3.10% annual rate. The senior and subordinated notes are hedged with interest-rate swap contracts with notional amounts, maturities and fixed-rate coupon terms that align with the hedged notes. The interest-rate swap contracts convert the fixed-rate coupons to floating rates indexed to LIBOR, thereby mitigating our exposure

174

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

to fluctuations in the fair values of the senior and subordinated notes stemming from changes in the benchmark interest rates.
We have entered into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the change in fair value attributable to foreign exchange movements in the funding of non-functional currency-denominated investment securities. These forward contracts convert the foreign currency risk to U.S. dollars, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of the securities attributable to changes in


175


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

foreign exchange rates. Generally, no ineffectiveness is recorded in earnings, since the notional amount of the hedging instruments is aligned with the carrying value of the hedged securities. The forward points on the hedging instruments are considered to be a hedging cost, and accordingly are excluded from the evaluation of hedge effectiveness and recorded in net interest revenue.
Cash flow hedges
Derivatives categorized as cash flow hedges are utilized to offset the variability of cash flows to be received from or paid on a floating-rate asset or liability. Ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges is defined as the extent to which the changes in fair value of the derivative exceed the variability of cash flows of the forecast transaction.
We havehad entered into an interest-rate swap agreement to modify our interest revenue from an available-for-sale debt security from a floating rate to a fixed rate. The hedged security matured in October 2014 and had a remaining life of approximately 10 months as of December 31, 2013, compared to 1.8 years as of December 31, 2012.2013. The security iswas hedged with an interest-rate swap contract of similar maturity, repricing and other characteristics. The interest-rate swap contract convertsconverted the interest revenue from a floating rate to a fixed rate, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the cash flows of the security attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate.  
We have entered into foreign exchange contracts to hedge the change in cash flows attributable to foreign exchange movements in the funding of non-functional currency-denominated investment securities. These foreign exchange contracts convert the foreign currency risk to U.S. dollars, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the cash flows of the securities attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. Generally, no ineffectiveness is recorded in earnings, since the critical terms of the hedging instruments and the hedged securities are aligned.
For cash flow hedges, anyChanges in the fair value of a derivative that are highly effective, and that are designated and qualify as a foreign currency hedge, are recorded either in processing fees and other revenue or in other comprehensive income, net of taxes, depending on whether the hedge transaction meets the criteria for a fair-value or a cash-flow hedge. If, however, a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. operation, its changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded, net of taxes, in the foreign currency translation component of other comprehensive income. Lastly, entire changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments remainderivatives utilized in AOCI, andour trading activities are generally recorded in trading services revenue, and entire changes in the fair value of
derivatives utilized in our consolidated statement of incomeasset-and-liability management activities are recorded in future periods when earnings are affected by the variability of the hedged cash flow.

175

Table of Contentsprocessing fees and other revenue.
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents the aggregate contractual, or notional, amounts of derivative financial instruments entered into in connection with our trading and asset-and-liability management activities as of the dates indicated:
(In millions)December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
December 31,
2014
 December 31,
2013
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:      
Interest-rate contracts:      
Swap agreements and forwards$1,023
 $1,578
$645
 $1,023
Options and caps purchased27
 68
7
 27
Options and caps written27
 68
7
 27
Futures3,282
 1,910
3,939
 3,282
Foreign exchange contracts:      
Forward, swap and spot1,124,355
 897,354
1,231,344
 1,124,355
Options purchased1,666
 9,454
2,767
 1,666
Options written1,423
 8,734
2,404
 1,423
Credit derivative contracts:      
Credit swap agreements141
 27
191
 141
Commodity and equity contracts:   
Commodity(1)
26
 2
Equity(1)
2
 1
Other:      
Stable value contracts24,906
 33,512
23,409
 24,906
Futures3
 
Deferred value awards(2)
210
 42
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:      
Interest-rate contracts:      
Swap agreements5,221
 3,153
6,077
 5,221
Foreign exchange contracts:      
Forward and swap2,783
 3,477
2,705
 2,783
(1) Primarily composed of positions held by a consolidated sponsored investment fund, more fully described in note 12.
(2) Represents grants of deferred value awards to employees; refer to discussion in this note under "Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments."


176


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In connection with our asset-and-liability management activities, we have entered into interest-rate contracts designated as fair value and cash flow hedges to manage our interest-rate risk. The following table presents the aggregate notional amounts of these interest-rate contracts and the related assets or liabilities being hedged as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2014(1)
(In millions)
Fair
Value
Hedges
Investment securities available for sale$2,577
Long-term debt(2)
3,500
Total$6,077
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2013
(In millions)
Fair
Value
Hedges
 
Cash
Flow
Hedges
 Total 
Fair
Value
Hedges
 
Cash
Flow
Hedges
 TotalFair
Value
Hedges
 Cash
Flow
Hedges
 Total
Investment securities available for sale$2,589
 $132
 $2,721
 $1,573
 $130
 $1,703
$2,589
 $132
 $2,721
Long-term debt(1)(2)
2,500
 
 2,500
 1,450
 
 1,450
2,500
 
 2,500
Total$5,089
 $132
 $5,221
 $3,023
 $130
 $3,153
$5,089
 $132
 $5,221
  
(1) As of December 31, 20132014 there were no interest-rate contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) ,As of December 31, 2014, these fair value hedges increased the carrying value of long-term debt presented in our consolidated statement of condition by $76 million. As of December 31, 2013, these fair value hedges decreased the carrying value of long-term debt presented in our consolidated statement of condition by $35 million. As of December 31, 2012, fair value hedges of long-term debt increased the carrying value of long-term debt presented in our consolidated statement of condition by $174 million.
The following table presentstables present the contractual and weighted-average interest rates for long-term debt, which include the effects of the fair value hedges presented in the table above, for the periods indicated:
 Years Ended December 31,
 2014 2013
 
Contractual
Rates
 
Rate 
Including
Impact of Hedges
 
Contractual
Rates
 
Rate 
Including
Impact of Hedges
Long-term debt3.44% 2.63% 3.46% 2.75%
 Years Ended December 31,
 2013 2012
 
Contractual
Rates
 
Rate Including
Impact of Hedges
 
Contractual
Rates
 
Rate Including
Impact of Hedges
Long-term debt3.46% 2.75% 4.01% 3.17%
The following tables present the fair value of derivative financial instruments, excluding the impact of master netting agreements, recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of the dates indicated. The impact of master netting agreements is disclosed in note 2.
Derivative Assets(1)
 Fair Value
(In millions)December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:   
Foreign exchange contracts$14,626
 $11,552
Interest-rate contracts15
 29
Other derivative contracts2
 1
Total$14,643
 $11,582
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:   
Foreign exchange contracts$509
 $359
Interest-rate contracts62
 36
Total$571
 $395
(1)3 Derivative assets are included within Other assets in our consolidated statement of condition.
Derivative Liabilities(1)
 Fair Value
(In millions)December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:   
Foreign exchange contracts$14,922
 $11,428
Other derivative contracts70
 23
Interest-rate contracts16
 29
Total$15,008
 $11,480
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:   
Interest-rate contracts$223
 $302
Foreign exchange contracts3
 43
Total$226
 $345
(1). Derivative liabilities are included within other liabilities in our consolidated statement of condition.

176

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Asset Derivatives
 
Balance Sheet
Location
 Fair Value
(In millions)  December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:     
Foreign exchange contractsOther assets $11,552
 $9,243
Interest-rate contractsOther assets 29
 61
Credit derivative contractsOther assets 1
 
Total  $11,582
 $9,304
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:     
Foreign exchange contractsOther assets $359
 $135
Interest-rate contractsOther assets 36
 162
Total  $395
 $297
 Liability Derivatives
 
Balance Sheet
Location
 Fair Value
(In millions)  December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:     
Foreign exchange contractsOther liabilities $11,428
 $9,067
Interest-rate contractsOther liabilities 29
 61
Other derivative contractsOther liabilities 9
 9
Total  $11,466
 $9,137
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:     
Interest-rate contractsOther liabilities $302
 $284
Foreign exchange contractsOther liabilities 43
 17
Total  $345
 $301

177


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present the impact of our use of derivative financial instruments on our consolidated statement of income for the yearsperiods indicated:
Location of Gain (Loss) on
Derivative in Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) on Derivative Recognized in
Consolidated Statement
of Income
Location of Gain (Loss) on
Derivative in Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) on Derivative Recognized
in Consolidated Statement of Income
 Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)  2013 2012 2011  2014 2013 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:      Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:      
Foreign exchange contractsTrading services revenue $586
 $576
 $641
Trading services revenue $612
 $586
 $576
Foreign exchange contractsProcessing fees and other revenue 
 (2) 7
Processing fees and other revenue 
 
 (2)
Interest-rate contractsTrading services revenue 2
 (86) 21
Trading services revenue 1
 2
 (86)
Interest-rate contractsProcessing fees and other revenue 
 6
 
Processing fees and other revenue 
 
 6
Credit derivative contractsProcessing fees and other revenue 1
 
 
Trading services revenue 1
 
 
Credit derivative contractsProcessing fees and other revenue (1) 1
 
Other derivative contractsTrading services revenue (2) 
 
Total $589
 $494
 $669
 $611
 $589
 $494
 
Location of (Gain) Loss on
Derivative in Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Amount of (Gain) Loss on Derivative Recognized
in Consolidated Statement of Income
   Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)  2014 2013 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:      
Other derivative contractsCompensation and employee benefits $106
 $14
 
Total  $106
 $14
 $
 Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivative in Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 Hedged Item in Fair Value Hedging Relationship Location of Gain (Loss) on Hedged Item in Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Hedged
Item Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
   Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)  2014 2013 2012     2014 2013 2012
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:                
Foreign exchange contractsProcessing fees and
other revenue
 $(92) (183) 34
 Investment securities Processing fees and
other revenue
 $92
 $183
 $(34)
Interest-rate contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 (44) 32
 11
 Available-for-sale securities 
Processing fees and
other revenue(1)
 39
 (30) (17)
Interest-rate contractsProcessing fees and
other revenue
 150
 (192) 50
 Long-term debt Processing fees and
other revenue
 (138) 175
 (45)
Total  $14
 $(343) $95
     $(7) $328
 $(96)
 Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivative in Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized  in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 Hedged Item in Fair Value Hedging Relationship Location of  Gain (Loss) on Hedged Item  in Consolidated Statement  of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Hedged
Item Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
(In millions)  Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:  2013 2012 2011     2013 2012 2011
Foreign exchange contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 $(183) $34
 $(161) Investment securities 
Processing fees and
other revenue
 $183
 $(34) $161
Interest-rate contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 32
 11
 (165) Available-for-sale securities 
Processing fees and
other revenue
 (30) (17) 153
Interest-rate contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 (192) 50
 75
 Long-term debt 
Processing fees and
other revenue
 175
 (45) (70)
Total  $(343) $95
 $(251)     $328
 $(96) $244
(1) Represents amounts reclassified out of or into other comprehensive income, or OCI. For the year ended December 31, 2014, $24 million of unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges were recognized in OCI. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, $86 million and $27 million, respectively, of unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges were recognized in OCI.

178


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Differences between the gains (losses) on the derivative and the gains (losses) on the hedged item, excluding any amounts recorded in net interest revenue, represent hedge ineffectiveness.
 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from OCI to Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from OCI to
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivative Recognized in Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)2013 2012 2011   2013 2012 2011   2013 2012 2011
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:                     
Interest-rate contracts$9
 $4
 $9
 Net interest revenue $(4) $(5) $(7) Net interest revenue $3
 $3
 $3
Foreign exchange contracts153
 122
 
 Net interest revenue 
 
 
 Net interest revenue 6
 6
 
Total$162
 $126
 $9
   $(4) $(5) $(7)   $9
 $9
 $3

 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from OCI to Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from OCI to
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivative Recognized in Consolidated Statement of Income 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31,
 2014 2013 2012   2014 2013 2012   2014 2013 2012
(In millions)                     
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:                     
Interest-rate contracts$(2) $9
 $4
 Net interest revenue $(4) $(4) $(5) Net interest revenue $3
 $3
 $3
Foreign exchange contracts126
 153
 122
 Net interest revenue 
 
 
 Net interest revenue 6
 6
 6
Total$124
 $162
 $126
   $(4) $(4) $(5)   $9
 $9
 $9
Note 17.17. Offsetting Arrangements
 We manage credit and counterparty risk by entering into enforceable netting agreements and other collateral arrangements with counterparties to derivative financial instrumentscontracts and secured financing transactions, including resale and repurchase agreements, and principal securities borrowing and lending agreements. These netting agreements mitigate our counterparty credit risk by providing for a single net settlement with a counterparty of all financial transactions covered by the agreement in an event of default as defined under such agreement. In limited

178

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

cases, a netting agreement may also provide for the periodic netting of settlement payments with respect to multiple different transaction types in the normal course of business.
Certain of our derivative contracts are executed under either standardized netting agreements or, for exchange-traded derivatives, the relevant contracts for a particular exchange which contain enforceable netting provisions. In certain cases, we may have cross-product netting arrangements which allow for netting and set-off of a variety of types of derivatives with a single counterparty. A derivative netting arrangement creates an enforceable right of set-off that becomes effective, and effects the realization or settlement of individual financial assets and liabilities, only following a specified event of default. Collateral requirements associated with our derivative contracts are determined after a review of the creditworthiness of each counterparty, and the requirements are monitored and adjusted daily, typically based on net exposure by counterparty. Collateral is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid U.S. government securities.
In connection with our secured financing activities,transactions, we enter into netting agreements and other collateral arrangements with counterparties,

which provide for the right to liquidate collateral upon anin the event of default. Collateral is generally required in the form of cash, equity securities or fixed-income securities. Default events may include the failure to make payments or deliver securities timely, material adverse changes in financial condition or insolvency, the breach of minimum regulatory capital requirements, or loss of license, charter or other legal authorization necessary to perform under the contract.
In order for an arrangement to be eligible for netting, we must have a reasonable basis to conclude that such netting arrangements are legally enforceable. The analysis of the legal enforceability of an arrangement differs by jurisdiction, depending on the laws of that jurisdiction. In many jurisdictions, specific legislation exists that provides for the enforceability in bankruptcy of close-out netting under a netting agreement, typically by way of specific exception from more general prohibitions on the exercise of creditor rights.
When we have a basis to conclude that a legally enforceable netting arrangement exists between us and the derivative counterparty and the relevant transaction is the type of transaction that is recorded in our consolidated statement of condition, we offset derivative assets and liabilities, and the related collateral received and provided, in our consolidated statement of condition. We also offset assets and liabilities related to secured financing activitiestransactions with the same counterparty or clearinghouse which have the same maturity date and are settled in the normal course of business on a net basis.
Collateral that we receive in the form of securities in connection with secured financing transactions and derivative contracts can be transferred or re-pledged as collateral in many




179


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

instances to enter into repurchase agreements or securities finance or derivative transactions. The securities collateral received in connection with our securities finance activities is recorded at fair value in other assets in our consolidated statement of condition, with a related liability to return the collateral, if we have the right to transfer or re-pledge the collateral. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013,
the fair value of securities received as collateral where we are permitted to transfer or re-pledge the securities totaled $2.60 billion and $5.64 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been transferred or re-pledged as of the same date was $125 million and $1.77 billion, respectively.

The following tables present information about the offsetting of assets related to derivative financial instrumentscontracts and secured financing transactions, as of the dates indicated:
Assets: December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
(In millions) 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition
Derivatives:Derivatives:        Derivatives:        
Foreign exchange contracts $15,135
 $(6,275) $8,860
 $11,911
 $(4,514) $7,397
Interest-rate contracts $65
 $(59) $6
 $223
 $(19) $204
 77
 (21) 56
 65
 (59) 6
Foreign exchange contracts 11,911
 (4,514) 7,397
 9,378
 (3,575) 5,803
Credit derivative contracts 1
 
 1
 
 
 
Other derivative contracts 2
 (1) 1
 1
 
 1
Cash collateral netting 
 (1,928) (1,928) 
 (1,451) (1,451) 
 (983) (983) 
 (1,928) (1,928)
Total derivatives $11,977
 $(6,501) $5,476
 $9,601
 $(5,045) $4,556
 $15,214
 $(7,280) $7,934
 $11,977
 $(6,501) $5,476
Other financial instruments:Other financial instruments:        Other financial instruments:        
Resale agreements and securities borrowing(3)
 $48,221
 $(30,700) $17,521
 $35,658
 $(23,809) $11,849
 $47,488
 $(29,157) $18,331
 $48,221
 $(30,700) $17,521
Total derivatives and other financial instruments $60,198
 $(37,201) $22,997
 $45,259
 $(28,854) $16,405
 $62,702
 $(36,437) $26,265
 $60,198
 $(37,201) $22,997
     
(1) Amounts include all transactions regardless of whether or not they are subject to an enforceable netting arrangement.
(2) Amounts subject to netting arrangements which have been determined to be legally enforceable.
(3) Included in the $17,521$18,331 million as of December 31, 2013 was $6,2302014 were $2,390 million of resale agreements and $11,291$15,941 million of collateral provided related to securities borrowing. Included in the $11,849$17,521 million as of December 31, 2012 was $5,0162013 were $6,230 million of resale agreements and $6,833$11,291 million of collateral provided related to securities borrowing. Resale agreements and collateral provided related to securities borrowing were recorded in securities purchased under resale agreements and other assets, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. Refer to note 1110 for additional information with respect to principal securities finance transactions.

 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
   
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
     
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
     
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
     
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
  
(In millions) Net Amount of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Received 
Net Amount(2)
 Net Amount of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Received 
Net Amount(2)
 Net Amount of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Received 
Net Amount(2)
 Net Amount of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Received 
Net Amount(2)
Derivatives $5,476
 $
 $(181) $5,295
 $4,556
 $
 $(105) $4,451
 $7,934
 $
 $(1,490) $6,444
 $5,476
 $
 $(181) $5,295
Resale agreements and securities borrowing 17,521
 (131) (14,983) 2,407
 11,849
 (126) (11,626) 97
 18,331
 (128) (18,157) 46
 17,521
 (131) (14,983) 2,407
Total $22,997
 $(131) $(15,164) $7,702
 $16,405
 $(126) $(11,731) $4,548
 $26,265
 $(128) $(19,647) $6,490
 $22,997
 $(131) $(15,164) $7,702
     
(1) Amounts subject to netting arrangements which have been determined to be legally enforceable.
(2) Includes amounts secured by collateral not determined to be subject to enforceable netting arrangements.

180


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present information about the offsetting of liabilities related to derivative financial instrumentscontracts and secured financing transactions, as of the dates indicated:
Liabilities: December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
(In millions) 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities(1)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition(2)
 Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition
Derivatives:Derivatives:        Derivatives:        
Foreign exchange contracts $14,925
 $(6,275) $8,650
 $11,471
 $(4,514) $6,957
Interest-rate contracts $331
 $(59) $272
 $345
 $(19) $326
 239
 (20) 219
 331
 (59) 272
Foreign exchange contracts 11,471
 (4,514) 6,957
 9,084
 (3,574) 5,510
Other derivative contracts 9
 
 9
 9
 
 9
 70
 (1) 69
 9
 
 9
Cash collateral netting 
 (979) (979) 
 (478) (478) 
 (2,630) (2,630) 
 (979) (979)
Total derivatives $11,811
 $(5,552) $6,259
 $9,438
 $(4,071) $5,367
 $15,234
 $(8,926) $6,308
 $11,811
 $(5,552) $6,259
Other financial instruments:Other financial instruments:        Other financial instruments:        
Repurchase agreements and securities lending(3)
 $45,273
 $(30,700) $14,573
 $36,801
 $(23,809) $12,992
 $44,562
 $(29,157) $15,405
 $45,273
 $(30,700) $14,573
Total derivatives and other financial instruments $57,084
 $(36,252) $20,832
 $46,239
 $(27,880) $18,359
 $59,796
 $(38,083) $21,713
 $57,084
 $(36,252) $20,832
     
(1) Amounts include all transactions regardless of whether or not they are subject to an enforceable netting arrangement.
(2) Amounts subject to netting arrangements which have been determined to be legally enforceable.
(3) Included in the $14,573$15,405 million as of December 31, 2013 was $7,9532014 were $8,925 million of repurchase agreements and $6,620$6,480 million of collateral received related to securities lending. Included in the $12,992$14,573 million as of December 31, 2012 was $8,0062013 were $7,953 million of repurchase agreements and $4,986$6,620 million of collateral received related to securities lending. Repurchase agreements and collateral received related to securities lending were recorded in securities sold under repurchase agreements and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. Refer to note 1110 for additional information with respect to principal securities finance transactions.

 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
   
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
     
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
     
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
     
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition(1)
  
(In millions) Net Amount of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Provided 
Net Amount(2)
 Net Amount of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Provided 
Net Amount(2)
 Net Amount of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Provided 
Net Amount(2)
 Net Amount of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition Counterparty Netting Collateral Provided 
Net Amount(2)
Derivatives $6,259
 $
 $(6) $6,253
 $5,367
 $
 $
 $5,367
 $6,308
 $
 $(19) $6,289
 $6,259
 $
 $(6) $6,253
Repurchase agreements and securities lending 14,573
 (131) (13,036) 1,406
 12,992
 (126) (12,067) 799
 15,405
 (128) (13,872) 1,405
 14,573
 (131) (13,036) 1,406
Total $20,832
 $(131) $(13,042) $7,659
 $18,359
 $(126) $(12,067) $6,166
 $21,713
 $(128) $(13,891) $7,694
 $20,832
 $(131) $(13,042) $7,659
     
(1) Amounts subject to netting arrangements which have been determined to be legally enforceable.
(2) Includes amounts secured by collateral not determined to be subject to enforceable netting arrangements.




181


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 18.    Net Interest Revenue
The following table presents the components of interest revenue and interest expense, and related net interest revenue, for the years ended December 31:periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(In millions)     2014 2013 2012
Interest revenue:          
Deposits with banks$125
 $141
 $149
$196
 $125
 $141
Investment securities:          
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies706
 799
 775
672
 707
 799
State and political subdivisions250
 215
 221
231
 249
 214
Other investments1,332
 1,552
 1,493
1,241
 1,331
 1,552
Securities purchased under resale agreements45
 51
 28
38
 45
 51
Trading account assets1
 
 
Loans and leases252
 253
 278
266
 253
 254
Other interest-earning assets4
 3
 2
7
 4
 3
Total interest revenue2,714
 3,014
 2,946
2,652
 2,714
 3,014
Interest expense:          
Deposits93
 166
 220
99
 93
 166
Short-term borrowings60
 73
 96
5
 60
 73
Long-term debt232
 222
 289
245
 232
 222
Other interest-bearing liabilities26
 15
 8
43
 26
 15
Total interest expense411
 476
 613
392
 411
 476
Net interest revenue$2,303
 $2,538
 $2,333
$2,260
 $2,303
 $2,538
Note 19.    Employee Benefits
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
State Street Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries participate in a non-contributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. Since January 1, 2008, when theThe U.S. defined benefit pension plan was amended, wefrozen as of December 31, 2007 and no longer make employer contribution creditsnew employees were eligible to participate after that date. State Street has agreed to contribute sufficient amounts as necessary to meet the plan;benefits paid to plan participants and to fund the plan’s service cost, plus interest. U.S. employee account balances earn annual interest credits until the employee’s retirement. Non-U.S. employees participate in local defined benefit plans which are funded as required in each local jurisdiction. In addition to the defined benefit pension plan,plans, we have non-qualified unfunded supplemental retirement plans, referred to as SERPs, that provide certain officers with defined pension benefits in excess of allowable qualified plan limits. Non-U.S. employees participate in local defined benefit plans. State Street Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries also participate in a post-retirement plan that provides health care and insurance benefits for certain retired employees. The total expense for these tax-qualified and non-qualified plans was $32 million, $42 million

182

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present combined informationand $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, in the consolidated statement of position. The assets held by the defined benefit pension plans are largely made up of common, collective funds that are liquid and invest principally in U.S. equities and high-quality fixed income investments. The majority of these assets fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The benefit obligations associated with our primary U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, non-qualified unfunded supplemental retirement plans and information for the post-retirement plan,plans were $1.26 billion, $168 million and $120 million, respectively, as of the December 31, measurement date:
 
Primary U.S.
and Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Plan
(In millions)2013 2012 2013 2012
Benefit obligations:       
Beginning of year$1,129
 $1,017
 $132
 $112
Service cost11
 11
 8
 6
Interest cost43
 45
 5
 5
Employee contributions1
 1
 
 
Plan amendments
 (2) 
 
Acquisitions and transfers1
 
 
 
Actuarial losses (gains)(83) 85
 (31) 14
Benefits paid(28) (36) (6) (6)
Expenses paid
 (1) 
 
Premiums paid(1) 
 
 
Curtailments(1) 
 
 
Settlements(2) (1) 
 
Special termination benefits
 
 
 1
Foreign currency translation6
 10
 
 
End of year$1,076
 $1,129
 $108
 $132
        
Plan assets at fair value:       
Beginning of year$1,075
 $928
 $
 $
Actual return on plan assets58
 69
 
 
Employer contributions8
 104
 6
 6
Employee contributions1
 1
 
 
Acquisitions and transfers1
 
 
 
Benefits paid(28) (36) (6) (6)
Expenses paid
 (1) 
 
Premiums paid(1) 
 
 
Settlements(2) (1) 
 
Foreign currency translation4
 11
 
 
End of year$1,116
 $1,075
 $
 $
Accrued benefit expense:       
Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)$40
 $(54) $(108) $(132)
Net accrued benefit expense$40
 $(54) $(108) $(132)

183

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Primary U.S.
and Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans
 
Post-
Retirement
Plan
(In millions)2013 2012 2013 2012
Amounts recognized in consolidated statement of condition as of December 31:       
Non-current assets$124
 $40
 $
 $
Current liabilities(1) (1) (7) (8)
Non-current liabilities(83) (93) (101) (124)
Net accrued amount recognized in statement of condition$40
 $(54) $(108) $(132)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:       
Prior service credit$(1) $
 $2
 $3
Net loss(263) (365) (16) (49)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(264) (365) (14) (46)
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost304
 311
 (94) (86)
Net obligation recognized in consolidated statement of condition$40
 $(54) $(108) $(132)
Accumulated benefit obligation$1,051
 $1,105
 $
 $
Actuarial assumptions (U.S. plans):       
Used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:       
Discount rate4.75% 3.75% 4.75% 3.75%
Used to determine periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:       
Discount rate3.75% 4.50% 3.75% 4.50%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets6.75
 6.75
 
 
Assumed health care cost trend rates as of December 31:       
Cost trend rate assumed for next year
 
 7.95% 8.08%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline
 
 4.50
 4.50
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
 
 2029
 2029
The following table presents expectedDecember 31, 2013. As the primary defined benefit payments forplans are frozen, the next ten years:
(In millions)
Primary U.S.
and Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans
 
Non-
Qualified
SERPs
 
Post-Retirement
Plan
2014$37
 $27
 $7
201537
 29
 7
201639
 11
 7
201738
 15
 7
201830
 12
 7
2019-2023189
 57
 39
The accumulated benefit obligation for allwill only vary over time as a result of our U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $841 million and $947 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
To developchanges in market interest rates, the assumption of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, we considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This analysis resulted in the determination of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 6.75% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

184

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Plan Assets:
The primary purpose of the investment policy and strategy is to invest plan assets in a manner that provides for sufficient resources to be available to meet the plans’ benefit and expense obligations when due. The asset portfolio, together with contributions, is intended to provide adequate liquidity to make benefit payments when due while preserving principal and maximizing returns, given appropriate risk constraints. A secondary objective is to enhance the plans’ long-term viability through the generation of competitive returns that will limit the financial burden on State Street and contribute to our ability to maintain our retirement plans.
Plan assets are managed solely in the interests of the participants and consistent with generally recognized fiduciary standards, including all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or ERISA, and other applicable laws and regulations. Management believes that its investment policy satisfies the standards of prudence and diversification prescribed by ERISA. Plan assets are diversified across asset classes to achieve a balance between risk and return and between income and growth of assets through capital appreciation, to produce a prudently well-diversified portfolio.
With respect to our U.S. pension plan, plan assets are primarily invested in pooled investment funds of State Street Bank. The measurement of the fair value of the participation units owned by the plans is based on the redemption value on the last business daylife expectancy of the plan year, where values are based on the fair value of the underlying assets in each fund. The net asset value of units of participation in other funds is based on the fair value of the underlying securities in each fund.
Alternative investments are composed of investments in limited liability corporationsparticipants and limited liability partnerships. The fair value of these investments is measured by the fund managers, and represent the plans’ proportionate share of the estimated fair value of the underlying net assets of the limited liability corporations.
The methods described above may produce a fair-value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or be reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while management believes that its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to measure the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair-value measurement as of the reporting date.
With respect to our U.K. pension plan, plan assets are invested in sub-funds of Managed Pension Funds Limited, a U.K.-incorporated insurance vehicle of which the ultimate parent company is State Street. The fair value of these investments is measured based on the mid-market price of the underlying investments held by Managed Pension Funds Limited. This valuation method may produce a calculation that is not indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.

185

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present, by level within the fair value hierarchy prescribed by GAAP, the plans’ assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and activity related to assets categorized in level 3, as of the dates and for the years indicated:
 Fair-Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
as of December 31, 2013
(In millions)
Quoted Market Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods with
Significant Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
Assets:       
U.S. Pension Plan       
Investments in pooled investment funds:       
Domestic large cap equity$
 $64
 $
 $64
Domestic small cap equity
 15
 
 15
Developed international equities
 80
 
 80
Emerging markets equity
 23
 
 23
Investment grade fixed-income
 498
 
 498
High-yield debt
 39
 
 39
Real estate investment trusts
 23
 
 23
Alternative investments (commingled fund)
 
 5
 5
Alternative investments (fund of funds)
 
 27
 27
Private equity
 
 2
 2
Total U.S. Pension Plan
 742
 34
 776
U.K. Pension Plan       
Investments in pooled investment funds:       
Developed international equity
 33
 
 33
U.K. fixed-income
 181
 
 181
Emerging market index
 9
 
 9
Alternative investments
 
 43
 43
Total U.K. Pension Plan
 223
 43
 266
Other Non-U.S. Pension Plans (excluding U.K.)       
Insurance group annuity contracts
 
 70
 70
Total Other Non-U.S. Pension Plans (Excluding U.K.)
 
 70
 70
Total assets carried at fair value$
 $965
 $147
 $1,112


186

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 U.S. Pension Plan U.K. Pension Plan 
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
(Excluding U.K.)
(In millions)
Alternative
Investments
 
Private
Equity
 
Alternative
Investments
 
Insurance group
annuity contract
Assets:       
Fair value as of December 31, 2012$19
 $2
 $39
 $61
Purchases12
 
 3
 13
Sales
 
 
 (5)
Unrealized gains1
 
 1
 1
Fair value as of December 31, 2013$32
 $2
 $43
 $70
 Fair-Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
as of December 31, 2012
(In millions)
Quoted Market Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods with
Significant Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
Assets:       
U.S. Pension Plan       
Investments in pooled investment funds:       
Domestic large cap equity$
 $144
 $
 $144
Domestic small cap equity
 16
 
 16
Developed international equities
 80
 
 80
Emerging markets equity
 42
 
 42
Investment grade fixed-income
 390
 
 390
High-yield debt
 32
 
 32
Real estate investment trusts
 24
 
 24
Alternative investments (commingled fund)
 
 5
 5
Alternative investments (fund of funds)
 
 14
 14
Private equity
 
 2
 2
U.S. money-market mutual funds
 7
 
 7
Total U.S. Pension Plan
 735
 21
 756
U.K. Pension Plan       
Investments in insurance vehicles:       
Developed international equity
 30
 
 30
U.K. fixed-income
 177
 
 177
Emerging market index
 9
 
 9
Alternative investments
 
 39
 39
Total U.K. Pension Plan
 216
 39
 255
Other Non-U.S. Pension Plans (excluding U.K.)       
Insurance group annuity contracts
 
 61
 61
Total Other Non-U.S. Pension Plans (Excluding U.K.)
 
 61
 61
Total assets carried at fair value$
 $951
 $121
 $1,072


187

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 U.S. Pension Plan U.K. Pension Plan 
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
(Excluding U.K.)
(In millions)
Alternative
Investments
 
Private
Equity
 
Alternative
Investments
 
Insurance group
annuity contract
Assets:       
Fair value as of December 31, 2011$19
 $2
 $32
 $57
Purchases and sales, net
 
 3
 4
Unrealized gains
 
 4
 
Fair value as of December 31, 2012$19
 $2
 $39
 $61
The plans’ investment strategies are intended to reduce the concentration risk of an adverse influence on investment valuespayments made from the poor performance of a small number of individual investments through diversification of the plans' assets.plans. The significant holdings of the plans are reviewed quarterly so that the plans do not exceed the allowable maximum amount per issuer. The plans are re-balanced monthly so that actual weights of the plan assets are within the allowable ranges set forth in the investment policy. The plans’ operating cash flows (benefit payments, expenses, contributions) are used to bring the weights back into line on a monthly basis. If these cash flows do not provide sufficient benefit, additional re-balancing is effected.
Expected employer contributions to the tax-qualifiedprimary U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans SERPs,were underfunded $50 million at December 31, 2014 and post-retirement plan foroverfunded $40 million at December 31, 2013. The non-qualified supplemental retirement plans were underfunded by $168 million and $154 million at December 31, 2014 are $7 million, $27 millionand $7 million,2013, respectively.
State Street has unfunded SERPs that provide certain officers with defined pension benefits in excess of qualified plan limits imposed by U.S. federal tax law.

188

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents information for the SERPs for the years ended December 31:
 Non-Qualified SERPs
(In millions)2013 2012
Benefit obligations:   
Beginning of year$172
 $173
Service cost1
 1
Interest cost6
 7
Actuarial gain (loss)(15) 13
Benefits paid(2) (2)
Settlements(8) (20)
End of year$154
 $172
Accrued benefit expense:   
Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)$(154) $(172)
Net accrued benefit expense$(154) $(172)
Amounts recognized in consolidated statement of condition as of December 31:   
Current liabilities$(27) $(15)
Non-current liabilities(127) (157)
Net accrued amount recognized in consolidated statement of condition$(154) $(172)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:   
Net loss$(36) $(59)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(36) (59)
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost(118) (113)
Net obligation recognized in consolidated statement of condition$(154) $(172)
Accumulated benefit obligation$154
 $172
Actuarial assumptions:   
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and periodic benefit costs are consistent with those described for the post-retirement plan, with the following exceptions:   
Rate of increase in future compensation—SERPs% %
Rate of increase in future compensation—executive SERPs
 10.00%
For those definedother post-retirement benefit plans that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of were underfunded by $120 million and $108 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012, the accumulated benefit obligations were $259 million2013, respectively. The funded status is included in other assets (overfunded) and $1.05 billion, respectively, and the plan assets were $45 million and $810 million, respectively. For those defined benefit plans that have projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the projected benefit obligations were $300 million and $1.08 billion, respectively, and the plan assets were $62 million and $814 million, respectively.other liabilities (underfunded).
If trend rates for health care costs were increased by 1%, the post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2013 would have increased 7%, and the aggregate expense for service and interest costs for 2013 would have increased 11%. Conversely, if trend rates for health care costs were decreased by 1%, the post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2013 would have decreased 6%, and the aggregate expense for service and interest costs for 2013 would have decreased 9%. In addition, as part of recent corporate actions, a special termination benefit was providedDefined Contribution Retirement Plans
We contribute to affected participants who were eligible for optional post-retirement medical coverage.
The following table presents the actuarially determined expense for ouremployer-sponsored U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, post-retirement plan and SERPs for the years ended December 31:


189

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

  
Primary U.S. and Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Plan
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011
(In millions)           
Components of net periodic benefit cost:           
Service cost$11
 $11
 $9
 $8
 $6
 $6
Interest cost43
 45
 47
 5
 5
 6
Assumed return on plan assets(63) (59) (58) 
 
 
Amortization of prior service cost
 (2) 
 
 
 
Amortization of net loss24
 17
 12
 1
 1
 1
Net periodic benefit cost15
 12
 10
 14
 12
 13
Settlements(1) 
 
 
 
 
Curtailments(1) 
 
 
 
 
Special termination benefits
 
 
 
 1
 
Total expense$13
 $12
 $10
 $14
 $13
 $13
Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next year:           
Net loss$(13) $(24) $(17) $
 $(2) $(1)
Estimated amortization$(13) $(24) $(17) $
 $(2) $(1)

 Non-Qualified SERPs
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011
(In millions)     
Components of net periodic benefit cost:     
Service cost$1
 $1
 $1
Interest cost6
 7
 8
Amortization of net loss6
 5
 3
Net periodic benefit cost13
 13
 12
Settlements2
 6
 7
Total expense$15
 $19
 $19
Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next year:     
Net loss$(4) $(6) $(5)
Estimated amortization$(4) $(6) $(5)
Certain of our U.S. employees are eligible to contribute a portion of their pre-tax salary to a 401(k) savings plan, or post-tax Roth contributions, or both, up to the annual IRS limit.contribution plans. Our matching portion of these contributions is paid in cash, and we recorded related compensation and employee benefits expense in our consolidated statement of income of $61 million, $70 million, and $77 million in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, in matching contributions. Effective April 1, 2012, our matching contribution in the U.S. was changed from 6% to 5% of employee contributions. In addition, employees in certain non-U.S. offices participate in other local plans. We recorded related compensation and employee benefits expense related to these local plans of $66was $147 million, $65 for 2014, $134 million, for 2013 and $65$146 million in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
We have a defined contribution supplemental executive retirement plan, referred to as a DC SERP, which provides for a discretionary contribution of cash and/or equity to certain executive officers. The amount is subject to certain vesting requirements as provided in the plan. We recorded compensation and employee benefits expense of $7 million, $11 million, and $10 million in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, in our consolidated statement of income related to this DC SERP.
Shares of common stock and interest in the savings plan may be acquired by eligible employees through the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, referred to as an ESOP. The ESOP is a non-leveraged plan. Employee benefits

190

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

expense is equal to the contribution specified by the plan formula and is composed of the cash contributed for the purchase of common stock on the open market or the fair value of the shares contributed from treasury stock. Dividends on shares held by the ESOP are charged to retained earnings, and shares are treated as outstanding for the calculation of earnings per common share.2012.
Note 20.    Occupancy Expense and Information Systems and Communications Expense
Occupancy expense and information systems and communications expense include expense for depreciation of buildings, leasehold improvements, computer hardware and software, equipment, and furniture and fixtures. Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 20112012 was $401$417 million,, $407 $401 million and $408$407 million,, respectively.
We lease 1,025,000 square feet at One Lincoln Street, our headquarters building located in Boston, Massachusetts, and a related underground parking garage, under 20-year, non-cancelable capital leases


182


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

expiring in September 2023. A portion of the lease payments is offset by subleases for approximately 129,000127,000 square feet of the building. In 2014, we began leasing approximately 500,000 square feet at the Channel Center in Boston, Massachusetts under a 16-year capital lease expiring in December 2029. In addition, we lease approximately 362,000 square feet at 20 Churchill Place, an office building located in the U.K., under a 20-year capital lease expiring in December 2028. As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, an aggregate net book value of $646$624 million and $576$646 million,, respectively, related to the above-described capital leases was recorded in premises and equipment, with the related liability recorded in long-term debt, in our consolidated statement of condition.
Capital lease asset amortization is recorded in occupancy expense in our consolidated statement of income over the respective lease term. Lease payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability, with a portion recorded as imputed interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and
2012, and 2011, interest expense related to these capital lease obligations, reflected in net interest revenue, was $40$38 million,, $42 $40 million and $43$42 million,, respectively. As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, accumulated amortization of capital lease assets was $369$426 million and $313$369 million,, respectively.
We have entered into non-cancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. Nearly all of these leases include renewal options. Costs related to operating leases for office space are recorded in occupancy expense. Costs related to operating leases for equipment are recorded in information systems and communications expense.
Total rental expense, net of sublease revenue, amounted to $224$204 million,, $227 $224 million and $232$227 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. Total rental expense was reduced by sublease revenue of $6$6 million for the yearboth years ended December 31, 2013, $4 million for the year ended December 31, 20122014, and $52013 and $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.2012.

The following table presents a summary of future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and operating leases as of December 31, 2013.2014. Aggregate future minimum rental commitments have been reduced by aggregate sublease rental commitments of $59$55 million for capital leases and $14$15 million for operating leases.
(In millions)
Capital
Leases
 
Operating
Leases
 Total
Capital
Leases
 
Operating
Leases
 Total
2014$99
 $208
 $307
2015101
 161
 262
$105
 $179
 $284
201684
 125
 209
91
 141
 232
201784
 108
 192
82
 145
 227
201885
 101
 186
82
 119
 201
201982
 86
 168
Thereafter598
 220
 818
520
 265
 785
Total minimum lease payments1,051
 $923
 $1,974
962
 $935
 $1,897
Less amount representing interest payments(322)    (248)    
Present value of minimum lease payments$729
    $714
    
Note 21.    Expenses
Severance Costs:
We recorded $84 million and $11 million of net severance costs in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These severance costs were the result of staff reductions associated with the realignment of our cost base, and were recorded in compensation and employee benefits expenses in our consolidated statement of income.

Acquisition and Restructuring Costs:
The following table presents net acquisition and restructuring costs recorded in the periods indicated:
  Years Ended December 31,
(In millions) 2014 2013 2012
Acquisition costs $58
 $76
 $26
Restructuring charges, net 75
 28
 199
Total acquisition and restructuring costs $133
 $104
 $225




191183


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21.    
Acquisition and Restructuring Costs
The following table presents net acquisition and restructuringAcquisition costs recorded in the years ended December 31:
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011
(In millions)     
Acquisition costs$76
 $26
 $16
Restructuring charges, net28
 199
 253
Total acquisition and restructuring costs$104
 $225
 $269
Acquisition Costs:
Acquisition costs incurred in 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were related to previously disclosed acquisitions, mainly the 2012 GSAS and 2010 Intesa acquisitions. Acquisition costs incurred in 2012 of $66 million were mainly related to integration costs incurred in connection with the 2012 GSAS and 2010 Intesa acquisitions, and were partly offset by an indemnification benefit of $40 million for the assumption of an income tax liability related to the 2010 Intesa acquisition. Acquisition costs incurred in 2011 totaled $71 million, and were mainly composed of integration costs associated with the 2011 Bank of Ireland Asset Management and 2010 Intesa and Mourant International Finance Administration acquisitions. These acquisition costs were partially offset by an indemnification benefit of $55 million for the assumption of an income tax liability related to the 2010 Intesa acquisition. The indemnification benefits of $40 million in 2012 and $55 million in 2011 were offset by corresponding income tax expense of $40 million in 2012 and $55 million in 2011 in our consolidated statement of income.
Restructuring Charges:Charges
Information with respect to our Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and our 2011 and 2012 expense control measures, including charges, employee reductions and aggregate activity in the related accruals, is provided in the two sections that follow.following sections.
Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation Program
In November 2010,, we announced a global multi-year Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program.program which we completed in the fourth quarter of 2014. The program includesincluded operational, information technology and targeted cost initiatives, including plans related to reductions in both staff and occupancy costs. To date, we
The majority of the annual savings have affected compensation and employee benefits expenses. These savings have been modestly offset by increases in information systems and communications expenses.
We recorded aggregate restructuring charges of $381$440 million in our consolidated statement of income, composed of $156$156 million in 2010,, $133 $133 million in 2011,, $67 $67 million in 2012, $25 million in 2013 and $25$59 million in 2013.2014.
The charges related to the program included costs related to severance, benefits and outplacement services, as well as costs which resulted from actions taken to reduce our occupancy costs through the consolidation of leases and properties. The charges also included costs related to information technology, including transition fees associated with the expansion of our use of third-party service providers associated with components of our information technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support.
In 2010,, in connection with the program, we initiated the involuntary termination of 1,400 employees, or approximately 5% of our global workforce, which we completed by the end of 2011.2011. In addition, in connection with our announcement in 2011 of the expansion of our use of third-party service providers associated with our information technology infrastructure and application maintenance and support, as well as the continued execution of the business operations transformation component of the program, we identified 1,3401,574 additional involuntary terminations and role eliminations, including 376 in 2013.terminations. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we eliminated 1,278 of these positions.
Expense Control Measures
In December 2011, in connection with expense control measures designed to calibrate our expenses to our outlook for our capital markets-facing businesses in 2012, we took two actions. First, we withdrew from our fixed-income trading initiative, in which we traded in fixed-income securities and derivatives as principal with our custody clients and other third-parties that trade in these securities and derivatives. Second, we undertook other targeted staff reductions. As a result of these actions, we recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of $120 million in 2011 and net pre-tax credit adjustments of $(1) million in 2012 in our consolidated statement of income.

192

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 The charges recorded in 2011 included costs related to severance, benefits and outplacement services with respect to both our withdrawal from our fixed-income initiative and the other targeted staff reductions; costs associated with fair-value adjustments to the initiative's trading portfolio resulting from our decision to withdraw from the initiative; and costs for asset and other write-offs related to asset write-downs and contract terminations. In 2011, in connection with the above-described employee-related actions, we identified 442 employees to be involuntarily terminated as their roles were eliminated. As of December 31, 2013, wesubstantially completed these reductions.

In December 2012, in connection with expense control measures designed to better align our expenses to our business strategy and related outlook for 2013, we identified additional targeted staff reductions. As a result of these actions, we have recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of $133 million in 2012 and $3 million in 2013 in our consolidated statement of income. Employee-related costs included severance, benefits and outplacement services. Costs for asset and other write-offs were primarily related to contract terminations. We originally identified involuntary terminations and role eliminations of 960 employees (630 positions after replacements).  As of December 31, 2013, 782 positions were eliminated through voluntary and involuntary terminations.
Aggregate Restructuring-Related Accrual Activity
The following table presents aggregate activity associated with accruals that resulted from the charges associated with the Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program and the 2011 and 2012 expense control measures: 
(In millions)
Employee-
Related
Costs
 Real Estate Consolidation Information Technology Costs Asset and Other Write-Offs Total
Employee-
Related
Costs
 Real Estate Consolidation Asset and Other Write-Offs Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012$195
 $49
 $5
 $13
 $262
Balance as of December 31, 2013$50
 $49
 $7
 $106
Additional accruals for Business Operations and Information Technology Transformation program13
 13
 (1) 
 25
38
 21
 
 59
Additional accruals for 2012 expense control measures(4) 
 
 7
 3
(2) 
 18
 16
Payments and adjustments(154) (13) (4) (13) (184)(46) (46) (18) (110)
Balance as of December 31, 2013$50
 $49
 $
 $7
 $106
Balance as of December 31, 2014$40
 $24
 $7
 $71


184


Table of Contents
Note 22.Other Expenses
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Other Expenses:
Other expenses of $751 million in 2014 included a legal accrual of $185 million in connection with management's intention to seek to resolve some, but not all, of the outstanding and potential claims arising out of our indirect FX client activities. These matters are more fully discussed under "Legal and Regulatory Matters" in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.
As a result of the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, we had various claims against Lehman Brothers entities in bankruptcy proceedings in the U.S. and the U.K. We also had amounts asserted as owed, or return obligations, to Lehman Brothers entities. The various claims and amounts owed arose from transactions that existed at the time Lehman Brothers entered bankruptcy, including prime brokerage arrangements, foreign exchange transactions, securities lending arrangements and repurchase agreements. In 2011, we reached an agreement with certain Lehman Brothers estates in the U.S. to resolve the value of deficiency claims arising out of indemnified repurchase transactions in the U.S., and the bankruptcy court allowed those claims in the amount of $400 million.$400 million.
In 2012, we reached an agreement to settle the claims against the Lehman Brothers estate in the U.K. related to the close-out of securities lending and repurchase arrangements. This settlement resulted in a return obligation for us and a certified claim against the Lehman Brothers estate, and resolved the contingent nature of our rights and obligations with the Lehman Brothers estate.
In connection with our resolution of the indemnified repurchase and securities lending claims in the U.S. and the U.K., we recognized a credit of approximately $362 million in our consolidated statement of income in 2012. Both certified claims retained as part of the settlement agreements were subsequently sold at their respective fair values, resulting in an additional gain of approximately $10$10 million,, which was also recorded in our consolidated statement of income in 2012.
In 2013,2014, we received aggregate distributions totaling approximately $21 million from the Lehman Brothers estates, compared to approximately $186 million from the Lehman Brothers estates.estates in 2013. Of the aggregate distributions received in both 2014 and 2013, approximately $11 million and $101 million was applied to reduce remaining Lehman Brothers-related assets, primarily prime brokerage claim-related receivables, recorded in our consolidated statement of condition; the remaining $85$10 million and $85 million, respectively, was recorded as an aggregate credit to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.

193

Note 22.    Income Taxes
TableWe use an asset-and-liability approach to account for income taxes. Our objective is to recognize the amount of Contentstaxes payable or refundable for the current year through charges or credits to the current tax provision, and to recognize deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the future tax consequences resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. The effects of a tax position on our consolidated financial statements are recognized when we believe it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained. A deferred-tax-asset valuation allowance is established if it is considered more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recorded in our consolidated statement of condition are netted within the same tax jurisdiction.
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 23.Income Taxes
The following table presents the components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31:
(In millions)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
Current:          
Federal$151
 $153
 $49
$59
 $193
 $148
State39
 65
 54
39
 47
 64
Non-U.S.248
 262
 295
257
 248
 262
Total current expense438
 480
 398
355
 488
 474
Deferred:          
Federal70
 262
 134
42
 28
 267
State25
 26
 8
11
 17
 27
Non-U.S.17
 (63) 76
13
 17
 (63)
Total deferred expense112
 225
 218
66
 62
 231
Total income tax expense$550
 $705
 $616
$421
 $550
 $705
In the fourth quarter of2014 we expanded our municipal securities portfolio, increased our investments in alternative energy projects and realized greater benefits from our non-U.S. operations.
In 2013, we completed a multi-year tax data enhancement process, the final stages of which identified a reconciliation difference in our deferred tax accounts, and we determined that our deferred tax liabilities were overstated by $50 million and our deferred tax assets were understated by $21 million. We evaluated the qualitative and quantitative effects of the resulting overstatement of income tax expense, and concluded that such overstatement did not have a material effect on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an adjustment in our consolidated statement of income to correct this difference,million, which resulted in an out-of-period income tax benefit of $71 million. This income tax benefit is reflected in the table above as a reduction of total deferred income tax expense for 2013.


185


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The amountsamount for 2012 and 2011 presented in the table included income tax expense of $40 million and $55 million, respectively, associated with indemnification benefits, recorded as offsets to acquisition costs, for the assumption of income tax liabilities related to the 2010 Intesa acquisition.
AmountsThe amount of income tax expense (benefit) related to net gains (losses) from sales of investment securities were $6was $5 million,, $22 $6 million and $55$22 million for in 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. Pre-tax income attributable to our operations located outside the U.S. was approximately $1.25$1.33 billion,, $1.11 $1.25 billion and $1.23$1.11 billion for 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.
Pre-tax earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax when effectively repatriated. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we have chosen to indefinitely reinvest approximately $3.5$4.2 billion of earnings of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. No provision has been recorded for U.S. income taxes that could be incurred upon repatriation. As of December 31, 2013,2014, if such earnings had been repatriated to the U.S., we would have provided for approximately $690$876 million of additional income tax expense.



194

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents significant components of our gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as of December 31. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recorded in our consolidated statement of condition are netted within the same tax jurisdiction.
31:
(In millions)2013 2012
Deferred tax assets:   
Unrealized losses on investment securities, net$421
 $131
Deferred compensation(1)
209
 175
Defined benefit pension plan97
 155
Restructuring charges and other reserves126
 172
Real estate18
 20
General business credits3
 76
Other54
 63
Total deferred tax assets 
928
 792
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets(33) (28)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$895
 $764
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Leveraged lease financing$359
 $370
Fixed and intangible assets1,073
 1,099
Non-U.S. earnings105
 118
Foreign currency translation35
 56
Other(2)
44
 81
Total deferred tax liabilities$1,616
 $1,724
(In millions)2014 2013
Deferred tax assets:   
Unrealized losses on investment securities, net$
 $421
Deferred compensation(1)
168
 209
Defined benefit pension plan193
 97
Restructuring charges and other reserves160
 126
Foreign currency translation56
 
Real estate9
 18
Other68
 57
Total deferred tax assets 
654
 928
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets(54) (33)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$600
 $895
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Unrealized gains on securities, net$5
 $
Leveraged lease financing326
 359
Fixed and intangible assets1,006
 1,073
Non-U.S. earnings167
 105
Foreign currency translation
 35
Other(2)
83
 44
Total deferred tax liabilities$1,587
 $1,616
   
(1) Amount as of December 31, 2013 reflected includes an increase of $21
million associated with an out-of-period income tax benefit recorded in 2013.
(2) Amount as of December 31, 2013 reflected was adjusted to reflect a decrease of $50 million associated with an out-of-period income tax benefit recorded in 2013.
Management considers the valuation allowance adequate to reduce the total deferred tax assets to an aggregate amount that will more likely than not be realized. Management has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for the remaining deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not that there is sufficient taxable income of the appropriate nature within the carryback and carryforward periods to realize these assets.
As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, we had deferred tax assets associated with tax credit carryforwards of $3$2 million and $76$3 million,, respectively, which are presented in the table above.table. The tax credit carryforwards expire in 2033. As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, we had deferred tax assets associated with non-U.S. and state loss carryforwards of $50$53 million and $45$50 million,, respectively, included in “other” in the table above.table. Of the total loss carryforwards of $50$53 million as of December 31, 2013, $332014, $41 million do not expire, and the remaining $17$12 million expire through 2031.

195

Table2033. The loss carryforwards have a valuation allowance of Contents$45 million and $30 million for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013.
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate based on income before income tax expense for the years ended December 31:31:
2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
U.S. federal income tax rate35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
Changes from statutory rate:          
State taxes, net of federal benefit1.6
 1.8
 2.0
1.5
 1.6
 1.8
Tax-exempt income(3.7) (2.6) (2.9)(5.0) (3.7) (2.6)
Tax credits(3.6) (2.8) (1.5)(6.7) (3.6) (2.8)
Foreign tax differential(5.9) (5.5) (4.3)(8.5) (5.9) (5.5)
Transactions related to investment securities(1)

 
 (4.1)
Out-of-period income tax benefit(2)
(2.7) 
 
Out-of-period income tax benefit(1)

 (2.7) 
Other, net(.2) (.4) .1
.9
 (.2) (.4)
Effective tax rate20.5 % 25.5 % 24.3 %17.2 % 20.5 % 25.5 %
     
(1)
Amounts
Excluding the impact of the out-of-period income tax benefit of $71 million described earlier in this note, our effective tax rate for 2011 represented the effect of discrete tax benefits attributable to costs incurred in terminating former conduit asset structures.2013 would have been 23.2%.


(2) Excluding the impact
186


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents activity related to unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31:31:
(In millions)2013 20122014 2013
Beginning balance$95
 $125
$158
 $95
Decrease related to agreements with tax authorities(4) (45)(9) (4)
Increase related to tax positions taken during current year10
 2
8
 10
Increase related to tax positions taken during prior year57
 13
6
 57
Ending balance$158
 $95
$163
 $158
The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce income tax expense and our effective tax rate was $98$96 million as of December 31, 2013.2014. Unrecognized tax benefits do not include accrued interest of approximately $7$9 million and $2$7 million as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively. It is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $5 million to $6 million within the next 12 months due to potential agreements covering outstanding refund claims.
We recorded interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 included related interest and penalties of approximately $3 million. Income tax expense for the yearyears ended December 31, 2012 included a refund, net2014 and 2013.
It is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to $120 million within the next 12 months due to the resolution of related interest and penaltiesan audit, of approximately $12 million. Incomewhich $61 million would reduce our income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 included related interest and penalties of approximately $10 million.
We are presently under audit by a number ofour effective tax authorities. The earliest tax year open to examination in jurisdictions where we have material operations is 2009.rate. Management believes that we have sufficient accrued liabilities as of December 31, 20132014 for tax exposures and related interest expense.

196

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2423.    Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per share, or EPS, is calculated pursuant to the “two-class” method, by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated pursuant to the two-class method, by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the total weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus the shares representing the dilutive effect of common stock options and other equity-based awards. The effect of common stock options and other equity-based awards is excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS in periods in which their effect would be anti-dilutive.
The two-class method requires the allocation of undistributed net income between common and participating shareholders. Net income available to common shareholders, presented separately in our consolidated statement of income, is the basis for the calculation of both basic and diluted EPS. Participating securities are composed of unvested restricted stock and fully vested deferred director
stock awards, which are equity-based awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends, and are considered to participate with common shareholders in undistributed earnings.
The following table presentstables present the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)2013 2012 2011
Net income$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
Less:     
Preferred stock dividends(1)
(26) (29) (20)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities(2)
(8) (13) (18)
Net income available to common shareholders$2,102
 $2,019
 $1,882
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):     
Basic average common shares446,245
 474,458
 492,598
Effect of dilutive securities: common stock options and common stock awards8,910
 6,671
 3,474
Diluted average common shares455,155
 481,129
 496,072
Anti-dilutive securities(3)
1,855
 5,619
 2,382
Earnings per Common Share:     
Basic$4.71
 $4.25
 $3.82
Diluted(4)
4.62
 4.20
 3.79
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)2014 2013 2012
Net income$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061
Less:     
Preferred stock dividends(61) (26) (29)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities(1)
(3) (8) (13)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,973
 $2,102
 $2,019
Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):     
Basic average common shares424,223
 446,245
 474,458
Effect of dilutive securities: common stock options and common stock awards7,784
 8,910
 6,671
Diluted average common shares432,007
 455,155
 481,129
Anti-dilutive securities(2)
1,498
 1,855
 5,619
Earnings per Common Share:     
Basic$4.65
 $4.71
 $4.25
Diluted(3)
4.57
 4.62
 4.20
  
(1) Amount for 2012 included $8 million related to Series C preferred stock issued in August 2012. Remaining amount for 2012 and amount for 2011 were related to Series A preferred stock, which was redeemed in October 2012.
(2) RepresentedRepresents the portion of net income available to common equity allocated to participating securities; participating securities, composed of fully vested deferred director stock and unvested restricted stock and director stock awards,that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends during the vesting period on a basis equivalent to dividends paid to common shareholders.
(3)(2) RepresentedRepresents common stock options and other equity-based awards outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted average common shares, because their effect was anti-dilutive.
(4)(3) Calculations reflect allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method, as this computation is more dilutive than the treasury stock method.
Note 2524.    Line of Business Information
We have two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management. Given our services and management organization, the results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry.
Investment Servicing provides services for U.S. mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services;


187


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

securities finance; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors. We provide shareholder services, which include mutual fund and collective investment fund shareholder accounting, through 50%-owned affiliates, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. and the International Financial Data Services group of companies.
Investment Management, through SSgA,SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSgASSGA offers active and passive asset management strategies for managing financial assets,across equity, fixed-income and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equities and fixed-income securities. SSgA also offers exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, such as the SPDR® ETF brand.
Our investment servicing strategy is to focus on total client relationships and the full integration of our products and services across our client base through cross-selling opportunities. In general, our clients will use a combination of services, depending on their needs, rather than one product or service. For instance, a custody client may purchase securities finance and cash management services from different business units. Products and
services that we provide to our clients are parts of an integrated offering to these clients. We price our products and services on the basis of overall client relationships and other factors; as a result, revenue may not necessarily reflect the stand-alone market price of these products and services within the business lines in the same way it would for separate business entities.
Generally, approximately 70% to 75% of our consolidated total revenue (fee revenue from investment servicing and investment management, as well as trading services and securities finance activities) is generated by these two business lines. The remaining 25% to 30% is composed of processing fees and other revenue, net interest revenue, which is largely generated by our investment of client deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt in a variety of assets, and net gains (losses) related to investment securities. These other revenue types are generally fully allocated to, or reside in, Investment Servicing and Investment Management.
Revenue and expenses are directly charged or allocated to our lines of business through management information systems. Assets and liabilities are allocated according to policies that support management’s strategic and tactical goals. Capital is allocated based on the relative risks and capital requirements inherent in each business line, along with management judgment. Capital allocations may not be representative of the capital that might be required if these lines of business were separate business entities.
The following table providesis a summary of our line of businessline-of-business results for the periods indicated.
The “Other” column for 2013the year ended December 31, 2014 included net costs $219 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $133 million;
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of $84 million; and
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $2 million.
The “Other” column for the year ended December 31, 2013 included net costs of $180 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $104 million; certain
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $65 million; and
Net severance costs associated with reorganization of certain non-U.S. operationsstaffing realignment of $11 million. million; and
The “Other” column for the year ended December 31, 2012 included net losses of $27 million composed of the netfollowing -
Net realized loss from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities of $46 million; a
A benefit related to claims associated with the 2008 Lehman Brothers bankruptcy of $362 million; certain
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $225 million; and
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $118 million; and acquisition and restructuring costs of $225 million. The “Other” column for 2011 included acquisition and restructuring costs of $269 million.
The amounts in the “Other” columns were not allocated to State Street's business lines. Results for 2012Prior reported results reflect reclassifications, for comparative purposes, related to management changes in methodologies associated with allocations of capitalrevenue and expenses reflectedto lines-of-business in results for 20132014. Results for 2011 were not adjusted for these reclassifications.
 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Other Total
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011
(Dollars in millions,
except where otherwise noted)
                       
Fee revenue:                       
Servicing fees$4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $4,819
 $4,414
 $4,382
Management fees
 
 
 1,106
 993
 917
 
 
 
 1,106
 993
 917
Trading services994
 912
 1,131
 67
 98
 89
 
 
 
 1,061
 1,010
 1,220
Securities finance324
 363
 333
 35
 42
 45
 
 
 
 359
 405
 378
Processing fees and other238
 259
 284
 7
 7
 13
 
 
 
 245
 266
 297
Total fee revenue6,375
 5,948
 6,130
 1,215
 1,140
 1,064
 
 
 
 7,590
 7,088
 7,194
Net interest revenue2,221
 2,464
 2,231
 82
 74
 102
 
 
 
 2,303
 2,538
 2,333
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(9) 69
 67
 
 
 
 
 (46) 
 (9) 23
 67
Total revenue8,587
 8,481
 8,428
 1,297
 1,214
 1,166
 
 (46) 
 9,884
 9,649
 9,594
Provision for loan losses6
 (3) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6
 (3) 
Total expenses6,176
 6,041
 5,890
 836
 864
 899
 180
 (19) 269
 7,192
 6,886
 7,058
Income before income tax expense$2,405
 $2,443
 $2,538
 $461
 $350
 $267
 $(180) $(27) $(269) $2,686
 $2,766
 $2,536
Pre-tax margin28% 29% 30% 36% 29% 23%       27% 29% 26%
Average assets (in billions)$203.24
 $190.09
 $170.45
 $3.76
 $3.72
 $4.36
       $207.00
 $193.81
 $174.81


197188


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 Years Ended December 31,
 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 Other Total
 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012
(Dollars in millions,
except where otherwise noted)
                       
Servicing fees$5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $5,129
 $4,819
 $4,414
Management fees
 
 
 1,207
 1,106
 993
 
 
 
 1,207
 1,106
 993
Trading services1,039
 1,027
 938
 45
 67
 98
 
 
 
 1,084
 1,094
 1,036
Securities finance437
 359
 405
 
 
 
 
 
 
 437
 359
 405
Processing fees and other179
 206
 235
 (5) 6
 5
 
 
 
 174
 212
 240
Total fee revenue6,784
 6,411
 5,992
 1,247
 1,179
 1,096
 
 
 
 8,031
 7,590
 7,088
Net interest revenue2,188
 2,221
 2,464
 72
 82
 74
 
 
 
 2,260
 2,303
 2,538
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net4
 (9) 69
 
 
 
 
 
 (46) 4
 (9) 23
Total revenue8,976
 8,623
 8,525
 1,319
 1,261
 1,170
 
 
 (46) 10,295
 9,884
 9,649
Provision for loan losses10
 6
 (3) 
 
 
 
 
 
 10
 6
 (3)
Total expenses6,648
 6,190
 6,058
 960
 822
 847
 219
 180
 (19) 7,827
 7,192
 6,886
Income before income tax expense$2,318
 $2,427
 $2,470
 $359
 $439
 $323
 $(219) $(180) $(27) $2,458
 $2,686
 $2,766
Pre-tax margin26% 28% 29% 27% 35% 28%       24% 27% 29%
Average assets (in billions)$234.2
 $203.2
 $190.1
 $3.9
 $3.8
 $3.7
       $238.1
 $207.0
 $193.8
Note 26.25.    Non-U.S. Activities
We generally define our non-U.S. activities as those revenue-producing business activities that arise from clients domiciled outside the U.S. Due to the integrated nature of our business, precise segregation of our U.S. and non-U.S. activities is not possible. Subjective estimates and other judgments are applied to determinequantify the financial results and assets related to our non-U.S. activities, including our application of funds transfer pricing, our asset-and-liability management policies and our allocation of certain indirect corporate expenses. Interest expense allocations are based on our internal funds transfer pricing methodology.
The following table presents our non-U.S. financial results for the years ended December 31. Results for 2012 and 2011 reflect reclassifications associated with tax transfer pricing reflected in results for 2013. Results for 2011 reflect changes in methodology associated with funds transfer pricing and expense allocation reflected in results for 2012.31:
(In millions)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
Total fee revenue$3,119
 $2,917
 $3,004
$3,364
 $3,119
 $2,917
Net interest revenue1,191
 953
 966
1,236
 1,191
 953
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net(11) (40) (25)6
 (11) (40)
Total revenue4,299
 3,830
 3,945
4,606
 4,299
 3,830
Expenses3,130
 3,013
 3,089
3,272
 3,130
 3,013
Income before income taxes1,169
 817
 856
1,334
 1,169
 817
Income tax expense289
 204
 218
319
 289
 204
Net income$880
 $613
 $638
$1,015
 $880
 $613


GainsGain (losses) related to investment securities, net, for the year ended December 31, 2012 included a loss of $46 million from the sale of all of our Greek investment securities (refer to notesecurities. Non-U.S. revenue for the year ended December 31, 42014). included $1.02 billion in the U.K., primarily from our London operations.
The following table presents the significant components of our non-U.S. assets as of December 31, based on the domicile of the underlying counterparties:
(In millions)2014 2013
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$17,382
 $9,584
Investment securities29,060
 31,522
Other assets13,577
 16,778
Total non-U.S. assets$60,019
 $57,884


(In millions)2013 2012
Interest-bearing deposits with banks$9,584
 $20,665
Investment securities31,522
 28,976
Other assets16,778
 13,441
Total non-U.S. assets$57,884
 $63,082
189


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 26.    Subsequent Event
On February 20, 2015, we announced an increase from $50 million to $115 million of the fourth-quarter 2014 legal accrual associated with indirect foreign exchange matters that we announced on January 23, 2015, when we initially reported on our results for the fourth-quarter and year-ended December 31, 2014. See our Current Report on Form 8-K dated, and filed with the SEC on, February 20, 2015 for additional information regarding this additional accrual. The effects of the additional accrual are reflected in the financial and other information reported in this Form 10-K.

Note 27.Parent Company Financial Statements
The following tables present the financial statements of the parent company without consolidation of its banking and non-banking subsidiaries, as of and for the years ended December 31:










STATEMENT OF INCOME - PARENT COMPANY
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(In millions)          
Cash dividends from consolidated banking subsidiary$1,694
 $1,785
 $
$1,470
 $1,694
 $1,785
Cash dividends from consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities250
 68
 60
138
 250
 68
Other, net35
 38
 34
63
 35
 38
Total revenue1,979
 1,891
 94
1,671
 1,979
 1,891
Interest expense169
 163
 203
193
 169
 163
Other expenses88
 85
 60
55
 88
 85
Total expenses257
 248
 263
248
 257
 248
Income tax benefit(84) (63) (125)(83) (84) (63)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities1,806
 1,706
 (44)1,506
 1,806
 1,706
Equity in undistributed income of consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities:          
Consolidated banking subsidiary237
 173
 1,773
375
 237
 173
Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities93
 182
 191
156
 93
 182
Net income$2,136
 $2,061
 $1,920
$2,037
 $2,136
 $2,061

198190


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

STATEMENT OF CONDITION - PARENT COMPANY
As of December 31,2013 20122014 2013
(In millions)      
Assets:      
Interest-bearing deposits with consolidated banking subsidiary$4,419
 $3,799
$6,030
 $4,419
Trading account assets216
 155
279
 216
Investment securities available for sale31
 28
35
 31
Investments in subsidiaries:      
Consolidated banking subsidiary19,985
 19,805
20,123
 19,985
Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries2,617
 2,563
2,739
 2,617
Unconsolidated entities272
 458
288
 272
Notes and other receivables from:      
Consolidated banking subsidiary1,528
 746
1,526
 1,528
Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities256
 258
331
 256
Other assets327
 294
447
 327
Total assets$29,651
 $28,106
$31,798
 $29,651
      
Liabilities:      
Commercial paper$1,819
 $2,318
$2,485
 $1,819
Accrued expenses and other liabilities447
 313
514
 447
Long-term debt7,007
 4,606
7,326
 7,007
Total liabilities9,273
 7,237
10,325
 9,273
Shareholders’ equity20,378
 20,869
21,473
 20,378
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$29,651
 $28,106
$31,798
 $29,651


199191


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS - PARENT COMPANY
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(In millions)          
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities$2,296
 $2,706
 $(571)$1,767
 $2,296
 $2,706
Investing Activities:          
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits with consolidated banking subsidiary(620) 1,115
 144
(1,610) (620) 1,115
Investments in consolidated banking and non-banking subsidiaries(1,100) (68) (648)(1,142) (1,100) (68)
Sale or repayment of investment in consolidated banking and non-banking subsidiaries32
 28
 39
1,011
 32
 28
Business acquisitions
 (2) (51)
 
 (2)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(1,688) 1,073
 (516)(1,741) (1,688) 1,073
Financing Activities:          
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
 (500) 

 
 (500)
Net decrease in commercial paper(499) (66) (415)667
 (499) (66)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs2,485
 
 1,986
994
 2,485
 
Payments for long-term debt
 (1,750) 
(750) 
 (1,750)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
 488
 500
1,470
 
 488
Proceeds from exercises of common stock options121
 53
 49
14
 121
 53
Purchases of common stock(2,040) (1,440) (675)(1,650) (2,040) (1,440)
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding(189) (101) (63)(232) (189) (101)
Payments for cash dividends(486) (463) (295)(539) (486) (463)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(608) (3,779) 1,087
(26) (608) (3,779)
Net change
 
 

 
 
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
 
 

 
 
Cash and due from banks at end of year$
 $
 $
$
 $
 $


200192



STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES
Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential (Unaudited)
The following table presents consolidated average statements of condition and net interest revenue for the years indicated.
Years Ended December 31,2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
(Dollars in millions; fully
taxable-equivalent basis)
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Average
Rate
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Average
Rate
Assets:                                  
Interest-bearing deposits with U.S. banks$15,858
 $40
 .25% $9,305
 $25
 .26% $9,505
 $23
 .25%$45,158
 $115
 .25% $15,858
 $40
 .25% $9,305
 $25
 .26%
Interest-bearing deposits with non-U.S. banks13,088
 85
 .65
 17,518
 116
 .66
 10,736
 126
 1.17
10,195
 81
 .80
 13,088
 85
 .65
 17,518
 116
 .66
Securities purchased under resale agreements5,766
 45
 .77
 7,243
 51
 .71
 4,686
 28
 .61
4,077
 38
 .94
 5,766
 45
 .77
 7,243
 51
 .71
Trading account assets748
 
 
 651
 
 
 2,013
 
 
959
 1
 .13
 748
 
 
 651
 
 
Investment securities:                                  
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(1)
33,003
 706
 2.14
 34,576
 800
 2.31
 32,517
 775
 2.38
32,481
 672
 2.07
 33,003
 707
 2.14
 34,576
 799
 2.31
State and political subdivisions(1)
8,637
 391
 4.53
 7,346
 338
 4.60
 6,875
 347
 5.05
10,619
 404
 3.81
 8,637
 391
 4.53
 7,346
 338
 4.60
Other investments76,056
 1,332
 1.75
 71,988
 1,552
 2.16
 63,683
 1,493
 2.34
73,709
 1,241
 1.68
 76,056
 1,331
 1.75
 71,988
 1,552
 2.16
Loans12,660
 215
 1.70
 10,404
 211
 2.03
 10,834
 222
 2.05
14,838
 231
 1.56
 12,660
 215
 1.70
 10,404
 212
 2.03
Lease financing(1)
1,121
 38
 3.43
 1,206
 42
 3.54
 1,346
 58
 4.28
1,074
 35
 3.26
 1,121
 38
 3.43
 1,206
 42
 3.54
Other interest-earning assets11,164
 4
 .04
 7,378
 3
 .04
 5,462
 2
 .03
15,944
 7
 .05
 11,164
 4
 .04
 7,378
 3
 .04
Total interest-earning assets(1)
178,101
 2,856
 1.60
 167,615
 3,138
 1.88
 147,657
 3,074
 2.08
209,054
 2,825
 1.36
 178,101
 2,856
 1.60
 167,615
 3,138
 1.88
Cash and due from banks3,747
     3,811
     3,436
    4,139
     3,747
     3,811
    
Other assets25,182
     22,384
     23,665
    24,935
     25,182
     22,384
    
Total assets$207,030
     $193,810
     $174,758
    $238,128
     $207,030
     $193,810
    
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                                  
Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
Time$2,504
 $6
 .23% $7,245
 $16
 .17% $3,626
 $11
 .30%$7,254
 $15
 .20% $2,504
 $6
 .23% $7,245
 $16
 .17%
Savings6,358
 4
 .07
 2,088
 3
 .15
 423
 
 
14,042
 6
 .04
 6,358
 4
 .07
 2,088
 3
 .15
Non-U.S.100,391
 83
 .08
 89,059
 147
 .16
 84,011
 209
 .25
109,003
 78
 .07
 100,391
 83
 .08
 89,059
 147
 .16
Total interest-bearing deposits109,253
 93
 .14
 98,392
 166
 .17
 88,060
 220
 .25
130,299
 99
 .08
 109,253
 93
 .14
 98,392
 166
 .17
Securities sold under repurchase agreements8,436
 1
 .01
 7,697
 1
 .01
 9,040
 10
 .11
8,817
 
 
 8,436
 1
 .01
 7,697
 1
 .01
Federal funds purchased298
 
 
 784
 1
 .09
 845
 
 
20
 
 
 298
 
 
 784
 1
 .09
Other short-term borrowings3,785
 59
 1.57
 4,676
 71
 1.52
 5,134
 86
 1.67
4,177
 5
 .12
 3,785
 59
 1.57
 4,676
 71
 1.52
Long-term debt8,415
 232
 2.75
 7,008
 222
 3.17
 8,966
 289
 3.22
9,309
 245
 2.63
 8,415
 232
 2.75
 7,008
 222
 3.17
Other interest-bearing liabilities6,457
 26
 .40
 5,898
 15
 .26
 3,535
 8
 .24
7,351
 43
 .59
 6,457
 26
 .40
 5,898
 15
 .26
Total interest-bearing liabilities136,644
 411
 .30
 124,455
 476
 .39
 115,580
 613
 .53
159,973
 392
 .25
 136,644
 411
 .30
 124,455
 476
 .39
Noninterest-bearing deposits:                                  
Special time769
     1,203
     691
    5,862
     769
     1,203
    
Demand34,725
     34,850
     24,847
    37,900
     34,725
     34,850
    
Non-U.S.(2)
800
     459
     387
    279
     800
     459
    
Other liabilities13,561
     12,660
     13,890
    12,797
     13,561
     12,660
    
Shareholders’ equity20,531
     20,183
     19,363
    21,317
     20,531
     20,183
    
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$207,030
     $193,810
     $174,758
    $238,128
     $207,030
     $193,810
    
Net interest revenue  $2,445
     $2,662
     $2,461
    $2,433
     $2,445
     $2,662
  
Excess of rate earned over rate paid    1.30%     1.49%     1.55%    1.11%     1.30%     1.49%
Net interest margin(3)
    1.37
     1.59
     1.67
    1.16
     1.37
     1.59
    
(1)
Fully taxable-equivalent revenue is a method of presentation in which the tax savings achieved by investing in tax-exempt investment securities and certain leases are included in interest revenue with a corresponding charge to income tax expense. This method facilitates the comparison of the performance of these assets. The adjustments are computed using a federal income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit. The fully taxable-equivalent adjustments included in interest revenue presented above were $142$173 million,, $124 $142 million and $128$124 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively, and were substantially related to tax-exempt securities (state and political subdivisions).
(2)
Non-U.S. noninterest-bearing deposits were $714$180 million,, $330 $714 million and $194$330 million as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.
(3)
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue by average total interest-earning assets.


201193



The following table summarizes changes in fully taxable-equivalent interest revenue and interest expense due to changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and due to changes in interest rates. Changes attributed to both volumes and rates have been allocated based on the proportion of change in each category.
Years Ended December 31,2013 Compared to 2012 2012 Compared to 20112014 Compared to 2013 2013 Compared to 2012
(In millions; fully
taxable-equivalent basis)
Change in
Volume
 Change in
Rate
 Net (Decrease)
Increase
 
Change in
Volume
 
Change in
Rate
 
Net (Decrease)
Increase
Change in
Volume
 Change in
Rate
 Net (Decrease)
Increase
 
Change in
Volume
 
Change in
Rate
 
Net (Decrease)
Increase
Interest revenue related to:                      
Interest-bearing deposits with U.S. banks$17
 $(2) $15
 $
 $2
 $2
$73
 $2
 $75
 $17
 $(2) $15
Interest-bearing deposits with non-U.S. banks(29) (2) (31) 79
 (89) (10)(19) 15
 (4) (29) (2) (31)
Securities purchased under resale agreements(10) 4
 (6) 16
 7
 23
(13) 6
 (7) (10) 4
 (6)
Trading account assets
 1
 1
 
 
 
Investment securities:                      
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(36) (58) (94) 49
 (24) 25
(11) (24) (35) (36) (56) (92)
State and political subdivisions59
 (6) 53
 24
 (33) (9)90
 (77) 13
 59
 (6) 53
Other investments88
 (308) (220) 195
 (136) 59
(41) (49) (90) 88
 (309) (221)
Loans46
 (42) 4
 (9) (2) (11)37
 (21) 16
 46
 (43) 3
Lease financing(3) (1) (4) (7) (9) (16)(2) (1) (3) (3) (1) (4)
Other interest-earning assets2
 (1) 1
 1
 
 1
2
 1
 3
 2
 (1) 1
Total interest-earning assets134
 (416) (282) 348
 (284) 64
116
 (147) (31) 134
 (416) (282)
Interest expense related to:                      
Deposits:                      
Time(8) (2) (10) 16
 (11) 5
11
 (2) 9
 (8) (2) (10)
Savings6
 (5) 1
 
 3
 3
5
 (3) 2
 6
 (5) 1
Non-U.S.18
 (82) (64) 12
 (74) (62)7
 (12) (5) 18
 (82) (64)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
 
 (2) (7) (9)
 (1) (1) 
 
 
Federal funds purchased
 (1) (1) 1
 
 1

 
 
 
 (1) (1)
Other short-term borrowings(14) 2
 (12) (8) (7) (15)6
 (60) (54) (14) 2
 (12)
Long-term debt45
 (35) 10
 (63) (4) (67)25
 (12) 13
 45
 (35) 10
Other interest-bearing liabilities1
 10
 11
 6
 1
 7
4
 13
 17
 1
 10
 11
Total interest-bearing liabilities48
 (113) (65) (38) (99) (137)58
 (77) (19) 48
 (113) (65)
Net interest revenue$86
 $(303) $(217) $386
 $(185) $201
$58
 $(70) $(12) $86
 $(303) $(217)


202194



Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)
 
 2013 Quarters 2012 Quarters
(Dollars and shares in millions,
except per share amounts)
Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First
Total fee revenue$1,879
 $1,883
 $1,971
 $1,857
 $1,806
 $1,719
 $1,778
 $1,785
Interest revenue684
 643
 700
 687
 733
 730
 786
 765
Interest expense99
 97
 104
 111
 111
 111
 114
 140
Net interest revenue585
 546
 596
 576
 622
 619
 672
 625
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
 (4) (7) 2
 21
 18
 (27) 11
Total revenue2,464
 2,425
 2,560
 2,435
 2,449
 2,356
 2,423
 2,421
Provision for loan losses6
 
 
 
 (2) 
 (1) 
Total expenses1,846
 1,722
 1,798
 1,826
 1,864
 1,415
 1,772
 1,835
Income before income tax expense612
 703
 762
 609
 587
 941
 652
 586
Income tax expense59
 163
 183
 145
 117
 267
 162
 159
Net income$553
 $540
 $579
 $464
 $470
 $674
 $490
 $427
Net income available to common shareholders$545
 $531
 $571
 $455
 $468
 $654
 $480
 $417
Earnings per common share(1):
               
     Basic$1.25
 $1.20
 $1.26
 $1.00
 $1.02
 $1.39
 $1.00
 $.86
     Diluted1.22
 1.17
 1.24
 .98
 1.00
 1.36
 .98
 .85
Average common shares outstanding:               
     Basic436
 443
 452
 454
 459
 472
 481
 485
     Diluted445
 452
 461
 463
 467
 480
 489
 490
     Dividends per common share$.26
 $.26
 $.26
 $.26
 $.24
 $.24
 $.24
 $.24
Common stock price:               
     High$73.63
 $71.27
 $68.18
 $60.65
 $47.30
 $45.09
 $47.13
 $47.20
     Low64.25
 64.92
 54.57
 47.71
 41.09
 38.95
 39.27
 38.21
     Closing73.39
 65.75
 65.21
 59.09
 47.01
 41.96
 44.64
 45.50
__________________________
 2014 Quarters 2013 Quarters
(Dollars and shares in millions,
except per share amounts)
Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First
Total fee revenue$2,056
 $2,012
 $2,039
 $1,924
 $1,879
 $1,883
 $1,971
 $1,857
Interest revenue676
 671
 650
 655
 684
 643
 700
 687
Interest expense102
 101
 89
 100
 99
 97
 104
 111
Net interest revenue574
 570
 561
 555
 585
 546
 596
 576
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
 
 (2) 6
 
 (4) (7) 2
Total revenue2,630
 2,582
 2,598
 2,485
 2,464
 2,425
 2,560
 2,435
Provision for loan losses4
 2
 2
 2
 6
 
 
 
Total expenses2,057
 1,892
 1,850
 2,028
 1,846
 1,722
 1,798
 1,826
Income before income tax expense569
 688
 746
 455
 612
 703
 762
 609
Income tax expense77
 128
 124
 92
 59
 163
 183
 145
Net income$492
 $560
 $622
 $363
 $553
 $540
 $579
 $464
Net income available to common shareholders$473
 $542
 $602
 $356
 $545
 $531
 $571
 $455
Earnings per common share(1):
               
     Basic$1.14
 $1.28
 $1.41
 $.83
 $1.25
 $1.20
 $1.26
 $1.00
     Diluted1.12
 1.26
 1.38
 .81
 1.22
 1.17
 1.24
 .98
Average common shares outstanding:               
     Basic417
 422
 428
 431
 436
 443
 452
 454
     Diluted424
 430
 435
 439
 445
 452
 461
 463
     Dividends per common share$.30
 $.30
 $.30
 $.26
 $.26
 $.26
 $.26
 $.26
Common stock price:               
     High$80.92
 $76.78
 $70.20
 $76.24
 $73.63
 $71.27
 $68.18
 $60.65
     Low64.21
 66.42
 62.67
 64.21
 64.25
 64.92
 54.57
 47.71
     Closing78.50
 73.61
 67.26
 69.55
 73.39
 65.75
 65.21
 59.09
(1)
Basic earnings per common share for full-year 20122014 do not equal the sum of the four quarters for eachthe year. Diluted earnings per common share for full-year 2013 and full-year 2012 do not equal the sum of the four quarters for eachthe year.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.


203

STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES; CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
State Street has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information related to State Street and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to State Street's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. For the quarter ended December 31, 20132014, State Street's management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of State Street's disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that State Street's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 20132014.
State Street has also established and maintains internal control over financial reporting as a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated

195



financial statements for external purposes in conformity with GAAP. In the ordinary course of business, State Street routinely enhances its internal controls and procedures for financial reporting by either upgrading its current systems or implementing new systems. Changes have been made and may be made to State Street's internal controls and procedures for financial reporting as a result of these efforts. During the quarter ended December 31, 20132014, no change occurred in State Street's internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, State Street's internal control over financial reporting.

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of State Street is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management has designed business processes and internal controls and has also established and is responsible for maintaining a business culture that fosters financial integrity and accurate reporting. To these ends, management maintains a comprehensive system of internal controls intended to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of State Street in conformity with GAAP. State Street's accounting policies and internal control over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, are under the general oversight of State Street's Board of Directors, including the Board's Examining &and Audit Committee.
Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation and assessment of State Street's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20132014. The standard measures adopted by management in making its evaluation are the measures in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992(2013 framework) (the “COSO criteria”).
Based on its review and evaluation, management concluded that State Street's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 20132014, and that State Street's internal control over financial reporting as of that date had no material weaknesses.
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K, has issued its written attestation report on its assessment of State Street's internal control over financial reporting, which follows this report.


204196



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OFThe Shareholders and Board of Directors of
STATE STREET CORPORATIONState Street Corporation

We have audited State Street Corporation'sCorporation’s (the “Corporation”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992(2013 framework) (the “COSO criteria”). State Street Corporation'sCorporation management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management'sManagement’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation'sCorporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, State Street Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,2014, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of condition of State Street Corporation as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders'shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20132014 and our report dated February 21, 201420, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 21, 201420, 2015

205197



ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.

PART III
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning our directors will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 20142015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2014,2015, referred to as the 20142015 Proxy Statement, under the caption “Election of Directors.” Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will appear in our 20142015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Information concerning our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and our Examining &and Audit Committee will appear in our 20142015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Corporate Governance at State Street.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information about our executive officers is included under Part I.
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information in response to this item will appear in our 20142015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive
“Executive Compensation.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in our 20142015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table presents the number of outstanding common stock awards, options, warrants and rights granted by State Street to participants in our equity compensation plans, as well as the number of securities available for future issuance under these plans, as of December 31, 2013.2014. The table provides this information separately for equity compensation plans that have and have not been approved by shareholders. Shares presented in the table and in the footnotes following the table are stated in thousands of shares.

(Shares in thousands)
(a)
Number of securities
to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and rights
 
(b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and rights(1)
 
(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(a)
Number of securities
to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and rights
 
(b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and rights(1)
 
(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
Plan category:          
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders19,982
(2) 
$68.45
 22,096
15,919
(2) 
$74.12
 21,309
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders24
(3) 


 
24
(3) 


 
Total20,006
 

 22,096
15,943
 

 21,309
     
(1) Excludes deferred stock awards and performance awards (forfor which there is no exercise price).price.
(2) Consists of 15,09412,431 shares subject to deferred stock awards, 33760 shares subject to stock options, 2,3271,801 stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and 2,2241,627 shares subject to performance awards (assuming payout at 100% for all awards regarding which performance is uncertain).
(3) Consists of shares subject to deferred stock awards.


206


Individual directors who are not our employees have received stock awards and cash retainers, both of which may be deferred. Directors may elect to receive shares of our common stock in place of cash. If payment is in the form of common stock, the number of shares is determined by dividing the approved cash amount by the closing price on the date of the annual shareholders' meeting.meeting or date of grant, if different. All deferred shares, whether stock awards or common stock received in place of cash retainers, are increased to reflect dividends paid on the common stock and, for certain directors, may
include share amounts in respect of an accrual under a terminated retirement plan. Directors may elect to defer 50% or 100% of cash or stock awards until a date that they specify, usually after termination of service on the Board.  The deferral may also be paid in either a lump sum or in installments over a two- to ten-year period. Stock awards totaling 194,040206,868 shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2013;2014; awards made through June 30, 2003, totaling 23,606 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013,2014, have not been approved by shareholders. There are no other equity


198



compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance that have been adopted without shareholder approval. Awards of stock made or retainer shares paid to individual directors after June 30, 2003 have been or will be made under our 1997 or 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, both of which were approved by shareholders.
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will
appear in our 20142015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Corporate Governance at State Street.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information concerning principal accounting fees and services and the Examining &and Audit Committee's pre-approval policies and procedures will appear in our 20142015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Examining and Audit Committee Matters.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following consolidated financial statements of State Street are included in Item 8 hereof:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statement of Income - Years ended December 31, 20132014, 20122013 and 20112012
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income - Years ended December 31, 20132014, 20122013 and 2011
2012
Consolidated Statement of Condition - As of December 31, 20132014 and 20122013
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity - Years ended December 31, 20132014, 20122013 and 20112012
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 20132014, 2013 and 2012 and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(A)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Certain schedules to the consolidated financial statements have been omitted if they were not required by Article 9 of Regulation S-X or if, under the related instructions, they were inapplicable, or the information was contained elsewhere herein.
(A)(3) EXHIBITS
The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index beginning onfollowing the signature page 219 of this Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other SEC filings.

207199



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, on February 21, 2014,20, 2015, hereunto duly authorized. 
 STATE STREET CORPORATION
   
 By
/s/ MICHAEL W. BELL
  MICHAEL W. BELL,
  
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
   
 By
/s/ JSAMESEAN J. MP. NALERBAEWTH
  JAMES J. MALERBA,SEAN P. NEWTH
  
ExecutiveSenior Vice President,
Corporate Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
and Controller
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 21, 201420, 2015 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

OFFICERS:
/s/ JOSEPH L. HOOLEY
  
/s/ MICHAEL W. BELL
JOSEPH L. HOOLEY,  MICHAEL W. BELL,
Chairman President and Chief Executive Officer; Director  
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
    
   
/s/ JAMES J. MALERBASEAN P. NEWTH
   JAMES J. MALERBA,SEAN P. NEWTH
   
ExecutiveSenior Vice President,
Corporate Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
and Controller


DIRECTORS:
/s/ JOSEPH L. HOOLEY
   
JOSEPH L. HOOLEY   
    
/s/ JOSE E. ALMEIDA
  
/s/ LINDA A. HILL
JOSE E. ALMEIDA  LINDA A. HILL
    
/s/ KENNETT F. BURNES
  
/s/ ROBERT S. KAPLAN
KENNETT F. BURNES  ROBERT S. KAPLAN
    
/s/ PETER COYM
  
/s/ RICHARD P. SERGEL
PETER COYM  RICHARD P. SERGEL
    
/s/ PATRICK de SAINT-AIGNAN
  
/s/ RONALD L. SKATES
PATRICK de SAINT-AIGNAN  RONALD L. SKATES
    
/s/ AMELIA C. FAWCETT
  
/s/ GREGORY L. SUMME
AMELIA C. FAWCETT  GREGORY L. SUMME
    
/s/ LWINDAILLIAM A. HC. FILLREDA
  
/s/ THOMAS J. WILSON
LINDA A. HILLWILLIAM C. FREDA  THOMAS J. WILSON


208200



EXHIBIT INDEX
 3.1 Restated Articles of Organization, as amended (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on August 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 3.2 By-Laws, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.3 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 filed with the SEC on August 10, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 4.1 The description of State Street’s Common Stock is included in State Street’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-07511), as filed on January 18, 1995 and March 7, 1995 (filed with the SEC on January 18, 1995 and March 7, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 4.2 Deposit Agreement, dated August 21, 2012, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary), and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) filed with the SEC on August 21, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
4.3Deposit Agreement, dated March 4, 2014, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary), and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated March 4, 2014 filed with the SEC on March 4, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
4.4Deposit Agreement, dated November 25, 2014, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary) and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated November 25, 2014 filed with the SEC on November 25, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
   (Note: None of the instruments defining the rights of holders of State Street’s outstanding long-term debt are in respect of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of State Street and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. State Street hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC upon request a copy of any other instrument with respect to long-term debt of State Street and its subsidiaries.)
   
 10.1† State Street’sStreet's Management Supplemental Retirement Plan Amended and Restated, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 10.2† State Street’sStreet's Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (formerly “State Street Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Executive Officers”) Amended and Restated, as amended
   
 10.3† Supplemental Cash Incentive Plan, as amended, a theand form of award and agreement thereunder
   
 10.4† FormsForm of Amended and Restated Employment AgreementsAgreement entered into with each of Joseph L. Hooley, Joseph C. Antonellis, James S. Phalen and Michael Rogers and Edward J. Resch (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to State Street’sStreet's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference) and Form of Amendment dated March 26, 2014 to Employment Agreement (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated March 26, 2014 filed with the SEC on March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 10.5† Employment Agreement entered into with Michael W. Bell dated June 17, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference) and Form of Amendment dated March 26, 2014 to Employment Agreement (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated March 26, 2014 filed with the SEC on March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.6† State Street’s Executive Compensation Trust Agreement dated December 6, 1996 (Rabbi Trust) (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to State Street’sStreet's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 10.7† State Street’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of awards andaward agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to State Street’sStreet's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 10.8† State Street’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder

201



   
 10.9†10.9 State Street’s 2006 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to State Street’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 filed with the SEC on May 7, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference)[Reserved]
   
 10.10† State Street’s Management Supplemental Savings Plan, Amended and Restated, as amended(filed as Exhibit 10.1010.1 to State Street's AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q (File No. 001-07511) for the yearquarter ended December 31, 2012September 30, 2014 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013November 10, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.11† Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of State Street Corporation, Restated January 1, 2008, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference)
    

209


 10.12† Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of State Street Corporation, Restated January 1, 2007, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2011 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.13† Description of compensation arrangements for non-employee directors
    
 10.14†10.14 Memorandum of agreement of employment of Edward J. Resch, accepted October 16, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to State Street’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference)[Reserved]
    
 10.15† Letter Agreement with Scott F. PowersJoseph C. Antonellis dated April 1, 200826, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.1510.16 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2010 filed with the SEC on February 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.16† Letter Agreement with Joseph C. Antonellis dated April 26, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 filed with the SEC on February 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.17†Letter Agreement with Michael W. Bell dated May 23, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-07511) for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 filed with the SEC on August 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.18A†10.17A† Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Corporation and each of its directors (filed as Exhibit 10.18A to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.18B†10.17B† Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Corporation and each of its executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.18B to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.18C†10.17C† Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Bank and Trust Company and each of its directors (filed as Exhibit 10.18C to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.18D†10.17D† Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Bank and Trust Company and each of its executive officers
10.19†Forms of Retention Award Agreement entered into with Joseph L. Hooley on October 22, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.1810.18D to State Street’sStreet's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 20092013 filed with the SEC on February 22, 201021, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 10.20†Form of Retention Award Agreement entered into with Scott F. Powers on June 15, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 filed with the SEC on February 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
   
 10.21†10.18† 2011 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
    
 12 Statement of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    
 21 Subsidiaries of State Street Corporation
    
 23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    
 31.1 Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
    
 31.2 Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
    
 32 Section 1350 Certifications
    
*101.INS XBRL Instance Document
    
*101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
    

202



*101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
    
*101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
    
*101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
    
*101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document


210


 Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
* Submitted electronically herewith
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statementconsolidated statement of Incomeincome for the years ended December 31, 20132014, , 20122013 and 2011,2012, (ii) Consolidated Statementconsolidated statement of Comprehensive Incomecomprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Condition as of December 31,2014, 2013 and 2012,, (iii) consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (iv) Consolidated Statementconsolidated statement of Changeschanges in Shareholders' Equityshareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 20132014, 20122013 and 2011,2012, (v) Consolidated Statementconsolidated statement of Cash Flowscash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, and (vi) Notesnotes to Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.


211203